Merge branch 'master' of ../wifishield

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/scripts/ArduinoWifiShield_upgrade.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+WIFI_FW_PATH="/hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifi-shield"
+AVR_TOOLS_PATH="/hardware/tools/avr/bin"
+
+progname=$0
+
+usage () {
+cat <<EOF
+Usage: $progname [-a Arduino_path] [-f which_firmware] [-h] 
+       -a set the path where the Arduino IDE is installed
+       -f the firmware you want to upload, valid parameters are:
+	  shield  - to upgrade the WiFi shield firmware
+	  all     - to upgrade both firmwares
+       -h help
+EOF
+  exit 0
+}
+
+upgradeHDmodule () {
+  sleep 1 # Give time to the shield to end the boot
+  echo "****Upgrade HD WiFi module firmware****\n"
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 erase
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 flash --suppress-bootloader-mem $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.hex
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 start
+  echo -n "\nRemove the J3 jumper then press the RESET button on the shield then type [ENTER] to upgrade the firmware of the shield..\n"
+  read readEnter
+}
+
+upgradeShield () {
+  sleep 1 # Give time to the shield to end the boot
+  echo "****Upgrade WiFi Shield firmware****\n"
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 erase
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 flash --suppress-bootloader-mem $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.hex
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 start 
+  echo "\nDone. Remove the J3 jumper and press the RESET button on the shield."
+  echo "Thank you!\n"
+}
+
+cat <<EOF
+
+       Arduino WiFi Shield upgrade
+=========================================
+Disclaimer: to access to the USB devices correctly, the dfu-programmer needs to be used as root. Run this script as root.
+
+EOF
+
+if [ $USER = 'root' ] ; then  #check if the current user is root
+  while getopts ":a:f:h" opt; do
+    case $opt in
+	a)
+	  ARDUINO_PATH=$OPTARG 
+	  WIFI_FW_PATH=$ARDUINO_PATH$WIFI_FW_PATH
+	  AVR_TOOLS_PATH=$ARDUINO_PATH$AVR_TOOLS_PATH
+	  cd $AVR_TOOLS_PATH
+	  ./avr-objcopy --output-target=ihex $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.elf  $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.hex	
+	  ./avr-objcopy --output-target=ihex $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.elf  $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.hex
+	  ;;
+	f)
+	  if [ "$ARDUINO_PATH" != "" ] ; then
+	    if [ "$OPTARG" = "all" ] ; then
+	      upgradeHDmodule
+	      upgradeShield
+	      exit 0
+	    else
+	      if [ "$OPTARG" = "shield" ] ; then
+		upgradeShield
+		exit 0
+	      else
+		echo "invalid parameter for the -f [firmware] option, please retry."
+		echo "Type -h for help\n"
+		exit 1
+	      fi
+	     fi
+	  else
+	    echo "Arduino Path not setted. Retry...\n"
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	h)
+	  usage ;; 
+	\?)
+	  echo "Invalid option: $OPTARG" >&2
+	  usage
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	:)
+	  echo "Option -$OPTARG requires an argument." >&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+  done
+else
+  echo "You are not root!\n"
+fi
+
+shift $(($OPTIND - 1))

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/scripts/ArduinoWifiShield_upgrade_mac.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+WIFI_FW_PATH="/hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifi-shield"
+AVR_TOOLS_PATH="/hardware/tools/avr/bin"
+
+progname=$0
+
+usage () {
+cat <<EOF
+Usage: $progname [-a Arduino_path] [-f which_firmware] [-h] 
+       -a set the path where the Arduino IDE is installed
+       -f the firmware you want to upload, valid parameters are:
+	  shield  - to upgrade the WiFi shield firmware
+	  all     - to upgrade both firmwares
+       -h help
+EOF
+  exit 0
+}
+
+upgradeHDmodule () {
+  sleep 1 # Give time to the shield to end the boot
+  echo "****Upgrade HD WiFi module firmware****\n"
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 erase
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 flash --suppress-bootloader-mem $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.hex
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 start
+  echo -n "\nRemove the J3 jumper then press the RESET button on the shield then type [ENTER] to upgrade the firmware of the shield..\n"
+  read readEnter
+}
+
+upgradeShield () {
+  sleep 1 # Give time to the shield to end the boot
+  echo "****Upgrade WiFi Shield firmware****\n"
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 erase
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 flash --suppress-bootloader-mem $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.hex
+  dfu-programmer at32uc3a1256 start 
+  echo "\nDone. Remove the J3 jumper and press the RESET button on the shield."
+  echo "Thank you!\n"
+}
+
+cat <<EOF
+
+       Arduino WiFi Shield upgrade
+=========================================
+Disclaimer: to access to the USB devices correctly, the dfu-programmer needs to be used as root. Run this script as root.
+
+EOF
+
+if [ $USER = 'root' ] ; then  #check if the current user is root
+  while getopts ":a:f:h" opt; do
+    case $opt in
+	a)
+	  ARDUINO_PATH=$OPTARG 
+	  WIFI_FW_PATH=$ARDUINO_PATH$WIFI_FW_PATH
+	  AVR_TOOLS_PATH=$ARDUINO_PATH$AVR_TOOLS_PATH
+	  cd $AVR_TOOLS_PATH
+	  ./avr-objcopy --output-target=ihex $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.elf  $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifi_dnld.hex	
+	  ./avr-objcopy --output-target=ihex $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.elf  $WIFI_FW_PATH/wifiHD.hex
+	  ;;
+	f)
+	  if [ "$ARDUINO_PATH" != "" ] ; then
+	    if [ "$OPTARG" = "all" ] ; then
+	      upgradeHDmodule
+	      upgradeShield
+	      exit 0
+	    else
+	      if [ "$OPTARG" = "shield" ] ; then
+		upgradeShield
+		exit 0
+	      else
+		echo "invalid parameter for the -f [firmware] option, please retry."
+		echo "Type -h for help\n"
+		exit 1
+	      fi
+	     fi
+	  else
+	    echo "Arduino Path not setted. Retry...\n"
+	  fi
+	  ;;
+	h)
+	  usage ;; 
+	\?)
+	  echo "Invalid option: $OPTARG" >&2
+	  usage
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	:)
+	  echo "Option -$OPTARG requires an argument." >&2
+	  exit 1
+	  ;;
+	esac
+  done
+else
+  echo "You are not root!\n"
+fi
+
+shift $(($OPTIND - 1))

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/.project

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<projectDescription>
+	<name>wifiHD</name>
+	<comment></comment>
+	<projects>
+	</projects>
+	<buildSpec>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.genmakebuilder</name>
+			<triggers>clean,full,incremental,</triggers>
+			<arguments>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>?name?</key>
+					<value></value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.append_environment</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildArguments</key>
+					<value></value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildCommand</key>
+					<value>make</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.buildLocation</key>
+					<value>${workspace_loc:/wifiHD/Debug}</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.contents</key>
+					<value>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.activeConfigSettings</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableAutoBuild</key>
+					<value>false</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableCleanBuild</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.enableFullBuild</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.stopOnError</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+				<dictionary>
+					<key>org.eclipse.cdt.make.core.useDefaultBuildCmd</key>
+					<value>true</value>
+				</dictionary>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+		<buildCommand>
+			<name>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigBuilder</name>
+			<arguments>
+			</arguments>
+		</buildCommand>
+	</buildSpec>
+	<natures>
+		<nature>com.atmel.avr32.core.nature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.core.cnature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.managedBuildNature</nature>
+		<nature>org.eclipse.cdt.managedbuilder.core.ScannerConfigNature</nature>
+	</natures>
+	<linkedResources>
+		<link>
+			<name>UC3 Software Framework</name>
+			<type>2</type>
+			<locationURI>framework:/com.atmel.avr32.sf.uc3</locationURI>
+		</link>
+	</linkedResources>
+</projectDescription>

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/CONFIG/conf_access.h

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Memory access control configuration file.
+ *
+ * This file contains the possible external configuration of the memory access
+ * control.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONF_ACCESS_H_
+#define _CONF_ACCESS_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "board.h"
+
+
+/*! \name Activation of Logical Unit Numbers
+ */
+//! @{
+#define LUN_0                DISABLE  //!< On-Chip Virtual Memory.
+#define LUN_1                ENABLE   //!< AT45DBX Data Flash.
+#define LUN_2                DISABLE  //!< SD/MMC Card over SPI.
+#define LUN_3                DISABLE
+#define LUN_4                DISABLE
+#define LUN_5                DISABLE
+#define LUN_6                DISABLE
+#define LUN_7                DISABLE
+#define LUN_USB              DISABLE  //!< Host Mass-Storage Memory.
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name LUN 0 Definitions
+ */
+//! @{
+#define VIRTUAL_MEM                             LUN_0
+#define LUN_ID_VIRTUAL_MEM                      LUN_ID_0
+#define LUN_0_INCLUDE                           "virtual_mem.h"
+#define Lun_0_test_unit_ready                   virtual_test_unit_ready
+#define Lun_0_read_capacity                     virtual_read_capacity
+#define Lun_0_wr_protect                        virtual_wr_protect
+#define Lun_0_removal                           virtual_removal
+#define Lun_0_usb_read_10                       virtual_usb_read_10
+#define Lun_0_usb_write_10                      virtual_usb_write_10
+#define Lun_0_mem_2_ram                         virtual_mem_2_ram
+#define Lun_0_ram_2_mem                         virtual_ram_2_mem
+#define LUN_0_NAME                              "\"On-Chip Virtual Memory\""
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name LUN 1 Definitions
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_MEM                             LUN_1
+#define LUN_ID_AT45DBX_MEM                      LUN_ID_1
+#define LUN_1_INCLUDE                           "at45dbx_mem.h"
+#define Lun_1_test_unit_ready                   at45dbx_test_unit_ready
+#define Lun_1_read_capacity                     at45dbx_read_capacity
+#define Lun_1_wr_protect                        at45dbx_wr_protect
+#define Lun_1_removal                           at45dbx_removal
+#define Lun_1_usb_read_10                       at45dbx_usb_read_10
+#define Lun_1_usb_write_10                      at45dbx_usb_write_10
+#define Lun_1_mem_2_ram                         at45dbx_df_2_ram
+#define Lun_1_ram_2_mem                         at45dbx_ram_2_df
+#define LUN_1_NAME                              "\"AT45DBX Data Flash\""
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name LUN 2 Definitions
+ */
+//! @{
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MEM                          LUN_2
+#define LUN_ID_SD_MMC_SPI_MEM                   LUN_ID_2
+#define LUN_2_INCLUDE                           "sd_mmc_spi_mem.h"
+#define Lun_2_test_unit_ready                   sd_mmc_spi_test_unit_ready
+#define Lun_2_read_capacity                     sd_mmc_spi_read_capacity
+#define Lun_2_wr_protect                        sd_mmc_spi_wr_protect
+#define Lun_2_removal                           sd_mmc_spi_removal
+#define Lun_2_usb_read_10                       sd_mmc_spi_usb_read_10
+#define Lun_2_usb_write_10                      sd_mmc_spi_usb_write_10
+#define Lun_2_mem_2_ram                         sd_mmc_spi_mem_2_ram
+#define Lun_2_ram_2_mem                         sd_mmc_spi_ram_2_mem
+#define LUN_2_NAME                              "\"SD/MMC Card over SPI\""
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name USB LUNs Definitions
+ */
+//! @{
+#define MEM_USB                                 LUN_USB
+#define LUN_ID_MEM_USB                          LUN_ID_USB
+#define LUN_USB_INCLUDE                         "host_mem.h"
+#define Lun_usb_test_unit_ready(lun)            host_test_unit_ready(lun)
+#define Lun_usb_read_capacity(lun, nb_sect)     host_read_capacity(lun, nb_sect)
+#define Lun_usb_read_sector_size(lun)           host_read_sector_size(lun)
+#define Lun_usb_wr_protect(lun)                 host_wr_protect(lun)
+#define Lun_usb_removal()                       host_removal()
+#define Lun_usb_mem_2_ram(addr, ram)            host_read_10_ram(addr, ram)
+#define Lun_usb_ram_2_mem(addr, ram)            host_write_10_ram(addr, ram)
+#define LUN_USB_NAME                            "\"Host Mass-Storage Memory\""
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Actions Associated with Memory Accesses
+ *
+ * Write here the action to associate with each memory access.
+ *
+ * \warning Be careful not to waste time in order not to disturb the functions.
+ */
+//! @{
+#define memory_start_read_action(nb_sectors)
+#define memory_stop_read_action()
+#define memory_start_write_action(nb_sectors)
+#define memory_stop_write_action()
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Activation of Interface Features
+ */
+//! @{
+#define ACCESS_USB           DISABLED //!< MEM <-> USB interface.
+#define ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM    ENABLED  //!< MEM <-> RAM interface.
+#define ACCESS_STREAM        ENABLED  //!< Streaming MEM <-> MEM interface.	//mlf
+#define ACCESS_STREAM_RECORD DISABLED //!< Streaming MEM <-> MEM interface in record mode.
+#define ACCESS_MEM_TO_MEM    DISABLED //!< MEM <-> MEM interface.
+#define ACCESS_CODEC         DISABLED //!< Codec interface.
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Specific Options for Access Control
+ */
+//! @{
+#define GLOBAL_WR_PROTECT    DISABLED //!< Management of a global write protection.
+//! @}
+
+
+#endif  // _CONF_ACCESS_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/CONFIG/conf_at45dbx.h

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief AT45DBX configuration file.
+ *
+ * This file contains the possible external configuration of the AT45DBX.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONF_AT45DBX_H_
+#define _CONF_AT45DBX_H_
+
+
+#include "conf_access.h"
+
+#if AT45DBX_MEM == DISABLE
+  #error conf_at45dbx.h is #included although AT45DBX_MEM is disabled
+#endif
+
+
+#include "at45dbx.h"
+
+
+//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
+
+//! Size of AT45DBX data flash memories to manage.
+#define AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE            AT45DBX_1MB
+
+//! Number of AT45DBX components to manage.
+#define AT45DBX_MEM_CNT             1
+
+//! First chip select used by AT45DBX components on the SPI module instance.
+//! AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS0_PIN always corresponds to this first NPCS, whatever it is.
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS      AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS
+
+//! SPI master speed in Hz.
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_MASTER_SPEED    12000000
+
+//! Number of bits in each SPI transfer.
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_BITS            8
+
+
+#endif  // _CONF_AT45DBX_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/CONFIG/conf_ebi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief CONF_EBI EBI/SMC driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * \note The values defined in this file are device-specific. See the device
+ *       datasheet for further information.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an SMC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONF_EBI_H_
+#define _CONF_EBI_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "board.h"
+
+#if (ET024006DHU_SMC_USE_NCS == 0)
+#define  SMC_USE_NCS0                             
+#define  SMC_COMPONENT_CS0          ET024006DHU_SMC_COMPONENT_CS
+#else
+
+#if (ET024006DHU_SMC_USE_NCS == 2)
+#define SMC_USE_NCS2
+#define SMC_COMPONENT_CS2 ET024006DHU_SMC_COMPONENT_CS
+
+#else
+#error This board is not supported
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define EBI_DATA_0                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_0
+#define EBI_DATA_1                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_1
+#define EBI_DATA_2                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_2
+#define EBI_DATA_3                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_3
+#define EBI_DATA_4                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_4
+#define EBI_DATA_5                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_5
+#define EBI_DATA_6                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_6
+#define EBI_DATA_7                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_7
+#define EBI_DATA_8                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_8
+#define EBI_DATA_9                  ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_9
+#define EBI_DATA_10                 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_10
+#define EBI_DATA_11                 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_11
+#define EBI_DATA_12                 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_12
+#define EBI_DATA_13                 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_13
+#define EBI_DATA_14                 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_14
+#define EBI_DATA_15                 ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_15
+
+#if BOARD==EVK1105
+#ifdef EVK1105_REV3
+#define EBI_ADDR_19                 AVR32_EBI_ADDR_19
+#define EBI_NCS_2                   ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS
+#else
+#define EBI_ADDR_21                 ET024006DHU_EBI_ADDR_21
+#define EBI_NCS_0                   ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS
+#endif
+#elif BOARD == UC3C_EK
+#define EBI_ADDR_22		    AVR32_EBI_ADDR_22
+#define EBI_NCS_0                   ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS
+#elif BOARD == EVK1104
+#define EBI_ADDR_21                 ET024006DHU_EBI_ADDR_21
+#define EBI_NCS_0                   ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS
+#endif
+
+
+#define EBI_NWE0                    ET024006DHU_EBI_NWE
+#define EBI_NRD                     ET024006DHU_EBI_NRD
+    
+#endif  // _CONF_EBI_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/CONFIG/conf_sd_mmc_spi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief SD/MMC configuration file.
+ *
+ * This file contains the possible external configuration of the SD/MMC.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONF_SD_MMC_SPI_H_
+#define _CONF_SD_MMC_SPI_H_
+
+
+#include "conf_access.h"
+
+#if SD_MMC_SPI_MEM == DISABLE
+  #error conf_sd_mmc_spi.h is #included although SD_MMC_SPI_MEM is disabled
+#endif
+
+
+#include "sd_mmc_spi.h"
+
+
+//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
+
+//! SPI master speed in Hz.
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MASTER_SPEED     12000000
+
+//! Number of bits in each SPI transfer.
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_BITS             8
+
+
+#endif  // _CONF_SD_MMC_SPI_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/ASM/trampoline.x

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* This file is part of the ATMEL AVR32-SoftwareFramework-AT32UC3A-1.4.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief AVR32 UC3 ISP trampoline.
+ *
+ * In order to be able to program a project with both BatchISP and JTAGICE mkII
+ * without having to take the general-purpose fuses into consideration, add this
+ * file to the project and change the program entry point to _trampoline.
+ *
+ * The pre-programmed ISP will be erased if JTAGICE mkII is used.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32UC devices can be used.
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (C) 2006-2008, Atmel Corporation All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of ATMEL may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE EXPRESSLY AND
+ * SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ * INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+
+#include "conf_isp.h"
+
+
+//! @{
+//! \verbatim
+
+
+  // This must be linked @ 0x80000000 if it is to be run upon reset.
+  .section  .reset, "ax", @progbits
+
+
+  .global _trampoline
+  .type _trampoline, @function
+_trampoline:
+  // Jump to program start.
+  rjmp    program_start
+
+  .org  PROGRAM_START_OFFSET
+program_start:
+  // Jump to the C runtime startup routine.
+  lda.w   pc, _stext
+
+
+//! \endverbatim
+//! @}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/BOARDS/ARDUINO/arduino.h

@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief AT32UC3A EVK1100 board header file.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions and services related to the features of the
+ * EVK1100 board rev. B and C.
+ *
+ * To use this board, define BOARD=EVK1100.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ARDUINO_H_
+#define _ARDUINO_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+#ifdef __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__ // Automatically defined when compiling for AVR32, not when assembling.
+#  include "led.h"
+#endif  // __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__
+
+
+/*! \name Oscillator Definitions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+// RCOsc has no custom calibration by default. Set the following definition to
+// the appropriate value if a custom RCOsc calibration has been applied to your
+// part.
+//#define FRCOSC          AVR32_PM_RCOSC_FREQUENCY              //!< RCOsc frequency: Hz.
+
+#define FOSC32          32768                                 //!< Osc32 frequency: Hz.
+#define OSC32_STARTUP   AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_8192_RCOSC //!< Osc32 startup time: RCOsc periods.
+
+#define FOSC0           12000000                              //!< Osc0 frequency: Hz.
+#define OSC0_STARTUP    AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC  //!< Osc0 startup time: RCOsc periods.
+
+// Osc1 crystal is not mounted by default. Set the following definitions to the
+// appropriate values if a custom Osc1 crystal is mounted on your board.
+//#define FOSC1           12000000                              //!< Osc1 frequency: Hz.
+//#define OSC1_STARTUP    AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC  //!< Osc1 startup time: RCOsc periods.
+
+//! @}
+
+
+//! Number of LEDs.
+#define LED_COUNT   0
+
+/*! \name GPIO Connections of LEDs
+ */
+//! @{
+#define LED0_GPIO   AVR32_PIN_PB19
+#define LED1_GPIO   AVR32_PIN_PB20
+#define LED2_GPIO   AVR32_PIN_PB21
+#define DEB_PIN_GPIO AVR32_PIN_PA20
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name PWM Channels of LEDs
+ */
+//! @{
+#define LED0_PWM      0
+#define LED1_PWM      1
+#define LED2_PWM      2
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name PWM Functions of LEDs
+ */
+//! @{
+#define LED0_PWM_FUNCTION   AVR32_PWM_0_FUNCTION
+#define LED1_PWM_FUNCTION   AVR32_PWM_1_FUNCTION
+#define LED2_PWM_FUNCTION   AVR32_PWM_2_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Color Identifiers of LEDs to Use with LED Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+#define LED_MONO0_GREEN   LED0
+#define LED_MONO1_RED   	LED1
+#define LED_MONO2_BLU   	LED2
+//! @}
+
+#if 0
+/*! \name SPI Connections of the DIP204 LCD
+ */
+//! @{
+#define DIP204_SPI                  (&AVR32_SPI1)
+#define DIP204_SPI_NPCS             2
+#define DIP204_SPI_SCK_PIN          AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_PIN
+#define DIP204_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION     AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define DIP204_SPI_MISO_PIN         AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_PIN
+#define DIP204_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define DIP204_SPI_MOSI_PIN         AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_PIN
+#define DIP204_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define DIP204_SPI_NPCS_PIN         AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_2_0_PIN
+#define DIP204_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_2_0_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name GPIO and PWM Connections of the DIP204 LCD Backlight
+ */
+//! @{
+#define DIP204_BACKLIGHT_PIN        AVR32_PIN_PB18
+#define DIP204_PWM_CHANNEL          6
+#define DIP204_PWM_PIN              AVR32_PWM_6_PIN
+#define DIP204_PWM_FUNCTION         AVR32_PWM_6_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+#endif
+
+/*! \name SPI Connections of the AT45DBX Data Flash Memory
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_SPI                 (&AVR32_SPI1)
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS            2
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_SCK_PIN         AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_PIN
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_MISO_PIN        AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_PIN
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION   AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_MOSI_PIN        AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_PIN
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION   AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS2_PIN       AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_2_0_PIN
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS2_FUNCTION  AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_2_0_FUNCTION
+#define AT45DBX_CHIP_RESET  		AVR32_PIN_PA02
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name GPIO and SPI Connections of the SD/MMC Connector
+ */
+//! @{
+//#define SD_MMC_CARD_DETECT_PIN      AVR32_PIN_PA02
+//#define SD_MMC_WRITE_PROTECT_PIN    AVR32_PIN_PA07
+#define SD_MMC_SPI                  (&AVR32_SPI1)
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS             1
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_SCK_PIN          AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_PIN
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION     AVR32_SPI1_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MISO_PIN         AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_PIN
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI1_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MOSI_PIN         AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_PIN
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI1_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS_PIN         AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_1_0_PIN
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_1_0_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+
+/*	Timer Counter to generate clock for WiFi chip*/
+#  define WIFI_TC                    (&AVR32_TC)
+#  define WIFI_TC_CHANNEL_ID         0
+#  define WIFI_TC_CHANNEL_PIN        AVR32_TC_A0_0_0_PIN
+#  define WIFI_TC_CHANNEL_FUNCTION   AVR32_TC_A0_0_0_FUNCTION
+// Note that TC_A0_0_0 pin is pin 6 (PB23) on AT32UC3A1512 QFP100.
+
+/* Pin related to WiFi chip communication */
+#ifndef USE_POLL
+ #define USE_POLL
+#endif
+ #define SPI_CS 					0
+ #define AVR32_SPI 					AVR32_SPI1
+ #define GPIO_IRQ_PIN 				AVR32_PIN_PA03
+ #define GPIO_IRQ 					AVR32_GPIO_IRQ_7
+ #define GPIO_W_RESET_PIN 			AVR32_PIN_PA07
+ #define GPIO_W_SHUTDOWN_PIN 		AVR32_PIN_PA09
+
+/* Pin related to shield communication */
+ #define ARDUINO_HANDSHAKE_PIN 		AVR32_PIN_PA25
+ #define ARDUINO_EXTINT_PIN 		AVR32_PIN_PA04		//not used
+
+ #define AVR32_PDCA_PID_TX 			AVR32_PDCA_PID_SPI1_TX
+ #define AVR32_PDCA_PID_RX 			AVR32_PDCA_PID_SPI1_RX
+
+
+#if 0
+/*! \name TWI Connections of the Spare TWI Connector
+ */
+//! @{
+#define SPARE_TWI                   (&AVR32_TWI)
+#define SPARE_TWI_SCL_PIN           AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
+#define SPARE_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION      AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SPARE_TWI_SDA_PIN           AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
+#define SPARE_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION      AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name SPI Connections of the Spare SPI Connector
+ */
+//! @{
+#define SPARE_SPI                   (&AVR32_SPI0)
+#define SPARE_SPI_NPCS              0
+#define SPARE_SPI_SCK_PIN           AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
+#define SPARE_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION      AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SPARE_SPI_MISO_PIN          AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
+#define SPARE_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION     AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SPARE_SPI_MOSI_PIN          AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
+#define SPARE_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION     AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SPARE_SPI_NPCS_PIN          AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_0_0_PIN
+#define SPARE_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION     AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_0_0_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+#endif
+
+#endif  // _ARDUINO_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/BOARDS/ARDUINO/led.c

@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief AT32UC3A EVK1100 board LEDs support package.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions and services related to the LED features of
+ * the EVK1100 board.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "preprocessor.h"
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "arduino.h"
+#include "led.h"
+
+
+//! Structure describing LED hardware connections.
+typedef const struct
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    U32 PORT;     //!< LED GPIO port.
+    U32 PIN_MASK; //!< Bit-mask of LED pin in GPIO port.
+  } GPIO; //!< LED GPIO descriptor.
+  struct
+  {
+    S32 CHANNEL;  //!< LED PWM channel (< 0 if N/A).
+    S32 FUNCTION; //!< LED pin PWM function (< 0 if N/A).
+  } PWM;  //!< LED PWM descriptor.
+} tLED_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+
+//! Hardware descriptors of all LEDs.
+static tLED_DESCRIPTOR LED_DESCRIPTOR[LED_COUNT] =
+{
+#define INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR(LED_NO, unused)                 \
+  {                                                           \
+    {LED##LED_NO##_GPIO / 32, 1 << (LED##LED_NO##_GPIO % 32)},\
+    {LED##LED_NO##_PWM,       LED##LED_NO##_PWM_FUNCTION    } \
+  },
+  MREPEAT(LED_COUNT, INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR, ~)
+#undef INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR
+};
+
+
+//! Saved state of all LEDs.
+static volatile U32 LED_State = (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+
+U32 LED_Read_Display(void)
+{
+  return LED_State;
+}
+
+
+void LED_Display(U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  LED_State = leds;
+
+  // For all LEDs...
+  for (led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0];
+       led_descriptor < LED_DESCRIPTOR + LED_COUNT;
+       led_descriptor++)
+  {
+    // Set the LED to the requested state.
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    if (leds & 1)
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->ovrc  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->ovrs  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= 1;
+  }
+}
+
+
+U32 LED_Read_Display_Mask(U32 mask)
+{
+  return Rd_bits(LED_State, mask);
+}
+
+
+void LED_Display_Mask(U32 mask, U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  mask &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  Wr_bits(LED_State, mask, leds);
+
+  // While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
+  while (mask)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and set it to the requested state.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(mask);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    leds >>= led_shift - 1;
+    if (leds & 1)
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->ovrc  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->ovrs  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= 1;
+    mask >>= led_shift;
+  }
+}
+
+
+Bool LED_Test(U32 leds)
+{
+  return Tst_bits(LED_State, leds);
+}
+
+
+void LED_Off(U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  Clr_bits(LED_State, leds);
+
+  // While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
+  while (leds)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and turn it off.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    led_gpio_port->ovrs  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= led_shift;
+  }
+}
+
+
+void LED_On(U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  Set_bits(LED_State, leds);
+
+  // While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
+  while (leds)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and turn it on.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    led_gpio_port->ovrc  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= led_shift;
+  }
+}
+
+
+void LED_Toggle(U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  Tgl_bits(LED_State, leds);
+
+  // While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
+  while (leds)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and toggle it.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    led_gpio_port->ovrt  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= led_shift;
+  }
+}
+
+
+U32 LED_Read_Display_Field(U32 field)
+{
+  return Rd_bitfield(LED_State, field);
+}
+
+
+void LED_Display_Field(U32 field, U32 leds)
+{
+  // Move the bit-field to the appropriate position for the bit-mask.
+  LED_Display_Mask(field, leds << ctz(field));
+}
+
+
+U8 LED_Get_Intensity(U32 led)
+{
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor;
+
+  // Check that the argument value is valid.
+  led = ctz(led);
+  led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[led];
+  if (led >= LED_COUNT || led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL < 0) return 0;
+
+  // Return the duty cycle value if the LED PWM channel is enabled, else 0.
+  return (AVR32_PWM.sr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)) ?
+           AVR32_PWM.channel[led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL].cdty : 0;
+}
+
+
+void LED_Set_Intensity(U32 leds, U8 intensity)
+{
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_pwm_channel_t *led_pwm_channel;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // For each specified LED...
+  for (leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1; leds; leds >>= led_shift)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and check that it has a PWM channel.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    if (led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL < 0) continue;
+
+    // Initialize or update the LED PWM channel.
+    led_pwm_channel = &AVR32_PWM.channel[led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL];
+    if (!(AVR32_PWM.sr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)))
+    {
+      led_pwm_channel->cmr = (AVR32_PWM_CPRE_MCK << AVR32_PWM_CPRE_OFFSET) &
+                             ~(AVR32_PWM_CALG_MASK |
+                               AVR32_PWM_CPOL_MASK |
+                               AVR32_PWM_CPD_MASK);
+      led_pwm_channel->cprd = 0x000000FF;
+      led_pwm_channel->cdty = intensity;
+      AVR32_PWM.ena = 1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      AVR32_PWM.isr;
+      while (!(AVR32_PWM.isr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)));
+      led_pwm_channel->cupd = intensity;
+    }
+
+    // Switch the LED pin to its PWM function.
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    if (led_descriptor->PWM.FUNCTION & 0x1)
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->pmr0s = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->pmr0c = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    if (led_descriptor->PWM.FUNCTION & 0x2)
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->pmr1s = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->pmr1c = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    led_gpio_port->gperc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+  }
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/BOARDS/ARDUINO/led.h

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief AT32UC3A EVK1100 board LEDs support package.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions and services related to the LED features of
+ * the EVK1100 board.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LED_H_
+#define _LED_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+
+/*! \name Identifiers of LEDs to Use with LED Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+#define LED0  0x01
+#define LED1  0x02
+#define LED2  0x04
+#define LED3  0x08
+#define LED4  0x10
+#define LED5  0x20
+#define LED6  0x40
+#define LED7  0x80
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \brief Gets the last state of all LEDs set through the LED API.
+ *
+ * \return State of all LEDs (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern U32 LED_Read_Display(void);
+
+/*! \brief Sets the state of all LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds New state of all LEDs (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of all LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Display(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Gets the last state of the specified LEDs set through the LED API.
+ *
+ * \param mask LEDs of which to get the state (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \return State of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern U32 LED_Read_Display_Mask(U32 mask);
+
+/*! \brief Sets the state of the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param mask LEDs of which to set the state (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \param leds New state of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Display_Mask(U32 mask, U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Tests the last state of the specified LEDs set through the LED API.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs of which to test the state (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \return \c TRUE if at least one of the specified LEDs has a state on, else
+ *         \c FALSE.
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern Bool LED_Test(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Turns off the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs to turn off (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Off(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Turns on the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs to turn on (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_On(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Toggles the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs to toggle (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Toggle(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Gets as a bit-field the last state of the specified LEDs set through
+ *         the LED API.
+ *
+ * \param field LEDs of which to get the state (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \return State of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED, beginning with the first
+ *         specified LED).
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern U32 LED_Read_Display_Field(U32 field);
+
+/*! \brief Sets as a bit-field the state of the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param field LEDs of which to set the state (1 bit per LED).
+ * \param leds New state of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED, beginning with
+ *             the first specified LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Display_Field(U32 field, U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Gets the intensity of the specified LED.
+ *
+ * \param led LED of which to get the intensity (1 bit per LED; only the least
+ *            significant set bit is used).
+ *
+ * \return Intensity of the specified LED (0x00 to 0xFF).
+ *
+ * \warning The PWM channel of the specified LED is supposed to be used only by
+ *          this module.
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern U8 LED_Get_Intensity(U32 led);
+
+/*! \brief Sets the intensity of the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs of which to set the intensity (1 bit per LED).
+ * \param intensity New intensity of the specified LEDs (0x00 to 0xFF).
+ *
+ * \warning The PWM channels of the specified LEDs are supposed to be used only
+ *          by this module.
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to PWM output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Set_Intensity(U32 leds, U8 intensity);
+
+
+#endif  // _LED_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/BOARDS/EVK1105/evk1105.h

@@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief AT32UC3A EVK1105 board header file.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions and services related to the features of the
+ * EVK1105 board rev. B.
+ *
+ * To use this board, define BOARD=EVK1105.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _EVK1105_H_
+#define _EVK1105_H_
+
+#ifdef EVK1105_REV3
+#  include "evk1105_rev3.h"
+#else
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+#ifdef __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__ // Automatically defined when compiling for AVR32, not when assembling.
+#  include "led.h"
+#endif  // __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__
+
+
+/*! \name Oscillator Definitions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+// RCOsc has no custom calibration by default. Set the following definition to
+// the appropriate value if a custom RCOsc calibration has been applied to your
+// part.
+//#define FRCOSC          AVR32_PM_RCOSC_FREQUENCY              //!< RCOsc frequency: Hz.
+
+#define FOSC32          32768                                 //!< Osc32 frequency: Hz.
+#define OSC32_STARTUP   AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_8192_RCOSC //!< Osc32 startup time: RCOsc periods.
+
+#define FOSC0           12000000                              //!< Osc0 frequency: Hz.
+#define OSC0_STARTUP    AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC  //!< Osc0 startup time: RCOsc periods.
+
+#define FOSC1           11289600                              //!< Osc1 frequency: Hz
+#define OSC1_STARTUP    AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC  //!< Osc1 startup time: RCOsc periods.
+
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name SDRAM Definitions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+//! Part header file of used SDRAM(s).
+#define SDRAM_PART_HDR  "MT48LC16M16A2TG7E/mt48lc16m16a2tg7e.h"
+
+//! Data bus width to use the SDRAM(s) with (16 or 32 bits; always 16 bits on
+//! UC3).
+#define SDRAM_DBW       16
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name USB Definitions
+ */
+//! @{
+//! Multiplexed pin used for USB_ID: AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_x_x.
+//! To be selected according to the AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_x_x_PIN and
+//! AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_x_x_FUNCTION definitions from <avr32/uc3axxxx.h>.
+#define AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_0_2_PIN          21
+#define AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_0_2_FUNCTION     2
+#define USB_ID                      AVR32_USBB_USB_ID_0_2
+
+//! Multiplexed pin used for USB_VBOF: AVR32_USBB_USB_VBOF_x_x.
+//! To be selected according to the AVR32_USBB_USB_VBOF_x_x_PIN and
+//! AVR32_USBB_USB_VBOF_x_x_FUNCTION definitions from <avr32/uc3axxxx.h>.
+#  define USB_VBOF                    AVR32_USBB_USB_VBOF_0_1
+
+
+//! Active level of the USB_VBOF output pin.
+#  define USB_VBOF_ACTIVE_LEVEL       LOW
+
+//! USB overcurrent detection pin.
+#  define USB_OVERCURRENT_DETECT_PIN  AVR32_PIN_PX15
+
+//! @}
+
+
+//! GPIO connection of the MAC PHY PWR_DOWN/INT signal.
+#  define MACB_INTERRUPT_PIN  AVR32_PIN_PA26
+
+
+
+//! Number of LEDs.
+#define LED_COUNT   4
+
+/*! \name GPIO Connections of LEDs
+ */
+//! @{
+#  define LED0_GPIO   AVR32_PIN_PB27
+#  define LED1_GPIO   AVR32_PIN_PB28
+#  define LED2_GPIO   AVR32_PIN_PA05
+#  define LED3_GPIO   AVR32_PIN_PA06
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Color Identifiers of LEDs to Use with LED Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+#define LED_MONO0_GREEN   LED0
+#define LED_MONO1_GREEN   LED1
+#define LED_MONO2_GREEN   LED2
+#define LED_MONO3_GREEN   LED3
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name PWM Channels of LEDs
+ */
+//! @{
+#define LED0_PWM      4
+#define LED1_PWM      5
+#define LED2_PWM      (-1)
+#define LED3_PWM      (-1)
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name PWM Functions of LEDs
+ */
+//! @{
+/* TODO: Implement PWM functionality */
+#define LED0_PWM_FUNCTION   (-1)//AVR32_PWM_0_FUNCTION
+#define LED1_PWM_FUNCTION   (-1)//AVR32_PWM_1_FUNCTION
+#define LED2_PWM_FUNCTION   (-1)
+#define LED3_PWM_FUNCTION   (-1)
+//! @}
+
+//! External interrupt connection of touch sensor.
+#define QT1081_EIC_EXTINT_PIN       AVR32_EIC_EXTINT_1_PIN
+#define QT1081_EIC_EXTINT_FUNCTION  AVR32_EIC_EXTINT_1_FUNCTION
+#define QT1081_EIC_EXTINT_IRQ       AVR32_EIC_IRQ_1
+#define QT1081_EIC_EXTINT_INT       AVR32_EIC_INT1
+/*! \name Touch sensor low power mode select
+ */
+#define QT1081_LP_MODE    AVR32_PIN_PB29
+
+/*! \name GPIO Connections of touch buttons
+ */
+//! @{
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_0           AVR32_PIN_PB22
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_0_PRESSED   1
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_1           AVR32_PIN_PB23
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_1_PRESSED   1
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_2           AVR32_PIN_PB24
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_2_PRESSED   1
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_3           AVR32_PIN_PB25
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_3_PRESSED   1
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_4           AVR32_PIN_PB26
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_4_PRESSED   1
+
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_ENTER           QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_4
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_ENTER_PRESSED   QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_4_PRESSED
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_LEFT            QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_3
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_LEFT_PRESSED    QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_3_PRESSED
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_RIGHT           QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_2
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_RIGHT_PRESSED   QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_2_PRESSED
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_UP              QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_0
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_UP_PRESSED      QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_0_PRESSED
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_DOWN            QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_1
+#define QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_DOWN_PRESSED    QT1081_TOUCH_SENSOR_1_PRESSED
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name SPI Connections of the AT45DBX Data Flash Memory
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_SPI                 (&AVR32_SPI0)
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS            0
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_SCK_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_MISO_PIN        AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION   AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_MOSI_PIN        AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION   AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS0_PIN       AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_0_0_PIN
+#define AT45DBX_SPI_NPCS0_FUNCTION  AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_0_0_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name GPIO and SPI Connections of the SD/MMC Connector
+ */
+//! @{
+#define SD_MMC_CARD_DETECT_PIN      AVR32_PIN_PA02
+#define SD_MMC_WRITE_PROTECT_PIN    AVR32_PIN_PA18
+#define SD_MMC_SPI                  (&AVR32_SPI0)
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS             1
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_SCK_PIN          AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION     AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MISO_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MOSI_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_1_0_PIN
+#define SD_MMC_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_1_0_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name TWI expansion
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EXPANSION_TWI                   (&AVR32_TWI)
+#define EXPANSION_RESET                 AVR32_PIN_PX16
+#define EXPANSION_TWI_SCL_PIN           AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
+#define EXPANSION_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION      AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define EXPANSION_TWI_SDA_PIN           AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
+#define EXPANSION_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION      AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Wireless expansion
+ */
+
+#define WEXPANSION_EXTINT_PIN           AVR32_EIC_EXTINT_8_PIN
+#define WEXPANSION_EXTINT_FUNCTION      AVR32_EIC_EXTINT_8_FUNCTION
+#define WEXPANSION_GPIO1                AVR32_PIN_PB30
+#define WEXPANSION_GPIO2                AVR32_PIN_PB31
+
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI                  (&AVR32_SPI0)
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI_NPCS             2
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI_SCK_PIN          AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION     AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI_MISO_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI_MOSI_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI_NPCS_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_2_0_PIN
+#define WEXPANSION_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_2_0_FUNCTION
+
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name ET024006DHU TFT display
+ */
+//! @{
+
+#define ET024006DHU_TE_PIN              AVR32_PIN_PX19
+#define ET024006DHU_RESET_PIN           AVR32_PIN_PX22
+#define ET024006DHU_BL_PIN              AVR32_PWM_6_PIN
+#define ET024006DHU_BL_FUNCTION         AVR32_PWM_6_FUNCTION
+#define ET024006DHU_DNC_PIN             AVR32_EBI_ADDR_21_1_PIN
+#define ET024006DHU_DNC_FUNCTION        AVR32_EBI_ADDR_21_1_FUNCTION
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS_PIN         AVR32_EBI_NCS_0_1_PIN
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS_FUNCTION    AVR32_EBI_NCS_0_1_FUNCTION
+
+//! @}
+/*! \name Optional SPI connection to the TFT
+ */
+//! @{
+
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI                  (&AVR32_SPI0)
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI_NPCS             3
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI_SCK_PIN          AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION     AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI_MISO_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI_MOSI_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI_NPCS_PIN         AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_3_0_PIN
+#define ET024006DHU_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI1_NPCS_3_0_FUNCTION
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name Audio amplifier connection to the DAC
+ */
+//! @{
+
+#define TPA6130_ABDAC             (&AVR32_ABDAC)
+
+#define TPA6130_DATA0_PIN         AVR32_ABDAC_DATA_0_1_PIN
+#define TPA6130_DATA0_FUNCTION    AVR32_ABDAC_DATA_0_1_FUNCTION
+#define TPA6130_DATAN0_PIN        AVR32_ABDAC_DATAN_0_1_PIN
+#define TPA6130_DATAN0_FUNCTION   AVR32_ABDAC_DATAN_0_1_FUNCTION
+#define TPA6130_DATA1_PIN         AVR32_ABDAC_DATA_1_1_PIN
+#define TPA6130_DATA1_FUNCTION    AVR32_ABDAC_DATA_1_1_FUNCTION
+#define TPA6130_DATAN1_PIN        AVR32_ABDAC_DATAN_1_1_PIN
+#define TPA6130_DATAN1_FUNCTION   AVR32_ABDAC_DATAN_1_1_FUNCTION
+
+#define TPA6130_ABDAC_PDCA_PID       AVR32_PDCA_PID_ABDAC_TX
+#define TPA6130_ABDAC_PDCA_CHANNEL   0
+#define TPA6130_ABDAC_PDCA_IRQ       AVR32_PDCA_IRQ_0
+#define TPA6130_ABDAC_PDCA_INT_LEVEL AVR32_INTC_INT3
+
+#define TPA6130_TWI                  (&AVR32_TWI)
+#define TPA6130_TWI_SCL_PIN          AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
+#define TPA6130_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION     AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define TPA6130_TWI_SDA_PIN          AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
+#define TPA6130_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION     AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
+
+//! }@
+/*! \name TI TLV320AIC23B sound chip
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TLV320_SSC                           (&AVR32_SSC)
+#define TLV320_SSC_TX_CLOCK_PIN              AVR32_SSC_TX_CLOCK_0_PIN
+#define TLV320_SSC_TX_CLOCK_FUNCTION         AVR32_SSC_TX_CLOCK_0_FUNCTION
+#define TLV320_SSC_TX_DATA_PIN               AVR32_SSC_TX_DATA_0_PIN
+#define TLV320_SSC_TX_DATA_FUNCTION          AVR32_SSC_TX_DATA_0_FUNCTION
+#define TLV320_SSC_TX_FRAME_SYNC_PIN         AVR32_SSC_TX_FRAME_SYNC_0_PIN
+#define TLV320_SSC_TX_FRAME_SYNC_FUNCTION    AVR32_SSC_TX_FRAME_SYNC_0_FUNCTION
+
+#define TLV320_TWI                   (&AVR32_TWI)
+#define TLV320_TWI_SCL_PIN           AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
+#define TLV320_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION      AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define TLV320_TWI_SDA_PIN           AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
+#define TLV320_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION      AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
+
+#define TLV320_PM_GCLK_PIN         AVR32_PM_GCLK_0_0_PIN
+#define TLV320_PM_GCLK_FUNCTION    AVR32_PM_GCLK_0_0_FUNCTION
+//! @}
+
+////! \name SPI: Apple Authentication Chip Hardware Connections
+////! @{
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI                  (&AVR32_SPI0)
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_IRQ              AVR32_SPI0_IRQ
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_NPCS             2
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_SCK_PIN          AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_PIN
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_SCK_FUNCTION     AVR32_SPI0_SCK_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_MISO_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_PIN
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_MISO_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_MISO_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_MOSI_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_PIN
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_MOSI_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_MOSI_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_NPCS_PIN         AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_2_0_PIN
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_NPCS_FUNCTION    AVR32_SPI0_NPCS_2_0_FUNCTION
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_N_RESET_PIN      AVR32_PIN_PB30
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_SPI_CP_READY_PIN     AVR32_PIN_PB31
+//! }@
+
+/*! \name Connections of the iPOD Authentication Coprocessor
+ */
+//! @{
+        
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI                  (&AVR32_TWI)
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_SCL_PIN          AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_PIN
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_SCL_FUNCTION     AVR32_TWI_SCL_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_SDA_PIN          AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_PIN
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_SDA_FUNCTION     AVR32_TWI_SDA_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define IPOD_AUTH_CHIP_TWI_N_RESET_PIN      AVR32_PIN_PX16
+
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name USART connection to the UC3B board controller
+ */
+//! @{
+
+#define USART0_RXD_PIN          AVR32_USART0_RXD_0_0_PIN
+#define USART0_RXD_FUNCTION     AVR32_USART0_RXD_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define USART0_TXD_PIN          AVR32_USART0_TXD_0_0_PIN
+#define USART0_TXD_FUNCTION     AVR32_USART0_TXD_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define USART0_RTS_PIN          AVR32_USART0_RTS_0_0_PIN
+#define USART0_RTS_FUNCTION     AVR32_USART0_RTS_0_0_FUNCTION
+#define USART0_CTS_PIN          AVR32_USART0_CTS_0_0_PIN
+#define USART0_CTS_FUNCTION     AVR32_USART0_CTS_0_0_FUNCTION
+
+//! @}
+
+#define ADC_VEXT_PIN         AVR32_ADC_AD_7_PIN
+#define ADC_VEXT_FUNCTION    AVR32_ADC_AD_7_FUNCTION
+
+/*! \name LCD Connections of the ET024006DHU display
+ */
+//! @{
+#define ET024006DHU_SMC_USE_NCS           0
+#define ET024006DHU_SMC_COMPONENT_CS      "smc_et024006dhu.h"
+
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_0    AVR32_EBI_DATA_0
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_1    AVR32_EBI_DATA_1
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_2    AVR32_EBI_DATA_2
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_3    AVR32_EBI_DATA_3
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_4    AVR32_EBI_DATA_4
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_5    AVR32_EBI_DATA_5
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_6    AVR32_EBI_DATA_6
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_7    AVR32_EBI_DATA_7
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_8    AVR32_EBI_DATA_8
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_9    AVR32_EBI_DATA_9
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_10   AVR32_EBI_DATA_10
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_11   AVR32_EBI_DATA_11
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_12   AVR32_EBI_DATA_12
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_13   AVR32_EBI_DATA_13
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_14   AVR32_EBI_DATA_14
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_DATA_15   AVR32_EBI_DATA_15
+
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_ADDR_21   AVR32_EBI_ADDR_21_1
+
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NWE       AVR32_EBI_NWE0_0
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NRD       AVR32_EBI_NRD_0
+#define ET024006DHU_EBI_NCS       AVR32_EBI_NCS_0_1
+//! @}
+
+
+#endif  // !EVK1105_REVA
+
+#endif  // _EVK1105_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/BOARDS/EVK1105/led.c

@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief AT32UC3A EVK1105 board LEDs support package.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions and services related to the LED features of
+ * the EVK1105 board.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "preprocessor.h"
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "evk1105.h"
+#include "led.h"
+
+
+//! Structure describing LED hardware connections.
+typedef const struct
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    U32 PORT;     //!< LED GPIO port.
+    U32 PIN_MASK; //!< Bit-mask of LED pin in GPIO port.
+  } GPIO; //!< LED GPIO descriptor.
+  struct
+  {
+    S32 CHANNEL;  //!< LED PWM channel (< 0 if N/A).
+    S32 FUNCTION; //!< LED pin PWM function (< 0 if N/A).
+  } PWM;  //!< LED PWM descriptor.
+} tLED_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+
+//! Hardware descriptors of all LEDs.
+static tLED_DESCRIPTOR LED_DESCRIPTOR[LED_COUNT] =
+{
+#define INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR(LED_NO, unused)                 \
+  {                                                           \
+    {LED##LED_NO##_GPIO / 32, 1 << (LED##LED_NO##_GPIO % 32)},\
+    {LED##LED_NO##_PWM,       LED##LED_NO##_PWM_FUNCTION    } \
+  },
+  MREPEAT(LED_COUNT, INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR, ~)
+#undef INSERT_LED_DESCRIPTOR
+};
+
+
+//! Saved state of all LEDs.
+static volatile U32 LED_State = (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+
+U32 LED_Read_Display(void)
+{
+  return LED_State;
+}
+
+
+void LED_Display(U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  LED_State = leds;
+
+  // For all LEDs...
+  for (led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0];
+       led_descriptor < LED_DESCRIPTOR + LED_COUNT;
+       led_descriptor++)
+  {
+    // Set the LED to the requested state.
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    if (leds & 1)
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->ovrc  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->ovrs  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= 1;
+  }
+}
+
+
+U32 LED_Read_Display_Mask(U32 mask)
+{
+  return Rd_bits(LED_State, mask);
+}
+
+
+void LED_Display_Mask(U32 mask, U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  mask &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  Wr_bits(LED_State, mask, leds);
+
+  // While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
+  while (mask)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and set it to the requested state.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(mask);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    leds >>= led_shift - 1;
+    if (leds & 1)
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->ovrc  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->ovrs  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= 1;
+    mask >>= led_shift;
+  }
+}
+
+
+Bool LED_Test(U32 leds)
+{
+  return Tst_bits(LED_State, leds);
+}
+
+
+void LED_Off(U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  Clr_bits(LED_State, leds);
+
+  // While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
+  while (leds)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and turn it off.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    led_gpio_port->ovrs  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= led_shift;
+  }
+}
+
+
+void LED_On(U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  Set_bits(LED_State, leds);
+
+  // While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
+  while (leds)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and turn it on.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    led_gpio_port->ovrc  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= led_shift;
+  }
+}
+
+
+void LED_Toggle(U32 leds)
+{
+  // Use the LED descriptors to get the connections of a given LED to the MCU.
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // Make sure only existing LEDs are specified.
+  leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1;
+
+  // Update the saved state of all LEDs with the requested changes.
+  Tgl_bits(LED_State, leds);
+
+  // While there are specified LEDs left to manage...
+  while (leds)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and toggle it.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    led_gpio_port->ovrt  = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->oders = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    led_gpio_port->gpers = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    leds >>= led_shift;
+  }
+}
+
+
+U32 LED_Read_Display_Field(U32 field)
+{
+  return Rd_bitfield(LED_State, field);
+}
+
+
+void LED_Display_Field(U32 field, U32 leds)
+{
+  // Move the bit-field to the appropriate position for the bit-mask.
+  LED_Display_Mask(field, leds << ctz(field));
+}
+
+
+U8 LED_Get_Intensity(U32 led)
+{
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor;
+
+  // Check that the argument value is valid.
+  led = ctz(led);
+  led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[led];
+  if (led >= LED_COUNT || led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL < 0) return 0;
+
+  // Return the duty cycle value if the LED PWM channel is enabled, else 0.
+  return (AVR32_PWM.sr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)) ?
+           AVR32_PWM.channel[led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL].cdty : 0;
+}
+
+
+void LED_Set_Intensity(U32 leds, U8 intensity)
+{
+  tLED_DESCRIPTOR *led_descriptor = &LED_DESCRIPTOR[0] - 1;
+  volatile avr32_pwm_channel_t *led_pwm_channel;
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *led_gpio_port;
+  U8 led_shift;
+
+  // For each specified LED...
+  for (leds &= (1 << LED_COUNT) - 1; leds; leds >>= led_shift)
+  {
+    // Select the next specified LED and check that it has a PWM channel.
+    led_shift = 1 + ctz(leds);
+    led_descriptor += led_shift;
+    if (led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL < 0) continue;
+
+    // Initialize or update the LED PWM channel.
+    led_pwm_channel = &AVR32_PWM.channel[led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL];
+    if (!(AVR32_PWM.sr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)))
+    {
+      led_pwm_channel->cmr = (AVR32_PWM_CPRE_MCK << AVR32_PWM_CPRE_OFFSET) &
+                             ~(AVR32_PWM_CALG_MASK |
+                               AVR32_PWM_CPOL_MASK |
+                               AVR32_PWM_CPD_MASK);
+      led_pwm_channel->cprd = 0x000000FF;
+      led_pwm_channel->cdty = intensity;
+      AVR32_PWM.ena = 1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      AVR32_PWM.isr;
+      while (!(AVR32_PWM.isr & (1 << led_descriptor->PWM.CHANNEL)));
+      led_pwm_channel->cupd = intensity;
+    }
+
+    // Switch the LED pin to its PWM function.
+    led_gpio_port = &AVR32_GPIO.port[led_descriptor->GPIO.PORT];
+    if (led_descriptor->PWM.FUNCTION & 0x1)
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->pmr0s = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->pmr0c = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    if (led_descriptor->PWM.FUNCTION & 0x2)
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->pmr1s = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      led_gpio_port->pmr1c = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+    }
+    led_gpio_port->gperc = led_descriptor->GPIO.PIN_MASK;
+  }
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/BOARDS/EVK1105/led.h

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief AT32UC3A EVK1105 board LEDs support package.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions and services related to the LED features of
+ * the EVK1105 board.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 AT32UC3A devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LED_H_
+#define _LED_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+
+/*! \name Identifiers of LEDs to Use with LED Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+#define LED0  0x01
+#define LED1  0x02
+#define LED2  0x04
+#define LED3  0x08
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \brief Gets the last state of all LEDs set through the LED API.
+ *
+ * \return State of all LEDs (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern U32 LED_Read_Display(void);
+
+/*! \brief Sets the state of all LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds New state of all LEDs (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of all LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Display(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Gets the last state of the specified LEDs set through the LED API.
+ *
+ * \param mask LEDs of which to get the state (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \return State of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern U32 LED_Read_Display_Mask(U32 mask);
+
+/*! \brief Sets the state of the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param mask LEDs of which to set the state (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \param leds New state of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Display_Mask(U32 mask, U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Tests the last state of the specified LEDs set through the LED API.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs of which to test the state (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \return \c TRUE if at least one of the specified LEDs has a state on, else
+ *         \c FALSE.
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern Bool LED_Test(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Turns off the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs to turn off (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Off(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Turns on the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs to turn on (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_On(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Toggles the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs to toggle (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Toggle(U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Gets as a bit-field the last state of the specified LEDs set through
+ *         the LED API.
+ *
+ * \param field LEDs of which to get the state (1 bit per LED).
+ *
+ * \return State of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED, beginning with the first
+ *         specified LED).
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern U32 LED_Read_Display_Field(U32 field);
+
+/*! \brief Sets as a bit-field the state of the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param field LEDs of which to set the state (1 bit per LED).
+ * \param leds New state of the specified LEDs (1 bit per LED, beginning with
+ *             the first specified LED).
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to GPIO output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Display_Field(U32 field, U32 leds);
+
+/*! \brief Gets the intensity of the specified LED.
+ *
+ * \param led LED of which to get the intensity (1 bit per LED; only the least
+ *            significant set bit is used).
+ *
+ * \return Intensity of the specified LED (0x00 to 0xFF).
+ *
+ * \warning The PWM channel of the specified LED is supposed to be used only by
+ *          this module.
+ *
+ * \note The GPIO pin configuration of all LEDs is left unchanged.
+ */
+extern U8 LED_Get_Intensity(U32 led);
+
+/*! \brief Sets the intensity of the specified LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param leds LEDs of which to set the intensity (1 bit per LED).
+ * \param intensity New intensity of the specified LEDs (0x00 to 0xFF).
+ *
+ * \warning The PWM channels of the specified LEDs are supposed to be used only
+ *          by this module.
+ *
+ * \note The pins of the specified LEDs are set to PWM output mode.
+ */
+extern void LED_Set_Intensity(U32 leds, U8 intensity);
+
+
+#endif  // _LED_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/BOARDS/board.h

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Standard board header file.
+ *
+ * This file includes the appropriate board header file according to the
+ * defined board.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOARD_H_
+#define _BOARD_H_
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+/*! \name Base Boards
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EVK1100           1   //!< AT32UC3A EVK1100 board.
+#define EVK1101           2   //!< AT32UC3B EVK1101 board.
+#define UC3C_EK           3   //!< AT32UC3C UC3C_EK board.
+#define EVK1104           4   //!< AT32UC3A3 EVK1104 board.
+#define EVK1105           5   //!< AT32UC3A EVK1105 board.
+#define STK1000           6   //!< AT32AP7000 STK1000 board.
+#define NGW100            7   //!< AT32AP7000 NGW100 board.
+#define STK600_RCUC3L0    8   //!< STK600 RCUC3L0 board.
+#define UC3L_EK           9   //!< AT32UC3L-EK board.
+#define USER_BOARD        99  //!< User-reserved board (if any).
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Extension Boards
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EXT1102           1   //!< AT32UC3B EXT1102 board.
+#define MC300             2   //!< AT32UC3 MC300 board.
+#define USER_EXT_BOARD    99  //!< User-reserved extension board (if any).
+//! @}
+
+#if BOARD == EVK1100
+  #include "EVK1100/evk1100.h"
+#elif BOARD == EVK1101
+  #include "EVK1101/evk1101.h"
+#elif BOARD == UC3C_EK
+  #include "UC3C_EK/uc3c_ek.h"
+#elif BOARD == EVK1104
+  #include "EVK1104/evk1104.h"
+#elif BOARD == EVK1105
+  #include "EVK1105/evk1105.h"
+#elif BOARD == STK1000
+  #include "STK1000/stk1000.h"
+#elif BOARD == NGW100
+  #include "NGW100/ngw100.h"
+#elif BOARD == STK600_RCUC3L0
+  #include "STK600/RCUC3L0/stk600_rcuc3l0.h"
+#elif BOARD == UC3L_EK
+  #include "UC3L_EK/uc3l_ek.h"
+#elif BOARD == ARDUINO
+  #include "ARDUINO/arduino.h"
+#else
+  #error No known AVR32 board defined
+#endif
+
+#if (defined EXT_BOARD)
+  #if EXT_BOARD == EXT1102
+    #include "EXT1102/ext1102.h"
+  #elif EXT_BOARD == MC300
+    #include "MC300/mc300.h"
+  #elif EXT_BOARD == USER_EXT_BOARD
+    // User-reserved area: #include the header file of your extension board here
+    // (if any).
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef FRCOSC
+  #define FRCOSC    AVR32_PM_RCOSC_FREQUENCY  //!< Default RCOsc frequency.
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  // _BOARD_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/BOARDS/board.h.my

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Standard board header file.
+ *
+ * This file includes the appropriate board header file according to the
+ * defined board.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOARD_H_
+#define _BOARD_H_
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+/*! \name Base Boards
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EVK1100           1   //!< AT32UC3A EVK1100 board.
+#define EVK1101           2   //!< AT32UC3B EVK1101 board.
+#define UC3C_EK           3   //!< AT32UC3C UC3C_EK board.
+#define EVK1104           4   //!< AT32UC3A3 EVK1104 board.
+#define EVK1105           5   //!< AT32UC3A EVK1105 board.
+#define STK1000           6   //!< AT32AP7000 STK1000 board.
+#define NGW100            7   //!< AT32AP7000 NGW100 board.
+#define STK600_RCUC3L0    8   //!< STK600 RCUC3L0 board.
+#define UC3L_EK           9   //!< AT32UC3L-EK board.
+#define USER_BOARD        99  //!< User-reserved board (if any).
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Extension Boards
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EXT1102           1   //!< AT32UC3B EXT1102 board.
+#define MC300             2   //!< AT32UC3 MC300 board.
+#define USER_EXT_BOARD    99  //!< User-reserved extension board (if any).
+//! @}
+
+#if BOARD == EVK1100
+  #include "EVK1100/evk1100.h"
+#elif BOARD == EVK1101
+  #include "EVK1101/evk1101.h"
+#elif BOARD == UC3C_EK
+  #include "UC3C_EK/uc3c_ek.h"
+#elif BOARD == EVK1104
+  #include "EVK1104/evk1104.h"
+#elif BOARD == EVK1105
+  #include "EVK1105/evk1105.h"
+#elif BOARD == STK1000
+  #include "STK1000/stk1000.h"
+#elif BOARD == NGW100
+  #include "NGW100/ngw100.h"
+#elif BOARD == STK600_RCUC3L0
+  #include "STK600/RCUC3L0/stk600_rcuc3l0.h"
+#elif BOARD == UC3L_EK
+  #include "UC3L_EK/uc3l_ek.h"
+#elif BOARD == ARDUINO
+  #include "ARDUINO/arduino.h"
+#else
+  #error No known AVR32 board defined
+#endif
+
+#if (defined EXT_BOARD)
+  #if EXT_BOARD == EXT1102
+    #include "EXT1102/ext1102.h"
+  #elif EXT_BOARD == MC300
+    #include "MC300/mc300.h"
+  #elif EXT_BOARD == USER_EXT_BOARD
+    // User-reserved area: #include the header file of your extension board here
+    // (if any).
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef FRCOSC
+  #define FRCOSC    AVR32_PM_RCOSC_FREQUENCY  //!< Default RCOsc frequency.
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  // _BOARD_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/COMPONENTS/MEMORY/DATA_FLASH/AT45DBX/at45dbx.c

@@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Management of the AT45DBX data flash controller through SPI.
+ *
+ * This file manages the accesses to the AT45DBX data flash components.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+//_____  I N C L U D E S ___________________________________________________
+
+#include "conf_access.h"
+
+
+#if AT45DBX_MEM == ENABLE
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "board.h"
+#include "gpio.h"
+#include "spi.h"
+#include "conf_at45dbx.h"
+#include "at45dbx.h"
+
+
+#if AT45DBX_MEM_CNT > 4
+  #error AT45DBX_MEM_CNT must not exceed 4
+#endif
+
+
+//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
+
+/*! \name AT45DBX Group A Commands
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_PAGE              0xD2        //!< Main Memory Page Read (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_ARRAY_LEG         0xE8        //!< Continuous Array Read, Legacy Command (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_ARRAY_LF_SM       0x03        //!< Continuous Array Read, Low-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_ARRAY_AF_SM       0x0B        //!< Continuous Array Read, Any-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_SECTOR_PROT_REG   0x32        //!< Read Sector Protection Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_SECTOR_LKDN_REG   0x35        //!< Read Sector Lockdown Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_SECURITY_REG      0x77        //!< Read Security Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name AT45DBX Group B Commands
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_ER_PAGE              0x81        //!< Page Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_ER_BLOCK             0x50        //!< Block Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_ER_SECTOR            0x7C        //!< Sector Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_ER_CHIP              0xC794809A  //!< Chip Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_XFR_PAGE_TO_BUF1     0x53        //!< Main Memory Page to Buffer 1 Transfer (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_XFR_PAGE_TO_BUF2     0x55        //!< Main Memory Page to Buffer 2 Transfer (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_CMP_PAGE_TO_BUF1     0x60        //!< Main Memory Page to Buffer 1 Compare (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_CMP_PAGE_TO_BUF2     0x61        //!< Main Memory Page to Buffer 2 Compare (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_BUF1_TO_PAGE_ER   0x83        //!< Buffer 1 to Main Memory Page Program with Built-in Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_BUF2_TO_PAGE_ER   0x86        //!< Buffer 2 to Main Memory Page Program with Built-in Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_BUF1_TO_PAGE      0x88        //!< Buffer 1 to Main Memory Page Program without Built-in Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_BUF2_TO_PAGE      0x89        //!< Buffer 2 to Main Memory Page Program without Built-in Erase (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_PAGE_TH_BUF1      0x82        //!< Main Memory Page Program through Buffer 1 (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_PAGE_TH_BUF2      0x85        //!< Main Memory Page Program through Buffer 2 (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_RWR_PAGE_TH_BUF1     0x58        //!< Auto Page Rewrite through Buffer 1 (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDB_RWR_PAGE_TH_BUF2     0x59        //!< Auto Page Rewrite through Buffer 2 (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name AT45DBX Group C Commands
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF1_LF_SM        0xD1        //!< Buffer 1 Read, Low-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF2_LF_SM        0xD3        //!< Buffer 2 Read, Low-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF1_AF_SM        0xD4        //!< Buffer 1 Read, Any-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF2_AF_SM        0xD6        //!< Buffer 2 Read, Any-Frequency Mode (Serial Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF1_AF_8M        0x54        //!< Buffer 1 Read, Any-Frequency Mode (8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_BUF2_AF_8M        0x56        //!< Buffer 2 Read, Any-Frequency Mode (8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_WR_BUF1              0x84        //!< Buffer 1 Write (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_WR_BUF2              0x87        //!< Buffer 2 Write (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_STATUS_REG        0xD7        //!< Status Register Read (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_MNFCT_DEV_ID_SM   0x9F        //!< Manufacturer and Device ID Read (Serial Mode).
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name AT45DBX Group D Commands
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_CMDD_EN_SECTOR_PROT       0x3D2A7FA9  //!< Enable Sector Protection (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDD_DIS_SECTOR_PROT      0x3D2A7F9A  //!< Disable Sector Protection (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDD_ER_SECTOR_PROT_REG   0x3D2A7FCF  //!< Erase Sector Protection Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDD_PR_SECTOR_PROT_REG   0x3D2A7FFC  //!< Program Sector Protection Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDD_LKDN_SECTOR          0x3D2A7F30  //!< Sector Lockdown (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDD_PR_SECURITY_REG      0x9B000000  //!< Program Security Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDD_PR_CONF_REG          0x3D2A80A6  //!< Program Configuration Register (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDD_DEEP_PWR_DN          0xB9        //!< Deep Power-down (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+#define AT45DBX_CMDD_RSM_DEEP_PWR_DN      0xAB        //!< Resume from Deep Power-down (Serial/8-bit Mode).
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name Bit-Masks and Values for the Status Register
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_MSK_BUSY                  0x80        //!< Busy status bit-mask.
+#define AT45DBX_BUSY                      0x00        //!< Busy status value (0x00 when busy, 0x80 when ready).
+#define AT45DBX_MSK_DENSITY               0x3C        //!< Device density bit-mask.
+//! @}
+#if AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE == AT45DBX_1MB
+
+/*! \name AT45DB081 Memories
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_DENSITY                   0x24        //!< Device density value.
+#define AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS             9          //!< Address bits for byte position within buffer.
+
+//! @}
+#elif AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE == AT45DBX_2MB
+
+/*! \name AT45DB161 Memories
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_DENSITY                   0x2C        //!< Device density value.
+#define AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS            10          //!< Address bits for byte position within buffer.
+//! @}
+
+#elif AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE == AT45DBX_4MB
+
+/*! \name AT45DB321 Memories
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_DENSITY                   0x34        //!< Device density value.
+#define AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS            10          //!< Address bits for byte position within buffer.
+//! @}
+
+#elif AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE == AT45DBX_8MB
+
+/*! \name AT45DB642 Memories
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_DENSITY                   0x3C        //!< Device density value.
+#define AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS            11          //!< Address bits for byte position within buffer.
+//! @}
+
+#else
+  #error AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE is not defined to a supported value
+#endif
+
+//! Address bits for page selection.
+#define AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS            (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS)
+
+//! Number of bits for addresses within pages.
+#define AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS                 (AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS - 1)
+
+//! Page size in bytes.
+#define AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE                 (1 << AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS)
+
+//! Bit-mask for byte position within buffer in \ref gl_ptr_mem.
+#define AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE              ((1 << AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS) - 1)
+
+//! Bit-mask for page selection in \ref gl_ptr_mem.
+#define AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_PAGE              (((1 << AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS) - 1) << AT45DBX_PAGE_BITS)
+
+//! Bit-mask for byte position within sector in \ref gl_ptr_mem.
+#define AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_SECTOR            ((1 << AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS) - 1)
+
+
+/*! \brief Sends a dummy byte through SPI.
+ */
+#define spi_write_dummy()                 spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, 0xFF)
+
+
+//! Boolean indicating whether memory is in busy state.
+static Bool at45dbx_busy;
+
+//! Memory data pointer.
+static U32 gl_ptr_mem;
+
+//! Sector buffer.
+static U8 sector_buf[AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE];
+
+
+/*! \name Control Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_init(spi_options_t spiOptions, unsigned int pba_hz)
+{
+  // Setup SPI registers according to spiOptions.
+  for (spiOptions.reg = AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS;
+       spiOptions.reg < AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS + AT45DBX_MEM_CNT;
+       spiOptions.reg++)
+  {
+    if (spi_setupChipReg(AT45DBX_SPI, &spiOptions, pba_hz) != SPI_OK) return KO;
+  }
+
+  // Memory ready.
+  at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
+
+  return OK;
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Selects or unselects a DF memory.
+ *
+ * \param memidx  Memory ID of DF to select or unselect.
+ * \param bSelect Boolean indicating whether the DF memory has to be selected.
+ */
+static void at45dbx_chipselect_df(U8 memidx, Bool bSelect)
+{
+  if (bSelect)
+  {
+    // Select SPI chip.
+    spi_selectChip(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS + memidx);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Unselect SPI chip.
+    spi_unselectChip(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_SPI_FIRST_NPCS + memidx);
+  }
+}
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_mem_check(void)
+{
+  U8 df;
+  U16 status = 0;
+
+  // DF memory check.
+  for (df = 0; df < AT45DBX_MEM_CNT; df++)
+  {
+    // Select the DF memory to check.
+    at45dbx_chipselect_df(df, TRUE);
+
+    // Send the Status Register Read command.
+    spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_STATUS_REG);
+
+    // Send a dummy byte to read the status register.
+    spi_write_dummy();
+    spi_read(AT45DBX_SPI, &status);
+
+    // Unselect the checked DF memory.
+    at45dbx_chipselect_df(df, FALSE);
+
+    // Unexpected device density value.
+    if ((status & AT45DBX_MSK_DENSITY) < AT45DBX_DENSITY) return KO;
+  }
+
+  return OK;
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Waits until the DF is ready.
+ */
+static void at45dbx_wait_ready(void)
+{
+  U16 status;
+
+  // Select the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+  at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, TRUE);
+
+  // Send the Status Register Read command.
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDC_RD_STATUS_REG);
+
+  // Read the status register until the DF is ready.
+  do
+  {
+    // Send a dummy byte to read the status register.
+    spi_write_dummy();
+    spi_read(AT45DBX_SPI, &status);
+  } while ((status & AT45DBX_MSK_BUSY) == AT45DBX_BUSY);
+
+  // Unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+  at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
+}
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_read_open(U32 sector)
+{
+  U32 addr;
+
+  // Set the global memory pointer to a byte address.
+  gl_ptr_mem = sector << AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS; // gl_ptr_mem = sector * AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+  // If the DF memory is busy, wait until it's ready.
+  if (at45dbx_busy) at45dbx_wait_ready();
+  at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
+
+  // Select the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+  at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, TRUE);
+
+  // Initiate a page read at a given sector.
+
+  // Send the Main Memory Page Read command.
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDA_RD_PAGE);
+
+  // Send the three address bytes, which comprise:
+  //  - (24 - (AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS + AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS)) reserved bits;
+  //  - then AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the page in main memory to be read;
+  //  - then AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the starting byte address within that page.
+  // NOTE: The bits of gl_ptr_mem above the AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE bits are useless for the local
+  // DF addressing. They are used for DF discrimination when there are several DFs.
+  addr = (Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_PAGE) << AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS) |
+         Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE);
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB2W(addr));
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB1W(addr));
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB0W(addr));
+
+  // Send 32 don't care clock cycles to initialize the read operation.
+  spi_write_dummy();
+  spi_write_dummy();
+  spi_write_dummy();
+  spi_write_dummy();
+
+  return OK;
+}
+
+
+void at45dbx_read_close(void)
+{
+  // Unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+  at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
+
+  // Memory ready.
+  at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_write_open(U32 sector)
+{
+  U32 addr;
+
+  // Set the global memory pointer to a byte address.
+  gl_ptr_mem = sector << AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS; // gl_ptr_mem = sector * AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+  // If the DF memory is busy, wait until it's ready.
+  if (at45dbx_busy) at45dbx_wait_ready();
+  at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
+
+#if AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE > AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE
+  // Select the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+  at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, TRUE);
+
+  // Transfer the content of the current page to buffer 1.
+
+  // Send the Main Memory Page to Buffer 1 Transfer command.
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDB_XFR_PAGE_TO_BUF1);
+
+  // Send the three address bytes, which comprise:
+  //  - (24 - (AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS + AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS)) reserved bits;
+  //  - then AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the page in main memory to be read;
+  //  - then AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS don't care bits.
+  // NOTE: The bits of gl_ptr_mem above the AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE bits are useless for the local
+  // DF addressing. They are used for DF discrimination when there are several DFs.
+  addr = Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_PAGE) << AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS;
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB2W(addr));
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB1W(addr));
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB0W(addr));
+
+  // Unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+  at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
+
+  // Wait for end of page transfer.
+  at45dbx_wait_ready();
+#endif
+
+  // Select the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+  at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, TRUE);
+
+  // Initiate a page write at a given sector.
+
+  // Send the Main Memory Page Program through Buffer 1 command.
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, AT45DBX_CMDB_PR_PAGE_TH_BUF1);
+
+  // Send the three address bytes, which comprise:
+  //  - (24 - (AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS + AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS)) reserved bits;
+  //  - then AT45DBX_PAGE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the page in main memory to be written;
+  //  - then AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS bits specifying the starting byte address within that page.
+  // NOTE: The bits of gl_ptr_mem above the AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE bits are useless for the local
+  // DF addressing. They are used for DF discrimination when there are several DFs.
+  addr = (Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_PAGE) << AT45DBX_BYTE_ADDR_BITS) |
+         Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE);
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB2W(addr));
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB1W(addr));
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, LSB0W(addr));
+
+  return OK;
+}
+
+
+void at45dbx_write_close(void)
+{
+  // While end of logical sector not reached, zero-fill remaining memory bytes.
+  while (Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_SECTOR))
+  {
+    spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, 0x00);
+    gl_ptr_mem++;
+  }
+
+  // Unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+  at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
+
+  // Memory busy.
+  at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
+}
+
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name Single-Byte Access Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+U8 at45dbx_read_byte(void)
+{
+  U16 data;
+
+  // Memory busy.
+  if (at45dbx_busy)
+  {
+    // Being here, we know that we previously finished a page read.
+    // => We have to access the next page.
+
+    // Memory ready.
+    at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
+
+    // Eventually select the next DF and open the next page.
+    // NOTE: at45dbx_read_open input parameter is a sector.
+    at45dbx_read_open(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS); // gl_ptr_mem / AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+  }
+
+  // Send a dummy byte to read the next data byte.
+  spi_write_dummy();
+  spi_read(AT45DBX_SPI, &data);
+  gl_ptr_mem++;
+
+  // If end of page reached,
+  if (!Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE))
+  {
+    // unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+    at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
+
+    // Memory busy.
+    at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
+  }
+
+  return data;
+}
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_write_byte(U8 b)
+{
+  // Memory busy.
+  if (at45dbx_busy)
+  {
+    // Being here, we know that we previously launched a page programming.
+    // => We have to access the next page.
+
+    // Eventually select the next DF and open the next page.
+    // NOTE: at45dbx_write_open input parameter is a sector.
+    at45dbx_write_open(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS); // gl_ptr_mem / AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+  }
+
+  // Write the next data byte.
+  spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, b);
+  gl_ptr_mem++;
+
+  // If end of page reached,
+  if (!Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE))
+  {
+    // unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to in order to program the page.
+    at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
+
+    // Memory busy.
+    at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
+  }
+
+  return OK;
+}
+
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name Multiple-Sector Access Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_read_multiple_sector(U16 nb_sector)
+{
+  while (nb_sector--)
+  {
+    // Read the next sector.
+    at45dbx_read_sector_2_ram(sector_buf);
+    at45dbx_read_multiple_sector_callback(sector_buf);
+  }
+
+  return OK;
+}
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_write_multiple_sector(U16 nb_sector)
+{
+  while (nb_sector--)
+  {
+    // Write the next sector.
+    at45dbx_write_multiple_sector_callback(sector_buf);
+    at45dbx_write_sector_from_ram(sector_buf);
+  }
+
+  return OK;
+}
+
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name Single-Sector Access Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_read_sector_2_ram(void *ram)
+{
+  U8 *_ram = ram;
+  U16 i;
+  U16 data;
+
+  // Memory busy.
+  if (at45dbx_busy)
+  {
+    // Being here, we know that we previously finished a page read.
+    // => We have to access the next page.
+
+    // Memory ready.
+    at45dbx_busy = FALSE;
+
+    // Eventually select the next DF and open the next page.
+    // NOTE: at45dbx_read_open input parameter is a sector.
+    at45dbx_read_open(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS); // gl_ptr_mem / AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+  }
+
+  // Read the next sector.
+  for (i = AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE; i; i--)
+  {
+    // Send a dummy byte to read the next data byte.
+    spi_write_dummy();
+    spi_read(AT45DBX_SPI, &data);
+    *_ram++ = data;
+  }
+
+  // Update the memory pointer.
+  gl_ptr_mem += AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE;
+
+#if AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE > AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE
+  // If end of page reached,
+  if (!Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE))
+#endif
+  {
+    // unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to.
+    at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
+
+    // Memory busy.
+    at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
+  }
+
+  return OK;
+}
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_write_sector_from_ram(const void *ram)
+{
+  const U8 *_ram = ram;
+  U16 i;
+
+  // Memory busy.
+  if (at45dbx_busy)
+  {
+    // Being here, we know that we previously launched a page programming.
+    // => We have to access the next page.
+
+    // Eventually select the next DF and open the next page.
+    // NOTE: at45dbx_write_open input parameter is a sector.
+    at45dbx_write_open(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS); // gl_ptr_mem / AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE.
+  }
+
+  // Write the next sector.
+  for (i = AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE; i; i--)
+  {
+    // Write the next data byte.
+    spi_write(AT45DBX_SPI, *_ram++);
+  }
+
+  // Update the memory pointer.
+  gl_ptr_mem += AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE;
+
+#if AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE > AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE
+  // If end of page reached,
+  if (!Rd_bitfield(gl_ptr_mem, AT45DBX_MSK_PTR_BYTE))
+#endif
+  {
+    // unselect the DF memory gl_ptr_mem points to in order to program the page.
+    at45dbx_chipselect_df(gl_ptr_mem >> AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE, FALSE);
+
+    // Memory busy.
+    at45dbx_busy = TRUE;
+  }
+
+  return OK;
+}
+
+
+//! @}
+
+
+#endif  // AT45DBX_MEM == ENABLE

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/COMPONENTS/MEMORY/DATA_FLASH/AT45DBX/at45dbx.h

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Management of the AT45DBX data flash controller through SPI.
+ *
+ * This file manages the accesses to the AT45DBX data flash components.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AT45DBX_H_
+#define _AT45DBX_H_
+
+
+#include "conf_access.h"
+
+#if AT45DBX_MEM == DISABLE
+  #error at45dbx.h is #included although AT45DBX_MEM is disabled
+#endif
+
+
+#include "spi.h"
+
+
+//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
+
+/*! \name Available AT45DBX Sizes
+ *
+ * Number of address bits of available AT45DBX data flash memories.
+ *
+ * \note Only memories with page sizes of at least 512 bytes (sector size) are
+ *       supported.
+ */
+//! @{
+#define AT45DBX_1MB             20
+#define AT45DBX_2MB             21
+#define AT45DBX_4MB             22
+#define AT45DBX_8MB             23
+//! @}
+
+// AT45DBX_1MB
+#define AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS     			8		  //! Number of bits for addresses within sectors.
+// AT45DBX_2MB AT45DBX_4MB AT45DBX_8MB
+//#define AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS     			9		  //! Number of bits for addresses within sectors.
+
+//! Sector size in bytes.
+#define AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE     (1 << AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)
+
+
+//_____ D E C L A R A T I O N S ____________________________________________
+
+/*! \name Control Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Initializes the data flash controller and the SPI channel by which
+ *         the DF is controlled.
+ *
+ * \param spiOptions  Initialization options of the DF SPI channel.
+ * \param pba_hz      SPI module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval OK Success.
+ * \retval KO Failure.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_init(spi_options_t spiOptions, unsigned int pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Performs a memory check on all DFs.
+ *
+ * \retval OK Success.
+ * \retval KO Failure.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_mem_check(void);
+
+/*! \brief Opens a DF memory in read mode at a given sector.
+ *
+ * \param sector  Start sector.
+ *
+ * \retval OK Success.
+ * \retval KO Failure.
+ *
+ * \note Sector may be page-unaligned (depending on the DF page size).
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_read_open(U32 sector);
+
+/*! \brief Unselects the current DF memory.
+ */
+extern void at45dbx_read_close(void);
+
+/*! \brief This function opens a DF memory in write mode at a given sector.
+ *
+ * \param sector  Start sector.
+ *
+ * \retval OK Success.
+ * \retval KO Failure.
+ *
+ * \note Sector may be page-unaligned (depending on the DF page size).
+ *
+ * \note If \ref AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE > \ref AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE, page content is
+ *       first loaded in buffer to then be partially updated by write byte or
+ *       write sector functions.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_write_open(U32 sector);
+
+/*! \brief Fills the end of the current logical sector and launches page programming.
+ */
+extern void at45dbx_write_close(void);
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name Single-Byte Access Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Performs a single byte read from DF memory.
+ *
+ * \return The read byte.
+ *
+ * \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_read_open
+ *       function.
+ */
+extern U8 at45dbx_read_byte(void);
+
+/*! \brief Performs a single byte write to DF memory.
+ *
+ * \param b The byte to write.
+ *
+ * \retval OK Success.
+ * \retval KO Failure.
+ *
+ * \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_write_open
+ *       function.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_write_byte(U8 b);
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name Multiple-Sector Access Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Reads \a nb_sector sectors from DF memory.
+ *
+ * Data flow is: DF -> callback.
+ *
+ * \param nb_sector Number of contiguous sectors to read.
+ *
+ * \retval OK Success.
+ * \retval KO Failure.
+ *
+ * \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_read_open
+ *       function.
+ *
+ * \note As \ref AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE is always a multiple of
+ *       \ref AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE, there is no need to check page end for each
+ *       byte.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_read_multiple_sector(U16 nb_sector);
+
+/*! \brief Callback function invoked after each sector read during
+ *         \ref at45dbx_read_multiple_sector.
+ *
+ * \param psector Pointer to read sector.
+ */
+extern void at45dbx_read_multiple_sector_callback(const void *psector);
+
+/*! \brief Writes \a nb_sector sectors to DF memory.
+ *
+ * Data flow is: callback -> DF.
+ *
+ * \param nb_sector Number of contiguous sectors to write.
+ *
+ * \retval OK Success.
+ * \retval KO Failure.
+ *
+ * \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_write_open
+ *       function.
+ *
+ * \note As \ref AT45DBX_PAGE_SIZE is always a multiple of
+ *       \ref AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE, there is no need to check page end for each
+ *       byte.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_write_multiple_sector(U16 nb_sector);
+
+/*! \brief Callback function invoked before each sector write during
+ *         \ref at45dbx_write_multiple_sector.
+ *
+ * \param psector Pointer to sector to write.
+ */
+extern void at45dbx_write_multiple_sector_callback(void *psector);
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name Single-Sector Access Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Reads 1 DF sector to a RAM buffer.
+ *
+ * Data flow is: DF -> RAM.
+ *
+ * \param ram Pointer to RAM buffer.
+ *
+ * \retval OK Success.
+ * \retval KO Failure.
+ *
+ * \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_read_open
+ *       function.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_read_sector_2_ram(void *ram);
+
+/*! \brief Writes 1 DF sector from a RAM buffer.
+ *
+ * Data flow is: RAM -> DF.
+ *
+ * \param ram Pointer to RAM buffer.
+ *
+ * \retval OK Success.
+ * \retval KO Failure.
+ *
+ * \note First call must be preceded by a call to the \ref at45dbx_write_open
+ *       function.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_write_sector_from_ram(const void *ram);
+
+//! @}
+
+
+#endif  // _AT45DBX_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/COMPONENTS/MEMORY/DATA_FLASH/AT45DBX/at45dbx_mem.c

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief CTRL_ACCESS interface for the AT45DBX data flash controller.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+//_____  I N C L U D E S ___________________________________________________
+
+#include "conf_access.h"
+
+
+#if AT45DBX_MEM == ENABLE
+
+#include "conf_at45dbx.h"
+#include "at45dbx.h"
+#include "at45dbx_mem.h"
+
+
+//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
+
+//! Whether to detect write accesses to the memory.
+#define AT45DBX_MEM_TEST_CHANGE_STATE     ENABLED
+
+
+#if (ACCESS_USB == ENABLED || ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM == ENABLED) && AT45DBX_MEM_TEST_CHANGE_STATE == ENABLED
+
+//! Memory data modified flag.
+static volatile Bool s_b_data_modify = FALSE;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*! \name Control Interface
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+Ctrl_status at45dbx_test_unit_ready(void)
+{
+  return (at45dbx_mem_check() == OK) ? CTRL_GOOD : CTRL_NO_PRESENT;
+}
+
+
+Ctrl_status at45dbx_read_capacity(U32 *u32_nb_sector)
+{
+  *u32_nb_sector = (AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) - 1;
+
+  return CTRL_GOOD;
+}
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_wr_protect(void)
+{
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+Bool at45dbx_removal(void)
+{
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+//! @}
+
+
+#if ACCESS_USB == ENABLED
+
+#include "usb_drv.h"
+#include "scsi_decoder.h"
+
+
+/*! \name MEM <-> USB Interface
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+Ctrl_status at45dbx_usb_read_10(U32 addr, U16 nb_sector)
+{
+  if (addr + nb_sector > AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) return CTRL_FAIL;
+
+  at45dbx_read_open(addr);
+  at45dbx_read_multiple_sector(nb_sector);
+  at45dbx_read_close();
+
+  return CTRL_GOOD;
+}
+
+
+void at45dbx_read_multiple_sector_callback(const void *psector)
+{
+  U16 data_to_transfer = AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE;
+
+  // Transfer read sector to the USB interface.
+  while (data_to_transfer)
+  {
+    while (!Is_usb_in_ready(g_scsi_ep_ms_in))
+    {
+      if(!Is_usb_endpoint_enabled(g_scsi_ep_ms_in))
+         return; // USB Reset
+    }         
+
+    Usb_reset_endpoint_fifo_access(g_scsi_ep_ms_in);
+    data_to_transfer = usb_write_ep_txpacket(g_scsi_ep_ms_in, psector,
+                                             data_to_transfer, &psector);
+    Usb_ack_in_ready_send(g_scsi_ep_ms_in);
+  }
+}
+
+
+Ctrl_status at45dbx_usb_write_10(U32 addr, U16 nb_sector)
+{
+  if (addr + nb_sector > AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) return CTRL_FAIL;
+
+#if AT45DBX_MEM_TEST_CHANGE_STATE == ENABLED
+  if (nb_sector) s_b_data_modify = TRUE;
+#endif
+
+  at45dbx_write_open(addr);
+  at45dbx_write_multiple_sector(nb_sector);
+  at45dbx_write_close();
+
+  return CTRL_GOOD;
+}
+
+
+void at45dbx_write_multiple_sector_callback(void *psector)
+{
+  U16 data_to_transfer = AT45DBX_SECTOR_SIZE;
+
+  // Transfer sector to write from the USB interface.
+  while (data_to_transfer)
+  {
+    while (!Is_usb_out_received(g_scsi_ep_ms_out))
+    {
+      if(!Is_usb_endpoint_enabled(g_scsi_ep_ms_out))
+         return; // USB Reset
+    }         
+
+    Usb_reset_endpoint_fifo_access(g_scsi_ep_ms_out);
+    data_to_transfer = usb_read_ep_rxpacket(g_scsi_ep_ms_out, psector,
+                                            data_to_transfer, &psector);
+    Usb_ack_out_received_free(g_scsi_ep_ms_out);
+  }
+}
+
+
+//! @}
+
+#endif  // ACCESS_USB == ENABLED
+
+
+#if ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM == ENABLED
+
+/*! \name MEM <-> RAM Interface
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+Ctrl_status at45dbx_df_2_ram(U32 addr, void *ram)
+{
+  if (addr + 1 > AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) return CTRL_FAIL;
+
+  at45dbx_read_open(addr);
+  at45dbx_read_sector_2_ram(ram);
+  at45dbx_read_close();
+
+  return CTRL_GOOD;
+}
+
+
+Ctrl_status at45dbx_ram_2_df(U32 addr, const void *ram)
+{
+  if (addr + 1 > AT45DBX_MEM_CNT << (AT45DBX_MEM_SIZE - AT45DBX_SECTOR_BITS)) return CTRL_FAIL;
+
+#if AT45DBX_MEM_TEST_CHANGE_STATE == ENABLED
+  s_b_data_modify = TRUE;
+#endif
+
+  at45dbx_write_open(addr);
+  at45dbx_write_sector_from_ram(ram);
+  at45dbx_write_close();
+
+  return CTRL_GOOD;
+}
+
+
+//! @}
+
+#endif  // ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM == ENABLED
+
+
+#endif  // AT45DBX_MEM == ENABLE

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/COMPONENTS/MEMORY/DATA_FLASH/AT45DBX/at45dbx_mem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief CTRL_ACCESS interface for the AT45DBX data flash controller.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AT45DBX_MEM_H_
+#define _AT45DBX_MEM_H_
+
+
+#include "conf_access.h"
+
+#if AT45DBX_MEM == DISABLE
+  #error at45dbx_mem.h is #included although AT45DBX_MEM is disabled
+#endif
+
+
+#include "ctrl_access.h"
+
+
+//_____ D E C L A R A T I O N S ____________________________________________
+
+/*! \name Control Interface
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Tests the memory state and initializes the memory if required.
+ *
+ * The TEST UNIT READY SCSI primary command allows an application client to poll
+ * a LUN until it is ready without having to allocate memory for returned data.
+ *
+ * This command may be used to check the media status of LUNs with removable
+ * media.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ */
+extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_test_unit_ready(void);
+
+/*! \brief Returns the address of the last valid sector in the memory.
+ *
+ * \param u32_nb_sector Pointer to the address of the last valid sector.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ */
+extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_read_capacity(U32 *u32_nb_sector);
+
+/*! \brief Returns the write-protection state of the memory.
+ *
+ * \return \c TRUE if the memory is write-protected, else \c FALSE.
+ *
+ * \note Only used by removable memories with hardware-specific write
+ *       protection.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_wr_protect(void);
+
+/*! \brief Tells whether the memory is removable.
+ *
+ * \return \c TRUE if the memory is removable, else \c FALSE.
+ */
+extern Bool at45dbx_removal(void);
+
+//! @}
+
+
+#if ACCESS_USB == ENABLED
+
+/*! \name MEM <-> USB Interface
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Tranfers data from the memory to USB.
+ *
+ * \param addr      Address of first memory sector to read.
+ * \param nb_sector Number of sectors to transfer.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ */
+extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_usb_read_10(U32 addr, U16 nb_sector);
+
+/*! \brief Tranfers data from USB to the memory.
+ *
+ * \param addr      Address of first memory sector to write.
+ * \param nb_sector Number of sectors to transfer.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ */
+extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_usb_write_10(U32 addr, U16 nb_sector);
+
+//! @}
+
+#endif
+
+
+#if ACCESS_MEM_TO_RAM == ENABLED
+
+/*! \name MEM <-> RAM Interface
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Copies 1 data sector from the memory to RAM.
+ *
+ * \param addr  Address of first memory sector to read.
+ * \param ram   Pointer to RAM buffer to write.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ */
+extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_df_2_ram(U32 addr, void *ram);
+
+/*! \brief Copies 1 data sector from RAM to the memory.
+ *
+ * \param addr  Address of first memory sector to write.
+ * \param ram   Pointer to RAM buffer to read.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ */
+extern Ctrl_status at45dbx_ram_2_df(U32 addr, const void *ram);
+
+//! @}
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  // _AT45DBX_MEM_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/COMPONENTS/WIFI/HD/v2.7.0/revision.txt

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+Revision: 2491

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/COMPONENTS/WIFI/HD/wl_os.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#ifndef WL_OS_H
+#define WL_OS_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+void *owl_os_alloc(size_t size);
+void *owl_os_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size);
+void owl_os_free(void *p);
+void *owl_os_memcpy(void *dst, const void *src, size_t n);
+void *owl_os_memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
+void *owl_os_memmove(void *dst, const void *src, size_t n);
+size_t owl_os_strlen(char *s);
+char *owl_os_strncpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t n);
+int owl_os_strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
+int owl_os_strcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+char *owl_os_strcpy(char *dst, const char *src);
+char *owl_os_strdup(const char *s);
+char *owl_os_strndup(const char *s, size_t n);
+int owl_os_memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
+long int owl_os_strtol(const char *nptr, char **endptr, int base);
+char *owl_os_strchr(const char *s, int c);
+char *owl_os_strrchr(const char *s, int c);
+int owl_os_strcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+char *owl_os_strstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
+
+int owl_os_snprintf(char *str, size_t size, const char *format, ...)
+        __attribute__((format(printf, 3, 4)));
+
+int owl_os_vprintf(const char *format, va_list arg); /* debug only */
+int owl_os_printf(const char *format, ...) /* debug only */
+        __attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)));
+
+#endif /* WL_OS_H */
+

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/COMPONENTS/WIFI/HD/wl_sdio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/*!
+ *  \file wl_sdio.h
+ *  \brief SDIO interface for wl_api.
+ *  Copyright (C) 2010 HD Wireless AB
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the license along with this library.
+ */
+
+#ifndef WL_SDIO_H
+#define WL_SDIO_H
+
+/** \defgroup wl_sdio SDIO Interface
+ *
+ * These functions implement the interface that the wl_api library
+ * needs to work with a SDIO transport layer.
+ *
+ * The functions prototyped here must be implemented when porting the
+ * wl_api library to a new platform with a different SDIO configuration
+ *
+ * On platforms supported by H&D Wireless these functions are
+ * implemented in the file avr32_sdio.c
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Maximum transfer size. This will set an upper limit on the len parameter
+ * passed to owl_sdio_tx() and owl_sdio_rx().
+ *
+ */ 
+#define MAX_BLOCK_LEN 512
+
+
+/**
+ * This flag might be set when owl_sdio_cmd() is called in case the cmd will
+ * be followed by a data transfer. If the flag is set, the transfer direction is
+ * from the device to the host (read). Otherwise, the transfer direction is
+ * from the host to the device (write).
+ *
+ */
+ #define CMD_FLAG_TO_HOST (1 << 0)
+
+
+/**
+ * Indicates that the sdio driver needs to be polled in order to make
+ * forward progress, i.e. it does not support interrupts
+ *
+ * The actual polling will result in owl_sdio_cmd() being called to
+ * request status information from the device.
+ *
+ * To activate polling, this flag should be set in owl_sdio_init().
+ */
+#define SDIO_FLAG_POLL (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Indicates that the sdio driver only supports 1-bit mode.
+ *
+ * To set 1-bit mode, this flag should be set in owl_sdio_init().
+ */
+#define SDIO_FLAG_1BIT_MODE (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * This function will be invoked when wlan initialization should be performed,
+ * this happens when the wl_fw_download() function in the transport group of
+ * wl_api is invoked.
+ *
+ * The wifi device supports sdio high speed mode and clock frequencies up to
+ * 50 MHz.
+ *
+ * The function is responsible for doing any necessary sdio initialization such
+ * as allocating gpio's, setting up the mci master, one time allocations of
+ * dma buffers etc.
+ *
+ * @param flags is an out parameter that should hold any sdio flags upon return.
+ *        The avaible flags are prefixed with SDIO_FLAG_
+ * 
+ *
+ */
+void owl_sdio_init(uint8_t *flags);
+
+
+
+/**
+ * This function will be invoked when an sdio cmd should be sent to the
+ * device.
+ *
+ * @param idx is the sdio command number
+ * @param arg is the sdio command argument
+ * @param flags specifies other options, such as any transfer direction.
+ * @param rsp should hold the command response upon return. If null, the
+ *        response can be ignored.
+ * @param data holds a pointer to any data that might follow the command. This
+ *        allows the sdio driver to setup dma transfers while waiting for the
+ *        command response. NULL if no data transfer will follow. Note that
+ *        the same data pointer will be passed to owl_sdio_tx(), which should
+ *        start the actual transfer.
+ * @param len is the length of the data buffer.
+ *
+ */
+void owl_sdio_cmd(uint8_t idx, uint32_t arg, uint8_t flags, uint32_t *rsp,
+                       const uint8_t *data, uint16_t len);
+
+
+/**
+ * This function will be invoked when data should be transmitted to the device.
+ *
+ * If wl_fw_downlad() was called with the size_align parameter set to non-zero,
+ * the pad parameter should be used. If the pad parameter is not 0, additional
+ * data must be transmitted after the data buffer has be sent. Depending on
+ * how the data buffer was first allocated (probably by an TCP/IP stack), it
+ * might be safe or unsafe to continue reading beyond the data buffer to
+ * transmit the additional padding bytes.
+ *
+ * @param data holds a pointer to the data to transmit, the pointer is the
+ *            same as the one passed to wl_tx().
+ * @param len is the number of bytes that should be transmitted, including
+ *            padding.
+ * @param pad is the number of padding bytes to send.
+ *
+ */
+void owl_sdio_tx(const uint8_t *data, uint16_t len, uint8_t pad);
+
+
+/**
+ * This function will be invoked when data should be received from the device.
+ *
+ * @param data should hold the read data upon return.
+ * @param len is the number of bytes to read.
+ *
+ */
+void owl_sdio_rx(uint8_t *data, uint16_t len);
+
+
+/**
+ * Invoked when sdio rx interrupts from the device should be enabled or
+ * disabled. 
+ *
+ * If SDIO_FLAG_POLL was set in wl_spi_init(), then this function can be
+ * left empty.
+ * 
+ * @param enable specifies if interrupts should be enabled or disabled.
+ *
+ */
+void owl_sdio_irq(uint8_t enable);
+
+
+/**
+ * Delay executiom for the specified number of ms. This function will be called
+ * with delays in the 10-20 ms range during fw download and startup of the
+ * Wi-Fi device. This function can be implemented with a simple for-loop if
+ * desired (beware of optimization). The timing does not have to be accurate as
+ * long as the actual delay becomes at least the specified number of ms.
+ *
+ * @param ms is the minimal amount of time to wait [ms].
+ *
+ */
+void owl_sdio_mdelay(uint32_t ms);
+
+
+/**
+ * This function should be called whenever an interrupt is detected. It can
+ * be called from an interrupt context.
+ *
+ * If SDIO_FLAG_POLL was set in owl_sdio_init(), then wl_sdio_irq()
+ * should never be called.
+ *
+ */
+extern void wl_sdio_irq(void);
+
+/*!  @} */
+
+#endif

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/COMPONENTS/WIFI/HD/wl_spi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*!
+ *  \file wl_spi.h
+ *  \brief SPI interface for wl_api.
+ *  Copyright (C) 2010 HD Wireless AB
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the license along with this library.
+ */
+
+#ifndef WL_SPI_H
+#define WL_SPI_H
+
+#ifndef WITHOUT_STDINT
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+/** \defgroup wl_spi SPI Interface
+ *
+ * These functions implement the interface that the wl_api library
+ * needs to work with a SPI transport layer.
+ *
+ * The functions prototyped here must be implemented when porting the
+ * wl_api library to a new platform with a different SPI configuration
+ *
+ * On platforms supported by H&D Wireless these functions are
+ * implemented in the file avr32_spi.c
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Maximum transfer size. This will set an upper limit on the len parameter
+ * passed to owl_spi_txrx().
+ *
+ *
+ */ 
+#define MAX_BLOCK_LEN                 512
+
+
+/**
+ * Indicates that the spi driver needs to be polled in order to make
+ * forward progress, i.e. it does not support interrupts through SD pin 8.
+ *
+ * The actual polling will result in owl_spi_txrx() being call to
+ * request status information from the device.
+ *
+ * To activate polling, this flag should be set in owl_spi_init().
+ *
+ * See wl_poll() and wl_register_rx_isr() for more information regarding
+ * polled and interrupt modes.
+ *
+ */
+#define SPI_FLAG_POLL (1 << 0)
+
+
+/**
+ * This function will be invoked when wlan device initialization should be
+ * performed, this happens when the wl_fw_download() function in the transport
+ * group of wl_api is invoked.
+ *
+ * The wifi device requires spi mode 3, i.e. clock polarity high and sample
+ * on second phase. This corresponds to CPOL=1, CPHA=1. Maximum frequency on
+ * spi clock is 30 MHz.
+ *
+ * The function is also responsible for doing any necessary spi initialization
+ * such as allocating gpio's, setting up the SPI master, one time allocations of
+ * dma buffers etc.
+ *
+ *
+ * If the SPB105 device is used, two signals; POWER (pin 10 on SPB105) and
+ * SHUTDOWN (pin 4 on SPB105) might be connected to gpio's on the host.
+ * The GPIO_POWER_PIN is the main power supply to the device. The
+ * GPIO_SHUTDOWN_PIN (active low) should be defined as an input.
+ *
+ * After GPIO_POWER_PIN is pulled high by the host, the device will pull the
+ * GPIO_SHUTDOWN_PIN high once the device is properly powered.
+ *
+ * However, if pin 4 (GPIO_SHUTDOWN_PIN) is not connected to the host, a delay
+ * of up to 250 ms must be added after GPIO_POWER_PIN is pulled high to ensure
+ * that startup is completed. The actual time is usually much shorter, therefore
+ * one might try to reduce the delay for a particualar hardware design.
+ * 
+ * On SPB104, the GPIO_POWER_PIN will be connected to VCC and GPIO_SHUTDOWN_PIN
+ * will be unconnected; hence we have to make sure that we have enough delay
+ * after powering on the host. Since the device power-on usually happens at the
+ * same time as the host power-on, the startup time of the host can be
+ * subtracted from any delay put into owl_spi_init().
+ *
+ * @param flags is an out parameter that should hold any spi flags upon return.
+ *        The avaible flags are prefixed with SPI_FLAG_
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success
+ *         -1 if any error occurs
+ *
+ */
+int owl_spi_init(uint8_t *flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Invoked when a spi transfer should be performed.
+ * 
+ * All buffers that are allocated by the wl library will have a size that is
+ * aligned to 4. If size-unaligned data is passed to this function, it is
+ * always allocated by the ip stack. If 4-byte size alignment (e.g. for DMA)
+ * is required, 1-3 extra padding bytes can be transmitted after the in buffer.
+ * These bytes must be 0xff.
+ *
+ * Since size-unaligned data always comes from the ip stack, the out ptr is
+ * always NULL for such data.
+ *
+ * @param in points a buffer which holds the data to be transmitted. If NULL,
+ *        then \a len bytes with the value 0xff should be transmitted on the
+ *        bus.
+ * @param out points a buffer should hold the data received from the device. If
+ *        NULL, any received data can be discarded.
+ * @param len is the length of the in and out buffers.
+ *
+ */
+void owl_spi_txrx(const uint8_t *in, uint8_t* out, uint16_t len);
+
+
+/**
+ * Invoked when spi rx interrupts from the device should be enabled or disabled.
+ * Note that the spi interrupts are obtained from pin 8 on SPB104 or pin 3 from
+ * SPB105. This pin can be be connected to a gpio on the host. The irq line
+ * will signal an interrupt on both edges.
+ *
+ * In general, the wifi device will not issue a new interrupt unless the
+ * last interrupt has been handled. Also, during normal operation (i.e after
+ * the complete callback registered in wl_init() has been invoked),
+ * owl_spi_irq() will never be invoked so interrupts will be enabled all
+ * the time. For the SPI-mode, the purpose of owl_spi_irq() is basically to
+ * make sure that the first interrupt (coming after the reset performed in
+ * owl_spi_init()) is ignored.
+ *
+ * If SPI_FLAG_POLL was set in owl_spi_init(), then this function can be
+ * left empty and the wifi device will be used in polled mode. In polled mode,
+ * the interrupt line is not used. Regardless of polled or interrupt-mode,
+ * wl_poll() must be called to ensure progress of the driver.
+ * 
+ * @param enable specifies if interrupts should be enabled or disabled.
+ *
+ */
+void owl_spi_irq(uint8_t enable);
+
+
+/**
+ * Invoked when the spi cs for the wifi device should be enabled. Note that
+ * multiple calls to owl_spi_txrx() might be done during a 'single' chip
+ * select.
+ *
+ * @param enable specifies whether chip select should be asserted or deasserted,
+ *        The chip select signal is active low, so if enable is '1' then the
+ *        chip select connected to the wifi device should be set to '0'.
+ *        
+ */
+void owl_spi_cs(uint8_t enable);
+
+
+/**
+ * Delay executiom for the specified number of ms. This function will be called
+ * with delays in the 10-20 ms range during fw download and startup of the
+ * Wi-Fi device. This function can be implemented with a simple for-loop if
+ * desired (beware of optimization). The timing does not have to be accurate as
+ * long as the actual delay becomes at least the specified number of ms.
+ *
+ * @param ms is the minimal amount of time to wait [ms].
+ *
+ */
+void owl_spi_mdelay(uint32_t ms);
+
+
+/**
+ * This function should be called whenever an interrupt is detected. It can
+ * be called from an interrupt context.
+ *
+ * If SPI_FLAG_POLL was set in owl_spi_init(), then wl_spi_irq()
+ * should never be called.
+ *
+ */
+extern void wl_spi_irq(void);
+
+
+/*!  @} */
+
+#endif

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/COMPONENTS/WIFI/HD/wlap_api.h

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+ *  Programming interface for wlap_api.
+ *  Copyright (C) 2011 HD Wireless AB
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the license along with this library.
+ */
+
+/*! \file wlap_api.h *************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief WiFi AP API
+ *
+ * This file provides the wlap_api interface.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  
+ *  \li SPB104 + EVK1100
+ *  \li SPB104 + EVK1101
+ *  \li SPB104 + EVK1104
+ *  \li SPB104 + EVK1105 (SPI)
+ *  \li SPB104 + EVK1105 (SPI + irq)
+ *  \li SPB105 + EVK1105 (SPI)
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               H&D Wireless AB: \n
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * \section intro Introduction
+ * This is the documentation for the WiFi AP Driver API \a wlap_api.
+ *
+ * \section files Main Files
+ * - wlap_api.h : WiFi driver interface.
+ * - libwlap_api_*.*.a - Driver library.
+ * 
+ */
+
+#ifndef WLAP_API_H
+#define WLAP_API_H
+ 
+#define WLAP_API_RELEASE_NAME "unknown"
+
+#include <wl_api.h>
+
+/** \defgroup wl_softap Access Point Mode
+ *
+ * \brief Support the WiFi Access Point mode.
+ *
+ *  @{
+ */
+/*
+ * Station representation 
+ *
+ */
+struct wl_sta_t
+{
+        struct wl_mac_addr_t bssid; /**<  The BSSID of the network. */
+        uint8_t queued_pkt_cnt;     /**< Number of queueud packets for 
+                                       this STA. */
+        uint8_t in_ps;              /**< Is the STA in power save mode. */
+        uint8_t aid;                /**< STA AID */
+};
+
+/* Station list representation. Array of pointers to wl_sta_t entries. */
+struct wl_sta_list_t
+{
+        struct wl_sta_t **sta; /**< The list of pointers to stations */
+        size_t cnt;            /**< Number of stations               */
+};
+
+/*! \brief Get the list of currently associated stations (SoftAP).
+ *
+ * Retrieves the list of current stations from 
+ * the driver. 
+ *
+ * This function is not thread safe. It must be called in the
+ * same execution context as wl_poll().
+ *
+ * @param network_list Output buffer. The API call returns
+ *        a pointer to allocated memory containing the network list.
+ * @return
+ * - WL_SUCCESS
+ * - WL_FAILURE.
+ */
+wl_err_t wlap_get_sta_list(struct wl_sta_list_t **network_list);
+
+
+/*! Callback used to read data from a TX packet.
+ * This function is supplied by the user of the API.
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination buffer. The data should be copied
+ *  to this buffer.
+ * @param src_handle Handle to the source packet from where
+ *  the data should be copied. This handle is the same one that
+ *  is passed in parameter \a pkt_handle to \a wl_process_tx().
+ * @param read_len Number of bytes to copy from \a src_handle
+ *  to \a dst.
+ * @param offset The offset in bytes, counting from the
+ *  beginning of the Ethernet header, from where to copy data.
+ * @return
+ *  - The number of bytes copied. This number may be smaller
+ *    than the length requested in \a read_len but it may not
+ *    be shorter than the length of the packet counting from
+ *    \a offset. In other words, if the caller of this function
+ *    receives a return count that is shorter than \a read_len
+ *    he will assume that all packet data has been read.
+ * - < 0 on error.
+ */
+typedef ssize_t (*wl_pkt_read_cb_t)(char *dst,
+                                    void *src_handle,
+                                    size_t read_len,
+                                    int offset);
+
+/*! \brief Register a data access function for TX packets (SoftAP).
+ *
+ * When a TX data packet has a different representation than a single
+ * contiguous buffer in memory then a packet read function must be
+ * implemented and registered with this call. Whenever the library
+ * needs to read packet data it will call this function to do it.
+ *
+ * This function can be ignored if the TX packet representation is
+ * a single contiguous buffer. This function is only needed in SoftAP
+ * mode.
+ *
+ * @param pkt_read_cb Read callback. 
+ * @param ctx Context 
+ */
+void wl_register_pkt_read_cb(wl_pkt_read_cb_t pkt_read_cb);
+
+/*! \brief Start a network using the SoftAP mode.
+ *
+ * This call will cause the WiFi chip to start sending beacons
+ * and accept associations from WiFi stations.
+ *
+ */
+wl_err_t wlap_start_ap(const char *ssid,
+                     const size_t ssid_len,
+                     const uint8_t channel,
+                     const enum wl_auth_mode auth_mode,
+                     const enum wl_enc_type enc_type);
+
+/*! \brief Disconnect a STA (SoftAP)
+ * 
+ * @param bssid The BSSID of the station to disconnect.
+ * @return 
+ *  - WL_SUCCESS
+ *  - WL_FAILURE.
+ */
+wl_err_t wlap_disconnect_sta(const struct wl_mac_addr_t bssid);
+
+
+/*! @} */ /* End wl_softap group */
+
+
+#endif

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/CPU/CYCLE_COUNTER/cycle_counter.h

@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Cycle counter driver.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32UC devices.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CYCLE_COUNTER_H_
+#define _CYCLE_COUNTER_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+
+//! Structure holding private information, automatically initialized by the
+//! cpu_set_timeout() function.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! The cycle count at the begining of the timeout.
+  unsigned long delay_start_cycle;
+
+  //! The cycle count at the end of the timeout.
+  unsigned long delay_end_cycle;
+
+  //! Enable/disable the timout detection
+  unsigned char timer_state;
+  #define CPU_TIMER_STATE_STARTED 0
+  #define CPU_TIMER_STATE_REACHED 1
+  #define CPU_TIMER_STATE_STOPPED 2
+} t_cpu_time;
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Convert milli-seconds into CPU cycles.
+ *
+ * \param  ms:      Number of millisecond.
+ * \param  fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
+ *
+ * \return the converted number of CPU cycles.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ U32 cpu_ms_2_cy(unsigned long ms, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
+{
+  return ((unsigned long long)ms * fcpu_hz + 999) / 1000;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Convert micro-seconds into CPU cycles.
+ *
+ * \param  us:      Number of microsecond.
+ * \param  fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
+ *
+ * \return the converted number of CPU cycles.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ U32 cpu_us_2_cy(unsigned long us, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
+{
+  return ((unsigned long long)us * fcpu_hz + 999999) / 1000000;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Convert CPU cycles into milli-seconds.
+ *
+ * \param  cy:      Number of CPU cycles.
+ * \param  fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
+ *
+ * \return the converted number of milli-second.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ U32 cpu_cy_2_ms(unsigned long cy, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
+{
+  return ((unsigned long long)cy * 1000 + fcpu_hz-1) / fcpu_hz;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Convert CPU cycles into micro-seconds.
+ *
+ * \param  cy:      Number of CPU cycles.
+ * \param  fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
+ *
+ * \return the converted number of micro-second.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ U32 cpu_cy_2_us(unsigned long cy, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
+{
+  return ((unsigned long long)cy * 1000000 + fcpu_hz-1) / fcpu_hz;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Set a timer variable.
+ *
+ * Ex:  t_cpu_time timer;
+ *      cpu_set_timeout( cpu_ms_2_cy(10, FOSC0), &timer ); // timeout in 10 ms
+ *      if( cpu_is_timeout(&timer) )
+ *         cpu_stop_timeout(&timer);
+ *         ../..
+ *
+ * \param  delay:   (input) delay in CPU cycles before timeout.
+ * \param  cpu_time: (output) internal information used by the timer API.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void cpu_set_timeout(unsigned long delay, t_cpu_time *cpu_time)
+{
+  cpu_time->delay_start_cycle = Get_system_register(AVR32_COUNT);
+  cpu_time->delay_end_cycle   = cpu_time->delay_start_cycle + delay;
+  cpu_time->timer_state       = CPU_TIMER_STATE_STARTED;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Test if a timer variable reached its timeout.
+ *
+ * Once the timeout is reached, the function will always return TRUE,
+ * until the cpu_stop_timeout() function is called.
+ *
+ * Ex:  t_cpu_time timer;
+ *      cpu_set_timeout( 10, FOSC0, &timer ); // timeout in 10 ms
+ *      if( cpu_is_timeout(&timer) )
+ *         cpu_stop_timeout(&timer);
+ *         ../..
+ *
+ * \param  cpu_time:   (input) internal information used by the timer API.
+ *
+ * \return TRUE if timeout occured, otherwise FALSE.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ unsigned long cpu_is_timeout(t_cpu_time *cpu_time)
+{
+  unsigned long current_cycle_count = Get_system_register(AVR32_COUNT);
+
+  if( cpu_time->timer_state==CPU_TIMER_STATE_STOPPED )
+    return FALSE;
+
+  // Test if the timeout as already occured.
+  else if (cpu_time->timer_state == CPU_TIMER_STATE_REACHED)
+    return TRUE;
+
+  // If the ending cycle count of this timeout is wrapped, ...
+  else if (cpu_time->delay_start_cycle > cpu_time->delay_end_cycle)
+  {
+    if (current_cycle_count < cpu_time->delay_start_cycle && current_cycle_count > cpu_time->delay_end_cycle)
+    {
+      cpu_time->timer_state = CPU_TIMER_STATE_REACHED;
+      return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    if (current_cycle_count < cpu_time->delay_start_cycle || current_cycle_count > cpu_time->delay_end_cycle)
+    {
+      cpu_time->timer_state = CPU_TIMER_STATE_REACHED;
+      return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Stop a timeout detection.
+ *
+ * Ex:  t_cpu_time timer;
+ *      cpu_set_timeout( 10, FOSC0, &timer ); // timeout in 10 ms
+ *      if( cpu_is_timeout(&timer) )
+ *         cpu_stop_timeout(&timer);
+ *         ../..
+ *
+ * \param  cpu_time:   (input) internal information used by the timer API.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void cpu_stop_timeout(t_cpu_time *cpu_time)
+{
+  cpu_time->timer_state = CPU_TIMER_STATE_STOPPED;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Test if a timer is stopped.
+ *
+ * \param  cpu_time:   (input) internal information used by the timer API.
+ *
+ * \return TRUE if timer is stopped, otherwise FALSE.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ unsigned long cpu_is_timer_stopped(t_cpu_time *cpu_time)
+{
+
+  if( cpu_time->timer_state==CPU_TIMER_STATE_STOPPED )
+    return TRUE;
+  else
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Waits during at least the specified delay (in millisecond) before returning.
+ *
+ * \param  delay:   Number of millisecond to wait.
+ * \param  fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void cpu_delay_ms(unsigned long delay, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
+{
+  t_cpu_time timer;
+  cpu_set_timeout( cpu_ms_2_cy(delay, fcpu_hz), &timer);
+  while( !cpu_is_timeout(&timer) );
+}
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Waits during at least the specified delay (in microsecond) before returning.
+ *
+ * \param  delay:   Number of microsecond to wait.
+ * \param  fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void cpu_delay_us(unsigned long delay, unsigned long fcpu_hz)
+{
+  t_cpu_time timer;
+  cpu_set_timeout( cpu_us_2_cy(delay, fcpu_hz), &timer);
+  while( !cpu_is_timeout(&timer) );
+}
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Waits during at least the specified delay (in CPU cycles) before returning.
+ *
+ * \param  delay:   Number of CPU cycles to wait.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void cpu_delay_cy(unsigned long delay)
+{
+  t_cpu_time timer;
+  cpu_set_timeout( delay, &timer);
+  while( !cpu_is_timeout(&timer) );
+}
+
+
+#define Get_sys_count()     ( Get_system_register(AVR32_COUNT)        )
+#define Set_sys_count(x)    ( Set_system_register(AVR32_COUNT,   (x)) )
+#define Get_sys_compare()   ( Get_system_register(AVR32_COMPARE)      )
+#define Set_sys_compare(x)  ( Set_system_register(AVR32_COMPARE, (x)) )
+
+
+#endif // _CYCLE_COUNTER_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/EBI/SMC/smc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief SMC on EBI driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a SMC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "preprocessor.h"
+#include "gpio.h"
+#include "smc.h"
+
+// Configure the SM Controller with SM setup and timing information for all chip select
+#define SMC_CS_SETUP(ncs) { \
+  U32 nwe_setup    = ((NWE_SETUP    * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+  U32 ncs_wr_setup = ((NCS_WR_SETUP * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+  U32 nrd_setup    = ((NRD_SETUP    * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+  U32 ncs_rd_setup = ((NCS_RD_SETUP * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+  U32 nwe_pulse    = ((NWE_PULSE    * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+  U32 ncs_wr_pulse = ((NCS_WR_PULSE * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+  U32 nrd_pulse    = ((NRD_PULSE    * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+  U32 ncs_rd_pulse = ((NCS_RD_PULSE * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+  U32 nwe_cycle    = ((NWE_CYCLE    * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+  U32 nrd_cycle    = ((NRD_CYCLE    * hsb_mhz_up + 999) / 1000); \
+                                                                 \
+  /* Some coherence checks...                             */     \
+  /* Ensures CS is active during Rd or Wr                 */     \
+  if( ncs_rd_setup + ncs_rd_pulse < nrd_setup + nrd_pulse )      \
+    ncs_rd_pulse = nrd_setup + nrd_pulse - ncs_rd_setup;         \
+  if( ncs_wr_setup + ncs_wr_pulse < nwe_setup + nwe_pulse )      \
+    ncs_wr_pulse = nwe_setup + nwe_pulse - ncs_wr_setup;         \
+                                                                 \
+  /* ncs_hold = n_cycle - ncs_setup - ncs_pulse           */     \
+  /* n_hold   = n_cycle - n_setup - n_pulse               */     \
+  /*                                                      */     \
+  /* All holds parameters must be positive or null, so:   */     \
+  /* nwe_cycle shall be >= ncs_wr_setup + ncs_wr_pulse    */     \
+  if( nwe_cycle < ncs_wr_setup + ncs_wr_pulse )                  \
+    nwe_cycle = ncs_wr_setup + ncs_wr_pulse;                     \
+                                                                 \
+  /* nwe_cycle shall be >= nwe_setup + nwe_pulse          */     \
+  if( nwe_cycle < nwe_setup + nwe_pulse )                        \
+    nwe_cycle = nwe_setup + nwe_pulse;                           \
+                                                                 \
+  /* nrd_cycle shall be >= ncs_rd_setup + ncs_rd_pulse    */     \
+  if( nrd_cycle < ncs_rd_setup + ncs_rd_pulse )                  \
+    nrd_cycle = ncs_rd_setup + ncs_rd_pulse;                     \
+                                                                 \
+  /* nrd_cycle shall be >= nrd_setup + nrd_pulse          */     \
+  if( nrd_cycle < nrd_setup + nrd_pulse )                        \
+    nrd_cycle = nrd_setup + nrd_pulse;                           \
+                                                                 \
+  AVR32_SMC.cs[ncs].setup = (nwe_setup    << AVR32_SMC_SETUP0_NWE_SETUP_OFFSET) | \
+                            (ncs_wr_setup << AVR32_SMC_SETUP0_NCS_WR_SETUP_OFFSET) | \
+                            (nrd_setup    << AVR32_SMC_SETUP0_NRD_SETUP_OFFSET) | \
+                            (ncs_rd_setup << AVR32_SMC_SETUP0_NCS_RD_SETUP_OFFSET); \
+  AVR32_SMC.cs[ncs].pulse = (nwe_pulse    << AVR32_SMC_PULSE0_NWE_PULSE_OFFSET) | \
+                            (ncs_wr_pulse << AVR32_SMC_PULSE0_NCS_WR_PULSE_OFFSET) | \
+                            (nrd_pulse    << AVR32_SMC_PULSE0_NRD_PULSE_OFFSET) | \
+                            (ncs_rd_pulse << AVR32_SMC_PULSE0_NCS_RD_PULSE_OFFSET); \
+  AVR32_SMC.cs[ncs].cycle = (nwe_cycle    << AVR32_SMC_CYCLE0_NWE_CYCLE_OFFSET) | \
+                            (nrd_cycle    << AVR32_SMC_CYCLE0_NRD_CYCLE_OFFSET); \
+  AVR32_SMC.cs[ncs].mode = (((NCS_CONTROLLED_READ) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_READ_MODE_NCS_CONTROLLED : \
+                           AVR32_SMC_MODE0_READ_MODE_NRD_CONTROLLED) << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_READ_MODE_OFFSET) | \
+                       +    (((NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_WRITE_MODE_NCS_CONTROLLED : \
+                           AVR32_SMC_MODE0_WRITE_MODE_NWE_CONTROLLED) << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_WRITE_MODE_OFFSET) | \
+                           (NWAIT_MODE << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_EXNW_MODE_OFFSET) | \
+                           (((SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_BAT_BYTE_WRITE : \
+                           AVR32_SMC_MODE0_BAT_BYTE_SELECT) << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_BAT_OFFSET) | \
+                           (((SMC_DBW <= 8 ) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_DBW_8_BITS  : \
+                           (SMC_DBW <= 16) ? AVR32_SMC_MODE0_DBW_16_BITS : \
+                           AVR32_SMC_MODE0_DBW_32_BITS) << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_DBW_OFFSET) | \
+                           (TDF_CYCLES << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_TDF_CYCLES_OFFSET) | \
+                           (TDF_OPTIM << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_TDF_MODE_OFFSET) | \
+                           (PAGE_MODE << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_PMEN_OFFSET) | \
+                           (PAGE_SIZE << AVR32_SMC_MODE0_PS_OFFSET); \
+  smc_tab_cs_size[ncs] = (U8)EXT_SM_SIZE; \
+  }
+
+static U8 smc_tab_cs_size[6];
+
+static void smc_enable_muxed_pins(void);
+
+
+void smc_init(unsigned long hsb_hz)
+{
+  unsigned long hsb_mhz_up = (hsb_hz + 999999) / 1000000;
+
+//! Whether to use the NCS0 pin
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS0
+  #include SMC_COMPONENT_CS0
+
+  // Setup SMC for NCS0
+  SMC_CS_SETUP(0)
+
+  #ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
+        #undef  SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
+        #undef  SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+        #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+      #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+      #else
+        #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+    #if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
+        #undef  NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+        #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+        #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+        #else
+          #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+      #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+      #else
+        #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #undef EXT_SM_SIZE
+  #undef SMC_DBW
+  #undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
+  #undef NWE_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_SETUP
+  #undef NRD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_RD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_PULSE
+  #undef NWE_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_RD_PULSE
+  #undef NRD_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_WR_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_CYCLE
+  #undef NCS_RD_HOLD
+  #undef NRD_CYCLE
+  #undef TDF_CYCLES
+  #undef TDF_OPTIM
+  #undef PAGE_MODE
+  #undef PAGE_SIZE
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
+  #undef NWAIT_MODE
+#endif
+
+
+//! Whether to use the NCS1 pin
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS1
+  #include SMC_COMPONENT_CS1
+
+  // Enable SM mode for CS1 if necessary.
+  AVR32_HMATRIX.sfr[AVR32_EBI_HMATRIX_NR] &= ~(1 << AVR32_EBI_SDRAM_CS);
+  AVR32_HMATRIX.sfr[AVR32_EBI_HMATRIX_NR];
+
+  // Setup SMC for NCS1
+  SMC_CS_SETUP(1)
+
+  #ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
+        #undef  SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
+        #undef  SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+        #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+      #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+      #else
+        #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+    #if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
+        #undef  NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+        #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+        #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+        #else
+          #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+      #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+      #else
+        #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #undef EXT_SM_SIZE
+  #undef SMC_DBW
+  #undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
+  #undef NWE_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_SETUP
+  #undef NRD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_RD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_PULSE
+  #undef NWE_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_RD_PULSE
+  #undef NRD_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_WR_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_CYCLE
+  #undef NCS_RD_HOLD
+  #undef NRD_CYCLE
+  #undef TDF_CYCLES
+  #undef TDF_OPTIM
+  #undef PAGE_MODE
+  #undef PAGE_SIZE
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
+  #undef NWAIT_MODE
+#endif
+
+//! Whether to use the NCS2 pin
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS2
+  #include SMC_COMPONENT_CS2
+
+  // Setup SMC for NCS2
+  SMC_CS_SETUP(2)
+
+  #ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
+        #undef  SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
+        #undef  SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+        #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+      #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+      #else
+        #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+    #if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
+        #undef  NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+        #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+        #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+        #else
+          #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+      #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+      #else
+        #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+
+  #undef EXT_SM_SIZE
+  #undef SMC_DBW
+  #undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
+  #undef NWE_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_SETUP
+  #undef NRD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_RD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_PULSE
+  #undef NWE_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_RD_PULSE
+  #undef NRD_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_WR_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_CYCLE
+  #undef NCS_RD_HOLD
+  #undef NRD_CYCLE
+  #undef TDF_CYCLES
+  #undef TDF_OPTIM
+  #undef PAGE_MODE
+  #undef PAGE_SIZE
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
+  #undef NWAIT_MODE
+#endif
+
+//! Whether to use the NCS3 pin
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS3
+  #include SMC_COMPONENT_CS3
+
+  // Setup SMC for NCS3
+  SMC_CS_SETUP(3)
+
+  #ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
+        #undef  SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
+        #undef  SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+        #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+      #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+      #else
+        #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+    #if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
+        #undef  NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+        #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+        #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+        #else
+          #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+      #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+      #else
+        #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+
+  #undef EXT_SM_SIZE
+  #undef SMC_DBW
+  #undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
+  #undef NWE_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_SETUP
+  #undef NRD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_RD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_PULSE
+  #undef NWE_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_RD_PULSE
+  #undef NRD_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_WR_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_CYCLE
+  #undef NCS_RD_HOLD
+  #undef NRD_CYCLE
+  #undef TDF_CYCLES
+  #undef TDF_OPTIM
+  #undef PAGE_MODE
+  #undef PAGE_SIZE
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
+  #undef NWAIT_MODE
+#endif
+
+//! Whether to use the NCS4 pin
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS4
+  #include SMC_COMPONENT_CS4
+
+  // Setup SMC for NCS4
+  SMC_CS_SETUP(4)
+
+  #ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
+        #undef  SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
+        #undef  SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+        #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+      #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+      #else
+        #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+    #if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
+        #undef  NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+        #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+        #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+        #else
+          #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+      #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+      #else
+        #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+
+  #undef EXT_SM_SIZE
+  #undef SMC_DBW
+  #undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
+  #undef NWE_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_SETUP
+  #undef NRD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_RD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_PULSE
+  #undef NWE_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_RD_PULSE
+  #undef NRD_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_WR_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_CYCLE
+  #undef NCS_RD_HOLD
+  #undef NRD_CYCLE
+  #undef TDF_CYCLES
+  #undef TDF_OPTIM
+  #undef PAGE_MODE
+  #undef PAGE_SIZE
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
+  #undef NWAIT_MODE
+#endif
+
+//! Whether to use the NCS5 pin
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS5
+  #include SMC_COMPONENT_CS5
+
+  // Setup SMC for NCS5
+  SMC_CS_SETUP(5)
+
+  #ifdef SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_DBW_GLOBAL < SMC_DBW)
+        #undef  SMC_DBW_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+        #if     (SMC_DBW == 8)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  8
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 16)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  16
+        #elif   (SMC_DBW == 32)
+            #define SMC_DBW_GLOBAL                  32
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_DBW size
+        #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+    #if (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL < SMC_8_BIT)
+        #undef  SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+        #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+        #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+          #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+        #else
+          #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == TRUE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            TRUE
+      #elif   (SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS == FALSE)
+        #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL            FALSE
+      #else
+        #error  error in SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+    #if (NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL < NWAIT_MODE)
+        #undef  NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL
+        #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+        #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+          #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+        #else
+          #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+        #endif
+    #endif
+  #else
+      #if     (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+      #elif   (NWAIT_MODE == AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN)
+        #define NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL            AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_FROZEN
+      #else
+        #error  error in NWAIT_MODE size
+      #endif
+  #endif
+
+
+  #undef EXT_SM_SIZE
+  #undef SMC_DBW
+  #undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
+  #undef NWE_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_SETUP
+  #undef NRD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_RD_SETUP
+  #undef NCS_WR_PULSE
+  #undef NWE_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_RD_PULSE
+  #undef NRD_PULSE
+  #undef NCS_WR_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_HOLD
+  #undef NWE_CYCLE
+  #undef NCS_RD_HOLD
+  #undef NRD_CYCLE
+  #undef TDF_CYCLES
+  #undef TDF_OPTIM
+  #undef PAGE_MODE
+  #undef PAGE_SIZE
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_READ
+  #undef NCS_CONTROLLED_WRITE
+  #undef NWAIT_MODE
+#endif
+  // Put the multiplexed MCU pins used for the SM under control of the SMC.
+  smc_enable_muxed_pins();
+}
+
+/*! \brief Puts the multiplexed MCU pins used for the SMC
+ *
+ */
+static void smc_enable_muxed_pins(void)
+{
+  static const gpio_map_t SMC_EBI_GPIO_MAP =
+  {
+    // Enable data pins.
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_0
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_0,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_1
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_1,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_2
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_2,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_2,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_3
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_3,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_3,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_4
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_4,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_4,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_5
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_5,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_5,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_6
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_6,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_6,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_7
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_7,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_7,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_8
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_8,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_8,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_9
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_9,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_9,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_10
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_10,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_10,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_11
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_11,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_11,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_12
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_12,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_12,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_13
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_13,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_13,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_14
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_14,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_14,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_15
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_15,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_15,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_16
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_16,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_16,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_17
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_17,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_17,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_18
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_18,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_18,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_19
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_19,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_19,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_20
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_20,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_20,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_21
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_21,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_21,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_22
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_22,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_22,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_23
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_23,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_23,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_24
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_24,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_24,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_25
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_25,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_25,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_26
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_26,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_26,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_27
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_27,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_27,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_28
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_28,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_28,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_29
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_29,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_29,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_30
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_30,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_30,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_DATA_31
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_31,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_DATA_31,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+
+    // Enable address pins.
+#if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL <= 8
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_0
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_0,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#endif
+#if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL <= 16
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_1
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_1,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_2
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_2,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_2,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_3
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_3,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_3,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_4
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_4,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_4,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_5
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_5,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_5,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_6
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_6,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_6,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_7
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_7,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_7,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_8
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_8,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_8,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_9
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_9,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_9,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_10
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_10,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_10,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_11
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_11,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_11,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_12
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_12,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_12,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_13
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_13,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_13,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_14
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_14,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_14,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_15
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_15,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_15,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_16
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_16,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_16,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_17
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_17,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_17,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_18
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_18,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_18,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_19
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_19,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_19,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_20
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_20,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_20,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_21
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_21,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_21,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_22
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_22,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_22,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_23
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_23,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_23,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+
+#if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL <= 8
+  #undef SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS
+  #define SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS   TRUE
+#endif
+
+    // Enable data mask pins.
+#if !SMC_8_BIT_CHIPS_GLOBAL
+#ifdef EBI_ADDR_0
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_0,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef EBI_NWE0
+    {ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE0,_FUNCTION)},
+#endif
+
+#if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL >= 16
+  #ifdef EBI_NWE1
+      {ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE1,_FUNCTION)},
+  #endif
+  #if SMC_DBW_GLOBAL >= 32
+    #ifdef EBI_ADDR_1
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_ADDR_1,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+    #ifdef EBI_NWE3
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE3,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NWE3,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+  #endif
+#endif
+    #ifdef EBI_NRD
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_NRD,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NRD,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+
+    // Enable control pins.
+#if NWAIT_MODE_GLOBAL != AVR32_SMC_EXNW_MODE_DISABLED
+    #ifdef EBI_NWAIT
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_NWAIT,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NWAIT,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+#endif
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS0
+    #ifdef EBI_NCS_0
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_0,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_0,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+#endif
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS1
+    #ifdef EBI_NCS_1
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_1,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_1,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+#endif
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS2
+    #ifdef EBI_NCS_2
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_2,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_2,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+#endif
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS3
+    #ifdef EBI_NCS_3
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_3,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_3,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+#endif
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS4
+    #ifdef EBI_NCS_4
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_4,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_4,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+#endif
+#ifdef SMC_USE_NCS5
+    #ifdef EBI_NCS_5
+        {ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_5,_PIN),ATPASTE2(EBI_NCS_5,_FUNCTION)},
+    #endif
+#endif
+ };
+
+  gpio_enable_module(SMC_EBI_GPIO_MAP, sizeof(SMC_EBI_GPIO_MAP) / sizeof(SMC_EBI_GPIO_MAP[0]));
+}
+
+unsigned char smc_get_cs_size(unsigned char cs)
+{
+  return smc_tab_cs_size[cs];
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/EBI/SMC/smc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief SMC on EBI driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a SMC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SMC_H_
+#define _SMC_H_
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "conf_ebi.h"
+
+/*! \brief Initializes the AVR32 SMC module and the connected SRAM(s).
+ * \param hsb_hz HSB frequency in Hz (the HSB frequency is applied to the SMC).
+ * \note Each access to the SMC address space validates the mode of the SMC
+ *       and generates an operation corresponding to this mode.
+ */
+extern void smc_init(unsigned long hsb_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Return the size of the peripheral connected  .
+ *  \param cs The chip select value
+ */
+extern unsigned char smc_get_cs_size(unsigned char cs);
+
+#endif  // _SMC_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/EIC/eic.c

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief EIC driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * AVR32 External Interrupt Controller driver module.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an EIC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "preprocessor.h"
+#include "eic.h"
+
+
+
+void eic_init(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, const eic_options_t *opt, unsigned int nb_lines)
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < nb_lines; i++)
+  {
+    // Set up mode level
+    eic->mode = (opt[i].eic_mode == 1) ? (eic->mode | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->mode & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
+    // Set up edge type
+    eic->edge = (opt[i].eic_edge == 1) ? (eic->edge | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->edge & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
+    // Set up level
+    eic->level = (opt[i].eic_level == 1) ? (eic->level | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->level & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
+    // Set up if filter is used
+    eic->filter = (opt[i].eic_filter == 1) ? (eic->filter | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->filter & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
+    // Set up which mode is used : asynchronous mode/ synchronous mode
+    eic->async = (opt[i].eic_async == 1) ? (eic->async | (1 << opt[i].eic_line)) : (eic->async & ~(1 << opt[i].eic_line));
+  }
+}
+
+void eic_enable_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
+{
+  eic->en = mask_lines;
+}
+
+void eic_enable_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
+{
+  // Enable line line_number
+  eic->en = 1 << line_number;
+}
+
+void eic_disable_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
+{
+  eic->dis = mask_lines;
+}
+
+void eic_disable_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
+{
+  // Disable line line_number
+  eic->dis = 1 << line_number;
+}
+
+Bool eic_is_line_enabled(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
+{
+  return (eic->ctrl & (1 << line_number)) != 0;
+}
+
+void eic_enable_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
+{
+  eic->ier = mask_lines;
+}
+
+void eic_enable_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
+{
+  // Enable line line_number
+  eic->ier = 1 << line_number;
+}
+
+void eic_disable_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
+{
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  eic->idr = mask_lines;
+  eic->imr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+void eic_disable_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
+{
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  // Disable line line_number
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  eic->idr = 1 << line_number;
+  eic->imr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+Bool eic_is_interrupt_line_enabled(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
+{
+  return (eic->imr & (1 << line_number)) != 0;
+}
+
+void eic_clear_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines)
+{
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  eic->icr = mask_lines;
+  eic->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+void eic_clear_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
+{
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  // Clear line line_number
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  eic->icr = 1 << line_number;
+  eic->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+Bool eic_is_interrupt_line_pending(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number)
+{
+  return (eic->isr & (1 << line_number)) != 0;
+}
+
+#if !defined(AVR32_EIC_301_H_INCLUDED)
+void eic_enable_interrupt_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic,unsigned int presc)
+{
+  // Enable SCAN function with PRESC value
+  eic->scan |= (presc << AVR32_EIC_SCAN_PRESC_OFFSET) | (1 << AVR32_EIC_SCAN_EN_OFFSET);
+}
+
+void eic_disable_interrupt_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic)
+{
+  // Disable SCAN function
+  eic->scan = 0 << AVR32_EIC_SCAN_EN_OFFSET;
+}
+
+unsigned long eic_get_interrupt_pad_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic)
+{
+  // Return pad number that causes interrupt
+  return(eic->scan>>AVR32_EIC_SCAN_PIN_OFFSET);
+}
+#endif

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/EIC/eic.h

@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief EIC driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * AVR32 External Interrupt Controller driver module.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an EIC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _EIC_H_
+#define _EIC_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+/*! \name External Interrupt lines
+ */
+//! @{
+#if (UC3A || UC3B)  
+#define EXT_INT0    AVR32_EIC_INT0 //!< Line 0
+#define EXT_INT1    AVR32_EIC_INT1 //!< Line 1
+#define EXT_INT2    AVR32_EIC_INT2 //!< Line 2
+#define EXT_INT3    AVR32_EIC_INT3 //!< Line 3
+#define EXT_INT4    AVR32_EIC_INT4 //!< Line 4
+#define EXT_INT5    AVR32_EIC_INT5 //!< Line 5
+#define EXT_INT6    AVR32_EIC_INT6 //!< Line 6
+#define EXT_INT7    AVR32_EIC_INT7 //!< Line 7
+#define EXT_NMI     AVR32_EIC_NMI  //!< Line 8
+#else
+#define EXT_INT0    AVR32_EIC_INT1  //!< Line 0
+#define EXT_INT1    AVR32_EIC_INT2 //!< Line 1
+#define EXT_INT2    AVR32_EIC_INT3 //!< Line 2
+#define EXT_INT3    AVR32_EIC_INT4 //!< Line 3
+#define EXT_INT4    AVR32_EIC_INT5 //!< Line 4
+#define EXT_INT5    AVR32_EIC_INT6 //!< Line 5
+#define EXT_INT6    AVR32_EIC_INT7 //!< Line 6
+#define EXT_INT7    AVR32_EIC_INT8 //!< Line 7
+#define EXT_NMI     AVR32_EIC_NMI  //!< Line 8
+
+#endif
+
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Mode Trigger Options
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EIC_MODE_EDGE_TRIGGERED   AVR32_EIC_EDGE_IRQ //!<
+#define EIC_MODE_LEVEL_TRIGGERED  AVR32_EIC_LEVEL_IRQ //!<
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Edge level Options
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EIC_EDGE_FALLING_EDGE     AVR32_EIC_FALLING_EDGE //!<
+#define EIC_EDGE_RISING_EDGE      AVR32_EIC_RISING_EDGE //!<
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Level Options
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EIC_LEVEL_LOW_LEVEL       AVR32_EIC_LOW_LEVEL //!<
+#define EIC_LEVEL_HIGH_LEVEL      AVR32_EIC_HIGH_LEVEL //!<
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Filter Options
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EIC_FILTER_ENABLED        AVR32_EIC_FILTER_ON //!<
+#define EIC_FILTER_DISABLED       AVR32_EIC_FILTER_OFF //!<
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Synch Mode Options
+ */
+//! @{
+#define EIC_SYNCH_MODE            AVR32_EIC_SYNC //!<
+#define EIC_ASYNCH_MODE           AVR32_EIC_USE_ASYNC //!<
+//! @}
+
+//! Configuration parameters of the EIC module.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //!Line
+  unsigned char eic_line;
+
+  //! Mode : EDGE_LEVEL or TRIGGER_LEVEL
+  unsigned char eic_mode;
+
+  //! Edge : FALLING_EDGE or RISING_EDGE
+  unsigned char eic_edge;
+
+  //! Level :  LOW_LEVEL or HIGH_LEVEL
+  unsigned char eic_level;
+
+  //! Filter:  NOT_FILTERED or FILTERED
+  unsigned char eic_filter;
+
+  //! Async:  SYNC mode or ASYNC
+  unsigned char eic_async;
+
+} eic_options_t;
+
+
+/*! \brief Init the EIC driver.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC module
+ * \param opt Configuration parameters of the EIC module (see \ref eic_options_t)
+ * \param nb_lines Number of lines to consider, equal to size of opt buffer
+ */
+extern void eic_init(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, const eic_options_t *opt, unsigned int nb_lines);
+
+/*! \brief Enable the EIC driver.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC module
+ * \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
+ */
+extern void eic_enable_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
+
+/*! \brief Enable the EIC driver.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC module
+ * \param line_number Line number to enable
+ */
+extern void eic_enable_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
+
+/*! \brief Disable the EIC driver.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC module
+ * \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
+ */
+extern void eic_disable_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
+
+/*! \brief Disable the EIC driver.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC module
+ * \param line_number Line number to disable
+ */
+extern void eic_disable_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
+
+/*! \brief Tells whether an EIC line is enabled.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC module
+ * \param line_number Line number to test
+ *
+ * \return Whether an EIC line is enabled.
+ */
+extern Bool eic_is_line_enabled(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
+
+/*! \name Interrupt Control Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Enable the interrupt feature of the EIC.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
+ * \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
+ */
+extern void eic_enable_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
+
+/*! \brief Enable the interrupt feature of the EIC.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
+ * \param line_number Line number to enable
+ */
+extern void eic_enable_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
+
+/*! \brief Disable the interrupt feature of the EIC.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
+ * \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
+ */
+extern void eic_disable_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
+
+/*! \brief Disable the interrupt feature of the EIC.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
+ * \param line_number Line number to disable
+ */
+extern void eic_disable_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
+
+/*! \brief Tells whether an EIC interrupt line is enabled.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC module
+ * \param line_number Line number to test
+ *
+ * \return Whether an EIC interrupt line is enabled.
+ */
+extern Bool eic_is_interrupt_line_enabled(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
+
+/*! \brief Clear the interrupt flag.
+ *         Call this function once you've handled the interrupt.
+ * 
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
+ * \param mask_lines Mask for current selected lines
+ */
+extern void eic_clear_interrupt_lines(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int mask_lines);
+
+/*! \brief Clear the interrupt flag.
+ *         Call this function once you've handled the interrupt.
+ * 
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
+ * \param line_number Line number to clear
+ */
+extern void eic_clear_interrupt_line(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
+
+/*! \brief Tells whether an EIC interrupt line is pending.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC module
+ * \param line_number Line number to test
+ *
+ * \return Whether an EIC interrupt line is pending.
+ */
+extern Bool eic_is_interrupt_line_pending(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int line_number);
+
+/*! \brief Enable the interrupt scan feature of the EIC.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
+ * \param presc Prescale select for the keypad scan rate in the range [0,31].
+ */
+extern void eic_enable_interrupt_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic, unsigned int presc);
+
+/*! \brief Disable the interrupt scan feature of the EIC.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
+ */
+extern void eic_disable_interrupt_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic);
+
+/*! \brief Return scan pad number that causes interrupt.
+ *
+ * \param eic Base address of the EIC (i.e. &AVR32_EIC).
+ */
+extern unsigned long eic_get_interrupt_pad_scan(volatile avr32_eic_t *eic);
+
+//! @}
+
+
+#endif  // _EIC_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/GPIO/gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief GPIO driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * This file defines a useful set of functions for the GPIO.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a GPIO module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "gpio.h"
+
+//! GPIO module instance.
+#define GPIO  AVR32_GPIO
+
+
+/*! \name Peripheral Bus Interface
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+int gpio_enable_module(const gpio_map_t gpiomap, unsigned int size)
+{
+  int status = GPIO_SUCCESS;
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+  {
+    status |= gpio_enable_module_pin(gpiomap->pin, gpiomap->function);
+    gpiomap++;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+
+int gpio_enable_module_pin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+
+  // Enable the correct function.
+  switch (function)
+  {
+  case 0: // A function.
+    gpio_port->pmr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
+    gpio_port->pmr2c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#endif
+    break;
+
+  case 1: // B function.
+    gpio_port->pmr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
+    gpio_port->pmr2c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#endif
+    break;
+
+  case 2: // C function.
+    gpio_port->pmr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
+    gpio_port->pmr2c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#endif
+    break;
+
+  case 3: // D function.
+    gpio_port->pmr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
+    gpio_port->pmr2c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#endif
+    break;
+
+#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
+  case 4: // E function.
+    gpio_port->pmr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr2s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    break;
+    
+  case 5: // F function.
+    gpio_port->pmr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr2s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    break;
+    
+  case 6: // G function.
+    gpio_port->pmr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr2s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    break;
+    
+  case 7: // H function.
+    gpio_port->pmr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->pmr2s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    break;
+#endif
+
+  default:
+    return GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+  }
+
+  // Disable GPIO control.
+  gpio_port->gperc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+
+  return GPIO_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+void gpio_enable_gpio(const gpio_map_t gpiomap, unsigned int size)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+  {
+    gpio_enable_gpio_pin(gpiomap->pin);
+    gpiomap++;
+  }
+}
+
+
+void gpio_enable_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+  gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+
+// The open-drain mode is not synthesized on the current AVR32 products.
+// If one day some AVR32 products have this feature, the corresponding part
+// numbers should be listed in the #if below.
+// Note that other functions are available in this driver to use pins with open
+// drain in GPIO mode. The advantage of the open-drain mode functions over these
+// other functions is that they can be used not only in GPIO mode but also in
+// module mode.
+#if 0
+
+
+void gpio_enable_pin_open_drain(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->odmers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+
+void gpio_disable_pin_open_drain(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->odmerc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+
+#endif
+
+
+void gpio_enable_pin_pull_up(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->puers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_200_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
+  gpio_port->pderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+void gpio_disable_pin_pull_up(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->puerc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_200_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
+// Added support of Pull-up Resistor, Pull-down Resistor and Buskeeper Control.
+
+/*! \brief Enables the pull-down resistor of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+void gpio_enable_pin_pull_down(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->puerc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+  gpio_port->pders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Disables the pull-down resistor of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+void gpio_disable_pin_pull_down(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->pderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Enables the buskeeper functionality on a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+void gpio_enable_pin_buskeeper(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->puers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+  gpio_port->pders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Disables the buskeeper functionality on a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+void gpio_disable_pin_buskeeper(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->puerc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+  gpio_port->pderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+int gpio_get_pin_value(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  return (gpio_port->pvr >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1;
+}
+
+
+int gpio_get_gpio_pin_output_value(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  return (gpio_port->ovr >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1;
+}
+
+
+int gpio_get_gpio_open_drain_pin_output_value(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  return ((gpio_port->oder >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1) ^ 1;
+}
+
+
+void gpio_set_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+
+  gpio_port->ovrs  = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Value to be driven on the I/O line: 1.
+  gpio_port->oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is enabled for that pin.
+  gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
+}
+
+
+void gpio_clr_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+
+  gpio_port->ovrc  = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Value to be driven on the I/O line: 0.
+  gpio_port->oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is enabled for that pin.
+  gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
+}
+
+
+void gpio_tgl_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+
+  gpio_port->ovrt  = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Toggle the I/O line.
+  gpio_port->oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is enabled for that pin.
+  gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
+}
+
+
+void gpio_set_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+
+  gpio_port->oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is disabled for that pin.
+  gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
+}
+
+
+void gpio_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+
+  gpio_port->ovrc  = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Value to be driven on the I/O line: 0.
+  gpio_port->oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is enabled for that pin.
+  gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
+}
+
+
+void gpio_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+
+  gpio_port->ovrc  = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // Value to be driven on the I/O line if the GPIO output driver is enabled: 0.
+  gpio_port->odert = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is toggled for that pin.
+  gpio_port->gpers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO module controls that pin.
+}
+
+
+void gpio_enable_pin_glitch_filter(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->gfers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+
+void gpio_disable_pin_glitch_filter(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->gferc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Configure the edge detector of an input pin
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ * \param mode The edge detection mode (\ref GPIO_PIN_CHANGE, \ref GPIO_RISING_EDGE
+ *             or \ref GPIO_FALLING_EDGE).
+ *
+ * \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
+ */
+static int gpio_configure_edge_detector(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  
+  // Configure the edge detector.
+  switch (mode)
+  {
+  case GPIO_PIN_CHANGE:
+    gpio_port->imr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->imr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    break;
+
+  case GPIO_RISING_EDGE:
+    gpio_port->imr0s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->imr1c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    break;
+
+  case GPIO_FALLING_EDGE:
+    gpio_port->imr0c = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    gpio_port->imr1s = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+    break;
+
+  default:
+    return GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+  }
+
+  return GPIO_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int gpio_enable_pin_interrupt(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t  *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+
+  // Enable the glitch filter.
+  gpio_port->gfers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+
+  // Configure the edge detector.
+  if(GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT == gpio_configure_edge_detector(pin, mode))
+    return(GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT);
+
+  // Enable interrupt.
+  gpio_port->iers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+
+  return GPIO_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+void gpio_disable_pin_interrupt(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->ierc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+
+int gpio_get_pin_interrupt_flag(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  return (gpio_port->ifr >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1;
+}
+
+
+void gpio_clear_pin_interrupt_flag(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+  gpio_port->ifrc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+
+//#
+//# Peripheral Event System Support.
+//#
+#if UC3L
+int gpio_configure_pin_periph_event_mode(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode, unsigned int use_igf)
+{
+  volatile avr32_gpio_port_t *gpio_port = &GPIO.port[pin >> 5];
+
+  if(TRUE == use_igf)
+  {
+    // Enable the glitch filter.
+    gpio_port->gfers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // Disable the glitch filter.
+    gpio_port->gferc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+  }
+
+  // Configure the edge detector.
+  return(gpio_configure_edge_detector(pin, mode));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+//! @}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/GPIO/gpio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,583 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief GPIO header for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * This file contains basic GPIO driver functions.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a GPIO module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GPIO_H_
+#define _GPIO_H_
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+/*! \name Return Values of the GPIO API
+ */
+//! @{
+#define GPIO_SUCCESS            0 //!< Function successfully completed.
+#define GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT   1 //!< Input parameters are out of range.
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \name Interrupt Trigger Modes
+ */
+//! @{
+#define GPIO_PIN_CHANGE         0 //!< Interrupt triggered upon pin change.
+#define GPIO_RISING_EDGE        1 //!< Interrupt triggered upon rising edge.
+#define GPIO_FALLING_EDGE       2 //!< Interrupt triggered upon falling edge.
+//! @}
+
+
+//! A type definition of pins and modules connectivity.
+typedef struct
+{
+  unsigned char pin;              //!< Module pin.
+  unsigned char function;         //!< Module function.
+} gpio_map_t[];
+
+
+/*! \name Peripheral Bus Interface
+ *
+ * Low-speed interface with a non-deterministic number of clock cycles per
+ * access.
+ *
+ * This interface operates with lower clock frequencies (fPB <= fCPU), and its
+ * timing is not deterministic since it needs to access a shared bus which may
+ * be heavily loaded.
+ *
+ * \note This interface is immediately available without initialization.
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Enables specific module modes for a set of pins.
+ *
+ * \param gpiomap The pin map.
+ * \param size The number of pins in \a gpiomap.
+ *
+ * \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
+ */
+extern int gpio_enable_module(const gpio_map_t gpiomap, unsigned int size);
+
+/*! \brief Enables a specific module mode for a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.\n
+ *            Refer to the product header file `uc3x.h' (where x is the part
+ *            number; e.g. x = a0512) for module pins. E.g., to enable a PWM
+ *            channel output, the pin number can be AVR32_PWM_3_PIN for PWM
+ *            channel 3.
+ * \param function The pin function.\n
+ *                 Refer to the product header file `uc3x.h' (where x is the
+ *                 part number; e.g. x = a0512) for module pin functions. E.g.,
+ *                 to enable a PWM channel output, the pin function can be
+ *                 AVR32_PWM_3_FUNCTION for PWM channel 3.
+ *
+ * \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
+ */
+extern int gpio_enable_module_pin(unsigned int pin, unsigned int function);
+
+/*! \brief Enables the GPIO mode of a set of pins.
+ *
+ * \param gpiomap The pin map.
+ * \param size The number of pins in \a gpiomap.
+ */
+extern void gpio_enable_gpio(const gpio_map_t gpiomap, unsigned int size);
+
+/*! \brief Enables the GPIO mode of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.\n
+ *            Refer to the product header file `uc3x.h' (where x is the part
+ *            number; e.g. x = a0512) for pin definitions. E.g., to enable the
+ *            GPIO mode of PX21, AVR32_PIN_PX21 can be used. Module pins such as
+ *            AVR32_PWM_3_PIN for PWM channel 3 can also be used to release
+ *            module pins for GPIO.
+ */
+extern void gpio_enable_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin);
+
+// The open-drain mode is not synthesized on the current AVR32 products.
+// If one day some AVR32 products have this feature, the corresponding part
+// numbers should be listed in the #if below.
+// Note that other functions are available in this driver to use pins with open
+// drain in GPIO mode. The advantage of the open-drain mode functions over these
+// other functions is that they can be used not only in GPIO mode but also in
+// module mode.
+#if 0
+
+/*! \brief Enables the open-drain mode of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_enable_pin_open_drain(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Disables the open-drain mode of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_disable_pin_open_drain(unsigned int pin);
+
+#endif
+
+/*! \brief Enables the pull-up resistor of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_enable_pin_pull_up(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Disables the pull-up resistor of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_disable_pin_pull_up(unsigned int pin);
+
+#if defined(AVR32_GPIO_200_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_210_H_INCLUDED) || defined(AVR32_GPIO_211_H_INCLUDED)
+// Added support of Pull-up Resistor, Pull-down Resistor and Buskeeper Control.
+
+/*! \brief Enables the pull-down resistor of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_enable_pin_pull_down(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Disables the pull-down resistor of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_disable_pin_pull_down(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Enables the buskeeper functionality on a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_enable_pin_buskeeper(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Disables the buskeeper functionality on a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_disable_pin_buskeeper(unsigned int pin);
+
+#endif
+
+/*! \brief Returns the value of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \return The pin value.
+ */
+extern int gpio_get_pin_value(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Returns the output value set for a GPIO pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \return The pin output value.
+ *
+ * \note This function must be used in conjunction with \ref gpio_set_gpio_pin,
+ *       \ref gpio_clr_gpio_pin and \ref gpio_tgl_gpio_pin.
+ */
+extern int gpio_get_gpio_pin_output_value(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Returns the output value set for a GPIO pin using open drain.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \return The pin output value.
+ *
+ * \note This function must be used in conjunction with
+ *       \ref gpio_set_gpio_open_drain_pin, \ref gpio_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin
+ *       and \ref gpio_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin.
+ */
+extern int gpio_get_gpio_open_drain_pin_output_value(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 1.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_set_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 0.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_clr_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Toggles a GPIO pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_tgl_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 1 using open drain.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_set_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 0 using open drain.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Toggles a GPIO pin using open drain.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Enables the glitch filter of a pin.
+ *
+ * When the glitch filter is enabled, a glitch with duration of less than 1
+ * clock cycle is automatically rejected, while a pulse with duration of 2 clock
+ * cycles or more is accepted. For pulse durations between 1 clock cycle and 2
+ * clock cycles, the pulse may or may not be taken into account, depending on
+ * the precise timing of its occurrence. Thus for a pulse to be guaranteed
+ * visible it must exceed 2 clock cycles, whereas for a glitch to be reliably
+ * filtered out, its duration must not exceed 1 clock cycle. The filter
+ * introduces 2 clock cycles latency.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_enable_pin_glitch_filter(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Disables the glitch filter of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_disable_pin_glitch_filter(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Enables the interrupt of a pin with the specified settings.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ * \param mode The trigger mode (\ref GPIO_PIN_CHANGE, \ref GPIO_RISING_EDGE or
+ *             \ref GPIO_FALLING_EDGE).
+ *
+ * \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
+ */
+extern int gpio_enable_pin_interrupt(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode);
+
+/*! \brief Disables the interrupt of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_disable_pin_interrupt(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Gets the interrupt flag of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \return The pin interrupt flag.
+ */
+extern int gpio_get_pin_interrupt_flag(unsigned int pin);
+
+/*! \brief Clears the interrupt flag of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ */
+extern void gpio_clear_pin_interrupt_flag(unsigned int pin);
+
+//! @}
+
+
+#if (defined AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL_ADDRESS)
+/*! \name Local Bus Interface
+ *
+ * High-speed interface with only one clock cycle per access.
+ *
+ * This interface operates with high clock frequency (fCPU), and its timing is
+ * deterministic since it does not need to access a shared bus which may be
+ * heavily loaded.
+ *
+ * \warning To use this interface, the clock frequency of the peripheral bus on
+ *          which the GPIO peripheral is connected must be set to the CPU clock
+ *          frequency (fPB = fCPU).
+ *
+ * \note This interface has to be initialized in order to be available.
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Enables the local bus interface for GPIO.
+ *
+ * \note This function must have been called at least once before using other
+ *       functions in this interface.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_init(void)
+{
+  Set_system_register(AVR32_CPUCR,
+                      Get_system_register(AVR32_CPUCR) | AVR32_CPUCR_LOCEN_MASK);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Enables the output driver of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin.
+ *       \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin can be called for this purpose.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_enable_pin_output_driver(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Disables the output driver of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_disable_pin_output_driver(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Returns the value of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \return The pin value.
+ *
+ * \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ int gpio_local_get_pin_value(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  return (AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].pvr >> (pin & 0x1F)) & 1;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 1.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin nor its output
+ *       driver. \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin and
+ *       \ref gpio_local_enable_pin_output_driver can be called for this
+ *       purpose.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_set_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].ovrs = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 0.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin nor its output
+ *       driver. \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin and
+ *       \ref gpio_local_enable_pin_output_driver can be called for this
+ *       purpose.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_clr_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].ovrc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Toggles a GPIO pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \note \ref gpio_local_init must have been called beforehand.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin nor its output
+ *       driver. \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin and
+ *       \ref gpio_local_enable_pin_output_driver can be called for this
+ *       purpose.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_tgl_gpio_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].ovrt = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Initializes the configuration of a GPIO pin so that it can be used
+ *         with GPIO open-drain functions.
+ *
+ * \note This function must have been called at least once before using
+ *       \ref gpio_local_set_gpio_open_drain_pin,
+ *       \ref gpio_local_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin or
+ *       \ref gpio_local_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_init_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].ovrc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 1 using open drain.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \note \ref gpio_local_init and \ref gpio_local_init_gpio_open_drain_pin must
+ *       have been called beforehand.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin.
+ *       \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin can be called for this purpose.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_set_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Drives a GPIO pin to 0 using open drain.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \note \ref gpio_local_init and \ref gpio_local_init_gpio_open_drain_pin must
+ *       have been called beforehand.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin.
+ *       \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin can be called for this purpose.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_clr_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].oders = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Toggles a GPIO pin using open drain.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ * \note \ref gpio_local_init and \ref gpio_local_init_gpio_open_drain_pin must
+ *       have been called beforehand.
+ *
+ * \note This function does not enable the GPIO mode of the pin.
+ *       \ref gpio_enable_gpio_pin can be called for this purpose.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_local_tgl_gpio_open_drain_pin(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL.port[pin >> 5].odert = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+//! @}
+#endif // AVR32_GPIO_LOCAL_ADDRESS
+
+#if UC3L
+//! @{
+/*! \name Peripheral Event System support
+ *
+ * The GPIO can be programmed to output peripheral events whenever an interrupt
+ * condition is detected, such as pin value change, or only when a rising or
+ * falling edge is detected.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*! \brief Enables the peripheral event generation of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_enable_pin_periph_event(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO.port[pin >> 5].oderc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F); // The GPIO output driver is disabled for that pin.
+  AVR32_GPIO.port[pin >> 5].evers = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Disables the peripheral event generation of a pin.
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ *
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void gpio_disable_pin_periph_event(unsigned int pin)
+{
+  AVR32_GPIO.port[pin >> 5].everc = 1 << (pin & 0x1F);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Configure the peripheral event trigger mode of a pin
+ *
+ * \param pin The pin number.
+ * \param mode The trigger mode (\ref GPIO_PIN_CHANGE, \ref GPIO_RISING_EDGE or
+ *             \ref GPIO_FALLING_EDGE).
+ * \param use_igf use the Input Glitch Filter (TRUE) or not (FALSE).
+ *
+ * \return \ref GPIO_SUCCESS or \ref GPIO_INVALID_ARGUMENT.
+ */
+extern int gpio_configure_pin_periph_event_mode(unsigned int pin, unsigned int mode, unsigned int use_igf);
+
+//! @}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif  // _GPIO_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/INTC/exception.x

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/* This file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Exception and interrupt vectors.
+ *
+ * This file maps all events supported by an AVR32.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an INTC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#if !__AVR32_UC__ && !__AVR32_AP__
+  #error Implementation of the AVR32 architecture not supported by the INTC driver.
+#endif
+
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+
+//! @{
+//! \verbatim
+
+
+  .section  .exception, "ax", @progbits
+
+
+// Start of Exception Vector Table.
+
+  // EVBA must be aligned with a power of two strictly greater than the EVBA-
+  // relative offset of the last vector.
+  .balign 0x200
+
+  // Export symbol.
+  .global _evba
+  .type _evba, @function
+_evba:
+
+        .org  0x000
+        // Unrecoverable Exception.
+_handle_Unrecoverable_Exception:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x004
+        // TLB Multiple Hit.
+_handle_TLB_Multiple_Hit:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x008
+        // Bus Error Data Fetch.
+_handle_Bus_Error_Data_Fetch:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x00C
+         // Bus Error Instruction Fetch.
+_handle_Bus_Error_Instruction_Fetch:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x010
+        // NMI.
+_handle_NMI:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x014
+        // Instruction Address.
+_handle_Instruction_Address:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x018
+        // ITLB Protection.
+_handle_ITLB_Protection:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x01C
+        // Breakpoint.
+_handle_Breakpoint:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x020
+        // Illegal Opcode.
+_handle_Illegal_Opcode:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x024
+        // Unimplemented Instruction.
+_handle_Unimplemented_Instruction:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x028
+        // Privilege Violation.
+_handle_Privilege_Violation:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x02C
+        // Floating-Point: UNUSED IN AVR32UC and AVR32AP.
+_handle_Floating_Point:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x030
+        // Coprocessor Absent: UNUSED IN AVR32UC.
+_handle_Coprocessor_Absent:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x034
+        // Data Address (Read).
+_handle_Data_Address_Read:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x038
+        // Data Address (Write).
+_handle_Data_Address_Write:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x03C
+        // DTLB Protection (Read).
+_handle_DTLB_Protection_Read:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x040
+        // DTLB Protection (Write).
+_handle_DTLB_Protection_Write:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x044
+        // DTLB Modified: UNUSED IN AVR32UC.
+_handle_DTLB_Modified:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x050
+        // ITLB Miss.
+_handle_ITLB_Miss:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x060
+        // DTLB Miss (Read).
+_handle_DTLB_Miss_Read:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x070
+        // DTLB Miss (Write).
+_handle_DTLB_Miss_Write:
+        rjmp $
+
+        .org  0x100
+        // Supervisor Call.
+_handle_Supervisor_Call:
+        rjmp $
+
+
+// Interrupt support.
+// The interrupt controller must provide the offset address relative to EVBA.
+// Important note:
+//   All interrupts call a C function named _get_interrupt_handler.
+//   This function will read group and interrupt line number to then return in
+//   R12 a pointer to a user-provided interrupt handler.
+
+  .balign 4
+
+  .irp    priority, 0, 1, 2, 3
+_int\priority:
+#if __AVR32_UC__
+  // R8-R12, LR, PC and SR are automatically pushed onto the system stack by the
+  // CPU upon interrupt entry. No other register is saved by hardware.
+#elif __AVR32_AP__
+  // PC and SR are automatically saved in respectively RAR_INTx and RSR_INTx by
+  // the CPU upon interrupt entry. No other register is saved by hardware.
+  pushm   r8-r12, lr
+#endif
+  mov     r12, \priority  // Pass the int_level parameter to the _get_interrupt_handler function.
+  call    _get_interrupt_handler
+  cp.w    r12, 0          // Get the pointer to the interrupt handler returned by the function.
+#if __AVR32_UC__
+  movne   pc, r12         // If this was not a spurious interrupt (R12 != NULL), jump to the handler.
+#elif __AVR32_AP__
+  breq    spint\priority  // If this was a spurious interrupt (R12 == NULL), branch.
+  st.w    --sp, r12       // Push the pointer to the interrupt handler onto the system stack since no register may be altered.
+  popm    r8-r12, lr, pc  // Restore registers and jump to the handler.
+spint\priority:
+  popm    r8-r12, lr
+#endif
+  rete                    // If this was a spurious interrupt (R12 == NULL), return from event handler.
+  .endr
+
+
+// Constant data area.
+
+  .balign 4
+
+  // Values to store in the interrupt priority registers for the various interrupt priority levels.
+  // The interrupt priority registers contain the interrupt priority level and
+  // the EVBA-relative interrupt vector offset.
+  .global ipr_val
+  .type ipr_val, @object
+ipr_val:
+  .word (AVR32_INTC_INT0 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (_int0 - _evba),\
+        (AVR32_INTC_INT1 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (_int1 - _evba),\
+        (AVR32_INTC_INT2 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (_int2 - _evba),\
+        (AVR32_INTC_INT3 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET) | (_int3 - _evba)
+
+
+//! \endverbatim
+//! @}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/INTC/intc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief INTC driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * AVR32 Interrupt Controller driver module.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an INTC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "preprocessor.h"
+#include "intc.h"
+
+// define _evba from exception.S
+extern void _evba;
+
+//! Values to store in the interrupt priority registers for the various interrupt priority levels.
+extern const unsigned int ipr_val[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_LEVELS];
+
+//! Creates a table of interrupt line handlers per interrupt group in order to optimize RAM space.
+//! Each line handler table contains a set of pointers to interrupt handlers.
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+#define DECL_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE(GRP, unused) \
+static volatile __int_handler _int_line_handler_table_##GRP[Max(AVR32_INTC_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP##GRP, 1)];
+#elif (defined __ICCAVR32__)
+#define DECL_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE(GRP, unused) \
+static volatile __no_init __int_handler _int_line_handler_table_##GRP[Max(AVR32_INTC_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP##GRP, 1)];
+#endif
+MREPEAT(AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS, DECL_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE, ~);
+#undef DECL_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE
+
+//! Table containing for each interrupt group the number of interrupt request
+//! lines and a pointer to the table of interrupt line handlers.
+static const struct
+{
+  unsigned int num_irqs;
+  volatile __int_handler *_int_line_handler_table;
+} _int_handler_table[AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS] =
+{
+#define INSERT_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE(GRP, unused) \
+  {AVR32_INTC_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP##GRP, _int_line_handler_table_##GRP},
+  MREPEAT(AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS, INSERT_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE, ~)
+#undef INSERT_INT_LINE_HANDLER_TABLE
+};
+
+
+/*! \brief Default interrupt handler.
+ *
+ * \note Taken and adapted from Newlib.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__interrupt__))
+#elif (defined __ICCAVR32__)
+__interrupt
+#endif
+static void _unhandled_interrupt(void)
+{
+  // Catch unregistered interrupts.
+  while (TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Gets the interrupt handler of the current event at the \a int_level
+ *         interrupt priority level (called from exception.S).
+ *
+ * \param int_level Interrupt priority level to handle.
+ *
+ * \return Interrupt handler to execute.
+ *
+ * \note Taken and adapted from Newlib.
+ */
+__int_handler _get_interrupt_handler(unsigned int int_level)
+{
+  // ICR3 is mapped first, ICR0 last.
+  // Code in exception.S puts int_level in R12 which is used by AVR32-GCC to
+  // pass a single argument to a function.
+  unsigned int int_grp = AVR32_INTC.icr[AVR32_INTC_INT3 - int_level];
+  unsigned int int_req = AVR32_INTC.irr[int_grp];
+
+  // As an interrupt may disappear while it is being fetched by the CPU
+  // (spurious interrupt caused by a delayed response from an MCU peripheral to
+  // an interrupt flag clear or interrupt disable instruction), check if there
+  // are remaining interrupt lines to process.
+  // If a spurious interrupt occurs, the status register (SR) contains an
+  // execution mode and interrupt level masks corresponding to a level 0
+  // interrupt, whatever the interrupt priority level causing the spurious
+  // event. This behavior has been chosen because a spurious interrupt has not
+  // to be a priority one and because it may not cause any trouble to other
+  // interrupts.
+  // However, these spurious interrupts place the hardware in an unstable state
+  // and could give problems in other/future versions of the CPU, so the
+  // software has to be written so that they never occur. The only safe way of
+  // achieving this is to always clear or disable peripheral interrupts with the
+  // following sequence:
+  // 1: Mask the interrupt in the CPU by setting GM (or IxM) in SR.
+  // 2: Perform the bus access to the peripheral register that clears or
+  //    disables the interrupt.
+  // 3: Wait until the interrupt has actually been cleared or disabled by the
+  //    peripheral. This is usually performed by reading from a register in the
+  //    same peripheral (it DOES NOT have to be the same register that was
+  //    accessed in step 2, but it MUST be in the same peripheral), what takes
+  //    bus system latencies into account, but peripheral internal latencies
+  //    (generally 0 cycle) also have to be considered.
+  // 4: Unmask the interrupt in the CPU by clearing GM (or IxM) in SR.
+  // Note that steps 1 and 4 are useless inside interrupt handlers as the
+  // corresponding interrupt level is automatically masked by IxM (unless IxM is
+  // explicitly cleared by the software).
+  //
+  // Get the right IRQ handler.
+  //
+  // If several interrupt lines are active in the group, the interrupt line with
+  // the highest number is selected. This is to be coherent with the
+  // prioritization of interrupt groups performed by the hardware interrupt
+  // controller.
+  //
+  // If no handler has been registered for the pending interrupt,
+  // _unhandled_interrupt will be selected thanks to the initialization of
+  // _int_line_handler_table_x by INTC_init_interrupts.
+  //
+  // exception.S will provide the interrupt handler with a clean interrupt stack
+  // frame, with nothing more pushed onto the stack. The interrupt handler must
+  // manage the `rete' instruction, what can be done thanks to pure assembly,
+  // inline assembly or the `__attribute__((__interrupt__))' C function
+  // attribute.
+  return (int_req) ? _int_handler_table[int_grp]._int_line_handler_table[32 - clz(int_req) - 1] : NULL;
+}
+
+//! Init EVBA address. This sequence might also be done in the UTILS/STARTUP/GCC/crt0.S
+static __inline__ void INTC_init_evba(void)
+{
+  Set_system_register(AVR32_EVBA, (int)&_evba );
+}
+
+void INTC_init_interrupts(void)
+{
+  unsigned int int_grp, int_req;
+
+  INTC_init_evba();
+
+  // For all interrupt groups,
+  for (int_grp = 0; int_grp < AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_GRPS; int_grp++)
+  {
+    // For all interrupt request lines of each group,
+    for (int_req = 0; int_req < _int_handler_table[int_grp].num_irqs; int_req++)
+    {
+      // Assign _unhandled_interrupt as default interrupt handler.
+      _int_handler_table[int_grp]._int_line_handler_table[int_req] = &_unhandled_interrupt;
+    }
+
+    // Set the interrupt group priority register to its default value.
+    // By default, all interrupt groups are linked to the interrupt priority
+    // level 0 and to the interrupt vector _int0.
+    AVR32_INTC.ipr[int_grp] = ipr_val[AVR32_INTC_INT0];
+  }
+}
+
+
+void INTC_register_interrupt(__int_handler handler, unsigned int irq, unsigned int int_level)
+{
+  // Determine the group of the IRQ.
+  unsigned int int_grp = irq / AVR32_INTC_MAX_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP;
+
+  // Store in _int_line_handler_table_x the pointer to the interrupt handler, so
+  // that _get_interrupt_handler can retrieve it when the interrupt is vectored.
+  _int_handler_table[int_grp]._int_line_handler_table[irq % AVR32_INTC_MAX_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP] = handler;
+
+  // Program the corresponding IPRX register to set the interrupt priority level
+  // and the interrupt vector offset that will be fetched by the core interrupt
+  // system.
+  // NOTE: The _intx functions are intermediate assembly functions between the
+  // core interrupt system and the user interrupt handler.
+  AVR32_INTC.ipr[int_grp] = ipr_val[int_level & (AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_MASK >> AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_OFFSET)];
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/INTC/intc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief INTC driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * AVR32 Interrupt Controller driver module.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an INTC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _INTC_H_
+#define _INTC_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+
+//! Maximal number of interrupt request lines per group.
+#define AVR32_INTC_MAX_NUM_IRQS_PER_GRP             32
+
+//! Number of interrupt priority levels.
+#define AVR32_INTC_NUM_INT_LEVELS                   (1 << AVR32_INTC_IPR_INTLEVEL_SIZE)
+
+
+#ifdef __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__ // Automatically defined when compiling for AVR32, not when assembling.
+
+//! Pointer to interrupt handler.
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+typedef void (*__int_handler)(void);
+#elif (defined __ICCAVR32__)
+typedef void (__interrupt *__int_handler)(void);
+#endif
+
+
+/*! \brief Initializes the hardware interrupt controller driver.
+ *
+ * \note Taken and adapted from Newlib.
+ */
+extern void INTC_init_interrupts(void);
+
+/*! \brief Registers an interrupt handler.
+ *
+ * \param handler   Interrupt handler to register.
+ * \param irq       IRQ of the interrupt handler to register.
+ * \param int_level Interrupt priority level to assign to the group of this IRQ.
+ *
+ * \warning The interrupt handler must manage the `rete' instruction, what can
+ *          be done thanks to pure assembly, inline assembly or the
+ *          `__attribute__((__interrupt__))' C function attribute.
+ *
+ * \warning If several interrupt handlers of a same group are registered with
+ *          different priority levels, only the latest priority level set will
+ *          be effective.
+ *
+ * \note Taken and adapted from Newlib.
+ */
+extern void INTC_register_interrupt(__int_handler handler, unsigned int irq, unsigned int int_level);
+
+#endif  // __AVR32_ABI_COMPILER__
+
+
+#endif  // _INTC_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/PDCA/pdca.c

@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief PDCA driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * This file defines a useful set of functions for the PDCA interface on AVR32
+ * devices.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a PDCA module.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "pdca.h"
+
+
+volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_get_handler(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = &AVR32_PDCA.channel[pdca_ch_number];
+
+  if (pdca_ch_number >= AVR32_PDCA_CHANNEL_LENGTH)
+    return (volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *)PDCA_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  return pdca_channel;
+}
+
+
+int pdca_init_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, const pdca_channel_options_t *opt)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_complete(pdca_ch_number); // disable channel interrupt
+  pdca_disable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(pdca_ch_number); // disable channel interrupt
+
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  pdca_channel->mar = (unsigned long)opt->addr;
+  pdca_channel->tcr = opt->size;
+  pdca_channel->psr = opt->pid;
+  pdca_channel->marr = (unsigned long)opt->r_addr;
+  pdca_channel->tcrr = opt->r_size;
+  pdca_channel->mr =
+#if (defined AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_121_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_122_H_INCLUDED )
+opt->etrig << AVR32_PDCA_ETRIG_OFFSET |
+#endif // #ifdef AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED
+                     opt->transfer_size << AVR32_PDCA_SIZE_OFFSET;
+  pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_ECLR_MASK;
+  pdca_channel->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+
+  return PDCA_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+unsigned int pdca_get_channel_status(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  return (pdca_channel->sr & AVR32_PDCA_TEN_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+
+void pdca_disable(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  // Disable transfer
+  pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_TDIS_MASK;
+
+}
+
+
+void pdca_enable(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  // Enable transfer
+  pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_TEN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+unsigned int pdca_get_load_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  return pdca_channel->tcr;
+}
+
+
+void pdca_load_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, volatile void *addr, unsigned int size)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  pdca_channel->mar = (unsigned long)addr;
+  pdca_channel->tcr = size;
+  pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_ECLR_MASK;
+  pdca_channel->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+
+unsigned int pdca_get_reload_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  return pdca_channel->tcrr;
+}
+
+
+void pdca_reload_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, volatile void *addr, unsigned int size)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  // set up next memory address
+  pdca_channel->marr = (unsigned long)addr;
+  // set up next memory size
+  pdca_channel->tcrr = size;
+  pdca_channel->cr = AVR32_PDCA_ECLR_MASK;
+  pdca_channel->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+
+void pdca_set_peripheral_select(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, unsigned int pid)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  pdca_channel->psr = pid;
+}
+
+
+void pdca_set_transfer_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, unsigned int transfer_size)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  pdca_channel->mr = (pdca_channel->mr & ~AVR32_PDCA_SIZE_MASK) |
+                     transfer_size << AVR32_PDCA_SIZE_OFFSET;
+}
+
+
+#if (defined AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_121_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_122_H_INCLUDED )
+
+
+void pdca_disable_event_trigger(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  pdca_channel->mr &= ~AVR32_PDCA_ETRIG_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pdca_enable_event_trigger(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  pdca_channel->mr |= AVR32_PDCA_ETRIG_MASK;
+}
+
+
+#endif // #ifdef AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED
+
+
+void pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_error(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  pdca_channel->idr = AVR32_PDCA_TERR_MASK;
+  pdca_channel->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+
+void pdca_enable_interrupt_transfer_error(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  pdca_channel->ier = AVR32_PDCA_TERR_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_complete(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  pdca_channel->idr = AVR32_PDCA_TRC_MASK;
+  pdca_channel->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+
+void pdca_enable_interrupt_transfer_complete(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  pdca_channel->ier = AVR32_PDCA_TRC_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pdca_disable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  pdca_channel->idr = AVR32_PDCA_RCZ_MASK;
+  pdca_channel->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+
+void pdca_enable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  pdca_channel->ier = AVR32_PDCA_RCZ_MASK;
+}
+
+
+unsigned long pdca_get_transfer_status(unsigned int pdca_ch_number)
+{
+  // get the correct channel pointer
+  volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_channel = pdca_get_handler(pdca_ch_number);
+
+  return pdca_channel->isr;
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/PDCA/pdca.h

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief PDCA driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * This file defines a useful set of functions for the PDCA interface on AVR32
+ * devices.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a PDCA module.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PDCA_H_
+#define _PDCA_H_
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+
+//! Size of PDCA transfer: byte.
+#define PDCA_TRANSFER_SIZE_BYTE               AVR32_PDCA_BYTE
+
+//! Size of PDCA transfer: half-word.
+#define PDCA_TRANSFER_SIZE_HALF_WORD          AVR32_PDCA_HALF_WORD
+
+//! Size of PDCA transfer: word.
+#define PDCA_TRANSFER_SIZE_WORD               AVR32_PDCA_WORD
+
+/*! \name PDCA Driver Status Codes
+ */
+//! @{
+#define PDCA_SUCCESS 0
+#define PDCA_INVALID_ARGUMENT -1
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name PDCA Transfer Status Codes
+ */
+//! @{
+#define PDCA_TRANSFER_ERROR                   AVR32_PDCA_TERR_MASK
+#define PDCA_TRANSFER_COMPLETE                AVR32_PDCA_TRC_MASK
+#define PDCA_TRANSFER_COUNTER_RELOAD_IS_ZERO  AVR32_PDCA_RCZ_MASK
+//! @}
+
+
+//! PDCA channel options.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! Memory address.
+  volatile  void         *addr          ;
+  //! Transfer counter.
+            unsigned int  size          ;
+  //! Next memory address.
+  volatile  void         *r_addr        ;
+  //! Next transfer counter.
+            unsigned int  r_size        ;
+  //! Select peripheral ID.
+            unsigned int  pid           ;
+  //! Select the size of the transfer (byte, half-word or word).
+            unsigned int  transfer_size ;
+#if (defined AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_121_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_122_H_INCLUDED )
+// Note: the options in this preprocessor section are only available from the PDCA IP version 1.2.0 on.
+  //! Enable (\c 1) or disable (\c 0) the transfer upon event trigger.
+            unsigned char etrig         ;
+#endif // #ifdef AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED
+} pdca_channel_options_t;
+
+
+/*! \brief Get PDCA channel handler
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number  PDCA channel
+ *
+ * \return channel handled or PDCA_INVALID_ARGUMENT
+ */
+extern volatile avr32_pdca_channel_t *pdca_get_handler(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Set the channel configuration
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ * \param opt channel option
+ */
+extern int pdca_init_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, const pdca_channel_options_t *opt);
+
+/*! \brief Get the PDCA channel transfer enable status
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if channel transfer is enabled, else \c 0
+ */
+extern unsigned int pdca_get_channel_status(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Disable the PDCA for the given channel
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_disable(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Enable the PDCA for the given channel
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_enable(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Get PDCA channel load size (or remaining size if transfer started)
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ *
+ * \return size           current size to transfer
+ */
+extern unsigned int pdca_get_load_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Set PDCA channel load values
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ * \param addr           address where data to load are stored
+ * \param size           size of the data block to load
+ */
+extern void pdca_load_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, volatile void *addr, unsigned int size);
+
+/*! \brief Get PDCA channel reload size
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ *
+ * \return size           current reload size
+ */
+extern unsigned int pdca_get_reload_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Set PDCA channel reload values
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ * \param addr           address where data to load are stored
+ * \param size           size of the data block to load
+ */
+extern void pdca_reload_channel(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, volatile void *addr, unsigned int size);
+
+/*! \brief Set the peripheral function to use with the PDCA channel
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ * \param pid the peripheral ID
+ */
+extern void pdca_set_peripheral_select(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, unsigned int pid);
+
+/*! \brief Set the size of the transfer
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ * \param transfer_size size of the transfer (byte, half-word or word)
+ */
+extern void pdca_set_transfer_size(unsigned int pdca_ch_number, unsigned int transfer_size);
+
+#if (defined AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_121_H_INCLUDED ) || (defined AVR32_PDCA_122_H_INCLUDED )
+// Note: the functions in this preprocessor section are only available from the PDCA IP version 1.2.0 on.
+
+/*! \brief Disable the event-triggered transfer feature
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_disable_event_trigger(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Enable the event-triggered transfer feature
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_enable_event_trigger(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+#endif // #ifdef AVR32_PDCA_120_H_INCLUDED
+
+/*! \brief Disable PDCA transfer error interrupt
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_error(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Enable PDCA transfer error interrupt
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_enable_interrupt_transfer_error(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Disable PDCA transfer interrupt when completed (ie TCR and TCRR are both zero)
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_disable_interrupt_transfer_complete(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Enable PDCA transfer interrupt when completed (ie TCR and TCRR are both zero)
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_enable_interrupt_transfer_complete(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Disable PDCA transfer interrupt when TCRR reaches zero
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_disable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Enable PDCA transfer interrupt when TCRR reaches zero
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ */
+extern void pdca_enable_interrupt_reload_counter_zero(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+/*! \brief Get PDCA channel transfer status
+ *
+ * \param pdca_ch_number PDCA channel
+ *
+ * \return PDCA transfer status with the following bit-masks:\n
+ *           - \c PDCA_TRANSFER_ERROR;\n
+ *           - \c PDCA_TRANSFER_COMPLETE;\n
+ *           - \c PDCA_TRANSFER_COUNTER_RELOAD_IS_ZERO.
+ */
+extern unsigned long pdca_get_transfer_status(unsigned int pdca_ch_number);
+
+
+#endif  // _PDCA_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/PM/pm.c

@@ -0,0 +1,546 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Power Manager driver.
+ *
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "pm.h"
+
+
+/*! \name PM Writable Bit-Field Registers
+ */
+//! @{
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 mcctrl;
+  avr32_pm_mcctrl_t             MCCTRL;
+} u_avr32_pm_mcctrl_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 cksel;
+  avr32_pm_cksel_t              CKSEL;
+} u_avr32_pm_cksel_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 pll;
+  avr32_pm_pll_t                PLL;
+} u_avr32_pm_pll_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 oscctrl0;
+  avr32_pm_oscctrl0_t           OSCCTRL0;
+} u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 oscctrl1;
+  avr32_pm_oscctrl1_t           OSCCTRL1;
+} u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 oscctrl32;
+  avr32_pm_oscctrl32_t          OSCCTRL32;
+} u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 ier;
+  avr32_pm_ier_t                IER;
+} u_avr32_pm_ier_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 idr;
+  avr32_pm_idr_t                IDR;
+} u_avr32_pm_idr_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 icr;
+  avr32_pm_icr_t                ICR;
+} u_avr32_pm_icr_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 gcctrl;
+  avr32_pm_gcctrl_t             GCCTRL;
+} u_avr32_pm_gcctrl_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 rccr;
+  avr32_pm_rccr_t               RCCR;
+} u_avr32_pm_rccr_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 bgcr;
+  avr32_pm_bgcr_t               BGCR;
+} u_avr32_pm_bgcr_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 vregcr;
+  avr32_pm_vregcr_t             VREGCR;
+} u_avr32_pm_vregcr_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 bod;
+  avr32_pm_bod_t                BOD;
+} u_avr32_pm_bod_t;
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*! \brief Sets the mode of the oscillator 0.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ * \param mode Oscillator 0 mode (i.e. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_x).
+ */
+static void pm_set_osc0_mode(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int mode)
+{
+  // Read
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0 = {pm->oscctrl0};
+  // Modify
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0.OSCCTRL0.mode = mode;
+  // Write
+  pm->oscctrl0 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0.oscctrl0;
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_osc0_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  pm_set_osc0_mode(pm, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_EXT_CLOCK);
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_osc0_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc0)
+{
+  pm_set_osc0_mode(pm, (fosc0 <  900000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G0 :
+                       (fosc0 < 3000000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G1 :
+                       (fosc0 < 8000000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G2 :
+                                           AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G3);
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_clk0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
+{
+  pm_enable_clk0_no_wait(pm, startup);
+  pm_wait_for_clk0_ready(pm);
+}
+
+
+void pm_disable_clk0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  pm->mcctrl &= ~AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_clk0_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
+{
+  // Read register
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0 = {pm->oscctrl0};
+  // Modify
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0.OSCCTRL0.startup = startup;
+  // Write back
+  pm->oscctrl0 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl0.oscctrl0;
+
+  pm->mcctrl |= AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_wait_for_clk0_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC0RDY_MASK));
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Sets the mode of the oscillator 1.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ * \param mode Oscillator 1 mode (i.e. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_x).
+ */
+static void pm_set_osc1_mode(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int mode)
+{
+  // Read
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1 = {pm->oscctrl1};
+  // Modify
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1.OSCCTRL1.mode = mode;
+  // Write
+  pm->oscctrl1 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1.oscctrl1;
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_osc1_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  pm_set_osc1_mode(pm, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_EXT_CLOCK);
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_osc1_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc1)
+{
+  pm_set_osc1_mode(pm, (fosc1 <  900000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_CRYSTAL_G0 :
+                       (fosc1 < 3000000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_CRYSTAL_G1 :
+                       (fosc1 < 8000000) ? AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_CRYSTAL_G2 :
+                                           AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_MODE_CRYSTAL_G3);
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_clk1(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
+{
+  pm_enable_clk1_no_wait(pm, startup);
+  pm_wait_for_clk1_ready(pm);
+}
+
+
+void pm_disable_clk1(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  pm->mcctrl &= ~AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC1EN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_clk1_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
+{
+  // Read register
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1 = {pm->oscctrl1};
+  // Modify
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1.OSCCTRL1.startup = startup;
+  // Write back
+  pm->oscctrl1 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl1.oscctrl1;
+
+  pm->mcctrl |= AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC1EN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_wait_for_clk1_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC1RDY_MASK));
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Sets the mode of the 32-kHz oscillator.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ * \param mode 32-kHz oscillator mode (i.e. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_MODE_x).
+ */
+static void pm_set_osc32_mode(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int mode)
+{
+  // Read
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32 = {pm->oscctrl32};
+  // Modify
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.OSCCTRL32.mode = mode;
+  // Write
+  pm->oscctrl32 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.oscctrl32;
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_osc32_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  pm_set_osc32_mode(pm, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_MODE_EXT_CLOCK);
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_osc32_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  pm_set_osc32_mode(pm, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_MODE_CRYSTAL);
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_clk32(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
+{
+  pm_enable_clk32_no_wait(pm, startup);
+  pm_wait_for_clk32_ready(pm);
+}
+
+
+void pm_disable_clk32(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  pm->oscctrl32 &= ~AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_OSC32EN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_enable_clk32_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup)
+{
+  // Read register
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32_t u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32 = {pm->oscctrl32};
+  // Modify
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.OSCCTRL32.osc32en = 1;
+  u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.OSCCTRL32.startup = startup;
+  // Write back
+  pm->oscctrl32 = u_avr32_pm_oscctrl32.oscctrl32;
+}
+
+
+void pm_wait_for_clk32_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC32RDY_MASK));
+}
+
+
+void pm_cksel(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
+              unsigned int pbadiv,
+              unsigned int pbasel,
+              unsigned int pbbdiv,
+              unsigned int pbbsel,
+              unsigned int hsbdiv,
+              unsigned int hsbsel)
+{
+  u_avr32_pm_cksel_t u_avr32_pm_cksel = {0};
+
+  u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.cpusel = hsbsel;
+  u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.cpudiv = hsbdiv;
+  u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.hsbsel = hsbsel;
+  u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.hsbdiv = hsbdiv;
+  u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.pbasel = pbasel;
+  u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.pbadiv = pbadiv;
+  u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.pbbsel = pbbsel;
+  u_avr32_pm_cksel.CKSEL.pbbdiv = pbbdiv;
+
+  pm->cksel = u_avr32_pm_cksel.cksel;
+
+  // Wait for ckrdy bit and then clear it
+  while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_CKRDY_MASK));
+}
+
+
+void pm_gc_setup(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
+                  unsigned int gc,
+                  unsigned int osc_or_pll, // Use Osc (=0) or PLL (=1)
+                  unsigned int pll_osc, // Sel Osc0/PLL0 or Osc1/PLL1
+                  unsigned int diven,
+                  unsigned int div)
+{
+  u_avr32_pm_gcctrl_t u_avr32_pm_gcctrl = {0};
+
+  u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.GCCTRL.oscsel = pll_osc;
+  u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.GCCTRL.pllsel = osc_or_pll;
+  u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.GCCTRL.diven  = diven;
+  u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.GCCTRL.div    = div;
+
+  pm->gcctrl[gc] = u_avr32_pm_gcctrl.gcctrl;
+}
+
+
+void pm_gc_enable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
+                  unsigned int gc)
+{
+  pm->gcctrl[gc] |= AVR32_PM_GCCTRL_CEN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_gc_disable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
+                   unsigned int gc)
+{
+  pm->gcctrl[gc] &= ~AVR32_PM_GCCTRL_CEN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_pll_setup(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
+                  unsigned int pll,
+                  unsigned int mul,
+                  unsigned int div,
+                  unsigned int osc,
+                  unsigned int lockcount)
+{
+  u_avr32_pm_pll_t u_avr32_pm_pll = {0};
+
+  u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.pllosc   = osc;
+  u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.plldiv   = div;
+  u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.pllmul   = mul;
+  u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.pllcount = lockcount;
+
+  pm->pll[pll] = u_avr32_pm_pll.pll;
+}
+
+
+void pm_pll_set_option(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
+                       unsigned int pll,
+                       unsigned int pll_freq,
+                       unsigned int pll_div2,
+                       unsigned int pll_wbwdisable)
+{
+  u_avr32_pm_pll_t u_avr32_pm_pll = {pm->pll[pll]};
+  u_avr32_pm_pll.PLL.pllopt = pll_freq | (pll_div2 << 1) | (pll_wbwdisable << 2);
+  pm->pll[pll] = u_avr32_pm_pll.pll;
+}
+
+
+unsigned int pm_pll_get_option(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
+                               unsigned int pll)
+{
+  return (pm->pll[pll] & AVR32_PM_PLLOPT_MASK) >> AVR32_PM_PLLOPT_OFFSET;
+}
+
+
+void pm_pll_enable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
+                  unsigned int pll)
+{
+  pm->pll[pll] |= AVR32_PM_PLLEN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_pll_disable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm,
+                  unsigned int pll)
+{
+  pm->pll[pll] &= ~AVR32_PM_PLLEN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_wait_for_pll0_locked(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_LOCK0_MASK));
+}
+
+
+void pm_wait_for_pll1_locked(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  while (!(pm->poscsr & AVR32_PM_POSCSR_LOCK1_MASK));
+}
+
+
+void pm_switch_to_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long clock)
+{
+  // Read
+  u_avr32_pm_mcctrl_t u_avr32_pm_mcctrl = {pm->mcctrl};
+  // Modify
+  u_avr32_pm_mcctrl.MCCTRL.mcsel = clock;
+  // Write back
+  pm->mcctrl = u_avr32_pm_mcctrl.mcctrl;
+}
+
+
+void pm_switch_to_osc0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc0, unsigned int startup)
+{
+  pm_enable_osc0_crystal(pm, fosc0);            // Enable the Osc0 in crystal mode
+  pm_enable_clk0(pm, startup);                  // Crystal startup time - This parameter is critical and depends on the characteristics of the crystal
+  pm_switch_to_clock(pm, AVR32_PM_MCSEL_OSC0);  // Then switch main clock to Osc0
+}
+
+
+void pm_bod_enable_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  pm->ier = AVR32_PM_IER_BODDET_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_bod_disable_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  pm->idr = AVR32_PM_IDR_BODDET_MASK;
+  pm->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+
+void pm_bod_clear_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  pm->icr = AVR32_PM_ICR_BODDET_MASK;
+}
+
+
+unsigned long pm_bod_get_irq_status(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  return ((pm->isr & AVR32_PM_ISR_BODDET_MASK) != 0);
+}
+
+
+unsigned long pm_bod_get_irq_enable_bit(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  return ((pm->imr & AVR32_PM_IMR_BODDET_MASK) != 0);
+}
+
+
+unsigned long pm_bod_get_level(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  return (pm->bod & AVR32_PM_BOD_LEVEL_MASK) >> AVR32_PM_BOD_LEVEL_OFFSET;
+}
+
+
+unsigned long pm_read_gplp(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long gplp)
+{
+  return pm->gplp[gplp];
+}
+
+
+void pm_write_gplp(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long gplp, unsigned long value)
+{
+  pm->gplp[gplp] = value;
+}
+
+
+long pm_enable_module(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long module)
+{
+  unsigned long domain = module>>5;
+  unsigned long *regptr = (unsigned long*)(&(pm->cpumask) + domain);
+
+  // Implementation-specific shortcut: the ckMASK registers are contiguous and
+  // memory-mapped in that order: CPUMASK, HSBMASK, PBAMASK, PBBMASK.
+
+  *regptr |= (1<<(module%32));
+
+  return PASS;
+}
+
+long pm_disable_module(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long module)
+{
+  unsigned long domain = module>>5;
+  unsigned long *regptr = (unsigned long*)(&(pm->cpumask) + domain);
+
+  // Implementation-specific shortcut: the ckMASK registers are contiguous and
+  // memory-mapped in that order: CPUMASK, HSBMASK, PBAMASK, PBBMASK.
+
+  *regptr &= ~(1<<(module%32));
+
+  return PASS;
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/PM/pm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Power Manager driver.
+ *
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PM_H_
+#define _PM_H_
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "preprocessor.h"
+
+
+/*! \brief Sets the MCU in the specified sleep mode.
+ *
+ * \param mode Sleep mode:
+ *   \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_IDLE: Idle;
+ *   \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_FROZEN: Frozen;
+ *   \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_STANDBY: Standby;
+ *   \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_STOP: Stop;
+ *   \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_DEEP_STOP: DeepStop;
+ *   \arg \c AVR32_PM_SMODE_STATIC: Static.
+ */
+#define SLEEP(mode)   {__asm__ __volatile__ ("sleep "STRINGZ(mode));}
+
+
+//! Input and output parameters when initializing PM clocks using pm_configure_clocks().
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! CPU frequency (input/output argument).
+  unsigned long cpu_f;
+
+  //! PBA frequency (input/output argument).
+  unsigned long pba_f;
+
+  //! Oscillator 0's external crystal(or external clock) frequency (board dependant) (input argument).
+  unsigned long osc0_f;
+
+  //! Oscillator 0's external crystal(or external clock) startup time: AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC (input argument).
+  unsigned long osc0_startup;
+} pm_freq_param_t;
+
+#define PM_FREQ_STATUS_FAIL   (-1)
+#define PM_FREQ_STATUS_OK     (0)
+
+
+/*! \brief Gets the MCU reset cause.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager instance (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ *
+ * \return The MCU reset cause which can be masked with the
+ *         \c AVR32_PM_RCAUSE_x_MASK bit-masks to isolate specific causes.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ unsigned int pm_get_reset_cause(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm)
+{
+  return pm->rcause;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the external clock mode of the oscillator 0.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_osc0_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the crystal mode of the oscillator 0.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param fosc0 Oscillator 0 crystal frequency (Hz)
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_osc0_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc0);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the oscillator 0 to be used with a startup time.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param startup Clock 0 startup time. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_clk0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will disable the oscillator 0.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_disable_clk0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the oscillator 0 to be used with no startup time.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param startup Clock 0 startup time, for which the function does not wait. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_clk0_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will wait until the Osc0 clock is ready.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_wait_for_clk0_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the external clock mode of the oscillator 1.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_osc1_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the crystal mode of the oscillator 1.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param fosc1 Oscillator 1 crystal frequency (Hz)
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_osc1_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc1);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the oscillator 1 to be used with a startup time.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param startup Clock 1 startup time. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_clk1(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will disable the oscillator 1.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_disable_clk1(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the oscillator 1 to be used with no startup time.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param startup Clock 1 startup time, for which the function does not wait. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL1_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_clk1_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will wait until the Osc1 clock is ready.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_wait_for_clk1_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the external clock mode of the 32-kHz oscillator.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_osc32_ext_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the crystal mode of the 32-kHz oscillator.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_osc32_crystal(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the oscillator 32 to be used with a startup time.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param startup Clock 32 kHz startup time. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_clk32(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will disable the oscillator 32.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_disable_clk32(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable the oscillator 32 to be used with no startup time.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param startup Clock 32 kHz startup time, for which the function does not wait. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
+ */
+extern void pm_enable_clk32_no_wait(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int startup);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will wait until the osc32 clock is ready.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_wait_for_clk32_ready(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will select all the power manager clocks.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param pbadiv Peripheral Bus A clock divisor enable
+ * \param pbasel Peripheral Bus A select
+ * \param pbbdiv Peripheral Bus B clock divisor enable
+ * \param pbbsel Peripheral Bus B select
+ * \param hsbdiv High Speed Bus clock divisor enable (CPU clock = HSB clock)
+ * \param hsbsel High Speed Bus select (CPU clock = HSB clock )
+ */
+extern void pm_cksel(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pbadiv, unsigned int pbasel, unsigned int pbbdiv, unsigned int pbbsel, unsigned int hsbdiv, unsigned int hsbsel);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will setup a generic clock.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param gc generic clock number (0 for gc0...)
+ * \param osc_or_pll Use OSC (=0) or PLL (=1)
+ * \param pll_osc Select Osc0/PLL0 or Osc1/PLL1
+ * \param diven Generic clock divisor enable
+ * \param div Generic clock divisor
+ */
+extern void pm_gc_setup(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int gc, unsigned int osc_or_pll, unsigned int pll_osc, unsigned int diven, unsigned int div);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable a generic clock.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param gc generic clock number (0 for gc0...)
+ */
+extern void pm_gc_enable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int gc);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will disable a generic clock.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param gc generic clock number (0 for gc0...)
+ */
+extern void pm_gc_disable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int gc);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will setup a PLL.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
+ * \param mul PLL MUL in the PLL formula
+ * \param div PLL DIV in the PLL formula
+ * \param osc OSC number (0 for osc0, 1 for osc1)
+ * \param lockcount PLL lockount
+ */
+extern void pm_pll_setup(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll, unsigned int mul, unsigned int div, unsigned int osc, unsigned int lockcount);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will set a PLL option.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
+ * \param pll_freq Set to 1 for VCO frequency range 80-180MHz, set to 0 for VCO frequency range 160-240Mhz.
+ * \param pll_div2 Divide the PLL output frequency by 2 (this settings does not change the FVCO value)
+ * \param pll_wbwdisable 1 Disable the Wide-Bandith Mode (Wide-Bandwith mode allow a faster startup time and out-of-lock time). 0 to enable the Wide-Bandith Mode.
+ */
+extern void pm_pll_set_option(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll, unsigned int  pll_freq, unsigned int  pll_div2, unsigned int  pll_wbwdisable);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will get a PLL option.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
+ * \return       Option
+ */
+extern unsigned int pm_pll_get_option(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will enable a PLL.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
+ */
+extern void pm_pll_enable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will disable a PLL.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param pll PLL number(0 for PLL0, 1 for PLL1)
+ */
+extern void pm_pll_disable(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int pll);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will wait for PLL0 locked
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_wait_for_pll0_locked(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will wait for PLL1 locked
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ */
+extern void pm_wait_for_pll1_locked(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will switch the power manager main clock.
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param clock Clock to be switched on. AVR32_PM_MCSEL_SLOW for RCOsc, AVR32_PM_MCSEL_OSC0 for Osc0, AVR32_PM_MCSEL_PLL0 for PLL0.
+ */
+extern void pm_switch_to_clock(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long clock);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Switch main clock to clock Osc0 (crystal mode)
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param fosc0 Oscillator 0 crystal frequency (Hz)
+ * \param startup Crystal 0 startup time. AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC.
+ */
+extern void pm_switch_to_osc0(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned int fosc0, unsigned int startup);
+
+
+/*! \brief Enables the Brown-Out Detector interrupt.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ */
+extern void pm_bod_enable_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*! \brief Disables the Brown-Out Detector interrupt.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ */
+extern void pm_bod_disable_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*! \brief Clears the Brown-Out Detector interrupt flag.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ */
+extern void pm_bod_clear_irq(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*! \brief Gets the Brown-Out Detector interrupt flag.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ *
+ * \retval 0 No BOD interrupt.
+ * \retval 1 BOD interrupt pending.
+ */
+extern unsigned long pm_bod_get_irq_status(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*! \brief Gets the Brown-Out Detector interrupt enable status.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ *
+ * \retval 0 BOD interrupt disabled.
+ * \retval 1 BOD interrupt enabled.
+ */
+extern unsigned long pm_bod_get_irq_enable_bit(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*! \brief Gets the triggering threshold of the Brown-Out Detector.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM).
+ *
+ * \return Triggering threshold of the BOD. See the electrical characteristics
+ *         in the part datasheet for actual voltage levels.
+ */
+extern unsigned long pm_bod_get_level(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Read the content of the PM GPLP registers
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param gplp GPLP register index (0,1,... depending on the number of GPLP registers for a given part)
+ *
+ * \return The content of the chosen GPLP register.
+ */
+extern unsigned long pm_read_gplp(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long gplp);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Write into the PM GPLP registers
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param gplp GPLP register index (0,1,... depending on the number of GPLP registers for a given part)
+ * \param value Value to write
+ */
+extern void pm_write_gplp(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long gplp, unsigned long value);
+
+
+/*! \brief Enable the clock of a module.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param module The module to clock (use one of the defines in the part-specific
+ * header file under "toolchain folder"/avr32/inc(lude)/avr32/; depending on the
+ * clock domain, look for the sections "CPU clocks", "HSB clocks", "PBx clocks")
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval 0  Success.
+ *   \retval <0 An error occured.
+ */
+extern long pm_enable_module(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long module);
+
+/*! \brief Disable the clock of a module.
+ *
+ * \param pm Base address of the Power Manager (i.e. &AVR32_PM)
+ * \param module The module to shut down (use one of the defines in the part-specific
+ * header file under "toolchain folder"/avr32/inc(lude)/avr32/; depending on the
+ * clock domain, look for the sections "CPU clocks", "HSB clocks", "PBx clocks")
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval 0  Success.
+ *   \retval <0 An error occured.
+ */
+extern long pm_disable_module(volatile avr32_pm_t *pm, unsigned long module);
+
+
+
+/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks
+ *         according to the user wishes.
+ *
+ * This function needs some parameters stored in a pm_freq_param_t structure:
+ *  - cpu_f and pba_f are the wanted frequencies,
+ *  - osc0_f is the oscillator 0 on-board frequency (e.g. FOSC0),
+ *  - osc0_startup is the oscillator 0 startup time (e.g. OSC0_STARTUP).
+ *
+ * The function will then configure the clocks using the following rules:
+ *  - It first try to find a valid PLL frequency (the highest possible value to avoid jitter) in order
+ *    to satisfy the CPU frequency,
+ *  - It optimizes the configuration depending the various divide stages,
+ *  - Then, the PBA frequency is configured from the CPU freq.
+ *  - Note that HSB and PBB are configured with the same frequency as CPU.
+ *  - Note also that the number of wait states of the flash read accesses is automatically set-up depending
+ *    the CPU frequency. As a consequence, the application needs the FLASHC driver to compile.
+ *
+ * The CPU, HSB and PBA frequencies programmed after configuration are stored back into cpu_f and pba_f.
+ *
+ * \param param    pointer on the configuration structure.
+ *
+ * \retval PM_FREQ_STATUS_OK    Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval PM_FREQ_STATUS_FAIL  The configuration can not be done.
+ */
+extern int pm_configure_clocks(pm_freq_param_t *param);
+
+
+/*! \brief Automatically configure the USB clock.
+ *
+ * USB clock is configured to 48MHz, using the PLL1 from the Oscillator0, assuming
+ * a 12 MHz crystal is connected to it.
+ */
+extern void pm_configure_usb_clock(void);
+
+
+#endif  // _PM_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/PM/pm_conf_clocks.c

@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Power Manager clocks configuration helper.
+ *
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "pm.h"
+
+extern void flashc_set_wait_state(unsigned int wait_state);
+#if (defined AVR32_FLASHC_210_H_INCLUDED)
+extern void flashc_issue_command(unsigned int command, int page_number);
+#endif
+
+
+#define PM_MAX_MUL                ((1 << AVR32_PM_PLL0_PLLMUL_SIZE) - 1)
+
+
+int pm_configure_clocks(pm_freq_param_t *param)
+{
+  // Supported frequencies:
+  // Fosc0 mul div PLL div2_en cpu_f pba_f   Comment
+  //  12   15   1  192     1     12    12
+  //  12    9   3   40     1     20    20    PLL out of spec
+  //  12   15   1  192     1     24    12
+  //  12    9   1  120     1     30    15
+  //  12    9   3   40     0     40    20    PLL out of spec
+  //  12   15   1  192     1     48    12
+  //  12   15   1  192     1     48    24
+  //  12    8   1  108     1     54    27
+  //  12    9   1  120     1     60    15
+  //  12    9   1  120     1     60    30
+  //  12   10   1  132     1     66    16.5
+  //
+  unsigned long in_cpu_f  = param->cpu_f;
+  unsigned long in_osc0_f = param->osc0_f;
+  unsigned long mul, div, div2_en = 0, div2_cpu = 0, div2_pba = 0;
+  unsigned long pll_freq, rest;
+  Bool b_div2_pba, b_div2_cpu;
+
+  // Switch to external Oscillator 0
+  pm_switch_to_osc0(&AVR32_PM, in_osc0_f, param->osc0_startup);
+
+  // Start with CPU freq config
+  if (in_cpu_f == in_osc0_f)
+  {
+    param->cpu_f = in_osc0_f;
+    param->pba_f = in_osc0_f;
+    return PM_FREQ_STATUS_OK;
+  }
+  else if (in_cpu_f < in_osc0_f)
+  {
+    // TBD
+  }
+
+  rest = in_cpu_f % in_osc0_f;
+
+  for (div = 1; div < 32; div++)
+  {
+    if ((div * rest) % in_osc0_f == 0)
+      break;
+  }
+  if (div == 32)
+    return PM_FREQ_STATUS_FAIL;
+
+  mul = (in_cpu_f * div) / in_osc0_f;
+
+  if (mul > PM_MAX_MUL)
+    return PM_FREQ_STATUS_FAIL;
+
+  // export 2power from PLL div to div2_cpu
+  while (!(div % 2))
+  {
+    div /= 2;
+    div2_cpu++;
+  }
+
+  // Here we know the mul and div parameter of the PLL config.
+  // . Check out if the PLL has a valid in_cpu_f.
+  // . Try to have for the PLL frequency (VCO output) the highest possible value
+  //   to reduce jitter.
+  while (in_osc0_f * 2 * mul / div < AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MAX_FREQ)
+  {
+    if (2 * mul > PM_MAX_MUL)
+      break;
+    mul *= 2;
+    div2_cpu++;
+  }
+
+  if (div2_cpu != 0)
+  {
+    div2_cpu--;
+    div2_en = 1;
+  }
+
+  pll_freq = in_osc0_f * mul / (div * (1 << div2_en));
+
+  // Update real CPU Frequency
+  param->cpu_f = pll_freq / (1 << div2_cpu);
+  mul--;
+
+  pm_pll_setup(&AVR32_PM
+  , 0   // pll
+  , mul // mul
+  , div // div
+  , 0   // osc
+  , 16  // lockcount
+  );
+
+  pm_pll_set_option(&AVR32_PM
+  , 0 // pll
+  // PLL clock is lower than 160MHz: need to set pllopt.
+  , (pll_freq < AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MIN_FREQ) ? 1 : 0 // pll_freq
+  , div2_en // pll_div2
+  , 0 // pll_wbwdisable
+  );
+
+  rest = pll_freq;
+  while (rest > AVR32_PM_PBA_MAX_FREQ ||
+         rest != param->pba_f)
+  {
+    div2_pba++;
+    rest = pll_freq / (1 << div2_pba);
+    if (rest < param->pba_f)
+      break;
+  }
+
+  // Update real PBA Frequency
+  param->pba_f = pll_freq / (1 << div2_pba);
+
+  // Enable PLL0
+  pm_pll_enable(&AVR32_PM, 0);
+
+  // Wait for PLL0 locked
+  pm_wait_for_pll0_locked(&AVR32_PM);
+
+  if (div2_cpu)
+  {
+    b_div2_cpu = TRUE;
+    div2_cpu--;
+  }
+  else
+    b_div2_cpu = FALSE;
+
+  if (div2_pba)
+  {
+    b_div2_pba = TRUE;
+    div2_pba--;
+  }
+  else
+    b_div2_pba = FALSE;
+
+  pm_cksel(&AVR32_PM
+  , b_div2_pba, div2_pba // PBA
+  , b_div2_cpu, div2_cpu // PBB
+  , b_div2_cpu, div2_cpu // HSB
+  );
+
+  if (param->cpu_f > AVR32_FLASHC_FWS_0_MAX_FREQ)
+  {
+    flashc_set_wait_state(1);
+#if (defined AVR32_FLASHC_210_H_INCLUDED)
+    if (param->cpu_f > AVR32_FLASHC_HSEN_FWS_1_MAX_FREQ)
+      flashc_issue_command(AVR32_FLASHC_FCMD_CMD_HSEN, -1);
+    else
+      flashc_issue_command(AVR32_FLASHC_FCMD_CMD_HSDIS, -1);
+#endif
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    flashc_set_wait_state(0);
+#if (defined AVR32_FLASHC_210_H_INCLUDED)
+    if (param->cpu_f > AVR32_FLASHC_HSEN_FWS_0_MAX_FREQ)
+      flashc_issue_command(AVR32_FLASHC_FCMD_CMD_HSEN, -1);
+    else
+      flashc_issue_command(AVR32_FLASHC_FCMD_CMD_HSDIS, -1);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  pm_switch_to_clock(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0);
+
+  return PM_FREQ_STATUS_OK;
+}
+
+
+void pm_configure_usb_clock(void)
+{
+#if UC3A3
+
+  // Setup USB GCLK.
+  pm_gc_setup(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB, // gc
+                  0,                  // osc_or_pll: use Osc (if 0) or PLL (if 1)
+                  0,                  // pll_osc: select Osc0/PLL0 or Osc1/PLL1
+                  0,                  // diven
+                  0);                 // div
+
+  // Enable USB GCLK.
+  pm_gc_enable(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB);
+#else
+  // Use 12MHz from OSC0 and generate 96 MHz
+  pm_pll_setup(&AVR32_PM, 1,  // pll.
+	  7,   // mul.
+	  1,   // div.
+	  0,   // osc.
+	  16); // lockcount.
+
+  pm_pll_set_option(&AVR32_PM, 1, // pll.
+	  1,  // pll_freq: choose the range 80-180MHz.
+	  1,  // pll_div2.
+	  0); // pll_wbwdisable.
+
+  // start PLL1 and wait forl lock
+  pm_pll_enable(&AVR32_PM, 1);
+
+  // Wait for PLL1 locked.
+  pm_wait_for_pll1_locked(&AVR32_PM);
+
+  pm_gc_setup(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB,  // gc.
+            1,  // osc_or_pll: use Osc (if 0) or PLL (if 1).
+            1,  // pll_osc: select Osc0/PLL0 or Osc1/PLL1.
+            0,  // diven.
+            0); // div.
+  pm_gc_enable(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB);
+#endif
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/PM/power_clocks_lib.c

@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief High-level library abstracting features such as oscillators/pll/dfll
+ *        configuration, clock configuration, System-sensible parameters
+ *        configuration, buses clocks configuration, sleep mode, reset.
+ *
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+#include "power_clocks_lib.h"
+
+
+//! Device-specific data
+#if UC3L
+static long int pcl_configure_clocks_uc3l(pcl_freq_param_t *param); // FORWARD declaration
+#endif
+
+#if UC3C
+static long int pcl_configure_clocks_uc3c(pcl_freq_param_t *param); // FORWARD declaration
+#endif
+
+long int pcl_configure_clocks(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
+{
+#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
+  // Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
+  return(pm_configure_clocks(param));
+#else
+  #ifdef AVR32_PM_410_H_INCLUDED
+    // Implementation for UC3C parts.
+    return(pcl_configure_clocks_uc3c(param));
+  #else
+    // Implementation for UC3L parts.
+    return(pcl_configure_clocks_uc3l(param));
+  #endif
+#endif
+}
+
+
+//! Device-specific implementation
+#if UC3L
+// FORWARD declaration
+static long int pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks( pm_clk_src_t main_clk_src,
+                                                  unsigned long main_clock_freq_hz,
+                                                  pcl_freq_param_t *param);
+
+long int pcl_configure_clocks_rcsys(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
+{
+  // Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RCSYS
+
+  // Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if RCSYS is the main clock source:
+  // 115200Hz, 57600Hz, 28800Hz, 14400Hz, 7200Hz, 3600Hz, 1800Hz, 900Hz, 450Hz.
+
+  // NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
+  // input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
+
+#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
+  // Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
+  if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
+    return(-1);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
+    // Verify that the target frequencies are reachable.
+    if((param->cpu_f > SCIF_SLOWCLOCK_FREQ_HZ) || (param->pba_f > SCIF_SLOWCLOCK_FREQ_HZ)
+      || (param->pbb_f > SCIF_SLOWCLOCK_FREQ_HZ))
+      return(-1);
+#endif
+
+  return(pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(PM_CLK_SRC_SLOW, SCIF_SLOWCLOCK_FREQ_HZ, param));
+}
+
+
+long int pcl_configure_clocks_rc120m(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
+{
+  // Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RC120M
+
+  // Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if RC120M is the main clock source:
+  // 30MHz, 15MHz, 7.5MHz, 3.75MHz, 1.875MHz, 937.5kHz, 468.75kHz.
+
+  // NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
+  // input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
+
+#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
+  // Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
+  if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
+    return(-1);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
+  // Verify that the target frequencies are reachable.
+  if((param->cpu_f > SCIF_RC120M_FREQ_HZ) || (param->pba_f > SCIF_RC120M_FREQ_HZ)
+    || (param->pbb_f > SCIF_RC120M_FREQ_HZ))
+    return(-1);
+#endif
+
+  // Start the 120MHz internal RCosc (RC120M) clock
+  scif_start_rc120M();
+
+  return(pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(PM_CLK_SRC_RC120M, SCIF_RC120M_FREQ_HZ, param));
+}
+
+
+long int pcl_configure_clocks_osc0(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
+{
+  // Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_OSC0
+
+  // Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if OSC0 is the main clock source:
+  // (these obviously depend on the OSC0 frequency; we'll take 16MHz as an example)
+  // 16MHz, 8MHz, 4MHz, 2MHz, 1MHz, 500kHz, 250kHz, 125kHz, 62.5kHz.
+
+  // NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
+  // input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
+
+  unsigned long               main_clock_freq;
+
+
+#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
+  // Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
+  if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
+    return(-1);
+#endif
+
+  main_clock_freq = param->osc0_f;
+#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
+  // Verify that the target frequencies are reachable.
+  if((param->cpu_f > main_clock_freq) || (param->pba_f > main_clock_freq)
+    || (param->pbb_f > main_clock_freq))
+    return(-1);
+#endif
+  // Configure OSC0 in crystal mode, external crystal with a fcrystal Hz frequency.
+  scif_configure_osc_crystalmode(SCIF_OSC0, main_clock_freq);
+  // Enable the OSC0
+  scif_enable_osc(SCIF_OSC0, param->osc0_startup, true);
+
+  return(pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(PM_CLK_SRC_OSC0, main_clock_freq, param));
+}
+
+
+long int pcl_configure_clocks_dfll0(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
+{
+  // Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_DFLL
+
+  // Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if DFLL is the main clock source:
+  // (these obviously depend on the DFLL target frequency; we'll take 100MHz as an example)
+  // 50MHz, 25MHz, 12.5MHz, 6.25MHz, 3.125MHz, 1562.5kHz, 781.25kHz, 390.625kHz.
+
+  // NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
+  // input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
+
+  unsigned long   main_clock_freq;
+  scif_gclk_opt_t *pgc_dfllif_ref_opt;
+
+
+#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
+  // Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
+  if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
+    return(-1);
+#endif
+
+  main_clock_freq = param->dfll_f;
+#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
+  // Verify that the target DFLL output frequency is in the correct range.
+  if((main_clock_freq > SCIF_DFLL_MAXFREQ_HZ) || (main_clock_freq < SCIF_DFLL_MINFREQ_HZ))
+    return(-1);
+  // Verify that the target frequencies are reachable.
+  if((param->cpu_f > main_clock_freq) || (param->pba_f > main_clock_freq)
+    || (param->pbb_f > main_clock_freq))
+    return(-1);
+#endif
+  pgc_dfllif_ref_opt = (scif_gclk_opt_t *)param->pextra_params;
+  // Implementation note: this implementation configures the DFLL in closed-loop
+  // mode (because it gives the best accuracy) which enables the generic clock CLK_DFLLIF_REF
+  // as a reference (RCSYS being used as the generic clock source, undivided).
+  scif_dfll0_closedloop_configure_and_start(pgc_dfllif_ref_opt, main_clock_freq, TRUE);
+
+  return(pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(PM_CLK_SRC_DFLL0, main_clock_freq, param));
+}
+
+
+static long int pcl_configure_clocks_uc3l(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
+{
+  // Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RCSYS, PCL_MC_OSC0, PCL_MC_DFLL0, PCL_MC_RC120M
+
+  // Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if RCSYS is the main clock source:
+  // 115200Hz, 57600Hz, 28800Hz, 14400Hz, 7200Hz, 3600Hz, 1800Hz, 900Hz, 450Hz.
+
+  // Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if RC120M is the main clock source:
+  // 30MHz, 15MHz, 7.5MHz, 3.75MHz, 1.875MHz, 937.5kHz, 468.75kHz.
+
+  // Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if OSC0 is the main clock source:
+  // (these obviously depend on the OSC0 frequency; we'll take 16MHz as an example)
+  // 16MHz, 8MHz, 4MHz, 2MHz, 1MHz, 500kHz, 250kHz, 125kHz, 62.5kHz.
+
+  // Supported synchronous clocks frequencies if DFLL is the main clock source:
+  // (these obviously depend on the DFLL target frequency; we'll take 100MHz as an example)
+  // 50MHz, 25MHz, 12.5MHz, 6.25MHz, 3.125MHz, 1562.5kHz, 781.25kHz, 390.625kHz.
+
+  // NOTE: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
+  // input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
+
+
+#ifdef AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK
+  // Verify that fCPU >= fPBx
+  if((param->cpu_f < param->pba_f) || (param->cpu_f < param->pbb_f))
+    return(-1);
+#endif
+
+  if(PCL_MC_RCSYS == param->main_clk_src)
+  {
+    return(pcl_configure_clocks_rcsys(param));
+  }
+  else if(PCL_MC_RC120M == param->main_clk_src)
+  {
+    return(pcl_configure_clocks_rc120m(param));
+  }
+  else if(PCL_MC_OSC0 == param->main_clk_src)
+  {
+    return(pcl_configure_clocks_osc0(param));
+  }
+  else // PCL_MC_DFLL0 == param->main_clk_src
+  {
+    return(pcl_configure_clocks_dfll0(param));
+  }
+}
+
+static long int pcl_configure_synchronous_clocks(pm_clk_src_t main_clk_src, unsigned long main_clock_freq_hz, pcl_freq_param_t *param)
+{
+  //#
+  //# Set the Synchronous clock division ratio for each clock domain
+  //#
+  pm_set_all_cksel(main_clock_freq_hz, param->cpu_f, param->pba_f, param->pbb_f);
+
+  //#
+  //# Set the Flash wait state and the speed read mode (depending on the target CPU frequency).
+  //#
+#if UC3L
+    flashcdw_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(param->cpu_f);
+#elif UC3C
+    flashc_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(param->cpu_f);
+#endif
+
+
+  //#
+  //# Switch the main clock source to the selected clock.
+  //#
+  pm_set_mclk_source(main_clk_src);
+
+  return PASS;
+}
+
+#endif // UC3L device-specific implementation
+
+//! UC3C Device-specific implementation
+#if UC3C
+static long int pcl_configure_clocks_uc3c(pcl_freq_param_t *param)
+{
+  #define PM_MAX_MUL                         ((1 << AVR32_SCIF_PLLMUL_SIZE) - 1)
+  #define AVR32_PM_PBA_MAX_FREQ              66000000
+  #define AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MAX_FREQ   240000000
+  #define AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MIN_FREQ   160000000
+
+    // Implementation for  UC3C parts.
+        // Supported frequencies:
+        // Fosc0 mul div PLL div2_en cpu_f pba_f   Comment
+        //  12   15   1  192     1     12    12
+        //  12    9   3   40     1     20    20    PLL out of spec
+        //  12   15   1  192     1     24    12
+        //  12    9   1  120     1     30    15
+        //  12    9   3   40     0     40    20    PLL out of spec
+        //  12   15   1  192     1     48    12
+        //  12   15   1  192     1     48    24
+        //  12    8   1  108     1     54    27
+        //  12    9   1  120     1     60    15
+        //  12    9   1  120     1     60    30
+        //  12   10   1  132     1     66    16.5
+        //
+        unsigned long in_cpu_f  = param->cpu_f;
+        unsigned long in_osc0_f = param->osc0_f;
+        unsigned long mul, div, div2_en = 0, div2_cpu = 0, div2_pba = 0;
+        unsigned long pll_freq, rest;
+        Bool b_div2_pba, b_div2_cpu;
+
+        // Configure OSC0 in crystal mode, external crystal with a FOSC0 Hz frequency.
+        scif_configure_osc_crystalmode(SCIF_OSC0, in_osc0_f);
+        // Enable the OSC0
+        scif_enable_osc(SCIF_OSC0, param->osc0_startup, true);
+        // Set the main clock source as being OSC0.
+        pm_set_mclk_source(PM_CLK_SRC_OSC0);
+
+        // Start with CPU freq config
+        if (in_cpu_f == in_osc0_f)
+        {
+          param->cpu_f = in_osc0_f;
+          param->pba_f = in_osc0_f;
+          return PASS;
+        }
+        else if (in_cpu_f < in_osc0_f)
+        {
+          // TBD
+        }
+
+        rest = in_cpu_f % in_osc0_f;
+
+        for (div = 1; div < 32; div++)
+        {
+          if ((div * rest) % in_osc0_f == 0)
+            break;
+        }
+        if (div == 32)
+          return FAIL;
+
+        mul = (in_cpu_f * div) / in_osc0_f;
+
+        if (mul > PM_MAX_MUL)
+          return FAIL;
+
+        // export 2power from PLL div to div2_cpu
+        while (!(div % 2))
+        {
+          div /= 2;
+          div2_cpu++;
+        }
+
+        // Here we know the mul and div parameter of the PLL config.
+        // . Check out if the PLL has a valid in_cpu_f.
+        // . Try to have for the PLL frequency (VCO output) the highest possible value
+        //   to reduce jitter.
+        while (in_osc0_f * 2 * mul / div < AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MAX_FREQ)
+        {
+          if (2 * mul > PM_MAX_MUL)
+            break;
+          mul *= 2;
+          div2_cpu++;
+        }
+
+        if (div2_cpu != 0)
+        {
+          div2_cpu--;
+          div2_en = 1;
+        }
+
+        pll_freq = in_osc0_f * mul / (div * (1 << div2_en));
+
+        // Update real CPU Frequency
+        param->cpu_f = pll_freq / (1 << div2_cpu);
+        mul--;
+
+        scif_pll_opt_t opt;
+
+        opt.osc = SCIF_OSC0,     // Sel Osc0 or Osc1
+        opt.lockcount = 16,      // lockcount in main clock for the PLL wait lock
+        opt.div = div,             // DIV=1 in the formula
+        opt.mul = mul,             // MUL=7 in the formula
+        opt.pll_div2 = div2_en,        // pll_div2 Divide the PLL output frequency by 2 (this settings does not change the FVCO value)
+        opt.pll_wbwdisable = 0,  //pll_wbwdisable 1 Disable the Wide-Bandith Mode (Wide-Bandwith mode allow a faster startup time and out-of-lock time). 0 to enable the Wide-Bandith Mode.
+        opt.pll_freq = (pll_freq < AVR32_PM_PLL_VCO_RANGE0_MIN_FREQ) ? 1 : 0,        // Set to 1 for VCO frequency range 80-180MHz, set to 0 for VCO frequency range 160-240Mhz.
+
+
+        scif_pll_setup(SCIF_PLL0, opt); // lockcount in main clock for the PLL wait lock
+
+        /* Enable PLL0 */
+        scif_pll_enable(SCIF_PLL0);
+
+        /* Wait for PLL0 locked */
+        scif_wait_for_pll_locked(SCIF_PLL0) ;
+
+        rest = pll_freq;
+        while (rest > AVR32_PM_PBA_MAX_FREQ ||
+               rest != param->pba_f)
+        {
+          div2_pba++;
+          rest = pll_freq / (1 << div2_pba);
+          if (rest < param->pba_f)
+            break;
+        }
+
+        // Update real PBA Frequency
+        param->pba_f = pll_freq / (1 << div2_pba);
+
+
+        if (div2_cpu)
+        {
+          b_div2_cpu = TRUE;
+          div2_cpu--;
+        }
+        else
+          b_div2_cpu = FALSE;
+
+        if (div2_pba)
+        {
+          b_div2_pba = TRUE;
+          div2_pba--;
+        }
+        else
+          b_div2_pba = FALSE;
+
+        if (b_div2_cpu == TRUE )
+        {
+          pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_0, (pm_divratio_t) div2_cpu); // CPU
+          pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_1, (pm_divratio_t) div2_cpu); // HSB
+          pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_3, (pm_divratio_t) div2_cpu); // PBB
+        }
+        if (b_div2_pba == TRUE )
+        {
+          pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_2, (pm_divratio_t) div2_pba); // PBA
+          pm_set_clk_domain_div(PM_CLK_DOMAIN_4, (pm_divratio_t) div2_pba); // PBC
+        }
+
+        // Set Flashc Wait State
+        flashc_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(param->cpu_f);
+
+        // Set the main clock source as being PLL0.
+        pm_set_mclk_source(PM_CLK_SRC_PLL0);
+
+        return PASS;
+}
+#endif // UC3C device-specific implementation
+
+long int pcl_switch_to_osc(pcl_osc_t osc, unsigned int fcrystal, unsigned int startup)
+{
+#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
+// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
+  if(PCL_OSC0 == osc)
+  {
+    // Configure OSC0 in crystal mode, external crystal with a FOSC0 Hz frequency,
+    // enable the OSC0, set the main clock source as being OSC0.
+    pm_switch_to_osc0(&AVR32_PM, fcrystal, startup);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+  }
+#else
+// Implementation for UC3C, UC3L parts.
+  #if AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE < 0x400
+    return PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+  #else
+  if(PCL_OSC0 == osc)
+  {
+    // Configure OSC0 in crystal mode, external crystal with a fcrystal Hz frequency.
+    scif_configure_osc_crystalmode(SCIF_OSC0, fcrystal);
+    // Enable the OSC0
+    scif_enable_osc(SCIF_OSC0, startup, true);
+    // Set the Flash wait state and the speed read mode (depending on the target CPU frequency).
+#if UC3L
+    flashcdw_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(fcrystal);
+#elif UC3C
+    flashc_set_flash_waitstate_and_readmode(fcrystal);
+#endif
+    // Set the main clock source as being OSC0.
+    pm_set_mclk_source(PM_CLK_SRC_OSC0);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+  }
+  #endif
+#endif
+  return PASS;
+}
+
+long int pcl_configure_usb_clock(void)
+{
+#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
+// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
+  pm_configure_usb_clock();
+  return PASS;
+#else
+  #ifdef AVR32_PM_410_H_INCLUDED
+    const scif_pll_opt_t opt = {
+              .osc = SCIF_OSC0,     // Sel Osc0 or Osc1
+              .lockcount = 16,      // lockcount in main clock for the PLL wait lock
+              .div = 1,             // DIV=1 in the formula
+              .mul = 5,             // MUL=7 in the formula
+              .pll_div2 = 1,        // pll_div2 Divide the PLL output frequency by 2 (this settings does not change the FVCO value)
+              .pll_wbwdisable = 0,  //pll_wbwdisable 1 Disable the Wide-Bandith Mode (Wide-Bandwith mode allow a faster startup time and out-of-lock time). 0 to enable the Wide-Bandith Mode.
+              .pll_freq = 1,        // Set to 1 for VCO frequency range 80-180MHz, set to 0 for VCO frequency range 160-240Mhz.
+    };
+
+    /* Setup PLL1 on Osc0, mul=7 ,no divisor, lockcount=16, ie. 16Mhzx6 = 96MHz output */
+    scif_pll_setup(SCIF_PLL1, opt); // lockcount in main clock for the PLL wait lock
+
+    /* Enable PLL1 */
+    scif_pll_enable(SCIF_PLL1);
+
+    /* Wait for PLL1 locked */
+    scif_wait_for_pll_locked(SCIF_PLL1) ;
+
+  // Implementation for UC3C parts.
+    // Setup the generic clock for USB
+    scif_gc_setup(AVR32_SCIF_GCLK_USB,
+                  SCIF_GCCTRL_PLL1,
+                  AVR32_SCIF_GC_NO_DIV_CLOCK,
+                  0);
+    // Now enable the generic clock
+    scif_gc_enable(AVR32_SCIF_GCLK_USB);
+    return PASS;
+  #else
+      return PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+  #endif
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#if UC3L
+#else
+void pcl_write_gplp(unsigned long gplp, unsigned long value)
+{
+#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
+// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
+  pm_write_gplp(&AVR32_PM,gplp,value);
+#else
+  scif_write_gplp(gplp,value);
+#endif
+}
+
+unsigned long pcl_read_gplp(unsigned long gplp)
+{
+#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
+// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
+  return pm_read_gplp(&AVR32_PM,gplp);
+#else
+  return scif_read_gplp(gplp);
+#endif
+}
+#endif

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/PM/power_clocks_lib.h

@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file has been prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief High-level library abstracting features such as oscillators/pll/dfll
+ *        configuration, clock configuration, System-sensible parameters
+ *        configuration, buses clocks configuration, sleep mode, reset.
+ *
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _POWER_CLOCKS_LIB_H_
+#define _POWER_CLOCKS_LIB_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
+// Support for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
+  #include "pm.h"
+#else
+//! Device-specific data
+#if UC3L 
+  #include "pm_uc3l.h"
+  #include "scif_uc3l.h"
+  #include "flashcdw.h"
+#elif UC3C
+  #include "pm_uc3c.h"
+  #include "scif_uc3c.h"
+  #include "flashc.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*! \name Clocks Management
+ */
+//! @{
+
+//! The different oscillators
+typedef enum
+{
+  PCL_OSC0  = 0,
+  PCL_OSC1  = 1
+} pcl_osc_t;
+
+//! The different DFLLs
+typedef enum
+{
+  PCL_DFLL0  = 0,
+  PCL_DFLL1  = 1
+} pcl_dfll_t;
+
+//! Possible Main Clock Sources
+typedef enum
+{
+  PCL_MC_RCSYS,      // Default main clock source, supported by all (aka Slow Clock)
+  PCL_MC_OSC0,       // Supported by all
+  PCL_MC_OSC1,       // Supported by UC3C only
+  PCL_MC_OSC0_PLL0,  // Supported by UC3A, UC3B, UC3A3, UC3C (the main clock source is PLL0 with OSC0 as reference)
+  PCL_MC_OSC1_PLL0,  // Supported by UC3A, UC3B, UC3A3, UC3C (the main clock source is PLL0 with OSC1 as reference)
+  PCL_MC_OSC0_PLL1,  // Supported by UC3C  (the main clock source is PLL1 with OSC0 as reference)
+  PCL_MC_OSC1_PLL1,  // Supported by UC3C  (the main clock source is PLL1 with OSC1 as reference)
+  PCL_MC_DFLL0,      // Supported by UC3L
+  PCL_MC_DFLL1,      // Not supported yet
+  PCL_MC_RC120M,     // Supported by UC3L, UC3C
+  PCL_MC_RC8M,       // Supported by UC3C
+  PCL_MC_CRIPOSC     // Supported by UC3C
+} pcl_mainclk_t;
+
+//! Input and output parameters to configure clocks with pcl_configure_clocks().
+// NOTE: regarding the frequency settings, always abide by the datasheet rules and min & max supported frequencies.
+#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
+// Support for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
+#define pcl_freq_param_t  pm_freq_param_t // See pm.h
+#else
+// Support for UC3C, UC3L parts.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! Main clock source selection (input argument).
+  pcl_mainclk_t main_clk_src;
+
+  //! Target CPU frequency (input/output argument).
+  unsigned long cpu_f;
+
+  //! Target PBA frequency (input/output argument).
+  unsigned long pba_f;
+
+  //! Target PBB frequency (input/output argument).
+  unsigned long pbb_f;
+
+  //! Target PBC frequency (input/output argument).
+  unsigned long pbc_f;
+
+  //! Oscillator 0's external crystal(or external clock) frequency (board dependant) (input argument).
+  unsigned long osc0_f;
+
+  //! Oscillator 0's external crystal(or external clock) startup time: AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_x_RCOSC (input argument).
+  unsigned long osc0_startup;
+
+  //! DFLL target frequency (input/output argument) (NOTE: the bigger, the most stable the frequency)
+  unsigned long dfll_f;
+  
+  //! Other parameters that might be necessary depending on the device (implementation-dependent).
+  // For the UC3L DFLL setup, this parameter should be pointing to a structure of
+  // type (scif_gclk_opt_t *).
+  void *pextra_params;
+} pcl_freq_param_t;
+#endif
+
+//! Define "not supported" for the lib.
+#define PCL_NOT_SUPPORTED (-10000)
+
+/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks
+ *
+ * This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
+ *  - main_clk_src is the id of the main clock source to use,
+ *  - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies,
+ *  - osc0_f is the oscillator 0's external crystal (or external clock) on-board frequency (e.g. FOSC0),
+ *  - osc0_startup is the oscillator 0's external crystal (or external clock) startup time (e.g. OSC0_STARTUP).
+ *  - dfll_f is the target DFLL frequency to set-up if main_clk_src is the dfll.
+ *
+ * The CPU, HSB and PBA frequencies programmed after configuration are stored back into cpu_f and pba_f.
+ *
+ * \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
+ * configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
+ * optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
+ * to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks() and modify it to use
+ * preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
+ *
+ * \param param    pointer on the configuration structure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0   Success.
+ * \retval <0  The configuration cannot be performed.
+ */
+extern long int pcl_configure_clocks(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
+
+/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks using the RCSYS osc as main source clock.
+ *
+ * This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
+ *  - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies
+ *
+ * Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RCSYS
+ *
+ * Supported synchronous clocks frequencies:
+ * 115200Hz, 57600Hz, 28800Hz, 14400Hz, 7200Hz, 3600Hz, 1800Hz, 900Hz, 450Hz.
+ *
+ * \note: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
+ *        input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
+ *
+ * \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
+ * configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
+ * optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
+ * to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks_rcsys() and modify it to use
+ * preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
+ *
+ * \param param    pointer on the configuration structure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0   Success.
+ * \retval <0  The configuration cannot be performed.
+ */
+extern long int pcl_configure_clocks_rcsys(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
+
+/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks using the RC120M osc as main source clock.
+ *
+ * This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
+ *  - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies
+ *
+ * Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_RC120M
+ *
+ * Supported synchronous clocks frequencies:
+ * 30MHz, 15MHz, 7.5MHz, 3.75MHz, 1.875MHz, 937.5kHz, 468.75kHz.
+ *
+ * \note: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
+ *        input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
+ *
+ * \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
+ * configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
+ * optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
+ * to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks_rc120m() and modify it to
+ * use preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
+ *
+ * \param param    pointer on the configuration structure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0   Success.
+ * \retval <0  The configuration cannot be performed.
+ */
+extern long int pcl_configure_clocks_rc120m(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
+
+/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks using the OSC0 osc as main source clock
+ *
+ * This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
+ *  - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies,
+ *  - osc0_f is the oscillator 0's external crystal (or external clock) on-board frequency (e.g. FOSC0),
+ *  - osc0_startup is the oscillator 0's external crystal (or external clock) startup time (e.g. OSC0_STARTUP).
+ *
+ * Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_OSC0
+ *
+ * Supported synchronous clocks frequencies:
+ * (these obviously depend on the OSC0 frequency; we'll take 16MHz as an example)
+ * 16MHz, 8MHz, 4MHz, 2MHz, 1MHz, 500kHz, 250kHz, 125kHz, 62.5kHz.
+ *
+ * \note: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
+ *        input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
+ *
+ * \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
+ * configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
+ * optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
+ * to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks_osc0() and modify it to use
+ * preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
+ *
+ * \param param    pointer on the configuration structure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0   Success.
+ * \retval <0  The configuration cannot be performed.
+ */
+extern long int pcl_configure_clocks_osc0(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
+
+/*! \brief Automatically configure the CPU, PBA, PBB, and HSB clocks using the DFLL0 as main source clock
+ *
+ * This function needs some parameters stored in a pcl_freq_param_t structure:
+ *  - cpu_f and pba_f and pbb_f are the wanted frequencies,
+ *  - dfll_f is the target DFLL frequency to set-up
+ *
+ * \note: when the DFLL0 is to be used as main source clock for the synchronous clocks,
+ *  the target frequency of the DFLL should be chosen to be as high as possible
+ *  within the specification range (for stability reasons); the target cpu and pbx
+ *  frequencies will then be reached by appropriate division ratio.
+ *
+ * Supported main clock sources: PCL_MC_DFLL0
+ *
+ * Supported synchronous clocks frequencies:
+ * (these obviously depend on the DFLL target frequency; we'll take 100MHz as an example)
+ * 50MHz, 25MHz, 12.5MHz, 6.25MHz, 3.125MHz, 1562.5kHz, 781.25kHz, 390.625kHz.
+ *
+ * \note: by default, this implementation doesn't perform thorough checks on the
+ *        input parameters. To enable the checks, define AVR32SFW_INPUT_CHECK.
+ *
+ * \note: since it is dynamically computing the appropriate field values of the
+ * configuration registers from the parameters structure, this function is not
+ * optimal in terms of code size. For a code size optimal solution, it is better
+ * to create a new function from pcl_configure_clocks_dfll0() and modify it to
+ * use preprocessor computation from pre-defined target frequencies.
+ *
+ * \param param    pointer on the configuration structure.
+ *
+ * \retval 0   Success.
+ * \retval <0  The configuration cannot be performed.
+ */
+extern long int pcl_configure_clocks_dfll0(pcl_freq_param_t *param);
+
+/*! \brief Switch the main clock source to Osc0 configured in crystal mode
+ *
+ * \param osc The oscillator to enable and switch to.
+ * \param fcrystal Oscillator external crystal frequency (Hz)
+ * \param startup Oscillator startup time.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval 0  Success.
+ *   \retval <0 An error occured.
+ */
+extern long int pcl_switch_to_osc(pcl_osc_t osc, unsigned int fcrystal, unsigned int startup);
+
+/*! \brief Enable the clock of a module.
+ *
+ * \param module The module to clock (use one of the defines in the part-specific
+ * header file under "toolchain folder"/avr32/inc(lude)/avr32/; depending on the
+ * clock domain, look for the sections "CPU clocks", "HSB clocks", "PBx clocks"
+ * or look in the module section).
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval 0  Success.
+ *   \retval <0 An error occured.
+ */
+#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
+// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
+#define pcl_enable_module(module) pm_enable_module(&AVR32_PM, module)
+#else
+// Implementation for UC3C, UC3L parts.
+#define pcl_enable_module(module) pm_enable_module(module)
+#endif
+
+/*! \brief Disable the clock of a module.
+ *
+ * \param module The module to shut down (use one of the defines in the part-specific
+ * header file under "toolchain folder"/avr32/inc(lude)/avr32/; depending on the
+ * clock domain, look for the sections "CPU clocks", "HSB clocks", "PBx clocks"
+ * or look in the module section).
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval 0  Success.
+ *   \retval <0 An error occured.
+ */
+#ifndef AVR32_PM_VERSION_RESETVALUE
+// Implementation for UC3A, UC3A3, UC3B parts.
+#define pcl_disable_module(module)  pm_disable_module(&AVR32_PM, module)
+#else
+// Implementation for UC3C, UC3L parts.
+#define pcl_disable_module(module)  pm_disable_module(module)
+#endif
+
+/*! \brief Configure the USB Clock
+ *
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval 0  Success.
+ *   \retval <0 An error occured.
+ */
+extern long int pcl_configure_usb_clock(void);
+
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Power Management
+ */
+//! @{
+/*!
+ * \brief Read the content of the GPLP registers
+ * \param gplp GPLP register index (0,1,... depending on the number of GPLP registers for a given part)
+ *
+ * \return The content of the chosen GPLP register.
+ */
+extern unsigned long pcl_read_gplp(unsigned long gplp);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Write into the GPLP registers
+ * \param gplp GPLP register index (0,1,... depending on the number of GPLP registers for a given part)
+ * \param value Value to write
+ */
+extern void pcl_write_gplp(unsigned long gplp, unsigned long value);
+
+//! @}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif  // _POWER_CLOCKS_LIB_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/RTC/rtc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief RTC driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * AVR32 Real Time Counter driver module.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an RTC and a PM module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "pm.h"
+#include "rtc.h"
+
+
+int rtc_is_busy(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  return (rtc->ctrl & AVR32_RTC_CTRL_BUSY_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+
+int rtc_init(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned char osc_type, unsigned char psel)
+{
+  // If exit, it means that the configuration has not been set correctly
+  if (osc_type > (1 << AVR32_RTC_CTRL_CLK32_SIZE) - 1 ||
+      psel > (1 << AVR32_RTC_CTRL_PSEL_SIZE) - 1)
+    return 0;
+
+  // If we use the 32-kHz oscillator, we have to enable it first
+  if (osc_type == RTC_OSC_32KHZ)
+  {
+    // Select the 32-kHz oscillator crystal
+    pm_enable_osc32_crystal(&AVR32_PM);
+    // Enable the 32-kHz clock
+    pm_enable_clk32_no_wait(&AVR32_PM, AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL32_STARTUP_0_RCOSC);
+  }
+
+  // Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+
+  // Set the new RTC configuration
+  rtc->ctrl = osc_type << AVR32_RTC_CTRL_CLK32_OFFSET |
+              psel << AVR32_RTC_CTRL_PSEL_OFFSET |
+              AVR32_RTC_CTRL_CLKEN_MASK;
+
+  // Wait until write is done
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+
+  // Set the counter value to 0
+  rtc_set_value(rtc, 0x00000000);
+  // Set the top value to 0xFFFFFFFF
+  rtc_set_top_value(rtc, 0xFFFFFFFF);
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+void rtc_set_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned long val)
+{
+  // Wait until we can write into the VAL register
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+  // Set the new val value
+  rtc->val = val;
+  // Wait until write is done
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+}
+
+
+unsigned long rtc_get_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  return rtc->val;
+}
+
+
+void rtc_enable_wake_up(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  // Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+  // Enable the wake up of the RTC
+  rtc->ctrl |= AVR32_RTC_CTRL_WAKE_EN_MASK;
+  // Wait until write is done
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+}
+
+
+void rtc_disable_wake_up(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  // Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+  // Disable the wake up of the RTC
+  rtc->ctrl &= ~AVR32_RTC_CTRL_WAKE_EN_MASK;
+  // Wait until write is done
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+}
+
+
+void rtc_enable(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  // Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+  // Enable the RTC
+  rtc->ctrl |= AVR32_RTC_CTRL_EN_MASK;
+  // Wait until write is done
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+}
+
+
+void rtc_disable(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  // Wait until the rtc CTRL register is up-to-date
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+  // Disable the RTC
+  rtc->ctrl &= ~AVR32_RTC_CTRL_EN_MASK;
+  // Wait until write is done
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+}
+
+
+void rtc_enable_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  rtc->ier = AVR32_RTC_IER_TOPI_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void rtc_disable_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  rtc->idr = AVR32_RTC_IDR_TOPI_MASK;
+  rtc->imr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+
+void rtc_clear_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  rtc->icr = AVR32_RTC_ICR_TOPI_MASK;
+  rtc->isr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+}
+
+
+void rtc_set_top_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned long top)
+{
+  // Wait until we can write into the VAL register
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+  // Set the new val value
+  rtc->top = top;
+  // Wait until write is done
+  while (rtc_is_busy(rtc));
+}
+
+
+unsigned long rtc_get_top_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  return rtc->top;
+}
+
+
+int rtc_interrupt_enabled(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  return (rtc->imr & AVR32_RTC_IMR_TOPI_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+
+int rtc_is_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc)
+{
+  return (rtc->isr & AVR32_RTC_ISR_TOPI_MASK) != 0;
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/RTC/rtc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief RTC driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * AVR32 Real Time Counter driver module.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an RTC and a PM module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RTC_H_
+#define _RTC_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+
+/*! \name Oscillator Types
+ */
+//! @{
+#define RTC_OSC_32KHZ    1
+#define RTC_OSC_RC       0
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Predefined PSEL Values
+ */
+//! @{
+
+//! The PSEL value to set the RTC source clock (after the prescaler) to 1 Hz,
+//! when using an external 32-kHz crystal.
+#define RTC_PSEL_32KHZ_1HZ    14
+
+//! The PSEL value to set the RTC source clock (after the prescaler) to 1.76 Hz,
+//! when using the internal RC oscillator (~ 115 kHz).
+#define RTC_PSEL_RC_1_76HZ    15
+
+//! @}
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function will initialise the RTC module.
+ *        If you use the 32 KHz oscillator, it will enable this module.
+ *        This function also set the top value of the RTC to 0xFFFFFFFF
+ *        and the value to 0.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ * \param osc_type The oscillator you want to use. If you need a better
+ *        accuracy, use the 32 KHz oscillator (i.e. RTC_OSC_32KHZ).
+ * \param psel The preselector value for the corresponding oscillator (4-bits).
+ *        To obtain this value, you can use this formula:
+ *        psel = log(Fosc/Frtc)/log(2)-1, where Fosc is the frequency of the
+ *        oscillator you are using (32 KHz or 115 KHz) and Frtc the frequency
+ *        desired.
+ * \return 1 if the initialisation succeds otherwize it will return 0.
+ */
+extern int rtc_init(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned char osc_type, unsigned char psel);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Enable the RTC.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ */
+extern void rtc_enable(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Disable the RTC.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ */
+extern void rtc_disable(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Enable the wake up feature of the RTC.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ */
+extern void rtc_enable_wake_up(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Disable the wake up feature of the RTC.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ */
+extern void rtc_disable_wake_up(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Enable the interrupt feature of the RTC.
+ *        An interrupt is raised when the value of the RTC
+ *        is equal to its top value.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ */
+extern void rtc_enable_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Disable the interrupt feature of the RTC.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ */
+extern void rtc_disable_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Clear the interrupt flag.
+ *        Call this function once you handled the interrupt.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ */
+extern void rtc_clear_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Get the status of interrupts.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ * \return 1 if the interrupts are enabled otherwize it returns 0.
+ */
+extern int rtc_interrupt_enabled(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Check if an interrupt is raised.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ * \return 1 if an interrupt is currently raised otherwize it returns 0.
+ */
+extern int rtc_is_interrupt(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function sets the RTC current top value.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ * \param top The top value you want to store.
+ */
+extern void rtc_set_top_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned long top);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function returns the RTC current top value.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ * \return The RTC current top value.
+ */
+extern unsigned long rtc_get_top_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function checks if the RTC is busy or not.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ * \return 1 if the RTC is busy otherwize it will return 0.
+ */
+extern int rtc_is_busy(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function sets the RTC current value.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ * \param val The value you want to store.
+ */
+extern void rtc_set_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc, unsigned long val);
+
+/*!
+ * \brief This function returns the RTC current value.
+ * \param rtc Base address of the RTC (i.e. &AVR32_RTC).
+ * \return The RTC current value.
+ */
+extern unsigned long rtc_get_value(volatile avr32_rtc_t *rtc);
+
+
+#endif  // _RTC_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/SPI/spi.c

@@ -0,0 +1,443 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief SPI driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * This file defines a useful set of functions for the SPI interface on AVR32
+ * devices.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "spi.h"
+
+#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "semphr.h"
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*! \name SPI Writable Bit-Field Registers
+ */
+//! @{
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 cr;
+  avr32_spi_cr_t                CR;
+} u_avr32_spi_cr_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 mr;
+  avr32_spi_mr_t                MR;
+} u_avr32_spi_mr_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 tdr;
+  avr32_spi_tdr_t               TDR;
+} u_avr32_spi_tdr_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 ier;
+  avr32_spi_ier_t               IER;
+} u_avr32_spi_ier_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 idr;
+  avr32_spi_idr_t               IDR;
+} u_avr32_spi_idr_t;
+
+typedef union
+{
+  unsigned long                 csr;
+  avr32_spi_csr0_t              CSR;
+} u_avr32_spi_csr_t;
+
+//! @}
+
+
+#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
+
+//! The SPI mutex.
+static xSemaphoreHandle xSPIMutex;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*! \brief Calculates the baudrate divider.
+ *
+ * \param options Pointer to a structure containing initialization options for
+ *                an SPI channel.
+ * \param pba_hz  SPI module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \return Divider or error code.
+ *   \retval >=0  Success.
+ *   \retval  <0  Error.
+ */
+static int getBaudDiv(const spi_options_t *options, unsigned int pba_hz)
+{
+  int baudDiv = (pba_hz + options->baudrate / 2) / options->baudrate;
+
+  if (baudDiv <= 0 || baudDiv > 255) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  return baudDiv;
+}
+
+
+void spi_reset(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
+{
+  spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SWRST_MASK;
+}
+
+
+spi_status_t spi_initSlave(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
+                           unsigned char bits,
+                           unsigned char spi_mode)
+{
+  if (spi_mode > 3 ||
+      bits < 8 || bits > 16) {
+    return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
+  }
+
+  // Reset.
+  spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SWRST_MASK;
+
+  // Will use CSR0 offsets; these are the same for CSR0 to CSR3.
+  spi->csr0 = ((spi_mode >> 1) << AVR32_SPI_CSR0_CPOL_OFFSET) |
+              (((spi_mode & 0x1) ^ 0x1) << AVR32_SPI_CSR0_NCPHA_OFFSET) |
+              ((bits - 8) << AVR32_SPI_CSR0_BITS_OFFSET);
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+spi_status_t spi_initTest(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
+{
+  // Reset.
+  spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SWRST_MASK;
+  spi->mr |= AVR32_SPI_MR_MSTR_MASK | // Master Mode.
+             AVR32_SPI_MR_LLB_MASK;   // Local Loopback.
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+spi_status_t spi_initMaster(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, const spi_options_t *options)
+{
+  u_avr32_spi_mr_t u_avr32_spi_mr;
+
+  if (options->modfdis > 1) {
+    return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
+  }
+
+  // Reset.
+  spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SWRST_MASK;
+
+  // Master Mode.
+  u_avr32_spi_mr.mr = spi->mr;
+  u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.mstr = 1;
+  u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.modfdis = options->modfdis;
+  u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.llb = 0;
+  u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.pcs = (1 << AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_SIZE) - 1;
+  spi->mr = u_avr32_spi_mr.mr;
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+spi_status_t spi_selectionMode(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
+                               unsigned char variable_ps,
+                               unsigned char pcs_decode,
+                               unsigned char delay)
+{
+  u_avr32_spi_mr_t u_avr32_spi_mr;
+
+  if (variable_ps > 1 ||
+      pcs_decode > 1) {
+    return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
+  }
+
+  u_avr32_spi_mr.mr = spi->mr;
+  u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.ps = variable_ps;
+  u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.pcsdec = pcs_decode;
+  u_avr32_spi_mr.MR.dlybcs = delay;
+  spi->mr = u_avr32_spi_mr.mr;
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+spi_status_t spi_selectChip(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned char chip)
+{
+#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
+  while (pdFALSE == xSemaphoreTake(xSPIMutex, 20));
+#endif
+
+  // Assert all lines; no peripheral is selected.
+  spi->mr |= AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_MASK;
+
+  if (spi->mr & AVR32_SPI_MR_PCSDEC_MASK) {
+    // The signal is decoded; allow up to 15 chips.
+    if (chip > 14) {
+      return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
+    }
+
+    spi->mr &= ~AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_MASK | (chip << AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_OFFSET);
+  } else {
+    if (chip > 3) {
+      return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
+    }
+
+    spi->mr &= ~(1 << (AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_OFFSET + chip));
+  }
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+spi_status_t spi_unselectChip(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned char chip)
+{
+  unsigned int timeout = SPI_TIMEOUT;
+
+  while (!(spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TXEMPTY_MASK)) {
+    if (!timeout--) {
+      return SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Assert all lines; no peripheral is selected.
+  spi->mr |= AVR32_SPI_MR_PCS_MASK;
+
+  // Last transfer, so deassert the current NPCS if CSAAT is set.
+  spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_LASTXFER_MASK;
+
+#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
+  xSemaphoreGive(xSPIMutex);
+#endif
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+spi_status_t spi_setupChipReg(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
+                              const spi_options_t *options,
+                              unsigned int pba_hz)
+{
+  u_avr32_spi_csr_t u_avr32_spi_csr;
+
+  if (options->spi_mode > 3 ||
+      options->stay_act > 1 ||
+      options->bits < 8 || options->bits > 16) {
+    return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
+  }
+
+  int baudDiv = getBaudDiv(options, pba_hz);
+
+  if (baudDiv < 0) {
+    return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
+  }
+
+  // Will use CSR0 offsets; these are the same for CSR0 to CSR3.
+  u_avr32_spi_csr.csr = 0;
+  u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.cpol = options->spi_mode >> 1;
+  u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.ncpha = (options->spi_mode & 0x1) ^ 0x1;
+  u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.csaat = options->stay_act;
+  u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.bits = options->bits - 8;
+  u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.scbr = baudDiv;
+  u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.dlybs = options->spck_delay;
+  u_avr32_spi_csr.CSR.dlybct = options->trans_delay;
+
+  switch(options->reg) {
+    case 0:
+      spi->csr0 = u_avr32_spi_csr.csr;
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      spi->csr1 = u_avr32_spi_csr.csr;
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      spi->csr2 = u_avr32_spi_csr.csr;
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      spi->csr3 = u_avr32_spi_csr.csr;
+      break;
+    default:
+      return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
+  }
+
+#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
+  if (!xSPIMutex)
+  {
+    // Create the SPI mutex.
+    vSemaphoreCreateBinary(xSPIMutex);
+    if (!xSPIMutex)
+    {
+      while(1);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+void spi_enable(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
+{
+  spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SPIEN_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void spi_disable(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
+{
+  spi->cr = AVR32_SPI_CR_SPIDIS_MASK;
+}
+
+
+int spi_is_enabled(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
+{
+  return (spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_SPIENS_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+
+inline unsigned char spi_writeRegisterEmptyCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
+{
+  return ((spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TDRE_MASK) != 0);
+}
+
+
+inline spi_status_t spi_write(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short data)
+{
+  unsigned int timeout = SPI_TIMEOUT;
+
+  while (!(spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TDRE_MASK)) {
+    if (!timeout--) {
+      return SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  spi->tdr = data << AVR32_SPI_TDR_TD_OFFSET;
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+spi_status_t spi_variableSlaveWrite(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short data,
+                                    unsigned char pcs, unsigned char lastxfer)
+{
+  unsigned int timeout = SPI_TIMEOUT;
+
+  if (pcs > 14 || lastxfer > 1) {
+    return SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT;
+  }
+
+  while (!(spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TDRE_MASK)) {
+    if (!timeout--) {
+      return SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  spi->tdr = (data << AVR32_SPI_TDR_TD_OFFSET) |
+             (pcs << AVR32_SPI_TDR_PCS_OFFSET) |
+             (lastxfer << AVR32_SPI_TDR_LASTXFER_OFFSET);
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+inline unsigned char spi_writeEndCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
+{
+  return ((spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_TXEMPTY_MASK) != 0);
+}
+
+
+unsigned char spi_readRegisterFullCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
+{
+  return ((spi->sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_RDRF_MASK) != 0);
+}
+
+
+inline spi_status_t spi_read(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short *data)
+{
+  unsigned int timeout = SPI_TIMEOUT;
+
+  while ((spi->sr & (AVR32_SPI_SR_RDRF_MASK | AVR32_SPI_SR_TXEMPTY_MASK)) !=
+         (AVR32_SPI_SR_RDRF_MASK | AVR32_SPI_SR_TXEMPTY_MASK)) {
+    if (!timeout--) {
+      return SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+  }
+
+  *data = spi->rdr >> AVR32_SPI_RDR_RD_OFFSET;
+
+  return SPI_OK;
+}
+
+
+unsigned char spi_getStatus(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi)
+{
+  spi_status_t ret = SPI_OK;
+  unsigned long sr = spi->sr;
+
+  if (sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_OVRES_MASK) {
+    ret = SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN;
+  }
+
+  if (sr & AVR32_SPI_SR_MODF_MASK) {
+    ret += SPI_ERROR_MODE_FAULT;
+  }
+
+  if (ret == (SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN + SPI_ERROR_MODE_FAULT)) {
+    return SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN_AND_MODE_FAULT;
+  }
+  else if (ret > 0) {
+    return ret;
+  } else {
+    return SPI_OK;
+  }
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/SPI/spi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief SPI driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * This file defines a useful set of functions for the SPI interface on AVR32
+ * devices.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with an SPI module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SPI_H_
+#define _SPI_H_
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+
+//! Time-out value (number of attempts).
+#define SPI_TIMEOUT       10000
+
+
+//! Status codes used by the SPI driver.
+typedef enum
+{
+  SPI_ERROR = -1,
+  SPI_OK = 0,
+  SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT = 1,
+  SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT,
+  SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN,
+  SPI_ERROR_MODE_FAULT,
+  SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN_AND_MODE_FAULT
+} spi_status_t;
+
+//! Option structure for SPI channels.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! The SPI channel to set up.
+  unsigned char reg;
+
+  //! Preferred baudrate for the SPI.
+  unsigned int baudrate;
+
+  //! Number of bits in each character (8 to 16).
+  unsigned char bits;
+
+  //! Delay before first clock pulse after selecting slave (in PBA clock periods).
+  unsigned char spck_delay;
+
+  //! Delay between each transfer/character (in PBA clock periods).
+  unsigned char trans_delay;
+
+  //! Sets this chip to stay active after last transfer to it.
+  unsigned char stay_act;
+
+  //! Which SPI mode to use when transmitting.
+  unsigned char spi_mode;
+
+  //! Disables the mode fault detection.
+  //! With this bit cleared, the SPI master mode will disable itself if another
+  //! master tries to address it.
+  unsigned char modfdis;
+} spi_options_t;
+
+
+/*! \brief Resets the SPI controller.
+ *
+ * \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
+ */
+extern void spi_reset(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
+
+/*! \brief Initializes the SPI in slave mode.
+ *
+ * \param spi       Base address of the SPI instance.
+ * \param bits      Number of bits in each transmitted character (8 to 16).
+ * \param spi_mode  Clock polarity and phase.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK             Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_initSlave(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
+                                  unsigned char bits,
+                                  unsigned char spi_mode);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the SPI in a test mode where the transmitter is connected to
+ *         the receiver (local loopback).
+ *
+ * \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK Success.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_initTest(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
+
+/*! \brief Initializes the SPI in master mode.
+ *
+ * \param spi     Base address of the SPI instance.
+ * \param options Pointer to a structure containing initialization options.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK             Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_initMaster(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, const spi_options_t *options);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up how and when the slave chips are selected (master mode only).
+ *
+ * \param spi         Base address of the SPI instance.
+ * \param variable_ps Target slave is selected in transfer register for every
+ *                    character to transmit.
+ * \param pcs_decode  The four chip select lines are decoded externally. Values
+ *                    0 to 14 can be given to \ref spi_selectChip.
+ * \param delay       Delay in PBA periods between chip selects.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK             Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_selectionMode(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
+                                      unsigned char variable_ps,
+                                      unsigned char pcs_decode,
+                                      unsigned char delay);
+
+/*! \brief Selects slave chip.
+ *
+ * \param spi   Base address of the SPI instance.
+ * \param chip  Slave chip number (normal: 0 to 3, extarnally decoded signal: 0
+ *              to 14).
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK             Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_selectChip(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned char chip);
+
+/*! \brief Unselects slave chip.
+ *
+ * \param spi   Base address of the SPI instance.
+ * \param chip  Slave chip number (normal: 0 to 3, extarnally decoded signal: 0
+ *              to 14).
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK             Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT  Time-out.
+ *
+ * \note Will block program execution until time-out occurs if last transmission
+ *       is not complete. Invoke \ref spi_writeEndCheck beforehand if needed.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_unselectChip(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned char chip);
+
+/*! \brief Sets options for a specific slave chip.
+ *
+ * The baudrate field has to be written before transfer in master mode. Four
+ * similar registers exist, one for each slave. When using encoded slave
+ * addressing, reg=0 sets options for slaves 0 to 3, reg=1 for slaves 4 to 7 and
+ * so on.
+ *
+ * \param spi     Base address of the SPI instance.
+ * \param options Pointer to a structure containing initialization options for
+ *                an SPI channel.
+ * \param pba_hz  SPI module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK             Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_setupChipReg(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
+                                     const spi_options_t *options,
+                                     unsigned int pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Enables the SPI.
+ *
+ * \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
+ */
+extern void spi_enable(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
+
+/*! \brief Disables the SPI.
+ *
+ * Ensures that nothing is transferred while setting up buffers.
+ *
+ * \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
+ *
+ * \warning This may cause data loss if used on a slave SPI.
+ */
+extern void spi_disable(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
+
+/*! \brief Tests if the SPI is enabled.
+ *
+ * \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the SPI is enabled, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+extern int spi_is_enabled(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
+
+/*! \brief Checks if there is no data in the transmit register.
+ *
+ * \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval 1  No data in TDR.
+ *   \retval 0  Some data in TDR.
+ */
+extern unsigned char spi_writeRegisterEmptyCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
+
+/*! \brief Writes one data word in master fixed peripheral select mode or in
+ *         slave mode.
+ *
+ * \param spi   Base address of the SPI instance.
+ * \param data  The data word to write.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK             Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT  Time-out.
+ *
+ * \note Will block program execution until time-out occurs if transmitter is
+ *       busy and transmit buffer is full. Invoke
+ *       \ref spi_writeRegisterEmptyCheck beforehand if needed.
+ *
+ * \note Once the data has been written to the transmit buffer, the end of
+ *       transmission is not waited for. Invoke \ref spi_writeEndCheck if
+ *       needed.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_write(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short data);
+
+/*! \brief Selects a slave in master variable peripheral select mode and writes
+ *         one data word to it.
+ *
+ * \param spi       Base address of the SPI instance.
+ * \param data      The data word to write.
+ * \param pcs       Slave selector (bit 0 -> nCS line 0, bit 1 -> nCS line 1,
+ *                  etc.).
+ * \param lastxfer  Boolean indicating whether this is the last data word
+ *                  transfer.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK             Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT  Time-out.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s) passed.
+ *
+ * \note Will block program execution until time-out occurs if transmitter is
+ *       busy and transmit buffer is full. Invoke
+ *       \ref spi_writeRegisterEmptyCheck beforehand if needed.
+ *
+ * \note Once the data has been written to the transmit buffer, the end of
+ *       transmission is not waited for. Invoke \ref spi_writeEndCheck if
+ *       needed.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_variableSlaveWrite(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi,
+                                           unsigned short data,
+                                           unsigned char pcs,
+                                           unsigned char lastxfer);
+
+/*! \brief Checks if all transmissions are complete.
+ *
+ * \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval 1  All transmissions complete.
+ *   \retval 0  Transmissions not complete.
+ */
+extern unsigned char spi_writeEndCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
+
+/*! \brief Checks if there is data in the receive register.
+ *
+ * \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval 1  Some data in RDR.
+ *   \retval 0  No data in RDR.
+ */
+extern unsigned char spi_readRegisterFullCheck(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
+
+/*! \brief Reads one data word in master mode or in slave mode.
+ *
+ * \param spi   Base address of the SPI instance.
+ * \param data  Pointer to the location where to store the received data word.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK             Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT  Time-out.
+ *
+ * \note Will block program execution until time-out occurs if no data is
+ *       received or last transmission is not complete. Invoke
+ *       \ref spi_writeEndCheck or \ref spi_readRegisterFullCheck beforehand if
+ *       needed.
+ */
+extern spi_status_t spi_read(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi, unsigned short *data);
+
+/*! \brief Gets status information from the SPI.
+ *
+ * \param spi Base address of the SPI instance.
+ *
+ * \return Status.
+ *   \retval SPI_OK                           Success.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN                Overrun error.
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_MODE_FAULT             Mode fault (SPI addressed as slave
+ *                                            while in master mode).
+ *   \retval SPI_ERROR_OVERRUN_AND_MODE_FAULT Overrun error and mode fault.
+ */
+extern unsigned char spi_getStatus(volatile avr32_spi_t *spi);
+
+
+#endif  // _SPI_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/TC/tc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief TC driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * AVR32 Timer/Counter driver module.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a TC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "tc.h"
+
+
+int tc_get_interrupt_settings(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  return tc->channel[channel].imr;
+}
+
+
+int tc_configure_interrupts(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, const tc_interrupt_t *bitfield)
+{
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // Enable the appropriate interrupts.
+  tc->channel[channel].ier = bitfield->etrgs << AVR32_TC_ETRGS_OFFSET |
+                             bitfield->ldrbs << AVR32_TC_LDRBS_OFFSET |
+                             bitfield->ldras << AVR32_TC_LDRAS_OFFSET |
+                             bitfield->cpcs << AVR32_TC_CPCS_OFFSET |
+                             bitfield->cpbs << AVR32_TC_CPBS_OFFSET |
+                             bitfield->cpas << AVR32_TC_CPAS_OFFSET |
+                             bitfield->lovrs << AVR32_TC_LOVRS_OFFSET |
+                             bitfield->covfs << AVR32_TC_COVFS_OFFSET;
+
+  // Disable the appropriate interrupts.
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  tc->channel[channel].idr = (~bitfield->etrgs & 1) << AVR32_TC_ETRGS_OFFSET |
+                             (~bitfield->ldrbs & 1) << AVR32_TC_LDRBS_OFFSET |
+                             (~bitfield->ldras & 1) << AVR32_TC_LDRAS_OFFSET |
+                             (~bitfield->cpcs & 1) << AVR32_TC_CPCS_OFFSET |
+                             (~bitfield->cpbs & 1) << AVR32_TC_CPBS_OFFSET |
+                             (~bitfield->cpas & 1) << AVR32_TC_CPAS_OFFSET |
+                             (~bitfield->lovrs & 1) << AVR32_TC_LOVRS_OFFSET |
+                             (~bitfield->covfs & 1) << AVR32_TC_COVFS_OFFSET;
+  tc->channel[channel].sr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+int tc_select_external_clock(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned int ext_clk_sig_src)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS || ext_clk_sig_src >= 1 << AVR32_TC_BMR_TC0XC0S_SIZE)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // Clear bit-field and set the correct behavior.
+  tc->bmr = (tc->bmr & ~(AVR32_TC_BMR_TC0XC0S_MASK << (channel * AVR32_TC_BMR_TC0XC0S_SIZE))) |
+            (ext_clk_sig_src << (channel * AVR32_TC_BMR_TC0XC0S_SIZE));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+int tc_init_capture(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, const tc_capture_opt_t *opt)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (opt->channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // MEASURE SIGNALS: Capture operating mode.
+  tc->channel[opt->channel].cmr = opt->ldrb << AVR32_TC_LDRB_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->ldra << AVR32_TC_LDRA_OFFSET |
+                                  0 << AVR32_TC_WAVE_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->cpctrg << AVR32_TC_CPCTRG_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->abetrg << AVR32_TC_ABETRG_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->etrgedg << AVR32_TC_ETRGEDG_OFFSET|
+                                  opt->ldbdis << AVR32_TC_LDBDIS_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->ldbstop << AVR32_TC_LDBSTOP_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->burst << AVR32_TC_BURST_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->clki << AVR32_TC_CLKI_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->tcclks << AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_OFFSET;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+int tc_init_waveform(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, const tc_waveform_opt_t *opt)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (opt->channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // GENERATE SIGNALS: Waveform operating mode.
+  tc->channel[opt->channel].cmr = opt->bswtrg << AVR32_TC_BSWTRG_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->beevt << AVR32_TC_BEEVT_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->bcpc << AVR32_TC_BCPC_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->bcpb << AVR32_TC_BCPB_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->aswtrg << AVR32_TC_ASWTRG_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->aeevt << AVR32_TC_AEEVT_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->acpc << AVR32_TC_ACPC_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->acpa << AVR32_TC_ACPA_OFFSET |
+                                  1 << AVR32_TC_WAVE_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->wavsel << AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->enetrg << AVR32_TC_ENETRG_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->eevt << AVR32_TC_EEVT_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->eevtedg << AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->cpcdis << AVR32_TC_CPCDIS_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->cpcstop << AVR32_TC_CPCSTOP_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->burst << AVR32_TC_BURST_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->clki << AVR32_TC_CLKI_OFFSET |
+                                  opt->tcclks << AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_OFFSET;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+int tc_start(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // Enable, reset and start the selected timer/counter channel.
+  tc->channel[channel].ccr = AVR32_TC_SWTRG_MASK | AVR32_TC_CLKEN_MASK;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+int tc_stop(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // Disable the selected timer/counter channel.
+  tc->channel[channel].ccr = AVR32_TC_CLKDIS_MASK;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+int tc_software_trigger(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // Reset the selected timer/counter channel.
+  tc->channel[channel].ccr = AVR32_TC_SWTRG_MASK;
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+void tc_sync_trigger(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc)
+{
+  // Reset all channels of the selected timer/counter.
+  tc->bcr = AVR32_TC_BCR_SYNC_MASK;
+}
+
+
+void tc_sync_start(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  // Enable the clock for each channel.
+  for(i=0; i<TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS;i++)
+    tc->channel[i].ccr = AVR32_TC_CLKEN_MASK;
+    
+  // Reset all channels of the selected timer/counter.
+  tc->bcr = AVR32_TC_BCR_SYNC_MASK;
+}
+
+
+int tc_read_sr(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  return tc->channel[channel].sr;
+}
+
+
+int tc_read_tc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  return Rd_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].cv, AVR32_TC_CV_MASK);
+}
+
+
+int tc_read_ra(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  return Rd_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].ra, AVR32_TC_RA_MASK);
+}
+
+
+int tc_read_rb(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  return Rd_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].rb, AVR32_TC_RB_MASK);
+}
+
+
+int tc_read_rc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  return Rd_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].rc, AVR32_TC_RC_MASK);
+}
+
+
+int tc_write_ra(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // This function is only available in WAVEFORM mode.
+  if (Tst_bits(tc->channel[channel].cmr, AVR32_TC_WAVE_MASK))
+    Wr_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].ra, AVR32_TC_RA_MASK, value);
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+
+int tc_write_rb(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // This function is only available in WAVEFORM mode.
+  if (Tst_bits(tc->channel[channel].cmr, AVR32_TC_WAVE_MASK))
+    Wr_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].rb, AVR32_TC_RB_MASK, value);
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+
+int tc_write_rc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value)
+{
+  // Check for valid input.
+  if (channel >= TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS)
+    return TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT;
+
+  // This function is only available in WAVEFORM mode.
+  if (Tst_bits(tc->channel[channel].cmr, AVR32_TC_WAVE_MASK))
+    Wr_bitfield(tc->channel[channel].rc, AVR32_TC_RC_MASK, value);
+
+  return value;
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/TC/tc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Timer/Counter driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * AVR32 Timer/Counter driver module.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a TC module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TC_H_
+#define _TC_H_
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+
+
+//! TC driver functions return value in case of invalid argument(s).
+#define TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT                     (-1)
+
+//! Number of timer/counter channels.
+#define TC_NUMBER_OF_CHANNELS                   (sizeof(((avr32_tc_t *)0)->channel) / sizeof(avr32_tc_channel_t))
+
+/*! \name External Clock Signal 0 Selection
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TCLK0               AVR32_TC_TC0XC0S_TCLK0
+#define TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_NO_CLK              AVR32_TC_TC0XC0S_NO_CLK
+#define TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TIOA1               AVR32_TC_TC0XC0S_TIOA1
+#define TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TIOA2               AVR32_TC_TC0XC0S_TIOA2
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name External Clock Signal 1 Selection
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TCLK1               AVR32_TC_TC1XC1S_TCLK1
+#define TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_NO_CLK              AVR32_TC_TC1XC1S_NO_CLK
+#define TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TIOA0               AVR32_TC_TC1XC1S_TIOA0
+#define TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TIOA2               AVR32_TC_TC1XC1S_TIOA2
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name External Clock Signal 2 Selection
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TCLK2               AVR32_TC_TC2XC2S_TCLK2
+#define TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_NO_CLK              AVR32_TC_TC2XC2S_NO_CLK
+#define TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TIOA0               AVR32_TC_TC2XC2S_TIOA0
+#define TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TIOA1               AVR32_TC_TC2XC2S_TIOA1
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Event/Trigger Actions on Output
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP                      AVR32_TC_NONE
+#define TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET                       AVR32_TC_SET
+#define TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR                     AVR32_TC_CLEAR
+#define TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE                    AVR32_TC_TOGGLE
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name RC Compare Trigger Enable
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_NO_TRIGGER_COMPARE_RC                0
+#define TC_TRIGGER_COMPARE_RC                   1
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Waveform Selection
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UP_MODE                 AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_UP_NO_AUTO
+#define TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UP_MODE_RC_TRIGGER      AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_UP_AUTO
+#define TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UPDOWN_MODE             AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_UPDOWN_NO_AUTO
+#define TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UPDOWN_MODE_RC_TRIGGER  AVR32_TC_WAVSEL_UPDOWN_AUTO
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name TIOA or TIOB External Trigger Selection
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_EXT_TRIG_SEL_TIOA                    1
+#define TC_EXT_TRIG_SEL_TIOB                    0
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name External Event Selection
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_TIOB_INPUT             AVR32_TC_EEVT_TIOB_INPUT
+#define TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC0_OUTPUT             AVR32_TC_EEVT_XC0_OUTPUT
+#define TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC1_OUTPUT             AVR32_TC_EEVT_XC1_OUTPUT
+#define TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC2_OUTPUT             AVR32_TC_EEVT_XC2_OUTPUT
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Edge Selection
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_SEL_NO_EDGE                          AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_NO_EDGE
+#define TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE                      AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_POS_EDGE
+#define TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE                     AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_NEG_EDGE
+#define TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE                        AVR32_TC_EEVTEDG_BOTH_EDGES
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Burst Signal Selection
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_BURST_NOT_GATED                      AVR32_TC_BURST_NOT_GATED
+#define TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC0                    AVR32_TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC0
+#define TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC1                    AVR32_TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC1
+#define TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC2                    AVR32_TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC2
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Clock Invert
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_CLOCK_RISING_EDGE                    0
+#define TC_CLOCK_FALLING_EDGE                   1
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Clock Selection
+ */
+//! @{
+#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC1                     AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK1
+#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC2                     AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK2
+#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC3                     AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK3
+#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC4                     AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK4
+#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC5                     AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_TIMER_CLOCK5
+#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC0                     AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_XC0
+#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC1                     AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_XC1
+#define TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC2                     AVR32_TC_TCCLKS_XC2
+//! @}
+
+
+//! Timer/counter interrupts.
+typedef struct
+{
+  unsigned int                 :24;
+
+  //! External trigger interrupt.
+  unsigned int etrgs           : 1;
+
+  //! RB load interrupt.
+  unsigned int ldrbs           : 1;
+
+  //! RA load interrupt.
+  unsigned int ldras           : 1;
+
+  //! RC compare interrupt.
+  unsigned int cpcs            : 1;
+
+  //! RB compare interrupt.
+  unsigned int cpbs            : 1;
+
+  //! RA compare interrupt.
+  unsigned int cpas            : 1;
+
+  //! Load overrun interrupt.
+  unsigned int lovrs           : 1;
+
+  //! Counter overflow interrupt.
+  unsigned int covfs           : 1;
+} tc_interrupt_t;
+
+//! Parameters when initializing a timer/counter in capture mode.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! Channel to initialize.
+  unsigned int channel            ;
+
+  unsigned int                 :12;
+
+  //! RB loading selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_NO_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE.
+  unsigned int ldrb            : 2;
+
+  //! RA loading selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_NO_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE.
+  unsigned int ldra            : 2;
+
+  unsigned int                 : 1;
+
+  //! RC compare trigger enable:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_NO_TRIGGER_COMPARE_RC;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_TRIGGER_COMPARE_RC.
+  unsigned int cpctrg          : 1;
+
+  unsigned int                 : 3;
+
+  //! TIOA or TIOB external trigger selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EXT_TRIG_SEL_TIOA;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EXT_TRIG_SEL_TIOB.
+  unsigned int abetrg          : 1;
+
+  //! External trigger edge selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_NO_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE.
+  unsigned int etrgedg         : 2;
+
+  //! Counter clock disable with RB loading:\n
+  //!   - \c FALSE;\n
+  //!   - \c TRUE.
+  unsigned int ldbdis          : 1;
+
+  //! Counter clock stopped with RB loading:\n
+  //!   - \c FALSE;\n
+  //!   - \c TRUE.
+  unsigned int ldbstop         : 1;
+
+  //! Burst signal selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_BURST_NOT_GATED;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC0;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC1;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC2.
+  unsigned int burst           : 2;
+
+  //! Clock invert:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_RISING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_FALLING_EDGE.
+  unsigned int clki            : 1;
+
+  //! Clock selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC1;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC2;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC3;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC4;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC5;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC0;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC1;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC2.
+  unsigned int tcclks          : 3;
+} tc_capture_opt_t;
+
+//! Parameters when initializing a timer/counter in waveform mode.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! Channel to initialize.
+  unsigned int channel            ;
+
+  //! Software trigger effect on TIOB:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
+  unsigned int bswtrg          : 2;
+
+  //! External event effect on TIOB:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
+  unsigned int beevt           : 2;
+
+  //! RC compare effect on TIOB:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
+  unsigned int bcpc            : 2;
+
+  //! RB compare effect on TIOB:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
+  unsigned int bcpb            : 2;
+
+  //! Software trigger effect on TIOA:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
+  unsigned int aswtrg          : 2;
+
+  //! External event effect on TIOA:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
+  unsigned int aeevt           : 2;
+
+  //! RC compare effect on TIOA:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
+  unsigned int acpc            : 2;
+
+  //! RA compare effect on TIOA:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_NOOP;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_SET;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_CLEAR;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EVT_EFFECT_TOGGLE.
+  unsigned int acpa            : 2;
+
+  unsigned int                 : 1;
+
+  //! Waveform selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UP_MODE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UP_MODE_RC_TRIGGER;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UPDOWN_MODE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_WAVEFORM_SEL_UPDOWN_MODE_RC_TRIGGER.
+  unsigned int wavsel          : 2;
+
+  //! External event trigger enable:\n
+  //!   - \c FALSE;\n
+  //!   - \c TRUE.
+  unsigned int enetrg          : 1;
+
+  //! External event selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_TIOB_INPUT;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC0_OUTPUT;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC1_OUTPUT;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_EXT_EVENT_SEL_XC2_OUTPUT.
+  unsigned int eevt            : 2;
+
+  //! External event edge selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_NO_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_RISING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_FALLING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_SEL_EACH_EDGE.
+  unsigned int eevtedg         : 2;
+
+  //! Counter clock disable with RC compare:\n
+  //!   - \c FALSE;\n
+  //!   - \c TRUE.
+  unsigned int cpcdis          : 1;
+
+  //! Counter clock stopped with RC compare:\n
+  //!   - \c FALSE;\n
+  //!   - \c TRUE.
+  unsigned int cpcstop         : 1;
+
+  //! Burst signal selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_BURST_NOT_GATED;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC0;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC1;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_BURST_CLK_AND_XC2.
+  unsigned int burst           : 2;
+
+  //! Clock invert:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_RISING_EDGE;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_FALLING_EDGE.
+  unsigned int clki            : 1;
+
+  //! Clock selection:\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC1;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC2;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC3;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC4;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_TC5;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC0;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC1;\n
+  //!   - \ref TC_CLOCK_SOURCE_XC2.
+  unsigned int tcclks          : 3;
+} tc_waveform_opt_t;
+
+
+/*! \brief Reads timer/counter interrupt settings.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ *
+ * \retval >=0 The interrupt enable configuration organized according to \ref tc_interrupt_t.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_get_interrupt_settings(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
+
+/*! \brief Enables various timer/counter interrupts.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ * \param bitfield        The interrupt enable configuration.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_configure_interrupts(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, const tc_interrupt_t *bitfield);
+
+/*! \brief Selects which external clock to use and how to configure it.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ * \param ext_clk_sig_src External clock signal selection:
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TCLK0;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_NO_CLK;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TIOA1;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH0_EXT_CLK0_SRC_TIOA2;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TCLK1;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_NO_CLK;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TIOA0;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH1_EXT_CLK1_SRC_TIOA2;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TCLK2;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_NO_CLK;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TIOA0;
+ *   \arg \c TC_CH2_EXT_CLK2_SRC_TIOA1.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_select_external_clock(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned int ext_clk_sig_src);
+
+/*! \brief Sets options for timer/counter capture initialization.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param opt             Options for capture mode.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_init_capture(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, const tc_capture_opt_t *opt);
+
+/*! \brief Sets options for timer/counter waveform initialization.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param opt             Options for waveform generation.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_init_waveform(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, const tc_waveform_opt_t *opt);
+
+/*! \brief Starts a timer/counter.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_start(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
+
+/*! \brief Stops a timer/counter.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_stop(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
+
+/*! \brief Performs a software trigger: the counter is reset and the clock is started.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ *
+ * \retval 0 Success.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_software_trigger(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
+
+/*! \brief Asserts a SYNC signal to generate a software trigger and reset all channels.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ */
+extern void tc_sync_trigger(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc);
+
+/*! \brief Start all TC channels simultaneously.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ */
+extern void tc_sync_start(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc);
+
+/*! \brief Reads the status register.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ *
+ * \retval >=0 Status register value.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_read_sr(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
+
+/*! \brief Reads the channel's TC counter and returns the value.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ *
+ * \retval >=0 TC counter value.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_read_tc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
+
+/*! \brief Reads the channel's RA register and returns the value.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ *
+ * \retval >=0 RA register value.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_read_ra(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
+
+/*! \brief Reads the channel's RB register and returns the value.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ *
+ * \retval >=0 RB register value.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_read_rb(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
+
+/*! \brief Reads the channel's RC register and returns the value.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ *
+ * \retval >=0 RC register value.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_read_rc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel);
+
+/*! \brief Writes a value to the channel's RA register.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ * \param value           Value to write to the RA register.
+ *
+ * \retval >=0 Written value.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_write_ra(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value);
+
+/*! \brief Writes a value to the channel's RB register.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ * \param value           Value to write to the RB register.
+ *
+ * \retval >=0 Written value.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_write_rb(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value);
+
+/*! \brief Writes a value to the channel's RC register.
+ *
+ * \param tc              Pointer to the TC instance to access.
+ * \param channel         The TC instance channel to access.
+ * \param value           Value to write to the RC register.
+ *
+ * \retval >=0 Written value.
+ * \retval TC_INVALID_ARGUMENT Invalid argument(s).
+ */
+extern int tc_write_rc(volatile avr32_tc_t *tc, unsigned int channel, unsigned short value);
+
+
+#endif  // _TC_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/USART/usart.c

@@ -0,0 +1,914 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief USART driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * This file contains basic functions for the AVR32 USART, with support for all
+ * modes, settings and clock speeds.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a USART module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "usart.h"
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*! \name Private Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+/*! \brief Checks if the USART is in multidrop mode.
+ *
+ * \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the USART is in multidrop mode, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+static __inline__ int usart_mode_is_multidrop(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return ((usart->mr >> AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET) & AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_MULTI) == AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_MULTI;
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Calculates a clock divider (\e CD) and a fractional part (\e FP) for
+ *         the USART asynchronous modes to generate a baud rate as close as
+ *         possible to the baud rate set point.
+ *
+ * Baud rate calculation:
+ * \f$ Baudrate = \frac{SelectedClock}{Over \times (CD + \frac{FP}{8})} \f$, \e Over being 16 or 8.
+ * The maximal oversampling is selected if it allows to generate a baud rate close to the set point.
+ *
+ * \param usart     Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param baudrate  Baud rate set point.
+ * \param pba_hz    USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Baud rate successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  Baud rate set point is out of range for the given input clock frequency.
+ */
+static int usart_set_async_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned int baudrate, unsigned long pba_hz)
+{
+  unsigned int over = (pba_hz >= 16 * baudrate) ? 16 : 8;
+  unsigned int cd_fp = ((1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_FP_SIZE) * pba_hz + (over * baudrate) / 2) / (over * baudrate);
+  unsigned int cd = cd_fp >> AVR32_USART_BRGR_FP_SIZE;
+  unsigned int fp = cd_fp & ((1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_FP_SIZE) - 1);
+
+  if (cd < 1 || cd > (1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_SIZE) - 1)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~(AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK |
+                             AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_MASK |
+                             AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_MASK)) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET |
+              ((over == 16) ? AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_X16 : AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_X8) << AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_OFFSET;
+
+  usart->brgr = cd << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_OFFSET |
+                fp << AVR32_USART_BRGR_FP_OFFSET;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Calculates a clock divider (\e CD) for the USART synchronous master
+ *         modes to generate a baud rate as close as possible to the baud rate
+ *         set point.
+ *
+ * Baud rate calculation:
+ * \f$ Baudrate = \frac{SelectedClock}{CD} \f$.
+ *
+ * \param usart     Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param baudrate  Baud rate set point.
+ * \param pba_hz    USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Baud rate successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  Baud rate set point is out of range for the given input clock frequency.
+ */
+static int usart_set_sync_master_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned int baudrate, unsigned long pba_hz)
+{
+  unsigned int cd = (pba_hz + baudrate / 2) / baudrate;
+
+  if (cd < 1 || cd > (1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_SIZE) - 1)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_MASK;
+
+  usart->brgr = cd << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_OFFSET;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Selects the SCK pin as the source of baud rate for the USART
+ *         synchronous slave modes.
+ *
+ * \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS  Baud rate successfully initialized.
+ */
+static int usart_set_sync_slave_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_SCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Calculates a clock divider (\e CD) for the USART ISO7816 mode to
+ *         generate an ISO7816 clock as close as possible to the clock set point.
+ *
+ * ISO7816 clock calculation:
+ * \f$ Clock = \frac{SelectedClock}{CD} \f$.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param clock   ISO7816 clock set point.
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        ISO7816 clock successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  ISO7816 clock set point is out of range for the given input clock frequency.
+ */
+static int usart_set_iso7816_clock(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned int clock, unsigned long pba_hz)
+{
+  unsigned int cd = (pba_hz + clock / 2) / clock;
+
+  if (cd < 1 || cd > (1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_SIZE) - 1)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~(AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK |
+                             AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_MASK |
+                             AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_MASK)) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_X16 << AVR32_USART_MR_OVER_OFFSET;
+
+  usart->brgr = cd << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_OFFSET;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+
+/*! \brief Calculates a clock divider (\e CD) for the USART SPI master mode to
+ *         generate a baud rate as close as possible to the baud rate set point.
+ *
+ * Baud rate calculation:
+ * \f$ Baudrate = \frac{SelectedClock}{CD} \f$.
+ *
+ * \param usart     Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param baudrate  Baud rate set point.
+ * \param pba_hz    USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Baud rate successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  Baud rate set point is out of range for the given input clock frequency.
+ */
+static int usart_set_spi_master_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned int baudrate, unsigned long pba_hz)
+{
+  unsigned int cd = (pba_hz + baudrate / 2) / baudrate;
+
+  if (cd < 4 || cd > (1 << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_SIZE) - 1)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET;
+
+  usart->brgr = cd << AVR32_USART_BRGR_CD_OFFSET;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/*! \brief Selects the SCK pin as the source of baud rate for the USART SPI
+ *         slave mode.
+ *
+ * \param usart Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS  Baud rate successfully initialized.
+ */
+static int usart_set_spi_slave_baudrate(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_SCK << AVR32_USART_MR_USCLKS_OFFSET;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+
+//! @}
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*! \name Initialization Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+void usart_reset(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  Bool global_interrupt_enabled = Is_global_interrupt_enabled();
+
+  // Disable all USART interrupts.
+  // Interrupts needed should be set explicitly on every reset.
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Disable_global_interrupt();
+  usart->idr = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+  usart->csr;
+  if (global_interrupt_enabled) Enable_global_interrupt();
+
+  // Reset mode and other registers that could cause unpredictable behavior after reset.
+  usart->mr = 0;
+  usart->rtor = 0;
+  usart->ttgr = 0;
+
+  // Shutdown TX and RX (will be re-enabled when setup has successfully completed),
+  // reset status bits and turn off DTR and RTS.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RSTRX_MASK   |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_RSTTX_MASK   |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_RSTSTA_MASK  |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_RSTIT_MASK   |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_RSTNACK_MASK |
+#ifndef AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED
+// Note: Modem Signal Management DTR-DSR-DCD-RI are not included in USART rev.440.
+              AVR32_USART_CR_DTRDIS_MASK  |
+#endif
+              AVR32_USART_CR_RTSDIS_MASK;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_rs232(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
+  usart_reset(usart);
+
+  // Check input values.
+  if (!opt || // Null pointer.
+      opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
+      opt->paritytype > 7 ||
+      opt->stopbits > 2 + 255 ||
+      opt->channelmode > 3 ||
+      usart_set_async_baudrate(usart, opt->baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  if (opt->charlength == 9)
+  {
+    // Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
+    usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
+  }
+
+  usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
+               opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET;
+
+  if (opt->stopbits > USART_2_STOPBITS)
+  {
+    // Set two stop bits
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
+    // and a timeguard period gives the rest.
+    usart->ttgr = opt->stopbits - USART_2_STOPBITS;
+  }
+  else
+    // Insert 1, 1.5 or 2 stop bits.
+    usart->mr |= opt->stopbits << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
+
+  // Set normal mode.
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_NORMAL << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
+
+  // Setup complete; enable communication.
+  // Enable input and output.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_rs232_tx_only(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
+  usart_reset(usart);
+
+  // Check input values.
+  if (!opt || // Null pointer.
+      opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
+      opt->paritytype > 7 ||
+      opt->stopbits == 1 || opt->stopbits > 2 + 255 ||
+      opt->channelmode > 3 ||
+      usart_set_sync_master_baudrate(usart, opt->baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  if (opt->charlength == 9)
+  {
+    // Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
+    usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
+  }
+
+  usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
+               opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET;
+
+  if (opt->stopbits > USART_2_STOPBITS)
+  {
+    // Set two stop bits
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
+    // and a timeguard period gives the rest.
+    usart->ttgr = opt->stopbits - USART_2_STOPBITS;
+  }
+  else
+    // Insert 1 or 2 stop bits.
+    usart->mr |= opt->stopbits << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
+
+  // Set normal mode.
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_NORMAL << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
+
+  // Setup complete; enable communication.
+  // Enable only output as input is not possible in synchronous mode without
+  // transferring clock.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_hw_handshaking(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // First: Setup standard RS232.
+  if (usart_init_rs232(usart, opt, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  // Set hardware handshaking mode.
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_HARDWARE << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_modem(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // First: Setup standard RS232.
+  if (usart_init_rs232(usart, opt, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  // Set modem mode.
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MODEM << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_sync_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
+  usart_reset(usart);
+
+  // Check input values.
+  if (!opt || // Null pointer.
+      opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
+      opt->paritytype > 7 ||
+      opt->stopbits == 1 || opt->stopbits > 2 + 255 ||
+      opt->channelmode > 3 ||
+      usart_set_sync_master_baudrate(usart, opt->baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  if (opt->charlength == 9)
+  {
+    // Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
+    usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
+  }
+
+  usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
+               opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET;
+
+  if (opt->stopbits > USART_2_STOPBITS)
+  {
+    // Set two stop bits
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
+    // and a timeguard period gives the rest.
+    usart->ttgr = opt->stopbits - USART_2_STOPBITS;
+  }
+  else
+    // Insert 1 or 2 stop bits.
+    usart->mr |= opt->stopbits << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
+
+  // Set normal mode.
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_NORMAL << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_CLKO_MASK;
+
+  // Setup complete; enable communication.
+  // Enable input and output.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_sync_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
+  usart_reset(usart);
+
+  // Check input values.
+  if (!opt || // Null pointer.
+      opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
+      opt->paritytype > 7 ||
+      opt->stopbits == 1 || opt->stopbits > 2 + 255 ||
+      opt->channelmode > 3 ||
+      usart_set_sync_slave_baudrate(usart) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  if (opt->charlength == 9)
+  {
+    // Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
+    usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
+  }
+
+  usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
+               opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET;
+
+  if (opt->stopbits > USART_2_STOPBITS)
+  {
+    // Set two stop bits
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
+    // and a timeguard period gives the rest.
+    usart->ttgr = opt->stopbits - USART_2_STOPBITS;
+  }
+  else
+    // Insert 1 or 2 stop bits.
+    usart->mr |= opt->stopbits << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
+
+  // Set normal mode.
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_NORMAL << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
+
+  // Setup complete; enable communication.
+  // Enable input and output.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_rs485(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // First: Setup standard RS232.
+  if (usart_init_rs232(usart, opt, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  // Set RS485 mode.
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_RS485 << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_IrDA(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt,
+                    long pba_hz, unsigned char irda_filter)
+{
+  // First: Setup standard RS232.
+  if (usart_init_rs232(usart, opt, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  // Set IrDA filter.
+  usart->ifr = irda_filter;
+
+  // Set IrDA mode and activate filtering of input.
+  usart->mr = (usart->mr & ~AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_MASK) |
+              AVR32_USART_MODE_IRDA << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET |
+              AVR32_USART_MR_FILTER_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_iso7816(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_iso7816_options_t *opt, int t, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
+  usart_reset(usart);
+
+  // Check input values.
+  if (!opt || // Null pointer.
+      opt->paritytype > 1)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  if (t == 0)
+  {
+    // Set USART mode to ISO7816, T=0.
+    // The T=0 protocol always uses 2 stop bits.
+    usart->mr = AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_ISO7816_T0 << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET |
+                AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET |
+                opt->bit_order << AVR32_USART_MR_MSBF_OFFSET; // Allow MSBF in T=0.
+  }
+  else if (t == 1)
+  {
+    // Only LSB first in the T=1 protocol.
+    // max_iterations field is only used in T=0 mode.
+    if (opt->bit_order != 0 ||
+        opt->max_iterations != 0)
+      return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+    // Set USART mode to ISO7816, T=1.
+    // The T=1 protocol always uses 1 stop bit.
+    usart->mr = AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_ISO7816_T1 << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET |
+                AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_1 << AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_OFFSET;
+  }
+  else
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  if (usart_set_iso7816_clock(usart, opt->iso7816_hz, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  // Set FIDI register: bit rate = selected clock/FI_DI_ratio/16.
+  usart->fidi = opt->fidi_ratio;
+
+  // Set ISO7816 spesific options in the MODE register.
+  usart->mr |= opt->paritytype << AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_OFFSET |
+               AVR32_USART_MR_CLKO_MASK | // Enable clock output.
+               opt->inhibit_nack << AVR32_USART_MR_INACK_OFFSET |
+               opt->dis_suc_nack << AVR32_USART_MR_DSNACK_OFFSET |
+               opt->max_iterations << AVR32_USART_MR_MAX_ITERATION_OFFSET;
+
+  // Setup complete; enable the receiver by default.
+  usart_iso7816_enable_receiver(usart);
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+
+int usart_init_lin_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned long baudrate, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
+  usart_reset(usart);
+
+  // Check input values.
+  if (usart_set_async_baudrate(usart, baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_LIN_MASTER << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET;  // LIN master mode.
+
+  // Setup complete; enable communication.
+  // Enable input and output.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_lin_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned long baudrate, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
+  usart_reset(usart);
+
+  // Check input values.
+  if (usart_set_async_baudrate(usart, baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_LIN_SLAVE << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET; // LIN slave mode.
+
+  // Setup complete; enable communication.
+  // Enable input and output.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_spi_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_spi_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
+  usart_reset(usart);
+
+  // Check input values.
+  if (!opt || // Null pointer.
+      opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
+      opt->spimode > 3 ||
+      opt->channelmode > 3 ||
+      usart_set_spi_master_baudrate(usart, opt->baudrate, pba_hz) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  if (opt->charlength == 9)
+  {
+    // Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
+    usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
+  }
+
+  usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_SPI_MASTER << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET | // SPI master mode.
+               ((opt->spimode & 0x1) ^ 0x1) << AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_OFFSET |   // SPI clock phase.
+               opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET |             // Channel mode.
+               (opt->spimode >> 1) << AVR32_USART_MR_MSBF_OFFSET |            // SPI clock polarity.
+               AVR32_USART_MR_CLKO_MASK;                                      // Drive SCK pin.
+
+  // Setup complete; enable communication.
+  // Enable input and output.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_init_spi_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_spi_options_t *opt, long pba_hz)
+{
+  // Reset the USART and shutdown TX and RX.
+  usart_reset(usart);
+
+  // Check input values.
+  if (!opt || // Null pointer.
+      opt->charlength < 5 || opt->charlength > 9 ||
+      opt->spimode > 3 ||
+      opt->channelmode > 3 ||
+      usart_set_spi_slave_baudrate(usart) == USART_INVALID_INPUT)
+    return USART_INVALID_INPUT;
+
+  if (opt->charlength == 9)
+  {
+    // Character length set to 9 bits. MODE9 dominates CHRL.
+    usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE9_MASK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    // CHRL gives the character length (- 5) when MODE9 = 0.
+    usart->mr |= (opt->charlength - 5) << AVR32_USART_MR_CHRL_OFFSET;
+  }
+
+  usart->mr |= AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_SPI_SLAVE << AVR32_USART_MR_MODE_OFFSET |  // SPI slave mode.
+               ((opt->spimode & 0x1) ^ 0x1) << AVR32_USART_MR_SYNC_OFFSET |   // SPI clock phase.
+               opt->channelmode << AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_OFFSET |             // Channel mode.
+               (opt->spimode >> 1) << AVR32_USART_MR_MSBF_OFFSET;             // SPI clock polarity.
+
+  // Setup complete; enable communication.
+  // Enable input and output.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK |
+              AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+
+//! @}
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+
+/*! \name SPI Control Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+int usart_spi_selectChip(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  // Force the SPI chip select.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RTSEN_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_spi_unselectChip(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  int timeout = USART_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT;
+
+  do
+  {
+    if (!timeout--) return USART_FAILURE;
+  } while (!usart_tx_empty(usart));
+
+  // Release the SPI chip select.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RTSDIS_MASK;
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+//! @}
+
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*! \name Transmit/Receive Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+
+int usart_send_address(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int address)
+{
+  // Check if USART is in multidrop / RS485 mode.
+  if (!usart_mode_is_multidrop(usart)) return USART_MODE_FAULT;
+
+  // Prepare to send an address.
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_SENDA_MASK;
+
+  // Write the address to TX.
+  usart_bw_write_char(usart, address);
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_write_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c)
+{
+  if (usart_tx_ready(usart))
+  {
+    usart->thr = (c << AVR32_USART_THR_TXCHR_OFFSET) & AVR32_USART_THR_TXCHR_MASK;
+    return USART_SUCCESS;
+  }
+  else
+    return USART_TX_BUSY;
+}
+
+
+int usart_putchar(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c)
+{
+  int timeout = USART_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT;
+
+  if (c == '\n')
+  {
+    do
+    {
+      if (!timeout--) return USART_FAILURE;
+    } while (usart_write_char(usart, '\r') != USART_SUCCESS);
+
+    timeout = USART_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT;
+  }
+
+  do
+  {
+    if (!timeout--) return USART_FAILURE;
+  } while (usart_write_char(usart, c) != USART_SUCCESS);
+
+  return USART_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+int usart_read_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int *c)
+{
+  // Check for errors: frame, parity and overrun. In RS485 mode, a parity error
+  // would mean that an address char has been received.
+  if (usart->csr & (AVR32_USART_CSR_OVRE_MASK |
+                    AVR32_USART_CSR_FRAME_MASK |
+                    AVR32_USART_CSR_PARE_MASK))
+    return USART_RX_ERROR;
+
+  // No error; if we really did receive a char, read it and return SUCCESS.
+  if (usart_test_hit(usart))
+  {
+    *c = (usart->rhr & AVR32_USART_RHR_RXCHR_MASK) >> AVR32_USART_RHR_RXCHR_OFFSET;
+    return USART_SUCCESS;
+  }
+  else
+    return USART_RX_EMPTY;
+}
+
+
+int usart_getchar(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  int c, ret;
+
+  while ((ret = usart_read_char(usart, &c)) == USART_RX_EMPTY);
+
+  if (ret == USART_RX_ERROR)
+    return USART_FAILURE;
+
+  return c;
+}
+
+
+void usart_write_line(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const char *string)
+{
+  while (*string != '\0')
+    usart_putchar(usart, *string++);
+}
+
+
+int usart_get_echo_line(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  int rx_char;
+  int retval = USART_SUCCESS;
+
+  while (1)
+  {
+    rx_char = usart_getchar(usart);
+    if (rx_char == USART_FAILURE)
+    {
+      usart_write_line(usart, "Error!!!\n");
+      retval = USART_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    }
+    if (rx_char == '\x03')
+    {
+      retval = USART_FAILURE;
+      break;
+    }
+    usart_putchar(usart, rx_char);
+    if (rx_char == '\r')
+    {
+      usart_putchar(usart, '\n');
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+//! @}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/DRIVERS/USART/usart.h

@@ -0,0 +1,889 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief USART driver for AVR32 UC3.
+ *
+ * This file contains basic functions for the AVR32 USART, with support for all
+ * modes, settings and clock speeds.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices with a USART module can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USART_H_
+#define _USART_H_
+
+#include <avr32/io.h>
+#include "compiler.h"
+
+
+/*! \name Return Values
+ */
+//! @{
+#define USART_SUCCESS                 0 //!< Successful completion.
+#define USART_FAILURE                -1 //!< Failure because of some unspecified reason.
+#define USART_INVALID_INPUT           1 //!< Input value out of range.
+#define USART_INVALID_ARGUMENT       -1 //!< Argument value out of range.
+#define USART_TX_BUSY                 2 //!< Transmitter was busy.
+#define USART_RX_EMPTY                3 //!< Nothing was received.
+#define USART_RX_ERROR                4 //!< Transmission error occurred.
+#define USART_MODE_FAULT              5 //!< USART not in the appropriate mode.
+//! @}
+
+//! Default time-out value (number of attempts).
+#define USART_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT         10000
+
+/*! \name Parity Settings
+ */
+//! @{
+#define USART_EVEN_PARITY             AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_EVEN   //!< Use even parity on character transmission.
+#define USART_ODD_PARITY              AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_ODD    //!< Use odd parity on character transmission.
+#define USART_SPACE_PARITY            AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_SPACE  //!< Use a space as parity bit.
+#define USART_MARK_PARITY             AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_MARK   //!< Use a mark as parity bit.
+#define USART_NO_PARITY               AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_NONE   //!< Don't use a parity bit.
+#define USART_MULTIDROP_PARITY        AVR32_USART_MR_PAR_MULTI  //!< Parity bit is used to flag address characters.
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Stop Bits Settings
+ */
+//! @{
+#define USART_1_STOPBIT               AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_1   //!< Use 1 stop bit.
+#define USART_1_5_STOPBITS            AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_1_5 //!< Use 1.5 stop bits.
+#define USART_2_STOPBITS              AVR32_USART_MR_NBSTOP_2   //!< Use 2 stop bits (for more, just give the number of bits).
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name Channel Modes
+ */
+//! @{
+#define USART_NORMAL_CHMODE           AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_NORMAL      //!< Normal communication.
+#define USART_AUTO_ECHO               AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_ECHO        //!< Echo data.
+#define USART_LOCAL_LOOPBACK          AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_LOCAL_LOOP  //!< Local loopback.
+#define USART_REMOTE_LOOPBACK         AVR32_USART_MR_CHMODE_REMOTE_LOOP //!< Remote loopback.
+//! @}
+
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+/*! \name LIN Node Actions
+ */
+//! @{
+#define USART_LIN_PUBLISH_ACTION      AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_PUBLISH    //!< The USART transmits the response.
+#define USART_LIN_SUBSCRIBE_ACTION    AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_SUBSCRIBE  //!< The USART receives the response.
+#define USART_LIN_IGNORE_ACTION       AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_IGNORE     //!< The USART does not transmit and does not receive the reponse.
+//! @}
+
+/*! \name LIN Checksum Types
+ */
+//! @{
+#define USART_LIN_ENHANCED_CHECKSUM   0 //!< LIN 2.0 "enhanced" checksum.
+#define USART_LIN_CLASSIC_CHECKSUM    1 //!< LIN 1.3 "classic" checksum.
+//! @}
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+
+//! Input parameters when initializing RS232 and similar modes.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! Set baud rate of the USART (unused in slave modes).
+  unsigned long baudrate;
+
+  //! Number of bits to transmit as a character (5 to 9).
+  unsigned char charlength;
+
+  //! How to calculate the parity bit: \ref USART_EVEN_PARITY, \ref USART_ODD_PARITY,
+  //! \ref USART_SPACE_PARITY, \ref USART_MARK_PARITY, \ref USART_NO_PARITY or
+  //! \ref USART_MULTIDROP_PARITY.
+  unsigned char paritytype;
+
+  //! Number of stop bits between two characters: \ref USART_1_STOPBIT,
+  //! \ref USART_1_5_STOPBITS, \ref USART_2_STOPBITS or any number from 3 to 257
+  //! which will result in a time guard period of that length between characters.
+  //! \note \ref USART_1_5_STOPBITS is supported in asynchronous modes only.
+  unsigned short stopbits;
+
+  //! Run the channel in testmode: \ref USART_NORMAL_CHMODE, \ref USART_AUTO_ECHO,
+  //! \ref USART_LOCAL_LOOPBACK or \ref USART_REMOTE_LOOPBACK.
+  unsigned char channelmode;
+} usart_options_t;
+
+//! Input parameters when initializing ISO7816 mode.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! Set the frequency of the ISO7816 clock.
+  unsigned long iso7816_hz;
+
+  //! The number of ISO7816 clock ticks in every bit period (1 to 2047, 0 = disable clock).
+  //! Bit rate = \ref iso7816_hz / \ref fidi_ratio.
+  unsigned short fidi_ratio;
+
+  //! How to calculate the parity bit: \ref USART_EVEN_PARITY for normal mode or
+  //! \ref USART_ODD_PARITY for inverse mode.
+  unsigned char paritytype;
+
+  //! Inhibit Non Acknowledge:\n
+  //!   - 0: the NACK is generated;\n
+  //!   - 1: the NACK is not generated.
+  //!
+  //! \note This bit will be used only in ISO7816 mode, protocol T = 0 receiver.
+  int inhibit_nack;
+
+  //! Disable successive NACKs.
+  //! Successive parity errors are counted up to the value in the \ref max_iterations field.
+  //! These parity errors generate a NACK on the ISO line. As soon as this value is reached,
+  //! no addititional NACK is sent on the ISO line. The ITERATION flag is asserted.
+  int dis_suc_nack;
+
+  //! Max number of repetitions (0 to 7).
+  unsigned char max_iterations;
+
+  //! Bit order in transmitted characters:\n
+  //!   - 0: LSB first;\n
+  //!   - 1: MSB first.
+  int bit_order;
+} usart_iso7816_options_t;
+
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+//! Input parameters when initializing SPI mode.
+typedef struct
+{
+  //! Set the frequency of the SPI clock (unused in slave mode).
+  unsigned long baudrate;
+
+  //! Number of bits to transmit as a character (5 to 9).
+  unsigned char charlength;
+
+  //! Which SPI mode to use.
+  unsigned char spimode;
+
+  //! Run the channel in testmode: \ref USART_NORMAL_CHMODE, \ref USART_AUTO_ECHO,
+  //! \ref USART_LOCAL_LOOPBACK or \ref USART_REMOTE_LOOPBACK.
+  unsigned char channelmode;
+} usart_spi_options_t;
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*! \name Initialization Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Resets the USART and disables TX and RX.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ */
+extern void usart_reset(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the standard RS232 protocol.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_rs232(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the standard RS232 protocol in TX-only mode.
+ *
+ * Compared to \ref usart_init_rs232, this function allows very high baud rates
+ * (up to \a pba_hz instead of \a pba_hz / \c 8) at the expense of full duplex.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ *
+ * \note The \c 1.5 stop bit is not supported in this mode.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_rs232_tx_only(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use hardware handshaking.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ *
+ * \note \ref usart_init_rs232 does not need to be invoked before this function.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_hw_handshaking(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the modem protocol, activating dedicated inputs/outputs.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_modem(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use a synchronous RS232-like protocol in master mode.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_sync_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use a synchronous RS232-like protocol in slave mode.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_sync_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the RS485 protocol.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_rs485(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the IrDA protocol.
+ *
+ * \param usart         Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt           Options needed to set up RS232 communication (see \ref usart_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz        USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ * \param irda_filter   Counter used to distinguish received ones from zeros.
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_IrDA(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_options_t *opt,
+                           long pba_hz, unsigned char irda_filter);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the ISO7816 T=0 or T=1 smartcard protocols.
+ *
+ * The receiver is enabled by default. \ref usart_iso7816_enable_receiver and
+ * \ref usart_iso7816_enable_transmitter can be called to change the half-duplex
+ * communication direction.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up ISO7816 communication (see \ref usart_iso7816_options_t).
+ * \param t       ISO7816 mode to use (T=0 or T=1).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_iso7816(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_iso7816_options_t *opt, int t, long pba_hz);
+
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the LIN master mode.
+ *
+ * \param usart     Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param baudrate  Baud rate.
+ * \param pba_hz    USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ */
+extern int usart_init_lin_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned long baudrate, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the LIN slave mode.
+ *
+ * \param usart     Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param baudrate  Baud rate.
+ * \param pba_hz    USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ */
+extern int usart_init_lin_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned long baudrate, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the SPI master mode.
+ *
+ * \ref usart_spi_selectChip and \ref usart_spi_unselectChip can be called to
+ * select or unselect the SPI slave chip.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up SPI mode (see \ref usart_spi_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_spi_master(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_spi_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
+
+/*! \brief Sets up the USART to use the SPI slave mode.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param opt     Options needed to set up SPI mode (see \ref usart_spi_options_t).
+ * \param pba_hz  USART module input clock frequency (PBA clock, Hz).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Mode successfully initialized.
+ * \retval USART_INVALID_INPUT  One or more of the arguments is out of valid range.
+ */
+extern int usart_init_spi_slave(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const usart_spi_options_t *opt, long pba_hz);
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+//! @}
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*! \name Read and Reset Error Status Bits
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Resets the error status.
+ *
+ * This function resets the status bits indicating that a parity error,
+ * framing error or overrun has occurred. The RXBRK bit, indicating
+ * a start/end of break condition on the RX line, is also reset.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_reset_status(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RSTSTA_MASK;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Checks if a parity error has occurred since last status reset.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if a parity error has been detected, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ int usart_parity_error(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_PARE_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Checks if a framing error has occurred since last status reset.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if a framing error has been detected, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ int usart_framing_error(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_FRAME_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Checks if an overrun error has occurred since last status reset.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if a overrun error has been detected, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ int usart_overrun_error(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_OVRE_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+/*! \brief Get LIN Error Status
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \retval The binary value of the error field.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ int usart_lin_get_error(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return (usart->csr & (AVR32_USART_CSR_LINSNRE_MASK |
+                        AVR32_USART_CSR_LINCE_MASK |
+                        AVR32_USART_CSR_LINIPE_MASK |
+                        AVR32_USART_CSR_LINISFE_MASK |
+                        AVR32_USART_CSR_LINBE_MASK)) >> AVR32_USART_CSR_LINBE_OFFSET;
+}
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+//! @}
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*! \name ISO7816 Control Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Enables the ISO7816 receiver.
+ *
+ * The ISO7816 transmitter is disabled.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_iso7816_enable_receiver(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_TXDIS_MASK | AVR32_USART_CR_RXEN_MASK;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Enables the ISO7816 transmitter.
+ *
+ * The ISO7816 receiver is disabled.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_iso7816_enable_transmitter(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_CR_RXDIS_MASK | AVR32_USART_CR_TXEN_MASK;
+}
+
+//! @}
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+/*! \name LIN Control Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Sets the node action.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param action  The node action: \ref USART_LIN_PUBLISH_ACTION,
+ *                \ref USART_LIN_SUBSCRIBE_ACTION or
+ *                \ref USART_LIN_IGNORE_ACTION.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_node_action(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char action)
+{
+  usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_MASK) |
+                 action << AVR32_USART_LINMR_NACT_OFFSET;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Enables or disables the Identifier parity.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param parity  Whether to enable the Identifier parity: \c TRUE or \c FALSE.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_lin_enable_parity(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char parity)
+{
+  usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_PARDIS_MASK) |
+                 !parity << AVR32_USART_LINMR_PARDIS_OFFSET;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Enables or disables the checksum.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param parity  Whether to enable the checksum: \c TRUE or \c FALSE.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_lin_enable_checksum(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char checksum)
+{
+  usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_CHKDIS_MASK) |
+                 !checksum << AVR32_USART_LINMR_CHKDIS_OFFSET;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Sets the checksum type.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param chktyp  The checksum type: \ref USART_LIN_ENHANCED_CHEKSUM or
+ *                \ref USART_LIN_CLASSIC_CHECKSUM.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_checksum(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char chktyp)
+{
+  usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_CHKTYP_MASK) |
+                 chktyp << AVR32_USART_LINMR_CHKTYP_OFFSET;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Gets the response data length.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return The response data length.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ unsigned char usart_lin_get_data_length(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  if (usart->linmr & AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLM_MASK)
+  {
+    unsigned char data_length = 1 << ((usart->linir >> (AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_OFFSET + 4)) & 0x03);
+    if (data_length == 1)
+      data_length = 2;
+    return data_length;
+  }
+  else
+    return ((usart->linmr & AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLC_MASK) >> AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLC_OFFSET) + 1;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Sets the response data length for LIN 1.x.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_data_length_lin1x(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  usart->linmr |= AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLM_MASK;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Sets the response data length for LIN 2.x.
+ *
+ * \param usart         Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param data_length   The response data length.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_data_length_lin2x(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char data_length)
+{
+  usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~(AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLC_MASK |
+                                   AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLM_MASK)) |
+                 (data_length - 1) << AVR32_USART_LINMR_DLC_OFFSET;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Enables or disables the frame slot mode.
+ *
+ * \param usart       Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param frameslot   Whether to enable the frame slot mode: \c TRUE or
+ *                    \c FALSE.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_lin_enable_frameslot(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char frameslot)
+{
+  usart->linmr = (usart->linmr & ~AVR32_USART_LINMR_FSDIS_MASK) |
+                 !frameslot << AVR32_USART_LINMR_FSDIS_OFFSET;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Gets the Identifier character.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return The Identifier character.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ unsigned char usart_lin_get_id_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return (usart->linir & AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_MASK) >> AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_OFFSET;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Sets the Identifier character.
+ *
+ * \param usart     Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param id_char   The Identifier character.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_lin_set_id_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, unsigned char id_char)
+{
+  usart->linir = (usart->linir & ~AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_MASK) |
+                 id_char << AVR32_USART_LINIR_IDCHR_OFFSET;
+}
+
+//! @}
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+/*! \name SPI Control Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Selects SPI slave chip.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Success.
+ */
+extern int usart_spi_selectChip(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
+
+/*! \brief Unselects SPI slave chip.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS        Success.
+ * \retval USART_FAILURE        Time-out.
+ */
+extern int usart_spi_unselectChip(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
+
+//! @}
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+/*! \name Transmit/Receive Functions
+ */
+//! @{
+
+/*! \brief Addresses a receiver.
+ *
+ * While in RS485 mode, receivers only accept data addressed to them.
+ * A packet/char with the address tag set has to precede any data.
+ * This function is used to address a receiver. This receiver should read
+ * all the following data, until an address packet addresses another receiver.
+ *
+ * \param usart     Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param address   Address of the target device.
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS    Address successfully sent (if current mode is RS485).
+ * \retval USART_MODE_FAULT Wrong operating mode.
+ */
+extern int usart_send_address(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int address);
+
+/*! \brief Tests if the USART is ready to transmit a character.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the USART Transmit Holding Register is free, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ int usart_tx_ready(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_TXRDY_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Writes the given character to the TX buffer if the transmitter is ready.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param c       The character (up to 9 bits) to transmit.
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS  The transmitter was ready.
+ * \retval USART_TX_BUSY  The transmitter was busy.
+ */
+extern int usart_write_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c);
+
+/*! \brief An active wait writing a character to the USART.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param c       The character (up to 9 bits) to transmit.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_bw_write_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c)
+{
+  while (usart_write_char(usart, c) != USART_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+/*! \brief Sends a character with the USART.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param c       Character to write.
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS  The character was written.
+ * \retval USART_FAILURE  The function timed out before the USART transmitter became ready to send.
+ */
+extern int usart_putchar(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int c);
+
+/*! \brief Tests if all requested USART transmissions are over.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the USART Transmit Shift Register and the USART Transmit
+ *         Holding Register are free, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ int usart_tx_empty(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_TXEMPTY_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Tests if the USART contains a received character.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if the USART Receive Holding Register is full, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ int usart_test_hit(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_RXRDY_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Checks the RX buffer for a received character, and stores it at the
+ *         given memory location.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param c       Pointer to the where the read character should be stored
+ *                (must be at least short in order to accept 9-bit characters).
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS  The character was read successfully.
+ * \retval USART_RX_EMPTY The RX buffer was empty.
+ * \retval USART_RX_ERROR An error was deteceted.
+ */
+extern int usart_read_char(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, int *c);
+
+/*! \brief Waits until a character is received, and returns it.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return The received character, or \ref USART_FAILURE upon error.
+ */
+extern int usart_getchar(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
+
+/*! \brief Writes one character string to the USART.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ * \param string  String to be written.
+ */
+extern void usart_write_line(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart, const char *string);
+
+/*! \brief Gets and echoes characters until end of line.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \retval USART_SUCCESS  Success.
+ * \retval USART_FAILURE  Low-level error detected or ETX character received.
+ */
+extern int usart_get_echo_line(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart);
+
+#if defined(AVR32_USART_400_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_410_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_420_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_440_H_INCLUDED) || \
+    defined(AVR32_USART_602_H_INCLUDED)
+
+/*! \brief Abort LIN transmission.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ void usart_lin_abort(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  usart->cr = AVR32_USART_LINABT_MASK;
+}
+
+/*! \brief Tests if a LIN transfer has been completed.
+ *
+ * \param usart   Base address of the USART instance.
+ *
+ * \return \c 1 if a LIN transfer has been completed, otherwise \c 0.
+ */
+#if (defined __GNUC__)
+__attribute__((__always_inline__))
+#endif
+extern __inline__ int usart_lin_transfer_completed(volatile avr32_usart_t *usart)
+{
+  return (usart->csr & AVR32_USART_CSR_LINTC_MASK) != 0;
+}
+
+#endif  // USART rev. >= 4.0.0
+
+//! @}
+
+
+#endif  // _USART_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/DELAY/delay.c

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file ******************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief Management of the delays.
+ *
+ * This file manages the "delays", with or without an OS.
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 devices.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+//_____  I N C L U D E S ___________________________________________________
+
+#include "delay.h"
+
+
+//_____ M A C R O S ________________________________________________________
+
+
+//_____ D E F I N I T I O N S ______________________________________________
+
+//! CPU frequency
+#ifndef FREERTOS_USED
+static unsigned long s_fcpu_hz;
+#endif
+#if (defined NUTOS_USED)
+extern void NutSleep(unsigned long ms);
+#endif
+
+//_____ D E C L A R A T I O N S ____________________________________________
+
+void delay_init(unsigned long fcpu_hz)
+{
+#ifndef FREERTOS_USED
+  s_fcpu_hz = fcpu_hz;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+void delay_ms(unsigned long delay)
+{
+#if (defined FREERTOS_USED)
+  vTaskDelay( (portTickType)TASK_DELAY_MS(delay) );
+#elif (defined NUTOS_USED)
+  NutSleep(delay);
+#else
+  cpu_delay_ms(delay, s_fcpu_hz);
+#endif
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/DELAY/delay.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*This file is prepared for Doxygen automatic documentation generation.*/
+/*! \file *********************************************************************
+ *
+ * \brief AT32UC3 delay management header file.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions and services to handle "delays".
+ *
+ * - Compiler:           IAR EWAVR32 and GNU GCC for AVR32
+ * - Supported devices:  All AVR32 AT32UC3 devices can be used.
+ * - AppNote:
+ *
+ * \author               Atmel Corporation: http://www.atmel.com \n
+ *                       Support and FAQ: http://support.atmel.no/
+ *
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+/* Copyright (c) 2009 Atmel Corporation. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. The name of Atmel may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * 4. This software may only be redistributed and used in connection with an Atmel
+ * AVR product.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ATMEL "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE
+ * EXPRESSLY AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ATMEL BE LIABLE FOR
+ * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DELAY_H_
+#define _DELAY_H_
+
+#include "compiler.h"
+#ifdef FREERTOS_USED
+# include "FreeRTOS.h"
+# include "task.h"
+#else
+# include "cycle_counter.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Initialize the delay driver.
+ *
+ * \param  fcpu_hz: CPU frequency in Hz.
+ */
+extern void delay_init(unsigned long fcpu_hz);
+
+
+/*!
+ * \brief Waits during at least the specified delay (in millisecond) before returning.
+ *
+ * Note that in the case of FreeRTOS, the function will delay the current task for a given number of ms.
+ *
+ * \param  delay:   Number of millisecond to wait.
+ */
+extern void delay_ms(unsigned long delay);
+
+
+#endif  // _DELAY_H_

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/dns.c

@@ -0,0 +1,982 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * DNS - host name to IP address resolver.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+
+ * This file implements a DNS host name to IP address resolver.
+
+ * Port to lwIP from uIP
+ * by Jim Pettinato April 2007
+
+ * uIP version Copyright (c) 2002-2003, Adam Dunkels.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote
+ *    products derived from this software without specific prior
+ *    written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
+ * GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
+ * NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *
+ * DNS.C
+ *
+ * The lwIP DNS resolver functions are used to lookup a host name and
+ * map it to a numerical IP address. It maintains a list of resolved
+ * hostnames that can be queried with the dns_lookup() function.
+ * New hostnames can be resolved using the dns_query() function.
+ *
+ * The lwIP version of the resolver also adds a non-blocking version of
+ * gethostbyname() that will work with a raw API application. This function
+ * checks for an IP address string first and converts it if it is valid.
+ * gethostbyname() then does a dns_lookup() to see if the name is 
+ * already in the table. If so, the IP is returned. If not, a query is 
+ * issued and the function returns with a ERR_INPROGRESS status. The app
+ * using the dns client must then go into a waiting state.
+ *
+ * Once a hostname has been resolved (or found to be non-existent),
+ * the resolver code calls a specified callback function (which 
+ * must be implemented by the module that uses the resolver).
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RFC 1035 - Domain names - implementation and specification
+ * RFC 2181 - Clarifications to the DNS Specification
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @todo: define good default values (rfc compliance) */
+/** @todo: improve answer parsing, more checkings... */
+/** @todo: check RFC1035 - 7.3. Processing responses */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Includes
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_DNS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/dns.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/** DNS server IP address */
+#ifndef DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS
+#define DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS        inet_addr("208.67.222.222") /* resolver1.opendns.com */
+#endif
+
+/** DNS server port address */
+#ifndef DNS_SERVER_PORT
+#define DNS_SERVER_PORT           53
+#endif
+
+/** DNS maximum number of retries when asking for a name, before "timeout". */
+#ifndef DNS_MAX_RETRIES
+#define DNS_MAX_RETRIES           4
+#endif
+
+/** DNS resource record max. TTL (one week as default) */
+#ifndef DNS_MAX_TTL
+#define DNS_MAX_TTL               604800
+#endif
+
+/* DNS protocol flags */
+#define DNS_FLAG1_RESPONSE        0x80
+#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_STATUS   0x10
+#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_INVERSE  0x08
+#define DNS_FLAG1_OPCODE_STANDARD 0x00
+#define DNS_FLAG1_AUTHORATIVE     0x04
+#define DNS_FLAG1_TRUNC           0x02
+#define DNS_FLAG1_RD              0x01
+#define DNS_FLAG2_RA              0x80
+#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_MASK        0x0f
+#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_NONE        0x00
+#define DNS_FLAG2_ERR_NAME        0x03
+
+/* DNS protocol states */
+#define DNS_STATE_UNUSED          0
+#define DNS_STATE_NEW             1
+#define DNS_STATE_ASKING          2
+#define DNS_STATE_DONE            3
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/** DNS message header */
+struct dns_hdr {
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags1);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t flags2);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numquestions);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numanswers);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numauthrr);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t numextrarr);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+#define SIZEOF_DNS_HDR 12
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/** DNS query message structure */
+struct dns_query {
+  /* DNS query record starts with either a domain name or a pointer
+     to a name already present somewhere in the packet. */
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t type);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t class);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+#define SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY 4
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+/** DNS answer message structure */
+struct dns_answer {
+  /* DNS answer record starts with either a domain name or a pointer
+     to a name already present somewhere in the packet. */
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t type);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t class);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t ttl);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t len);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+#define SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER 10
+
+/** DNS table entry */
+struct dns_table_entry {
+  u8_t  state;
+  u8_t  numdns;
+  u8_t  tmr;
+  u8_t  retries;
+  u8_t  seqno;
+  u8_t  err;
+  u32_t ttl;
+  char name[DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH];
+  struct ip_addr ipaddr;
+  /* pointer to callback on DNS query done */
+  dns_found_callback found;
+  void *arg;
+};
+
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
+/** struct used for local host-list */
+struct local_hostlist_entry {
+  /** static hostname */
+  const char *name;
+  /** static host address in network byteorder */
+  u32_t addr;
+  struct local_hostlist_entry *next;
+};
+
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
+/** Local host-list. For hostnames in this list, no
+ *  external name resolution is performed */
+static struct local_hostlist_entry *local_hostlist_dynamic;
+#else /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+
+/** Defining this allows the local_hostlist_static to be placed in a different
+ * linker section (e.g. FLASH) */
+#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE
+#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE static
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE */
+/** Defining this allows the local_hostlist_static to be placed in a different
+ * linker section (e.g. FLASH) */
+#ifndef DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST
+#define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST */
+DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_PRE struct local_hostlist_entry local_hostlist_static[]
+  DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_STORAGE_POST = DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT;
+
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+
+static void dns_init_local();
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
+
+
+/* forward declarations */
+static void dns_recv(void *s, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port);
+static void dns_check_entries(void);
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Globales
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* DNS variables */
+static struct udp_pcb        *dns_pcb;
+static u8_t                   dns_seqno;
+static struct dns_table_entry dns_table[DNS_TABLE_SIZE];
+static struct ip_addr         dns_servers[DNS_MAX_SERVERS];
+
+#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 1)
+static u8_t                   dns_payload[DNS_MSG_SIZE];
+#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 1) */
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the resolver: set up the UDP pcb and configure the default server
+ * (DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS).
+ */
+void
+dns_init()
+{
+  struct ip_addr dnsserver;
+  
+  /* initialize default DNS server address */
+  dnsserver.addr = DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_init: initializing\n"));
+
+  /* if dns client not yet initialized... */
+  if (dns_pcb == NULL) {
+    dns_pcb = udp_new();
+
+    if (dns_pcb != NULL) {
+      /* initialize DNS table not needed (initialized to zero since it is a
+       * global variable) */
+      LWIP_ASSERT("For implicit initialization to work, DNS_STATE_UNUSED needs to be 0",
+        DNS_STATE_UNUSED == 0);
+
+      /* initialize DNS client */
+      udp_bind(dns_pcb, IP_ADDR_ANY, 0);
+      udp_recv(dns_pcb, dns_recv, NULL);
+
+      /* initialize default DNS primary server */
+      dns_setserver(0, &dnsserver);
+    }
+  }
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
+  dns_init_local();
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialize one of the DNS servers.
+ *
+ * @param numdns the index of the DNS server to set must be < DNS_MAX_SERVERS
+ * @param dnsserver IP address of the DNS server to set
+ */
+void
+dns_setserver(u8_t numdns, struct ip_addr *dnsserver)
+{
+  if ((numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS) && (dns_pcb != NULL) &&
+      (dnsserver != NULL) && (dnsserver->addr !=0 )) {
+    dns_servers[numdns] = (*dnsserver);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Obtain one of the currently configured DNS server.
+ *
+ * @param numdns the index of the DNS server
+ * @return IP address of the indexed DNS server or "ip_addr_any" if the DNS
+ *         server has not been configured.
+ */
+struct ip_addr
+dns_getserver(u8_t numdns)
+{
+  if (numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS) {
+    return dns_servers[numdns];
+  } else {
+    return *IP_ADDR_ANY;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * The DNS resolver client timer - handle retries and timeouts and should
+ * be called every DNS_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds (every second by default).
+ */
+void
+dns_tmr(void)
+{
+  if (dns_pcb != NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_tmr: dns_check_entries\n"));
+    dns_check_entries();
+  }
+}
+
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
+static void
+dns_init_local()
+{
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT)
+  int i;
+  struct local_hostlist_entry *entry;
+  /* Dynamic: copy entries from DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT to list */
+  struct local_hostlist_entry local_hostlist_init[] = DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT;
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof(local_hostlist_init) / sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry); i++) {
+    entry = mem_malloc(sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry));
+    LWIP_ASSERT("mem-error in dns_init_local", entry != NULL);
+    if (entry != NULL) {
+      struct local_hostlist_entry *init_entry = &local_hostlist_init[i];
+      entry->name = init_entry->name;
+      entry->addr = init_entry->addr;
+      entry->next = local_hostlist_dynamic;
+      local_hostlist_dynamic = entry;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT) */
+}
+
+/**
+ * Scans the local host-list for a hostname.
+ *
+ * @param hostname Hostname to look for in the local host-list
+ * @return The first IP address for the hostname in the local host-list or
+ *         INADDR_NONE if not found.
+ */
+static u32_t
+dns_lookup_local(const char *hostname)
+{
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
+  struct local_hostlist_entry *entry = local_hostlist_dynamic;
+  while(entry != NULL) {
+    if(strcmp(entry->name, hostname) == 0) {
+      return entry->addr;
+    }
+    entry = entry->next;
+  }
+#else /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof(local_hostlist_static) / sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry); i++) {
+    if(strcmp(local_hostlist_static[i].name, hostname) == 0) {
+      return local_hostlist_static[i].addr;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC */
+  return INADDR_NONE;
+}
+
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC
+/** Remove all entries from the local host-list for a specific hostname
+ * and/or IP addess
+ *
+ * @param hostname hostname for which entries shall be removed from the local
+ *                 host-list
+ * @param addr address for which entries shall be removed from the local host-list
+ * @return the number of removed entries
+ */
+int
+dns_local_removehost(const char *hostname, const struct ip_addr *addr)
+{
+  int removed = 0;
+  struct local_hostlist_entry *entry = local_hostlist_dynamic;
+  struct local_hostlist_entry *last_entry = NULL;
+  while (entry != NULL) {
+    if (((hostname == NULL) || !strcmp(entry->name, hostname)) &&
+        ((addr == NULL) || (entry->addr == addr->addr))) {
+      struct local_hostlist_entry *free_entry;
+      if (last_entry != NULL) {
+        last_entry->next = entry->next;
+      } else {
+        local_hostlist_dynamic = entry->next;
+      }
+      free_entry = entry;
+      entry = entry->next;
+      mem_free(free_entry);
+      removed++;
+    } else {
+      last_entry = entry;
+      entry = entry->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return removed;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a hostname/IP address pair to the local host-list.
+ * Duplicates are not checked.
+ *
+ * @param hostname hostname of the new entry
+ * @param addr IP address of the new entry
+ * @return ERR_OK if succeeded or ERR_MEM on memory error
+ */
+err_t
+dns_local_addhost(const char *hostname, const struct ip_addr *addr)
+{
+  struct local_hostlist_entry *entry;
+  entry = mem_malloc(sizeof(struct local_hostlist_entry));
+  if (entry == NULL) {
+    return ERR_MEM;
+  }
+  entry->name = hostname;
+  entry->addr = addr->addr;
+  entry->next = local_hostlist_dynamic;
+  local_hostlist_dynamic = entry;
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC*/
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
+
+/**
+ * Look up a hostname in the array of known hostnames.
+ *
+ * @note This function only looks in the internal array of known
+ * hostnames, it does not send out a query for the hostname if none
+ * was found. The function dns_enqueue() can be used to send a query
+ * for a hostname.
+ *
+ * @param name the hostname to look up
+ * @return the hostname's IP address, as u32_t (instead of struct ip_addr to
+ *         better check for failure: != INADDR_NONE) or INADDR_NONE if the hostname
+ *         was not found in the cached dns_table.
+ */
+static u32_t
+dns_lookup(const char *name)
+{
+  u8_t i;
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST || defined(DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN)
+  u32_t addr;
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST || defined(DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN) */
+#if DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST
+  if ((addr = dns_lookup_local(name)) != INADDR_NONE) {
+    return addr;
+  }
+#endif /* DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST */
+#ifdef DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN
+  if((addr = DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN(name)) != INADDR_NONE) {
+    return addr;
+  }
+#endif /* DNS_LOOKUP_LOCAL_EXTERN */
+
+  /* Walk through name list, return entry if found. If not, return NULL. */
+  for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
+    if ((dns_table[i].state == DNS_STATE_DONE) &&
+        (strcmp(name, dns_table[i].name) == 0)) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_lookup: \"%s\": found = ", name));
+      ip_addr_debug_print(DNS_DEBUG, &(dns_table[i].ipaddr));
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("\n"));
+      return dns_table[i].ipaddr.addr;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return INADDR_NONE;
+}
+
+#if DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
+/**
+ * Compare the "dotted" name "query" with the encoded name "response"
+ * to make sure an answer from the DNS server matches the current dns_table
+ * entry (otherwise, answers might arrive late for hostname not on the list
+ * any more).
+ *
+ * @param query hostname (not encoded) from the dns_table
+ * @param response encoded hostname in the DNS response
+ * @return 0: names equal; 1: names differ
+ */
+static u8_t
+dns_compare_name(unsigned char *query, unsigned char *response)
+{
+  unsigned char n;
+
+  do {
+    n = *response++;
+    /** @see RFC 1035 - 4.1.4. Message compression */
+    if ((n & 0xc0) == 0xc0) {
+      /* Compressed name */
+      break;
+    } else {
+      /* Not compressed name */
+      while (n > 0) {
+        if ((*query) != (*response)) {
+          return 1;
+        }
+        ++response;
+        ++query;
+        --n;
+      };
+      ++query;
+    }
+  } while (*response != 0);
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK */
+
+/**
+ * Walk through a compact encoded DNS name and return the end of the name.
+ *
+ * @param query encoded DNS name in the DNS server response
+ * @return end of the name
+ */
+static unsigned char *
+dns_parse_name(unsigned char *query)
+{
+  unsigned char n;
+
+  do {
+    n = *query++;
+    /** @see RFC 1035 - 4.1.4. Message compression */
+    if ((n & 0xc0) == 0xc0) {
+      /* Compressed name */
+      break;
+    } else {
+      /* Not compressed name */
+      while (n > 0) {
+        ++query;
+        --n;
+      };
+    }
+  } while (*query != 0);
+
+  return query + 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send a DNS query packet.
+ *
+ * @param numdns index of the DNS server in the dns_servers table
+ * @param name hostname to query
+ * @param id index of the hostname in dns_table, used as transaction ID in the
+ *        DNS query packet
+ * @return ERR_OK if packet is sent; an err_t indicating the problem otherwise
+ */
+static err_t
+dns_send(u8_t numdns, const char* name, u8_t id)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  struct dns_hdr *hdr;
+  struct dns_query qry;
+  struct pbuf *p;
+  char *query, *nptr;
+  const char *pHostname;
+  u8_t n;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_send: dns_servers[%"U16_F"] \"%s\": request\n",
+              (u16_t)(numdns), name));
+  LWIP_ASSERT("dns server out of array", numdns < DNS_MAX_SERVERS);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("dns server has no IP address set", dns_servers[numdns].addr != 0);
+
+  /* if here, we have either a new query or a retry on a previous query to process */
+  p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, SIZEOF_DNS_HDR + DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH +
+                 SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY, PBUF_RAM);
+  if (p != NULL) {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf must be in one piece", p->next == NULL);
+    /* fill dns header */
+    hdr = (struct dns_hdr*)p->payload;
+    memset(hdr, 0, SIZEOF_DNS_HDR);
+    hdr->id = htons(id);
+    hdr->flags1 = DNS_FLAG1_RD;
+    hdr->numquestions = htons(1);
+    query = (char*)hdr + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR;
+    pHostname = name;
+    --pHostname;
+
+    /* convert hostname into suitable query format. */
+    do {
+      ++pHostname;
+      nptr = query;
+      ++query;
+      for(n = 0; *pHostname != '.' && *pHostname != 0; ++pHostname) {
+        *query = *pHostname;
+        ++query;
+        ++n;
+      }
+      *nptr = n;
+    } while(*pHostname != 0);
+    *query++='\0';
+
+    /* fill dns query */
+    qry.type  = htons(DNS_RRTYPE_A);
+    qry.class = htons(DNS_RRCLASS_IN);
+    MEMCPY( query, &qry, SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY);
+
+    /* resize pbuf to the exact dns query */
+    pbuf_realloc(p, (query + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY) - ((char*)(p->payload)));
+
+    /* connect to the server for faster receiving */
+    udp_connect(dns_pcb, &dns_servers[numdns], DNS_SERVER_PORT);
+    /* send dns packet */
+    err = udp_sendto(dns_pcb, p, &dns_servers[numdns], DNS_SERVER_PORT);
+
+    /* free pbuf */
+    pbuf_free(p);
+  } else {
+    err = ERR_MEM;
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * dns_check_entry() - see if pEntry has not yet been queried and, if so, sends out a query.
+ * Check an entry in the dns_table:
+ * - send out query for new entries
+ * - retry old pending entries on timeout (also with different servers)
+ * - remove completed entries from the table if their TTL has expired
+ *
+ * @param i index of the dns_table entry to check
+ */
+static void
+dns_check_entry(u8_t i)
+{
+  struct dns_table_entry *pEntry = &dns_table[i];
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("array index out of bounds", i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE);
+
+  switch(pEntry->state) {
+
+    case DNS_STATE_NEW: {
+      /* initialize new entry */
+      pEntry->state   = DNS_STATE_ASKING;
+      pEntry->numdns  = 0;
+      pEntry->tmr     = 1;
+      pEntry->retries = 0;
+      
+      /* send DNS packet for this entry */
+      dns_send(pEntry->numdns, pEntry->name, i);
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case DNS_STATE_ASKING: {
+      if (--pEntry->tmr == 0) {
+        if (++pEntry->retries == DNS_MAX_RETRIES) {
+          if ((pEntry->numdns+1<DNS_MAX_SERVERS) && (dns_servers[pEntry->numdns+1].addr!=0)) {
+            /* change of server */
+            pEntry->numdns++;
+            pEntry->tmr     = 1;
+            pEntry->retries = 0;
+            break;
+          } else {
+            LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_check_entry: \"%s\": timeout\n", pEntry->name));
+            /* call specified callback function if provided */
+            if (pEntry->found)
+              (*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, NULL, pEntry->arg);
+            /* flush this entry */
+            pEntry->state   = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
+            pEntry->found   = NULL;
+            break;
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* wait longer for the next retry */
+        pEntry->tmr = pEntry->retries;
+
+        /* send DNS packet for this entry */
+        dns_send(pEntry->numdns, pEntry->name, i);
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+    case DNS_STATE_DONE: {
+      /* if the time to live is nul */
+      if (--pEntry->ttl == 0) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_check_entry: \"%s\": flush\n", pEntry->name));
+        /* flush this entry */
+        pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
+        pEntry->found = NULL;
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+    case DNS_STATE_UNUSED:
+      /* nothing to do */
+      break;
+    default:
+      LWIP_ASSERT("unknown dns_table entry state:", 0);
+      break;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Call dns_check_entry for each entry in dns_table - check all entries.
+ */
+static void
+dns_check_entries(void)
+{
+  u8_t i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
+    dns_check_entry(i);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Receive input function for DNS response packets arriving for the dns UDP pcb.
+ *
+ * @params see udp.h
+ */
+static void
+dns_recv(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port)
+{
+  u8_t i;
+  char *pHostname;
+  struct dns_hdr *hdr;
+  struct dns_answer ans;
+  struct dns_table_entry *pEntry;
+  u8_t nquestions, nanswers;
+#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 0)
+  u8_t dns_payload[DNS_MSG_SIZE];
+#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 0) */
+#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2)
+  u8_t* dns_payload;
+#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2) */
+
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(pcb);
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(addr);
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(port);
+
+  /* is the dns message too big ? */
+  if (p->tot_len > DNS_MSG_SIZE) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: pbuf too big\n"));
+    /* free pbuf and return */
+    goto memerr1;
+  }
+
+  /* is the dns message big enough ? */
+  if (p->tot_len < (SIZEOF_DNS_HDR + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY + SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER)) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: pbuf too small\n"));
+    /* free pbuf and return */
+    goto memerr1;
+  }
+
+#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2)
+  dns_payload = mem_malloc(p->tot_len);
+  if (dns_payload == NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: mem_malloc error\n"));
+    /* free pbuf and return */
+    goto memerr1;
+  }
+#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2) */
+
+  /* copy dns payload inside static buffer for processing */ 
+  if (pbuf_copy_partial(p, dns_payload, p->tot_len, 0) == p->tot_len) {
+    /* The ID in the DNS header should be our entry into the name table. */
+    hdr = (struct dns_hdr*)dns_payload;
+    i = htons(hdr->id);
+    if (i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE) {
+      pEntry = &dns_table[i];
+      if(pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_ASKING) {
+        /* This entry is now completed. */
+        pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_DONE;
+        pEntry->err   = hdr->flags2 & DNS_FLAG2_ERR_MASK;
+
+        /* We only care about the question(s) and the answers. The authrr
+           and the extrarr are simply discarded. */
+        nquestions = htons(hdr->numquestions);
+        nanswers   = htons(hdr->numanswers);
+
+        /* Check for error. If so, call callback to inform. */
+        if (((hdr->flags1 & DNS_FLAG1_RESPONSE) == 0) || (pEntry->err != 0) || (nquestions != 1)) {
+          LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": error in flags\n", pEntry->name));
+          /* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
+          goto responseerr;
+        }
+
+#if DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK
+        /* Check if the name in the "question" part match with the name in the entry. */
+        if (dns_compare_name((unsigned char *)(pEntry->name), (unsigned char *)dns_payload + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR) != 0) {
+          LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": response not match to query\n", pEntry->name));
+          /* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
+          goto responseerr;
+        }
+#endif /* DNS_DOES_NAME_CHECK */
+
+        /* Skip the name in the "question" part */
+        pHostname = (char *) dns_parse_name((unsigned char *)dns_payload + SIZEOF_DNS_HDR) + SIZEOF_DNS_QUERY;
+
+        while(nanswers > 0) {
+          /* skip answer resource record's host name */
+          pHostname = (char *) dns_parse_name((unsigned char *)pHostname);
+
+          /* Check for IP address type and Internet class. Others are discarded. */
+          MEMCPY(&ans, pHostname, SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER);
+          if((ntohs(ans.type) == DNS_RRTYPE_A) && (ntohs(ans.class) == DNS_RRCLASS_IN) && (ntohs(ans.len) == sizeof(struct ip_addr)) ) {
+            /* read the answer resource record's TTL, and maximize it if needed */
+            pEntry->ttl = ntohl(ans.ttl);
+            if (pEntry->ttl > DNS_MAX_TTL) {
+              pEntry->ttl = DNS_MAX_TTL;
+            }
+            /* read the IP address after answer resource record's header */
+            MEMCPY( &(pEntry->ipaddr), (pHostname+SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER), sizeof(struct ip_addr));
+            LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": response = ", pEntry->name));
+            ip_addr_debug_print(DNS_DEBUG, (&(pEntry->ipaddr)));
+            LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("\n"));
+            /* call specified callback function if provided */
+            if (pEntry->found) {
+              (*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, &pEntry->ipaddr, pEntry->arg);
+            }
+            /* deallocate memory and return */
+            goto memerr2;
+          } else {
+            pHostname = pHostname + SIZEOF_DNS_ANSWER + htons(ans.len);
+          }
+          --nanswers;
+        }
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_recv: \"%s\": error in response\n", pEntry->name));
+        /* call callback to indicate error, clean up memory and return */
+        goto responseerr;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* deallocate memory and return */
+  goto memerr2;
+
+responseerr:
+  /* ERROR: call specified callback function with NULL as name to indicate an error */
+  if (pEntry->found) {
+    (*pEntry->found)(pEntry->name, NULL, pEntry->arg);
+  }
+  /* flush this entry */
+  pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_UNUSED;
+  pEntry->found = NULL;
+
+memerr2:
+#if (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2)
+  /* free dns buffer */
+  mem_free(dns_payload);
+#endif /* (DNS_USES_STATIC_BUF == 2) */
+
+memerr1:
+  /* free pbuf */
+  pbuf_free(p);
+  return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Queues a new hostname to resolve and sends out a DNS query for that hostname
+ *
+ * @param name the hostname that is to be queried
+ * @param found a callback founction to be called on success, failure or timeout
+ * @param callback_arg argument to pass to the callback function
+ * @return @return a err_t return code.
+ */
+static err_t
+dns_enqueue(const char *name, dns_found_callback found, void *callback_arg)
+{
+  u8_t i;
+  u8_t lseq, lseqi;
+  struct dns_table_entry *pEntry = NULL;
+
+  /* search an unused entry, or the oldest one */
+  lseq = lseqi = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < DNS_TABLE_SIZE; ++i) {
+    pEntry = &dns_table[i];
+    /* is it an unused entry ? */
+    if (pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_UNUSED)
+      break;
+
+    /* check if this is the oldest completed entry */
+    if (pEntry->state == DNS_STATE_DONE) {
+      if ((dns_seqno - pEntry->seqno) > lseq) {
+        lseq = dns_seqno - pEntry->seqno;
+        lseqi = i;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* if we don't have found an unused entry, use the oldest completed one */
+  if (i == DNS_TABLE_SIZE) {
+    if ((lseqi >= DNS_TABLE_SIZE) || (dns_table[lseqi].state != DNS_STATE_DONE)) {
+      /* no entry can't be used now, table is full */
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_enqueue: \"%s\": DNS entries table is full\n", name));
+      return ERR_MEM;
+    } else {
+      /* use the oldest completed one */
+      i = lseqi;
+      pEntry = &dns_table[i];
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* use this entry */
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(DNS_DEBUG, ("dns_enqueue: \"%s\": use DNS entry %"U16_F"\n", name, (u16_t)(i)));
+
+  /* fill the entry */
+  pEntry->state = DNS_STATE_NEW;
+  pEntry->seqno = dns_seqno++;
+  pEntry->found = found;
+  pEntry->arg   = callback_arg;
+  strcpy(pEntry->name, name);
+
+  /* force to send query without waiting timer */
+  dns_check_entry(i);
+
+  /* dns query is enqueued */
+  return ERR_INPROGRESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Resolve a hostname (string) into an IP address.
+ * NON-BLOCKING callback version for use with raw API!!!
+ *
+ * Returns immediately with one of err_t return codes:
+ * - ERR_OK if hostname is a valid IP address string or the host
+ *   name is already in the local names table.
+ * - ERR_INPROGRESS enqueue a request to be sent to the DNS server
+ *   for resolution if no errors are present.
+ *
+ * @param hostname the hostname that is to be queried
+ * @param addr pointer to a struct ip_addr where to store the address if it is already
+ *             cached in the dns_table (only valid if ERR_OK is returned!)
+ * @param found a callback function to be called on success, failure or timeout (only if
+ *              ERR_INPROGRESS is returned!)
+ * @param callback_arg argument to pass to the callback function
+ * @return a err_t return code.
+ */
+err_t
+dns_gethostbyname(const char *hostname, struct ip_addr *addr, dns_found_callback found,
+                  void *callback_arg)
+{
+  /* not initialized or no valid server yet, or invalid addr pointer
+   * or invalid hostname or invalid hostname length */
+  if ((dns_pcb == NULL) || (addr == NULL) ||
+      (!hostname) || (!hostname[0]) ||
+      (strlen(hostname) >= DNS_MAX_NAME_LENGTH)) {
+    return ERR_VAL;
+  }
+
+#if LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF
+  if (strcmp(hostname,"localhost")==0) {
+    addr->addr = htonl(INADDR_LOOPBACK);
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_HAVE_LOOPIF */
+
+  /* host name already in octet notation? set ip addr and return ERR_OK
+   * already have this address cached? */
+  if (((addr->addr = inet_addr(hostname)) != INADDR_NONE) ||
+      ((addr->addr = dns_lookup(hostname)) != INADDR_NONE)) {
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* queue query with specified callback */
+  return dns_enqueue(hostname, found, callback_arg);
+}
+
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/init.c

@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Modules initialization
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/init.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/sockets.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/raw.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp_msg.h"
+#include "lwip/autoip.h"
+#include "lwip/igmp.h"
+#include "lwip/dns.h"
+#include "netif/etharp.h"
+
+/* Compile-time sanity checks for configuration errors.
+ * These can be done independently of LWIP_DEBUG, without penalty.
+ */
+#ifndef BYTE_ORDER
+  #error "BYTE_ORDER is not defined, you have to define it in your cc.h"
+#endif
+#if (!IP_SOF_BROADCAST && IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV)
+  #error "If you want to use broadcast filter per pcb on recv operations, you have to define IP_SOF_BROADCAST=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (!LWIP_ARP && ARP_QUEUEING)
+  #error "If you want to use ARP Queueing, you have to define LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_UDPLITE)
+  #error "If you want to use UDP Lite, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_SNMP)
+  #error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DHCP)
+  #error "If you want to use DHCP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_IGMP)
+  #error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (!LWIP_UDP && LWIP_DNS)
+  #error "If you want to use DNS, you have to define LWIP_UDP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_ARP && (ARP_TABLE_SIZE > 0x7f))
+  #error "If you want to use ARP, ARP_TABLE_SIZE must fit in an s8_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_ARP && ARP_QUEUEING && (MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE<=0))
+  #error "If you want to use ARP Queueing, you have to define MEMP_NUM_ARP_QUEUE>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_RAW && (MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB<=0))
+  #error "If you want to use RAW, you have to define MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_UDP && (MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB<=0))
+  #error "If you want to use UDP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_TCP && (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB<=0))
+  #error "If you want to use TCP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_WND > 0xffff))
+  #error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_WND must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_TCP && (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN > 0xffff))
+  #error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must fit in an u16_t, so, you have to reduce it in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_TCP && ((TCP_MAXRTX > 12) || (TCP_SYNMAXRTX > 12)))
+  #error "If you want to use TCP, TCP_MAXRTX and TCP_SYNMAXRTX must less or equal to 12 (due to tcp_backoff table), so, you have to reduce them in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_TCP && TCP_LISTEN_BACKLOG && (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG < 0) || (TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG > 0xff))
+  #error "If you want to use TCP backlog, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG must fit into an u8_t"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_IGMP && (MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP<=1))
+  #error "If you want to use IGMP, you have to define MEMP_NUM_IGMP_GROUP>1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (PPP_SUPPORT && (NO_SYS==1))
+  #error "If you want to use PPP, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif 
+#if (LWIP_NETIF_API && (NO_SYS==1))
+  #error "If you want to use NETIF API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if ((LWIP_SOCKET || LWIP_NETCONN) && (NO_SYS==1))
+  #error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define NO_SYS=0 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if ((LWIP_NETCONN || LWIP_SOCKET) && (MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API<=0))
+  #error "If you want to use Sequential API, you have to define MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG_API>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (!LWIP_NETCONN && LWIP_SOCKET)
+  #error "If you want to use Socket API, you have to define LWIP_NETCONN=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_AUTOIP)) && LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP)
+  #error "If you want to use DHCP/AUTOIP cooperation mode, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_AUTOIP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (((!LWIP_DHCP) || (!LWIP_ARP)) && DHCP_DOES_ARP_CHECK)
+  #error "If you want to use DHCP ARP checking, you have to define LWIP_DHCP=1 and LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (!LWIP_ARP && LWIP_AUTOIP)
+  #error "If you want to use AUTOIP, you have to define LWIP_ARP=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS<=0))
+  #error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_CONCURRENT_REQUESTS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_SNMP && (SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS<=0))
+  #error "If you want to use SNMP, you have to define SNMP_TRAP_DESTINATIONS>=1 in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (LWIP_TCP && ((LWIP_EVENT_API && LWIP_CALLBACK_API) || (!LWIP_EVENT_API && !LWIP_CALLBACK_API)))
+  #error "One and exactly one of LWIP_EVENT_API and LWIP_CALLBACK_API has to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+/* There must be sufficient timeouts, taking into account requirements of the subsystems. */
+#if ((NO_SYS==0) && (MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT < (LWIP_TCP + IP_REASSEMBLY + LWIP_ARP + (2*LWIP_DHCP) + LWIP_AUTOIP + LWIP_IGMP + LWIP_DNS + PPP_SUPPORT)))
+  #error "MEMP_NUM_SYS_TIMEOUT is too low to accomodate all required timeouts"
+#endif
+#if (IP_REASSEMBLY && (MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
+  #error "MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS doesn't make sense since each struct ip_reassdata must hold 2 pbufs at least!"
+#endif
+#if (MEM_LIBC_MALLOC && MEM_USE_POOLS)
+  #error "MEM_LIBC_MALLOC and MEM_USE_POOLS may not both be simultaneously enabled in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS)
+  #error "MEM_USE_POOLS requires custom pools (MEMP_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS) to be enabled in your lwipopts.h"
+#endif
+#if (PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE <= MEM_ALIGNMENT)
+  #error "PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE must be greater than MEM_ALIGNMENT or the offset may take the full first pbuf"
+#endif
+#if (TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ && !LWIP_TCP)
+  #error "TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ requires LWIP_TCP"
+#endif
+#if (DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST && !DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_IS_DYNAMIC && !(defined(DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT)))
+  #error "you have to define define DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST_INIT {{'host1', 0x123}, {'host2', 0x234}} to initialize DNS_LOCAL_HOSTLIST"
+#endif
+#if PPP_SUPPORT && !PPPOS_SUPPORT & !PPPOE_SUPPORT
+  #error "PPP_SUPPORT needs either PPPOS_SUPPORT or PPPOE_SUPPORT turned on"
+#endif
+
+
+/* Compile-time checks for deprecated options.
+ */
+#ifdef MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG
+  #error "MEMP_NUM_TCPIP_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
+#endif
+#ifdef MEMP_NUM_API_MSG
+  #error "MEMP_NUM_API_MSG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
+#endif
+#ifdef TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG
+  #error "TCP_REXMIT_DEBUG option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
+#endif
+#ifdef RAW_STATS
+  #error "RAW_STATS option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
+#endif
+#ifdef ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST
+  #error "ETHARP_QUEUE_FIRST option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
+#endif
+#ifdef ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT
+  #error "ETHARP_ALWAYS_INSERT option is deprecated. Remove it from your lwipopts.h."
+#endif
+#if SO_REUSE
+/* I removed the lot since this was an ugly hack. It broke the raw-API.
+   It also came with many ugly goto's, Christiaan Simons. */
+  #error "SO_REUSE currently unavailable, this was a hack"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+static void
+lwip_sanity_check(void)
+{
+  /* Warnings */
+#if LWIP_NETCONN
+  if (MEMP_NUM_NETCONN > (MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN+MEMP_NUM_UDP_PCB+MEMP_NUM_RAW_PCB))
+    LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_NETCONN should be less than the sum of MEMP_NUM_{TCP,RAW,UDP}_PCB+MEMP_NUM_TCP_PCB_LISTEN\n"));
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  if (MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG < TCP_SND_QUEUELEN)
+    LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: MEMP_NUM_TCP_SEG should be at least as big as TCP_SND_QUEUELEN\n"));
+  if (TCP_SND_BUF < 2 * TCP_MSS)
+    LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_BUF must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_MSS) for things to work smoothly\n"));
+  if (TCP_SND_QUEUELEN < (2 * (TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS)))
+    LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SND_QUEUELEN must be at least as much as (2 * TCP_SND_BUF/TCP_MSS) for things to work\n"));
+  if (TCP_SNDLOWAT > TCP_SND_BUF)
+    LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_SNDLOWAT must be less than or equal to TCP_SND_BUF.\n"));
+  if (TCP_WND > (PBUF_POOL_SIZE*PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE))
+    LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is larger than space provided by PBUF_POOL_SIZE*PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE\n"));
+  if (TCP_WND < TCP_MSS)
+    LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lwip_sanity_check: WARNING: TCP_WND is smaller than MSS\n"));
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+}
+#else  /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+#define lwip_sanity_check()
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+/**
+ * Perform Sanity check of user-configurable values, and initialize all modules.
+ */
+void
+lwip_init(void)
+{
+  /* Sanity check user-configurable values */
+  lwip_sanity_check();
+
+  /* Modules initialization */
+  stats_init();
+  sys_init();
+  mem_init();
+  memp_init();
+  pbuf_init();
+  netif_init();
+#if LWIP_SOCKET
+  lwip_socket_init();
+#endif /* LWIP_SOCKET */
+  ip_init();
+#if LWIP_ARP
+  etharp_init();
+#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
+#if LWIP_RAW
+  raw_init();
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+#if LWIP_UDP
+  udp_init();
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  tcp_init();
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+  snmp_init();
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+  autoip_init();
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+  igmp_init();
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if LWIP_DNS
+  dns_init();
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/ipv4/autoip.c

@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ *
+ * This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
+ * with RFC 3927.
+ *
+ *
+ * Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
+ * <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ */
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ * USAGE:
+ * 
+ * define LWIP_AUTOIP 1  in your lwipopts.h
+ * 
+ * If you don't use tcpip.c (so, don't call, you don't call tcpip_init):
+ * - First, call autoip_init().
+ * - call autoip_tmr() all AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL msces,
+ *   that should be defined in autoip.h.
+ *   I recommend a value of 100. The value must divide 1000 with a remainder almost 0.
+ *   Possible values are 1000, 500, 333, 250, 200, 166, 142, 125, 111, 100 ....
+ *
+ * Without DHCP:
+ * - Call autoip_start() after netif_add().
+ * 
+ * With DHCP:
+ * - define LWIP_DHCP_AUTOIP_COOP 1 in your lwipopts.h.
+ * - Configure your DHCP Client.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/autoip.h"
+#include "netif/etharp.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* 169.254.0.0 */
+#define AUTOIP_NET         0xA9FE0000
+/* 169.254.1.0 */
+#define AUTOIP_RANGE_START (AUTOIP_NET | 0x0100)
+/* 169.254.254.255 */
+#define AUTOIP_RANGE_END   (AUTOIP_NET | 0xFEFF)
+
+
+/** Pseudo random macro based on netif informations.
+ * You could use "rand()" from the C Library if you define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND in lwipopts.h */
+#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND
+#define LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) ( (((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[5]) & 0xff) << 24) | \
+                                   ((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[3]) & 0xff) << 16) | \
+                                   ((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[2]) & 0xff) << 8) | \
+                                   ((u32_t)((netif->hwaddr[4]) & 0xff))) + \
+                                   (netif->autoip?netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr:0))
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND */
+
+/**
+ * Macro that generates the initial IP address to be tried by AUTOIP.
+ * If you want to override this, define it to something else in lwipopts.h.
+ */
+#ifndef LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR
+#define LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif) \
+  htonl(AUTOIP_RANGE_START + ((u32_t)(((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[4])) | \
+                 ((u32_t)((u8_t)(netif->hwaddr[5]))) << 8)))
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR */
+
+/* static functions */
+static void autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif);
+
+/* creates a pseudo random LL IP-Address for a network interface */
+static void autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr);
+
+/* sends an ARP probe */
+static err_t autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif);
+
+/* sends an ARP announce */
+static err_t autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif);
+
+/* configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address */
+static err_t autoip_bind(struct netif *netif);
+
+/* start sending probes for llipaddr */
+static void autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize this module
+ */
+void
+autoip_init(void)
+{
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_init()\n"));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Handle a IP address conflict after an ARP conflict detection
+ */
+static void
+autoip_handle_arp_conflict(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  /* Somehow detect if we are defending or retreating */
+  unsigned char defend = 1; /* tbd */
+
+  if(defend) {
+    if(netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
+      /* retreat, there was a conflicting ARP in the last
+       * DEFEND_INTERVAL seconds
+       */
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
+        ("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defending, but in DEFEND_INTERVAL, retreating\n"));
+
+      /* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
+      autoip_start(netif);
+    } else {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
+        ("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we are defend, send ARP Announce\n"));
+      autoip_arp_announce(netif);
+      netif->autoip->lastconflict = DEFEND_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
+    }
+  } else {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
+      ("autoip_handle_arp_conflict(): we do not defend, retreating\n"));
+    /* TODO: close all TCP sessions */
+    autoip_start(netif);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface on which create the IP-Address
+ * @param ipaddr ip address to initialize
+ */
+static void
+autoip_create_addr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
+{
+  /* Here we create an IP-Address out of range 169.254.1.0 to 169.254.254.255
+   * compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.1
+   * We have 254 * 256 possibilities */
+
+  u32_t addr = ntohl(LWIP_AUTOIP_CREATE_SEED_ADDR(netif));
+  addr += netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr;
+  addr = AUTOIP_NET | (addr & 0xffff);
+  /* Now, 169.254.0.0 <= addr <= 169.254.255.255 */ 
+
+  if (addr < AUTOIP_RANGE_START) {
+    addr += AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
+  }
+  if (addr > AUTOIP_RANGE_END) {
+    addr -= AUTOIP_RANGE_END - AUTOIP_RANGE_START + 1;
+  }
+  LWIP_ASSERT("AUTOIP address not in range", (addr >= AUTOIP_RANGE_START) &&
+    (addr <= AUTOIP_RANGE_END));
+  ipaddr->addr = htonl(addr);
+  
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
+    ("autoip_create_addr(): tried_llipaddr=%"U16_F", 0x%08"X32_F"\n",
+    (u16_t)(netif->autoip->tried_llipaddr), (u32_t)(ipaddr->addr)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sends an ARP probe from a network interface
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface used to send the probe
+ */
+static err_t
+autoip_arp_probe(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &ethbroadcast,
+    (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, IP_ADDR_ANY, &ethzero,
+    &netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sends an ARP announce from a network interface
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface used to send the announce
+ */
+static err_t
+autoip_arp_announce(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  return etharp_raw(netif, (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &ethbroadcast,
+    (struct eth_addr *)netif->hwaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr, &ethzero,
+    &netif->autoip->llipaddr, ARP_REQUEST);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Configure interface for use with current LL IP-Address
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface to configure with current LL IP-Address
+ */
+static err_t
+autoip_bind(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
+  struct ip_addr sn_mask, gw_addr;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
+    ("autoip_bind(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F" 0x%08"X32_F"\n",
+    (void*)netif, netif->name[0], netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num, autoip->llipaddr.addr));
+
+  IP4_ADDR(&sn_mask, 255, 255, 0, 0);
+  IP4_ADDR(&gw_addr, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+
+  netif_set_ipaddr(netif, &autoip->llipaddr);
+  netif_set_netmask(netif, &sn_mask);
+  netif_set_gw(netif, &gw_addr);  
+
+  /* bring the interface up */
+  netif_set_up(netif);
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Start AutoIP client
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface on which start the AutoIP client
+ */
+err_t
+autoip_start(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
+  err_t result = ERR_OK;
+
+  if(netif_is_up(netif)) {
+    netif_set_down(netif);
+  }
+
+  /* Set IP-Address, Netmask and Gateway to 0 to make sure that
+   * ARP Packets are formed correctly
+   */
+  netif->ip_addr.addr = 0;
+  netif->netmask.addr = 0;
+  netif->gw.addr      = 0;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
+    ("autoip_start(netif=%p) %c%c%"U16_F"\n", (void*)netif, netif->name[0],
+    netif->name[1], (u16_t)netif->num));
+  if(autoip == NULL) {
+    /* no AutoIP client attached yet? */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
+      ("autoip_start(): starting new AUTOIP client\n"));
+    autoip = mem_malloc(sizeof(struct autoip));
+    if(autoip == NULL) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
+        ("autoip_start(): could not allocate autoip\n"));
+      return ERR_MEM;
+    }
+    memset( autoip, 0, sizeof(struct autoip));
+    /* store this AutoIP client in the netif */
+    netif->autoip = autoip;
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_start(): allocated autoip"));
+  } else {
+    autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
+    autoip->ttw = 0;
+    autoip->sent_num = 0;
+    memset(&autoip->llipaddr, 0, sizeof(struct ip_addr));
+    autoip->lastconflict = 0;
+  }
+
+  autoip_create_addr(netif, &(autoip->llipaddr));
+  autoip->tried_llipaddr++;
+  autoip_start_probing(netif);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+static void
+autoip_start_probing(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  struct autoip *autoip = netif->autoip;
+
+  autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING;
+  autoip->sent_num = 0;
+
+  /* time to wait to first probe, this is randomly
+   * choosen out of 0 to PROBE_WAIT seconds.
+   * compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
+   */
+  autoip->ttw = (u16_t)(LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) % (PROBE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND));
+
+  /*
+   * if we tried more then MAX_CONFLICTS we must limit our rate for
+   * accquiring and probing address
+   * compliant to RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1
+   */
+  if(autoip->tried_llipaddr > MAX_CONFLICTS) {
+    autoip->ttw = RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Handle a possible change in the network configuration.
+ *
+ * If there is an AutoIP address configured, take the interface down
+ * and begin probing with the same address.
+ */
+void
+autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  if (netif->autoip && netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF) {
+    netif_set_down(netif);
+    autoip_start_probing(netif);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Stop AutoIP client
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface on which stop the AutoIP client
+ */
+err_t
+autoip_stop(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_OFF;
+  netif_set_down(netif);
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds
+ */
+void
+autoip_tmr()
+{
+  struct netif *netif = netif_list;
+  /* loop through netif's */
+  while (netif != NULL) {
+    /* only act on AutoIP configured interfaces */
+    if (netif->autoip != NULL) {
+      if(netif->autoip->lastconflict > 0) {
+        netif->autoip->lastconflict--;
+      }
+
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
+        ("autoip_tmr() AutoIP-State: %"U16_F", ttw=%"U16_F"\n",
+        (u16_t)(netif->autoip->state), netif->autoip->ttw));
+
+      switch(netif->autoip->state) {
+        case AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING:
+          if(netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
+            netif->autoip->ttw--;
+          } else {
+            if(netif->autoip->sent_num >= PROBE_NUM) {
+              netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING;
+              netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
+              netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_WAIT * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
+            } else {
+              autoip_arp_probe(netif);
+              LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
+                ("autoip_tmr() PROBING Sent Probe\n"));
+              netif->autoip->sent_num++;
+              /* calculate time to wait to next probe */
+              netif->autoip->ttw = (u16_t)((LWIP_AUTOIP_RAND(netif) %
+                ((PROBE_MAX - PROBE_MIN) * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND) ) +
+                PROBE_MIN * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+
+        case AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING:
+          if(netif->autoip->ttw > 0) {
+            netif->autoip->ttw--;
+          } else {
+            if(netif->autoip->sent_num == 0) {
+             /* We are here the first time, so we waited ANNOUNCE_WAIT seconds
+              * Now we can bind to an IP address and use it.
+              *
+              * autoip_bind calls netif_set_up. This triggers a gratuitous ARP
+              * which counts as an announcement.
+              */
+              autoip_bind(netif);
+            } else {
+              autoip_arp_announce(netif);
+              LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
+                ("autoip_tmr() ANNOUNCING Sent Announce\n"));
+            }
+            netif->autoip->ttw = ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL * AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND;
+            netif->autoip->sent_num++;
+
+            if(netif->autoip->sent_num >= ANNOUNCE_NUM) {
+                netif->autoip->state = AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND;
+                netif->autoip->sent_num = 0;
+                netif->autoip->ttw = 0;
+            }
+          }
+          break;
+      }
+    }
+    /* proceed to next network interface */
+    netif = netif->next;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input.
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface to use for autoip processing
+ * @param hdr Incoming ARP packet
+ */
+void
+autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr)
+{
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("autoip_arp_reply()\n"));
+  if ((netif->autoip != NULL) && (netif->autoip->state != AUTOIP_STATE_OFF)) {
+   /* when ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
+    *
+    * when probing  ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != netif->hwaddr
+    * we have a conflict and must solve it
+    */
+    struct ip_addr sipaddr, dipaddr;
+    struct eth_addr netifaddr;
+    netifaddr.addr[0] = netif->hwaddr[0];
+    netifaddr.addr[1] = netif->hwaddr[1];
+    netifaddr.addr[2] = netif->hwaddr[2];
+    netifaddr.addr[3] = netif->hwaddr[3];
+    netifaddr.addr[4] = netif->hwaddr[4];
+    netifaddr.addr[5] = netif->hwaddr[5];
+
+    /* Copy struct ip_addr2 to aligned ip_addr, to support compilers without
+     * structure packing (not using structure copy which breaks strict-aliasing rules).
+     */
+    SMEMCPY(&sipaddr, &hdr->sipaddr, sizeof(sipaddr));
+    SMEMCPY(&dipaddr, &hdr->dipaddr, sizeof(dipaddr));
+      
+    if ((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING) ||
+        ((netif->autoip->state == AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING) &&
+         (netif->autoip->sent_num == 0))) {
+     /* RFC 3927 Section 2.2.1:
+      * from beginning to after ANNOUNCE_WAIT
+      * seconds we have a conflict if
+      * ip.src == llipaddr OR
+      * ip.dst == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
+      */
+      if ((ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr)) ||
+          (ip_addr_cmp(&dipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
+           !eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr))) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+          ("autoip_arp_reply(): Probe Conflict detected\n"));
+        autoip_start(netif);
+      }
+    } else {
+     /* RFC 3927 Section 2.5:
+      * in any state we have a conflict if
+      * ip.src == llipaddr && hw.src != own hwaddr
+      */
+      if (ip_addr_cmp(&sipaddr, &netif->autoip->llipaddr) &&
+          !eth_addr_cmp(&netifaddr, &hdr->shwaddr)) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(AUTOIP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING,
+          ("autoip_arp_reply(): Conflicting ARP-Packet detected\n"));
+        autoip_handle_arp_conflict(netif);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/ipv4/icmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * ICMP - Internet Control Message Protocol
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Some ICMP messages should be passed to the transport protocols. This
+   is not implemented. */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/icmp.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/** Small optimization: set to 0 if incoming PBUF_POOL pbuf always can be
+ * used to modify and send a response packet (and to 1 if this is not the case,
+ * e.g. when link header is stripped of when receiving) */
+#ifndef LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
+#define LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN 1
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
+
+/* The amount of data from the original packet to return in a dest-unreachable */
+#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE 8
+
+static void icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code);
+
+/**
+ * Processes ICMP input packets, called from ip_input().
+ *
+ * Currently only processes icmp echo requests and sends
+ * out the echo response.
+ *
+ * @param p the icmp echo request packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
+ * @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
+ */
+void
+icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
+{
+  u8_t type;
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+  u8_t code;
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+  struct icmp_echo_hdr *iecho;
+  struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
+  struct ip_addr tmpaddr;
+  s16_t hlen;
+
+  ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.recv);
+  snmp_inc_icmpinmsgs();
+
+
+  iphdr = p->payload;
+  hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4;
+  if (pbuf_header(p, -hlen) || (p->tot_len < sizeof(u16_t)*2)) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: short ICMP (%"U16_F" bytes) received\n", p->tot_len));
+    goto lenerr;
+  }
+
+  type = *((u8_t *)p->payload);
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+  code = *(((u8_t *)p->payload)+1);
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+  switch (type) {
+  case ICMP_ECHO:
+#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
+    {
+      int accepted = 1;
+#if !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING
+      /* multicast destination address? */
+      if (ip_addr_ismulticast(&iphdr->dest)) {
+        accepted = 0;
+      }
+#endif /* LWIP_MULTICAST_PING */
+#if !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING
+      /* broadcast destination address? */
+      if (ip_addr_isbroadcast(&iphdr->dest, inp)) {
+        accepted = 0;
+      }
+#endif /* LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
+      /* broadcast or multicast destination address not acceptd? */
+      if (!accepted) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: Not echoing to multicast or broadcast pings\n"));
+        ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
+        pbuf_free(p);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* !LWIP_MULTICAST_PING || !LWIP_BROADCAST_PING */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ping\n"));
+    if (p->tot_len < sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: bad ICMP echo received\n"));
+      goto lenerr;
+    }
+    if (inet_chksum_pbuf(p) != 0) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: checksum failed for received ICMP echo\n"));
+      pbuf_free(p);
+      ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.chkerr);
+      snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
+      return;
+    }
+#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
+    if (pbuf_header(p, (PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
+      /* p is not big enough to contain link headers
+       * allocate a new one and copy p into it
+       */
+      struct pbuf *r;
+      /* switch p->payload to ip header */
+      if (pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
+        LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: moving p->payload to ip header failed\n", 0);
+        goto memerr;
+      }
+      /* allocate new packet buffer with space for link headers */
+      r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
+      if (r == NULL) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: allocating new pbuf failed\n"));
+        goto memerr;
+      }
+      LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct the ICMP header",
+                  (r->len >= hlen + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr)));
+      /* copy the whole packet including ip header */
+      if (pbuf_copy(r, p) != ERR_OK) {
+        LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: copying to new pbuf failed\n", 0);
+        goto memerr;
+      }
+      iphdr = r->payload;
+      /* switch r->payload back to icmp header */
+      if (pbuf_header(r, -hlen)) {
+        LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
+        goto memerr;
+      }
+      /* free the original p */
+      pbuf_free(p);
+      /* we now have an identical copy of p that has room for link headers */
+      p = r;
+    } else {
+      /* restore p->payload to point to icmp header */
+      if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(PBUF_IP_HLEN + PBUF_LINK_HLEN))) {
+        LWIP_ASSERT("icmp_input: restoring original p->payload failed\n", 0);
+        goto memerr;
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
+    /* At this point, all checks are OK. */
+    /* We generate an answer by switching the dest and src ip addresses,
+     * setting the icmp type to ECHO_RESPONSE and updating the checksum. */
+    iecho = p->payload;
+    tmpaddr.addr = iphdr->src.addr;
+    iphdr->src.addr = iphdr->dest.addr;
+    iphdr->dest.addr = tmpaddr.addr;
+    ICMPH_TYPE_SET(iecho, ICMP_ER);
+    /* adjust the checksum */
+    if (iecho->chksum >= htons(0xffff - (ICMP_ECHO << 8))) {
+      iecho->chksum += htons(ICMP_ECHO << 8) + 1;
+    } else {
+      iecho->chksum += htons(ICMP_ECHO << 8);
+    }
+
+    /* Set the correct TTL and recalculate the header checksum. */
+    IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ICMP_TTL);
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
+#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
+#endif /* CHECKSUM_GEN_IP */
+
+    ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
+    /* increase number of messages attempted to send */
+    snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
+    /* increase number of echo replies attempted to send */
+    snmp_inc_icmpoutechoreps();
+
+    if(pbuf_header(p, hlen)) {
+      LWIP_ASSERT("Can't move over header in packet", 0);
+    } else {
+      err_t ret;
+      ret = ip_output_if(p, &(iphdr->src), IP_HDRINCL,
+                   ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP, inp);
+      if (ret != ERR_OK) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ip_output_if returned an error: %c.\n", ret));
+      }
+    }
+    break;
+  default:
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_input: ICMP type %"S16_F" code %"S16_F" not supported.\n", 
+                (s16_t)type, (s16_t)code));
+    ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.proterr);
+    ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.drop);
+  }
+  pbuf_free(p);
+  return;
+lenerr:
+  pbuf_free(p);
+  ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.lenerr);
+  snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
+  return;
+#if LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN
+memerr:
+  pbuf_free(p);
+  ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.err);
+  snmp_inc_icmpinerrors();
+  return;
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP_ECHO_CHECK_INPUT_PBUF_LEN */
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send an icmp 'destination unreachable' packet, called from ip_input() if
+ * the transport layer protocol is unknown and from udp_input() if the local
+ * port is not bound.
+ *
+ * @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
+ *          p->payload pointing to the IP header
+ * @param t type of the 'unreachable' packet
+ */
+void
+icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t)
+{
+  icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_DUR, t);
+}
+
+#if IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY
+/**
+ * Send a 'time exceeded' packet, called from ip_forward() if TTL is 0.
+ *
+ * @param p the input packet for which the 'time exceeded' should be sent,
+ *          p->payload pointing to the IP header
+ * @param t type of the 'time exceeded' packet
+ */
+void
+icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t)
+{
+  icmp_send_response(p, ICMP_TE, t);
+}
+
+#endif /* IP_FORWARD || IP_REASSEMBLY */
+
+/**
+ * Send an icmp packet in response to an incoming packet.
+ *
+ * @param p the input packet for which the 'unreachable' should be sent,
+ *          p->payload pointing to the IP header
+ * @param type Type of the ICMP header
+ * @param code Code of the ICMP header
+ */
+static void
+icmp_send_response(struct pbuf *p, u8_t type, u8_t code)
+{
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
+  /* we can use the echo header here */
+  struct icmp_echo_hdr *icmphdr;
+
+  /* ICMP header + IP header + 8 bytes of data */
+  q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE,
+                 PBUF_RAM);
+  if (q == NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded: failed to allocate pbuf for ICMP packet.\n"));
+    return;
+  }
+  LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold icmp message",
+             (q->len >= (sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr) + IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE)));
+
+  iphdr = p->payload;
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("icmp_time_exceeded from "));
+  ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, (" to "));
+  ip_addr_debug_print(ICMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(ICMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
+
+  icmphdr = q->payload;
+  icmphdr->type = type;
+  icmphdr->code = code;
+  icmphdr->id = 0;
+  icmphdr->seqno = 0;
+
+  /* copy fields from original packet */
+  SMEMCPY((u8_t *)q->payload + sizeof(struct icmp_echo_hdr), (u8_t *)p->payload,
+          IP_HLEN + ICMP_DEST_UNREACH_DATASIZE);
+
+  /* calculate checksum */
+  icmphdr->chksum = 0;
+  icmphdr->chksum = inet_chksum(icmphdr, q->len);
+  ICMP_STATS_INC(icmp.xmit);
+  /* increase number of messages attempted to send */
+  snmp_inc_icmpoutmsgs();
+  /* increase number of destination unreachable messages attempted to send */
+  snmp_inc_icmpouttimeexcds();
+  ip_output(q, NULL, &(iphdr->src), ICMP_TTL, 0, IP_PROTO_ICMP);
+  pbuf_free(q);
+}
+
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/ipv4/igmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,759 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * IGMP - Internet Group Management Protocol
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+ * are met: 
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
+ * 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors 
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
+ *    without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
+ * SUCH DAMAGE. 
+ *
+ * This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
+ * are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
+ * source code.
+*/
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------
+Note 1)
+Although the rfc requires V1 AND V2 capability
+we will only support v2 since now V1 is very old (August 1989)
+V1 can be added if required
+
+a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
+show this up.
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+Note 2)
+A query for a specific group address (as opposed to ALLHOSTS)
+has now been implemented as I am unsure if it is required
+
+a debug print and statistic have been implemented to
+show this up.
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+Note 3)
+The router alert rfc 2113 is implemented in outgoing packets
+but not checked rigorously incoming
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+Steve Reynolds
+------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * RFC 988  - Host extensions for IP multicasting                         - V0
+ * RFC 1054 - Host extensions for IP multicasting                         -
+ * RFC 1112 - Host extensions for IP multicasting                         - V1
+ * RFC 2236 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 2               - V2  <- this code is based on this RFC (it's the "de facto" standard)
+ * RFC 3376 - Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 3               - V3
+ * RFC 4604 - Using Internet Group Management Protocol Version 3...       - V3+
+ * RFC 2113 - IP Router Alert Option                                      - 
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Includes
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/igmp.h"
+#include "lwip/debug.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/icmp.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+
+#include "string.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Globales
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static struct igmp_group* igmp_group_list;
+static struct ip_addr     allsystems;
+static struct ip_addr     allrouters;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the IGMP module
+ */
+void
+igmp_init(void)
+{
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_init: initializing\n"));
+
+  IP4_ADDR(&allsystems, 224, 0, 0, 1);
+  IP4_ADDR(&allrouters, 224, 0, 0, 2);
+}
+
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+/**
+ * Dump global IGMP groups list
+ */
+void
+igmp_dump_group_list()
+{ 
+  struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
+
+  while (group != NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_dump_group_list: [%"U32_F"] ", (u32_t)(group->group_state)));
+    ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->interface));
+    group = group->next;
+  }
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
+}
+#else
+#define igmp_dump_group_list()
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+/**
+ * Start IGMP processing on interface
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface on which start IGMP processing
+ */
+err_t
+igmp_start(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  struct igmp_group* group;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: starting IGMP processing on if %p\n", netif));
+
+  group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, &allsystems);
+
+  if (group != NULL) {
+    group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
+    group->use++;
+
+    /* Allow the igmp messages at the MAC level */
+    if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_start: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
+      ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &allsystems);
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
+      netif->igmp_mac_filter( netif, &allsystems, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
+    }
+
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+
+  return ERR_MEM;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Stop IGMP processing on interface
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface on which stop IGMP processing
+ */
+err_t
+igmp_stop(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
+  struct igmp_group *prev  = NULL;
+  struct igmp_group *next;
+
+  /* look for groups joined on this interface further down the list */
+  while (group != NULL) {
+    next = group->next;
+    /* is it a group joined on this interface? */
+    if (group->interface == netif) {
+      /* is it the first group of the list? */
+      if (group == igmp_group_list) {
+        igmp_group_list = next;
+      }
+      /* is there a "previous" group defined? */
+      if (prev != NULL) {
+        prev->next = next;
+      }
+      /* disable the group at the MAC level */
+      if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_stop: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
+        ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
+        netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, &(group->group_address), IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
+      }
+      /* free group */
+      memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
+    } else {
+      /* change the "previous" */
+      prev = group;
+    }
+    /* move to "next" */
+    group = next;
+  }
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Report IGMP memberships for this interface
+ *
+ * @param netif network interface on which report IGMP memberships
+ */
+void
+igmp_report_groups( struct netif *netif)
+{
+  struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_report_groups: sending IGMP reports on if %p\n", netif));
+
+  while (group != NULL) {
+    if (group->interface == netif) {
+      igmp_delaying_member( group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
+    }
+    group = group->next;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Search for a group in the global igmp_group_list
+ *
+ * @param ifp the network interface for which to look
+ * @param addr the group ip address to search for
+ * @return a struct igmp_group* if the group has been found,
+ *         NULL if the group wasn't found.
+ */
+struct igmp_group *
+igmp_lookfor_group(struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr)
+{
+  struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
+
+  while (group != NULL) {
+    if ((group->interface == ifp) && (ip_addr_cmp(&(group->group_address), addr))) {
+      return group;
+    }
+    group = group->next;
+  }
+
+  /* to be clearer, we return NULL here instead of
+   * 'group' (which is also NULL at this point).
+   */
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Search for a specific igmp group and create a new one if not found-
+ *
+ * @param ifp the network interface for which to look
+ * @param addr the group ip address to search
+ * @return a struct igmp_group*,
+ *         NULL on memory error.
+ */
+struct igmp_group *
+igmp_lookup_group(struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr)
+{
+  struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
+  
+  /* Search if the group already exists */
+  group = igmp_lookfor_group(ifp, addr);
+  if (group != NULL) {
+    /* Group already exists. */
+    return group;
+  }
+
+  /* Group doesn't exist yet, create a new one */
+  group = memp_malloc(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP);
+  if (group != NULL) {
+    group->interface          = ifp;
+    ip_addr_set(&(group->group_address), addr);
+    group->timer              = 0; /* Not running */
+    group->group_state        = IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER;
+    group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
+    group->use                = 0;
+    group->next               = igmp_group_list;
+    
+    igmp_group_list = group;
+  }
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_lookup_group: %sallocated a new group with address ", (group?"":"impossible to ")));
+  ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, addr);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", ifp));
+
+  return group;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove a group in the global igmp_group_list
+ *
+ * @param group the group to remove from the global igmp_group_list
+ * @return ERR_OK if group was removed from the list, an err_t otherwise
+ */
+err_t
+igmp_remove_group(struct igmp_group *group)
+{
+  err_t err = ERR_OK;
+
+  /* Is it the first group? */
+  if (igmp_group_list == group) {
+    igmp_group_list = group->next;
+  } else {
+    /* look for group further down the list */
+    struct igmp_group *tmpGroup;
+    for (tmpGroup = igmp_group_list; tmpGroup != NULL; tmpGroup = tmpGroup->next) {
+      if (tmpGroup->next == group) {
+        tmpGroup->next = group->next;
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Group not found in the global igmp_group_list */
+    if (tmpGroup == NULL)
+      err = ERR_ARG;
+  }
+  /* free group */
+  memp_free(MEMP_IGMP_GROUP, group);
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called from ip_input() if a new IGMP packet is received.
+ *
+ * @param p received igmp packet, p->payload pointing to the ip header
+ * @param inp network interface on which the packet was received
+ * @param dest destination ip address of the igmp packet
+ */
+void
+igmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, struct ip_addr *dest)
+{
+  struct ip_hdr *    iphdr;
+  struct igmp_msg*   igmp;
+  struct igmp_group* group;
+  struct igmp_group* groupref;
+
+  /* Note that the length CAN be greater than 8 but only 8 are used - All are included in the checksum */    
+  iphdr = p->payload;
+  if (pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4)) || (p->len < IGMP_MINLEN)) {
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.lenerr);
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: length error\n"));
+    return;
+  }
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: message from "));
+  ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->src));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" to address "));
+  ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(iphdr->dest));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", inp));
+
+  /* Now calculate and check the checksum */
+  igmp = (struct igmp_msg *)p->payload;
+  if (inet_chksum(igmp, p->len)) {
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.chkerr);
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: checksum error\n"));
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Packet is ok so find an existing group */
+  group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, dest); /* use the incoming IP address! */
+  
+  /* If group can be found or create... */
+  if (!group) {
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP frame not for us\n"));
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* NOW ACT ON THE INCOMING MESSAGE TYPE... */
+  switch (igmp->igmp_msgtype) {
+   case IGMP_MEMB_QUERY: {
+     /* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to the "all systems" address ? */
+     if ((ip_addr_cmp(dest, &allsystems)) && (igmp->igmp_group_address.addr == 0)) {
+       /* THIS IS THE GENERAL QUERY */
+       LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: General IGMP_MEMB_QUERY on \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
+
+       if (igmp->igmp_maxresp == 0) {
+         IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.v1_rxed);
+         LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: got an all hosts query with time== 0 - this is V1 and not implemented - treat as v2\n"));
+         igmp->igmp_maxresp = IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR;
+       }
+
+       IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.group_query_rxed);
+       groupref = igmp_group_list;
+       while (groupref) {
+         /* Do not send messages on the all systems group address! */
+         if ((groupref->interface == inp) && (!(ip_addr_cmp(&(groupref->group_address), &allsystems)))) {
+           igmp_delaying_member( groupref, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
+         }
+         groupref = groupref->next;
+       }
+     } else {
+       /* IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group ? */
+       if (group->group_address.addr != 0) {
+         LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_MEMB_QUERY to a specific group "));
+         ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &group->group_address);
+         if (ip_addr_cmp (dest, &allsystems)) {
+           LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" using \"ALL SYSTEMS\" address (224.0.0.1) [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
+           /* we first need to re-lookfor the group since we used dest last time */
+           group = igmp_lookfor_group(inp, &igmp->igmp_group_address);
+         } else {
+           LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" with the group address as destination [igmp_maxresp=%i]\n", (int)(igmp->igmp_maxresp)));
+         }
+
+         if (group != NULL) {
+           IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.unicast_query);
+           igmp_delaying_member( group, igmp->igmp_maxresp);
+         }
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   }
+   case IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT: {
+     LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT\n"));
+
+     IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.report_rxed);
+     if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
+       /* This is on a specific group we have already looked up */
+       group->timer = 0; /* stopped */
+       group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER;
+       group->last_reporter_flag = 0;
+     }
+     break;
+   }
+   default: {
+     LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_input: unexpected msg %d in state %d on group %p on if %p\n",
+       igmp->igmp_msgtype, group->group_state, &group, group->interface));
+     break;
+   }
+  }
+
+  pbuf_free(p);
+  return;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Join a group on one network interface.
+ *
+ * @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should join a new group
+ * @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to join
+ * @return ERR_OK if group was joined on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
+ */
+err_t
+igmp_joingroup(struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr)
+{
+  err_t              err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
+  struct igmp_group *group;
+  struct netif      *netif;
+
+  /* make sure it is multicast address */
+  LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("igmp_joingroup: attempt to join allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
+
+  /* loop through netif's */
+  netif = netif_list;
+  while (netif != NULL) {
+    /* Should we join this interface ? */
+    if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
+      /* find group or create a new one if not found */
+      group = igmp_lookup_group(netif, groupaddr);
+
+      if (group != NULL) {
+        /* This should create a new group, check the state to make sure */
+        if (group->group_state != IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER) {
+          LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to group not in state IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER\n"));
+        } else {
+          /* OK - it was new group */
+          LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: join to new group: "));
+          ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
+          LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
+
+          /* If first use of the group, allow the group at the MAC level */
+          if ((group->use==0) && (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL)) {
+            LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: igmp_mac_filter(ADD "));
+            ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
+            LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
+            netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER);
+          }
+
+          IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.join_sent);
+          igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
+
+          igmp_start_timer(group, IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR);
+
+          /* Need to work out where this timer comes from */
+          group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
+        }
+        /* Increment group use */
+        group->use++;
+        /* Join on this interface */
+        err = ERR_OK;
+      } else {
+        /* Return an error even if some network interfaces are joined */
+        /** @todo undo any other netif already joined */
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_joingroup: Not enought memory to join to group\n"));
+        return ERR_MEM;
+      }
+    }
+    /* proceed to next network interface */
+    netif = netif->next;
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Leave a group on one network interface.
+ *
+ * @param ifaddr ip address of the network interface which should leave a group
+ * @param groupaddr the ip address of the group which to leave
+ * @return ERR_OK if group was left on the netif(s), an err_t otherwise
+ */
+err_t
+igmp_leavegroup(struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr)
+{
+  err_t              err = ERR_VAL; /* no matching interface */
+  struct igmp_group *group;
+  struct netif      *netif;
+
+  /* make sure it is multicast address */
+  LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave non-multicast address", ip_addr_ismulticast(groupaddr), return ERR_VAL;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("igmp_leavegroup: attempt to leave allsystems address", (!ip_addr_cmp(groupaddr, &allsystems)), return ERR_VAL;);
+
+  /* loop through netif's */
+  netif = netif_list;
+  while (netif != NULL) {
+    /* Should we leave this interface ? */
+    if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && ((ip_addr_isany(ifaddr) || ip_addr_cmp(&(netif->ip_addr), ifaddr)))) {
+      /* find group */
+      group = igmp_lookfor_group(netif, groupaddr);
+
+      if (group != NULL) {
+        /* Only send a leave if the flag is set according to the state diagram */
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: Leaving group: "));
+        ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));
+
+        /* If there is no other use of the group */
+        if (group->use <= 1) {
+          /* If we are the last reporter for this group */
+          if (group->last_reporter_flag) {
+            LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: sending leaving group\n"));
+            IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.leave_sent);
+            igmp_send(group, IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP);
+          }
+          
+          /* Disable the group at the MAC level */
+          if (netif->igmp_mac_filter != NULL) {
+            LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: igmp_mac_filter(DEL "));
+            ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
+            LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (") on if %p\n", netif));
+            netif->igmp_mac_filter(netif, groupaddr, IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER);
+          }
+          
+          LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: remove group: "));
+          ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, groupaddr);
+          LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("\n"));          
+          
+          /* Free the group */
+          igmp_remove_group(group);
+        } else {
+          /* Decrement group use */
+          group->use--;
+        }
+        /* Leave on this interface */
+        err = ERR_OK;
+      } else {
+        /* It's not a fatal error on "leavegroup" */
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_leavegroup: not member of group\n"));
+      }
+    }
+    /* proceed to next network interface */
+    netif = netif->next;
+  }
+
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * The igmp timer function (both for NO_SYS=1 and =0)
+ * Should be called every IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds (100 ms is default).
+ */
+void
+igmp_tmr(void)
+{
+  struct igmp_group *group = igmp_group_list;
+
+  while (group != NULL) {
+    if (group->timer != 0) {
+      group->timer -= 1;
+      if (group->timer == 0) {
+        igmp_timeout(group);
+      }
+    }
+    group = group->next;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called if a timeout for one group is reached.
+ * Sends a report for this group.
+ *
+ * @param group an igmp_group for which a timeout is reached
+ */
+void
+igmp_timeout(struct igmp_group *group)
+{
+  /* If the state is IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER then we send a report for this group */
+  if (group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_timeout: report membership for group with address "));
+    ip_addr_debug_print(IGMP_DEBUG, &(group->group_address));
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, (" on if %p\n", group->interface));
+
+    igmp_send(group, IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Start a timer for an igmp group
+ *
+ * @param group the igmp_group for which to start a timer
+ * @param max_time the time in multiples of IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL (decrease with
+ *        every call to igmp_tmr())
+ */
+void
+igmp_start_timer(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time)
+{
+  /**
+   * @todo Important !! this should be random 0 -> max_time. Find out how to do this
+   */
+  group->timer = max_time;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Stop a timer for an igmp_group
+ *
+ * @param group the igmp_group for which to stop the timer
+ */
+void
+igmp_stop_timer(struct igmp_group *group)
+{
+  group->timer = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Delaying membership report for a group if necessary
+ *
+ * @param group the igmp_group for which "delaying" membership report
+ * @param maxresp query delay
+ */
+void
+igmp_delaying_member( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp)
+{
+  if ((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER) ||
+     ((group->group_state == IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER) && (maxresp > group->timer))) {
+    igmp_start_timer(group, (maxresp)/2);
+    group->group_state = IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER;
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs the IP header
+ * and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source IP address is NULL,
+ * the IP address of the outgoing network interface is filled in as source address.
+ *
+ * @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
+            protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
+            header and p->payload points to that IP header)
+ * @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
+ *         IP  address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
+ * @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
+ * @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
+ * @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
+ * @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
+ * @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
+ *         ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
+ *         returns errors returned by netif->output
+ */
+err_t
+igmp_ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+                  u8_t ttl, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif)
+{
+  /* This is the "router alert" option */
+  u16_t ra[2];
+  ra[0] = htons (ROUTER_ALERT);
+  ra[1] = 0x0000; /* Router shall examine packet */
+  return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, ttl, 0, proto, netif, ra, ROUTER_ALERTLEN);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send an igmp packet to a specific group.
+ *
+ * @param group the group to which to send the packet
+ * @param type the type of igmp packet to send
+ */
+void
+igmp_send(struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type)
+{
+  struct pbuf*     p    = NULL;
+  struct igmp_msg* igmp = NULL;
+  struct ip_addr   src  = {0};
+  struct ip_addr*  dest = NULL;
+
+  /* IP header + "router alert" option + IGMP header */
+  p = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_TRANSPORT, IGMP_MINLEN, PBUF_RAM);
+  
+  if (p) {
+    igmp = p->payload;
+    LWIP_ASSERT("igmp_send: check that first pbuf can hold struct igmp_msg",
+               (p->len >= sizeof(struct igmp_msg)));
+    ip_addr_set(&src, &((group->interface)->ip_addr));
+     
+    if (type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) {
+      dest = &(group->group_address);
+      IGMP_STATS_INC(igmp.report_sent);
+      ip_addr_set(&(igmp->igmp_group_address), &(group->group_address));
+      group->last_reporter_flag = 1; /* Remember we were the last to report */
+    } else {
+      if (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP) {
+        dest = &allrouters;
+        ip_addr_set(&(igmp->igmp_group_address), &(group->group_address));
+      }
+    }
+
+    if ((type == IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT) || (type == IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP)) {
+      igmp->igmp_msgtype  = type;
+      igmp->igmp_maxresp  = 0;
+      igmp->igmp_checksum = 0;
+      igmp->igmp_checksum = inet_chksum( igmp, IGMP_MINLEN);
+
+      igmp_ip_output_if(p, &src, dest, IGMP_TTL, IP_PROTO_IGMP, group->interface);
+    }
+
+    pbuf_free(p);
+  } else {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IGMP_DEBUG, ("igmp_send: not enough memory for igmp_send\n"));
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/ipv4/inet.c

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Functions common to all TCP/IPv4 modules, such as the byte order functions.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+
+/* Here for now until needed in other places in lwIP */
+#ifndef isprint
+#define in_range(c, lo, up)  ((u8_t)c >= lo && (u8_t)c <= up)
+#define isprint(c)           in_range(c, 0x20, 0x7f)
+#define isdigit(c)           in_range(c, '0', '9')
+#define isxdigit(c)          (isdigit(c) || in_range(c, 'a', 'f') || in_range(c, 'A', 'F'))
+#define islower(c)           in_range(c, 'a', 'z')
+#define isspace(c)           (c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' || c == '\v')
+#endif    
+    
+/**
+ * Ascii internet address interpretation routine.
+ * The value returned is in network order.
+ *
+ * @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
+ * @return ip address in network order
+ */
+u32_t
+inet_addr(const char *cp)
+{
+  struct in_addr val;
+
+  if (inet_aton(cp, &val)) {
+    return (val.s_addr);
+  }
+  return (INADDR_NONE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check whether "cp" is a valid ascii representation
+ * of an Internet address and convert to a binary address.
+ * Returns 1 if the address is valid, 0 if not.
+ * This replaces inet_addr, the return value from which
+ * cannot distinguish between failure and a local broadcast address.
+ *
+ * @param cp IP address in ascii represenation (e.g. "127.0.0.1")
+ * @param addr pointer to which to save the ip address in network order
+ * @return 1 if cp could be converted to addr, 0 on failure
+ */
+int
+inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *addr)
+{
+  u32_t val;
+  u8_t base;
+  char c;
+  u32_t parts[4];
+  u32_t *pp = parts;
+
+  c = *cp;
+  for (;;) {
+    /*
+     * Collect number up to ``.''.
+     * Values are specified as for C:
+     * 0x=hex, 0=octal, 1-9=decimal.
+     */
+    if (!isdigit(c))
+      return (0);
+    val = 0;
+    base = 10;
+    if (c == '0') {
+      c = *++cp;
+      if (c == 'x' || c == 'X') {
+        base = 16;
+        c = *++cp;
+      } else
+        base = 8;
+    }
+    for (;;) {
+      if (isdigit(c)) {
+        val = (val * base) + (int)(c - '0');
+        c = *++cp;
+      } else if (base == 16 && isxdigit(c)) {
+        val = (val << 4) | (int)(c + 10 - (islower(c) ? 'a' : 'A'));
+        c = *++cp;
+      } else
+        break;
+    }
+    if (c == '.') {
+      /*
+       * Internet format:
+       *  a.b.c.d
+       *  a.b.c   (with c treated as 16 bits)
+       *  a.b (with b treated as 24 bits)
+       */
+      if (pp >= parts + 3)
+        return (0);
+      *pp++ = val;
+      c = *++cp;
+    } else
+      break;
+  }
+  /*
+   * Check for trailing characters.
+   */
+  if (c != '\0' && !isspace(c))
+    return (0);
+  /*
+   * Concoct the address according to
+   * the number of parts specified.
+   */
+  switch (pp - parts + 1) {
+
+  case 0:
+    return (0);       /* initial nondigit */
+
+  case 1:             /* a -- 32 bits */
+    break;
+
+  case 2:             /* a.b -- 8.24 bits */
+    if (val > 0xffffffUL)
+      return (0);
+    val |= parts[0] << 24;
+    break;
+
+  case 3:             /* a.b.c -- 8.8.16 bits */
+    if (val > 0xffff)
+      return (0);
+    val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16);
+    break;
+
+  case 4:             /* a.b.c.d -- 8.8.8.8 bits */
+    if (val > 0xff)
+      return (0);
+    val |= (parts[0] << 24) | (parts[1] << 16) | (parts[2] << 8);
+    break;
+  }
+  if (addr)
+    addr->s_addr = htonl(val);
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert numeric IP address into decimal dotted ASCII representation.
+ * returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant!
+ *
+ * @param addr ip address in network order to convert
+ * @return pointer to a global static (!) buffer that holds the ASCII
+ *         represenation of addr
+ */
+char *
+inet_ntoa(struct in_addr addr)
+{
+  static char str[16];
+  u32_t s_addr = addr.s_addr;
+  char inv[3];
+  char *rp;
+  u8_t *ap;
+  u8_t rem;
+  u8_t n;
+  u8_t i;
+
+  rp = str;
+  ap = (u8_t *)&s_addr;
+  for(n = 0; n < 4; n++) {
+    i = 0;
+    do {
+      rem = *ap % (u8_t)10;
+      *ap /= (u8_t)10;
+      inv[i++] = '0' + rem;
+    } while(*ap);
+    while(i--)
+      *rp++ = inv[i];
+    *rp++ = '.';
+    ap++;
+  }
+  *--rp = 0;
+  return str;
+}
+
+/**
+ * These are reference implementations of the byte swapping functions.
+ * Again with the aim of being simple, correct and fully portable.
+ * Byte swapping is the second thing you would want to optimize. You will
+ * need to port it to your architecture and in your cc.h:
+ * 
+ * #define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 1
+ * #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x) <your_htons>
+ * #define LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x) <your_htonl>
+ *
+ * Note ntohs() and ntohl() are merely references to the htonx counterparts.
+ */
+
+#if (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+
+/**
+ * Convert an u16_t from host- to network byte order.
+ *
+ * @param n u16_t in host byte order
+ * @return n in network byte order
+ */
+u16_t
+htons(u16_t n)
+{
+  return ((n & 0xff) << 8) | ((n & 0xff00) >> 8);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert an u16_t from network- to host byte order.
+ *
+ * @param n u16_t in network byte order
+ * @return n in host byte order
+ */
+u16_t
+ntohs(u16_t n)
+{
+  return htons(n);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert an u32_t from host- to network byte order.
+ *
+ * @param n u32_t in host byte order
+ * @return n in network byte order
+ */
+u32_t
+htonl(u32_t n)
+{
+  return ((n & 0xff) << 24) |
+    ((n & 0xff00) << 8) |
+    ((n & 0xff0000UL) >> 8) |
+    ((n & 0xff000000UL) >> 24);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert an u32_t from network- to host byte order.
+ *
+ * @param n u32_t in network byte order
+ * @return n in host byte order
+ */
+u32_t
+ntohl(u32_t n)
+{
+  return htonl(n);
+}
+
+#endif /* (LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP == 0) && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN) */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/ipv4/inet_chksum.c

@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Incluse internet checksum functions.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* These are some reference implementations of the checksum algorithm, with the
+ * aim of being simple, correct and fully portable. Checksumming is the
+ * first thing you would want to optimize for your platform. If you create
+ * your own version, link it in and in your cc.h put:
+ * 
+ * #define LWIP_CHKSUM <your_checksum_routine> 
+ *
+ * Or you can select from the implementations below by defining
+ * LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM to 1, 2 or 3.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM
+# define LWIP_CHKSUM lwip_standard_chksum
+# ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
+#  define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 1
+# endif
+#endif
+/* If none set: */
+#ifndef LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM
+# define LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM 0
+#endif
+
+/** Like the name says... */
+#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP && (BYTE_ORDER == LITTLE_ENDIAN)
+/* little endian and PLATFORM_BYTESWAP defined */
+#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(w)
+#else
+/* can't use htons on big endian (or PLATFORM_BYTESWAP not defined)... */
+#define SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(w) ((w & 0xff) << 8) | ((w & 0xff00) >> 8)
+#endif
+
+/** Split an u32_t in two u16_ts and add them up */
+#define FOLD_U32T(u)          ((u >> 16) + (u & 0x0000ffffUL))
+
+#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 1) /* Version #1 */
+/**
+ * lwip checksum
+ *
+ * @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
+ * @param len length of data to be summed
+ * @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum) 
+ *
+ * @note accumulator size limits summable length to 64k
+ * @note host endianess is irrelevant (p3 RFC1071)
+ */
+static u16_t
+lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
+{
+  u32_t acc;
+  u16_t src;
+  u8_t *octetptr;
+
+  acc = 0;
+  /* dataptr may be at odd or even addresses */
+  octetptr = (u8_t*)dataptr;
+  while (len > 1) {
+    /* declare first octet as most significant
+       thus assume network order, ignoring host order */
+    src = (*octetptr) << 8;
+    octetptr++;
+    /* declare second octet as least significant */
+    src |= (*octetptr);
+    octetptr++;
+    acc += src;
+    len -= 2;
+  }
+  if (len > 0) {
+    /* accumulate remaining octet */
+    src = (*octetptr) << 8;
+    acc += src;
+  }
+  /* add deferred carry bits */
+  acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
+  if ((acc & 0xffff0000UL) != 0) {
+    acc = (acc >> 16) + (acc & 0x0000ffffUL);
+  }
+  /* This maybe a little confusing: reorder sum using htons()
+     instead of ntohs() since it has a little less call overhead.
+     The caller must invert bits for Internet sum ! */
+  return htons((u16_t)acc);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 2) /* Alternative version #2 */
+/*
+ * Curt McDowell
+ * Broadcom Corp.
+ * csm@broadcom.com
+ *
+ * IP checksum two bytes at a time with support for
+ * unaligned buffer.
+ * Works for len up to and including 0x20000.
+ * by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. 12/08/2005
+ *
+ * @param dataptr points to start of data to be summed at any boundary
+ * @param len length of data to be summed
+ * @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum) 
+ */
+
+static u16_t
+lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
+{
+  u8_t *pb = dataptr;
+  u16_t *ps, t = 0;
+  u32_t sum = 0;
+  int odd = ((u32_t)pb & 1);
+
+  /* Get aligned to u16_t */
+  if (odd && len > 0) {
+    ((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
+    len--;
+  }
+
+  /* Add the bulk of the data */
+  ps = (u16_t *)pb;
+  while (len > 1) {
+    sum += *ps++;
+    len -= 2;
+  }
+
+  /* Consume left-over byte, if any */
+  if (len > 0) {
+    ((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;;
+  }
+
+  /* Add end bytes */
+  sum += t;
+
+  /* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
+     calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
+  sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
+  sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
+
+  /* Swap if alignment was odd */
+  if (odd) {
+    sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
+  }
+
+  return sum;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if (LWIP_CHKSUM_ALGORITHM == 3) /* Alternative version #3 */
+/**
+ * An optimized checksum routine. Basically, it uses loop-unrolling on
+ * the checksum loop, treating the head and tail bytes specially, whereas
+ * the inner loop acts on 8 bytes at a time. 
+ *
+ * @arg start of buffer to be checksummed. May be an odd byte address.
+ * @len number of bytes in the buffer to be checksummed.
+ * @return host order (!) lwip checksum (non-inverted Internet sum) 
+ * 
+ * by Curt McDowell, Broadcom Corp. December 8th, 2005
+ */
+
+static u16_t
+lwip_standard_chksum(void *dataptr, int len)
+{
+  u8_t *pb = dataptr;
+  u16_t *ps, t = 0;
+  u32_t *pl;
+  u32_t sum = 0, tmp;
+  /* starts at odd byte address? */
+  int odd = ((u32_t)pb & 1);
+
+  if (odd && len > 0) {
+    ((u8_t *)&t)[1] = *pb++;
+    len--;
+  }
+
+  ps = (u16_t *)pb;
+
+  if (((u32_t)ps & 3) && len > 1) {
+    sum += *ps++;
+    len -= 2;
+  }
+
+  pl = (u32_t *)ps;
+
+  while (len > 7)  {
+    tmp = sum + *pl++;          /* ping */
+    if (tmp < sum) {
+      tmp++;                    /* add back carry */
+    }
+
+    sum = tmp + *pl++;          /* pong */
+    if (sum < tmp) {
+      sum++;                    /* add back carry */
+    }
+
+    len -= 8;
+  }
+
+  /* make room in upper bits */
+  sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
+
+  ps = (u16_t *)pl;
+
+  /* 16-bit aligned word remaining? */
+  while (len > 1) {
+    sum += *ps++;
+    len -= 2;
+  }
+
+  /* dangling tail byte remaining? */
+  if (len > 0) {                /* include odd byte */
+    ((u8_t *)&t)[0] = *(u8_t *)ps;
+  }
+
+  sum += t;                     /* add end bytes */
+
+  /* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
+     calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
+  sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
+  sum = FOLD_U32T(sum);
+
+  if (odd) {
+    sum = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(sum);
+  }
+
+  return sum;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
+ *
+ * Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
+ * IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
+ *
+ * @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
+ * @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
+ * @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
+ * @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
+ * @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
+ * @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
+ */
+u16_t
+inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
+       struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+       u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len)
+{
+  u32_t acc;
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  u8_t swapped;
+
+  acc = 0;
+  swapped = 0;
+  /* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
+  for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
+      (void *)q, (void *)q->next));
+    acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
+    /*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
+    /* just executing this next line is probably faster that the if statement needed
+       to check whether we really need to execute it, and does no harm */
+    acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
+    if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
+      swapped = 1 - swapped;
+      acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
+    }
+    /*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
+  }
+
+  if (swapped) {
+    acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
+  }
+  acc += (src->addr & 0xffffUL);
+  acc += ((src->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
+  acc += (dest->addr & 0xffffUL);
+  acc += ((dest->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
+  acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
+  acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
+
+  /* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
+     calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
+  acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
+  acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
+  return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
+}
+
+/* inet_chksum_pseudo:
+ *
+ * Calculates the pseudo Internet checksum used by TCP and UDP for a pbuf chain.
+ * IP addresses are expected to be in network byte order.
+ *
+ * @param p chain of pbufs over that a checksum should be calculated (ip data part)
+ * @param src source ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
+ * @param dst destination ip address (used for checksum of pseudo header)
+ * @param proto ip protocol (used for checksum of pseudo header)
+ * @param proto_len length of the ip data part (used for checksum of pseudo header)
+ * @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
+ */
+/* Currently only used by UDPLITE, although this could change in the future. */
+#if LWIP_UDPLITE
+u16_t
+inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
+       struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+       u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len)
+{
+  u32_t acc;
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  u8_t swapped;
+  u16_t chklen;
+
+  acc = 0;
+  swapped = 0;
+  /* iterate through all pbuf in chain */
+  for(q = p; (q != NULL) && (chksum_len > 0); q = q->next) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): checksumming pbuf %p (has next %p) \n",
+      (void *)q, (void *)q->next));
+    chklen = q->len;
+    if (chklen > chksum_len) {
+      chklen = chksum_len;
+    }
+    acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, chklen);
+    chksum_len -= chklen;
+    LWIP_ASSERT("delete me", chksum_len < 0x7fff);
+    /*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): unwrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
+    /* fold the upper bit down */
+    acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
+    if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
+      swapped = 1 - swapped;
+      acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
+    }
+    /*LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): wrapped lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F" \n", acc));*/
+  }
+
+  if (swapped) {
+    acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
+  }
+  acc += (src->addr & 0xffffUL);
+  acc += ((src->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
+  acc += (dest->addr & 0xffffUL);
+  acc += ((dest->addr >> 16) & 0xffffUL);
+  acc += (u32_t)htons((u16_t)proto);
+  acc += (u32_t)htons(proto_len);
+
+  /* Fold 32-bit sum to 16 bits
+     calling this twice is propably faster than if statements... */
+  acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
+  acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(INET_DEBUG, ("inet_chksum_pseudo(): pbuf chain lwip_chksum()=%"X32_F"\n", acc));
+  return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
+
+/* inet_chksum:
+ *
+ * Calculates the Internet checksum over a portion of memory. Used primarily for IP
+ * and ICMP.
+ *
+ * @param dataptr start of the buffer to calculate the checksum (no alignment needed)
+ * @param len length of the buffer to calculate the checksum
+ * @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
+ */
+
+u16_t
+inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len)
+{
+  return ~LWIP_CHKSUM(dataptr, len);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Calculate a checksum over a chain of pbufs (without pseudo-header, much like
+ * inet_chksum only pbufs are used).
+ *
+ * @param p pbuf chain over that the checksum should be calculated
+ * @return checksum (as u16_t) to be saved directly in the protocol header
+ */
+u16_t
+inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  u32_t acc;
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  u8_t swapped;
+
+  acc = 0;
+  swapped = 0;
+  for(q = p; q != NULL; q = q->next) {
+    acc += LWIP_CHKSUM(q->payload, q->len);
+    acc = FOLD_U32T(acc);
+    if (q->len % 2 != 0) {
+      swapped = 1 - swapped;
+      acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (swapped) {
+    acc = SWAP_BYTES_IN_WORD(acc);
+  }
+  return (u16_t)~(acc & 0xffffUL);
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/ipv4/ip.c

@@ -0,0 +1,725 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * This is the IPv4 layer implementation for incoming and outgoing IP traffic.
+ * 
+ * @see ip_frag.c
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/icmp.h"
+#include "lwip/igmp.h"
+#include "lwip/raw.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "arch/perf.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/**
+ * The interface that provided the packet for the current callback
+ * invocation.
+ */
+struct netif *current_netif;
+
+/**
+ * Header of the input packet currently being processed.
+ */
+const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
+
+/**
+ * Finds the appropriate network interface for a given IP address. It
+ * searches the list of network interfaces linearly. A match is found
+ * if the masked IP address of the network interface equals the masked
+ * IP address given to the function.
+ *
+ * @param dest the destination IP address for which to find the route
+ * @return the netif on which to send to reach dest
+ */
+struct netif *
+ip_route(struct ip_addr *dest)
+{
+  struct netif *netif;
+
+  /* iterate through netifs */
+  for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
+    /* network mask matches? */
+    if (netif_is_up(netif)) {
+      if (ip_addr_netcmp(dest, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))) {
+        /* return netif on which to forward IP packet */
+        return netif;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if ((netif_default == NULL) || (!netif_is_up(netif_default))) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_route: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
+    snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  /* no matching netif found, use default netif */
+  return netif_default;
+}
+
+#if IP_FORWARD
+/**
+ * Forwards an IP packet. It finds an appropriate route for the
+ * packet, decrements the TTL value of the packet, adjusts the
+ * checksum and outputs the packet on the appropriate interface.
+ *
+ * @param p the packet to forward (p->payload points to IP header)
+ * @param iphdr the IP header of the input packet
+ * @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
+ * @return the netif on which the packet was sent (NULL if it wasn't sent)
+ */
+static struct netif *
+ip_forward(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_hdr *iphdr, struct netif *inp)
+{
+  struct netif *netif;
+
+  PERF_START;
+  /* Find network interface where to forward this IP packet to. */
+  netif = ip_route((struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest));
+  if (netif == NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: no forwarding route for 0x%"X32_F" found\n",
+                      iphdr->dest.addr));
+    snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
+    return (struct netif *)NULL;
+  }
+  /* Do not forward packets onto the same network interface on which
+   * they arrived. */
+  if (netif == inp) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: not bouncing packets back on incoming interface.\n"));
+    snmp_inc_ipoutnoroutes();
+    return (struct netif *)NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* decrement TTL */
+  IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, IPH_TTL(iphdr) - 1);
+  /* send ICMP if TTL == 0 */
+  if (IPH_TTL(iphdr) == 0) {
+    snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
+#if LWIP_ICMP
+    /* Don't send ICMP messages in response to ICMP messages */
+    if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_ICMP) {
+      icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_TTL);
+    }
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
+    return (struct netif *)NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* Incrementally update the IP checksum. */
+  if (IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) >= htons(0xffff - 0x100)) {
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + htons(0x100) + 1);
+  } else {
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr) + htons(0x100));
+  }
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_forward: forwarding packet to 0x%"X32_F"\n",
+                    iphdr->dest.addr));
+
+  IP_STATS_INC(ip.fw);
+  IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
+  snmp_inc_ipforwdatagrams();
+
+  PERF_STOP("ip_forward");
+  /* transmit pbuf on chosen interface */
+  netif->output(netif, p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest));
+  return netif;
+}
+#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
+
+/**
+ * This function is called by the network interface device driver when
+ * an IP packet is received. The function does the basic checks of the
+ * IP header such as packet size being at least larger than the header
+ * size etc. If the packet was not destined for us, the packet is
+ * forwarded (using ip_forward). The IP checksum is always checked.
+ *
+ * Finally, the packet is sent to the upper layer protocol input function.
+ * 
+ * @param p the received IP packet (p->payload points to IP header)
+ * @param inp the netif on which this packet was received
+ * @return ERR_OK if the packet was processed (could return ERR_* if it wasn't
+ *         processed, but currently always returns ERR_OK)
+ */
+err_t
+ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
+{
+  struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
+  struct netif *netif;
+  u16_t iphdr_hlen;
+  u16_t iphdr_len;
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+  int check_ip_src=1;
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+
+  IP_STATS_INC(ip.recv);
+  snmp_inc_ipinreceives();
+
+  /* identify the IP header */
+  iphdr = p->payload;
+  if (IPH_V(iphdr) != 4) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("IP packet dropped due to bad version number %"U16_F"\n", IPH_V(iphdr)));
+    ip_debug_print(p);
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
+    snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* obtain IP header length in number of 32-bit words */
+  iphdr_hlen = IPH_HL(iphdr);
+  /* calculate IP header length in bytes */
+  iphdr_hlen *= 4;
+  /* obtain ip length in bytes */
+  iphdr_len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr));
+
+  /* header length exceeds first pbuf length, or ip length exceeds total pbuf length? */
+  if ((iphdr_hlen > p->len) || (iphdr_len > p->tot_len)) {
+    if (iphdr_hlen > p->len) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
+        ("IP header (len %"U16_F") does not fit in first pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
+        iphdr_hlen, p->len));
+    }
+    if (iphdr_len > p->tot_len) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
+        ("IP (len %"U16_F") is longer than pbuf (len %"U16_F"), IP packet dropped.\n",
+        iphdr_len, p->tot_len));
+    }
+    /* free (drop) packet pbufs */
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.lenerr);
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
+    snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+
+  /* verify checksum */
+#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_IP
+  if (inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen) != 0) {
+
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
+      ("Checksum (0x%"X16_F") failed, IP packet dropped.\n", inet_chksum(iphdr, iphdr_hlen)));
+    ip_debug_print(p);
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.chkerr);
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
+    snmp_inc_ipinhdrerrors();
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Trim pbuf. This should have been done at the netif layer,
+   * but we'll do it anyway just to be sure that its done. */
+  pbuf_realloc(p, iphdr_len);
+
+  /* match packet against an interface, i.e. is this packet for us? */
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+  if (ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->dest))) {
+    if ((inp->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) && (igmp_lookfor_group(inp, &(iphdr->dest)))) {
+      netif = inp;
+    } else {
+      netif = NULL;
+    }
+  } else
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+  {
+    /* start trying with inp. if that's not acceptable, start walking the
+       list of configured netifs.
+       'first' is used as a boolean to mark whether we started walking the list */
+    int first = 1;
+    netif = inp;
+    do {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: iphdr->dest 0x%"X32_F" netif->ip_addr 0x%"X32_F" (0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F", 0x%"X32_F")\n",
+          iphdr->dest.addr, netif->ip_addr.addr,
+          iphdr->dest.addr & netif->netmask.addr,
+          netif->ip_addr.addr & netif->netmask.addr,
+          iphdr->dest.addr & ~(netif->netmask.addr)));
+
+      /* interface is up and configured? */
+      if ((netif_is_up(netif)) && (!ip_addr_isany(&(netif->ip_addr)))) {
+        /* unicast to this interface address? */
+        if (ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdr->dest), &(netif->ip_addr)) ||
+            /* or broadcast on this interface network address? */
+            ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), netif)) {
+          LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: packet accepted on interface %c%c\n",
+              netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
+          /* break out of for loop */
+          break;
+        }
+      }
+      if (first) {
+        first = 0;
+        netif = netif_list;
+      } else {
+        netif = netif->next;
+      }
+      if (netif == inp) {
+        netif = netif->next;
+      }
+    } while(netif != NULL);
+  }
+
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+  /* Pass DHCP messages regardless of destination address. DHCP traffic is addressed
+   * using link layer addressing (such as Ethernet MAC) so we must not filter on IP.
+   * According to RFC 1542 section 3.1.1, referred by RFC 2131).
+   */
+  if (netif == NULL) {
+    /* remote port is DHCP server? */
+    if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDP) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: UDP packet to DHCP client port %"U16_F"\n",
+        ntohs(((struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen))->dest)));
+      if (ntohs(((struct udp_hdr *)((u8_t *)iphdr + iphdr_hlen))->dest) == DHCP_CLIENT_PORT) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: DHCP packet accepted.\n"));
+        netif = inp;
+        check_ip_src = 0;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+
+  /* broadcast or multicast packet source address? Compliant with RFC 1122: 3.2.1.3 */
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+  /* DHCP servers need 0.0.0.0 to be allowed as source address (RFC 1.1.2.2: 3.2.1.3/a) */
+  if (check_ip_src && (iphdr->src.addr != 0))
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+  {  if ((ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->src), inp)) ||
+         (ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->src)))) {
+      /* packet source is not valid */
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("ip_input: packet source is not valid.\n"));
+      /* free (drop) packet pbufs */
+      pbuf_free(p);
+      IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
+      snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
+      snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
+      return ERR_OK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* packet not for us? */
+  if (netif == NULL) {
+    /* packet not for us, route or discard */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("ip_input: packet not for us.\n"));
+#if IP_FORWARD
+    /* non-broadcast packet? */
+    if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp)) {
+      /* try to forward IP packet on (other) interfaces */
+      ip_forward(p, iphdr, inp);
+    } else
+#endif /* IP_FORWARD */
+    {
+      snmp_inc_ipinaddrerrors();
+      snmp_inc_ipindiscards();
+    }
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+  /* packet consists of multiple fragments? */
+  if ((IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & htons(IP_OFFMASK | IP_MF)) != 0) {
+#if IP_REASSEMBLY /* packet fragment reassembly code present? */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP packet is a fragment (id=0x%04"X16_F" tot_len=%"U16_F" len=%"U16_F" MF=%"U16_F" offset=%"U16_F"), calling ip_reass()\n",
+      ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)), p->tot_len, ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr)), !!(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr) & htons(IP_MF)), (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK)*8));
+    /* reassemble the packet*/
+    p = ip_reass(p);
+    /* packet not fully reassembled yet? */
+    if (p == NULL) {
+      return ERR_OK;
+    }
+    iphdr = p->payload;
+#else /* IP_REASSEMBLY == 0, no packet fragment reassembly code present */
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since it was fragmented (0x%"X16_F") (while IP_REASSEMBLY == 0).\n",
+      ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr))));
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
+    /* unsupported protocol feature */
+    snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
+    return ERR_OK;
+#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
+  }
+
+#if IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 /* no support for IP options in the IP header? */
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+  /* there is an extra "router alert" option in IGMP messages which we allow for but do not police */
+  if((iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN &&  (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) != IP_PROTO_IGMP)) {
+#else
+  if (iphdr_hlen > IP_HLEN) {
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("IP packet dropped since there were IP options (while IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0).\n"));
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.opterr);
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
+    /* unsupported protocol feature */
+    snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
+    return ERR_OK;
+  }
+#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_ALLOWED == 0 */
+
+  /* send to upper layers */
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: \n"));
+  ip_debug_print(p);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_input: p->len %"U16_F" p->tot_len %"U16_F"\n", p->len, p->tot_len));
+
+  current_netif = inp;
+  current_header = iphdr;
+
+#if LWIP_RAW
+  /* raw input did not eat the packet? */
+  if (raw_input(p, inp) == 0)
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */
+  {
+
+    switch (IPH_PROTO(iphdr)) {
+#if LWIP_UDP
+    case IP_PROTO_UDP:
+#if LWIP_UDPLITE
+    case IP_PROTO_UDPLITE:
+#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
+      snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
+      udp_input(p, inp);
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+    case IP_PROTO_TCP:
+      snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
+      tcp_input(p, inp);
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+#if LWIP_ICMP
+    case IP_PROTO_ICMP:
+      snmp_inc_ipindelivers();
+      icmp_input(p, inp);
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+    case IP_PROTO_IGMP:
+      igmp_input(p,inp,&(iphdr->dest));
+      break;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+    default:
+#if LWIP_ICMP
+      /* send ICMP destination protocol unreachable unless is was a broadcast */
+      if (!ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp) &&
+          !ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->dest))) {
+        p->payload = iphdr;
+        icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PROTO);
+      }
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
+      pbuf_free(p);
+
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("Unsupported transport protocol %"U16_F"\n", IPH_PROTO(iphdr)));
+
+      IP_STATS_INC(ip.proterr);
+      IP_STATS_INC(ip.drop);
+      snmp_inc_ipinunknownprotos();
+    }
+  }
+
+  current_netif = NULL;
+  current_header = NULL;
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sends an IP packet on a network interface. This function constructs
+ * the IP header and calculates the IP header checksum. If the source
+ * IP address is NULL, the IP address of the outgoing network
+ * interface is filled in as source address.
+ * If the destination IP address is IP_HDRINCL, p is assumed to already
+ * include an IP header and p->payload points to it instead of the data.
+ *
+ * @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
+            protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
+            header and p->payload points to that IP header)
+ * @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
+ *         IP  address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
+ * @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
+ * @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
+ * @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
+ * @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
+ * @param netif the netif on which to send this packet
+ * @return ERR_OK if the packet was sent OK
+ *         ERR_BUF if p doesn't have enough space for IP/LINK headers
+ *         returns errors returned by netif->output
+ *
+ * @note ip_id: RFC791 "some host may be able to simply use
+ *  unique identifiers independent of destination"
+ */
+err_t
+ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+             u8_t ttl, u8_t tos,
+             u8_t proto, struct netif *netif)
+{
+#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
+  return ip_output_if_opt(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif, NULL, 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Same as ip_output_if() but with the possibility to include IP options:
+ *
+ * @ param ip_options pointer to the IP options, copied into the IP header
+ * @ param optlen length of ip_options
+ */
+err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+       u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
+       u16_t optlen)
+{
+#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
+  struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
+  static u16_t ip_id = 0;
+
+  snmp_inc_ipoutrequests();
+
+  /* Should the IP header be generated or is it already included in p? */
+  if (dest != IP_HDRINCL) {
+    u16_t ip_hlen = IP_HLEN;
+#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
+    u16_t optlen_aligned = 0;
+    if (optlen != 0) {
+      /* round up to a multiple of 4 */
+      optlen_aligned = ((optlen + 3) & ~3);
+      ip_hlen += optlen_aligned;
+      /* First write in the IP options */
+      if (pbuf_header(p, optlen_aligned)) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output_if_opt: not enough room for IP options in pbuf\n"));
+        IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
+        snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
+        return ERR_BUF;
+      }
+      MEMCPY(p->payload, ip_options, optlen);
+      if (optlen < optlen_aligned) {
+        /* zero the remaining bytes */
+        memset(((char*)p->payload) + optlen, 0, optlen_aligned - optlen);
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
+    /* generate IP header */
+    if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("ip_output: not enough room for IP header in pbuf\n"));
+
+      IP_STATS_INC(ip.err);
+      snmp_inc_ipoutdiscards();
+      return ERR_BUF;
+    }
+
+    iphdr = p->payload;
+    LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct ip_hdr",
+               (p->len >= sizeof(struct ip_hdr)));
+
+    IPH_TTL_SET(iphdr, ttl);
+    IPH_PROTO_SET(iphdr, proto);
+
+    ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->dest), dest);
+
+    IPH_VHLTOS_SET(iphdr, 4, ip_hlen / 4, tos);
+    IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(p->tot_len));
+    IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, 0);
+    IPH_ID_SET(iphdr, htons(ip_id));
+    ++ip_id;
+
+    if (ip_addr_isany(src)) {
+      ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->src), &(netif->ip_addr));
+    } else {
+      ip_addr_set(&(iphdr->src), src);
+    }
+
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
+#if CHECKSUM_GEN_IP
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, ip_hlen));
+#endif
+  } else {
+    /* IP header already included in p */
+    iphdr = p->payload;
+    dest = &(iphdr->dest);
+  }
+
+  IP_STATS_INC(ip.xmit);
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output_if: %c%c%"U16_F"\n", netif->name[0], netif->name[1], netif->num));
+  ip_debug_print(p);
+
+#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
+  if (ip_addr_cmp(dest, &netif->ip_addr)) {
+    /* Packet to self, enqueue it for loopback */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif_loop_output()"));
+    return netif_loop_output(netif, p, dest);
+  }
+#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
+#if IP_FRAG
+  /* don't fragment if interface has mtu set to 0 [loopif] */
+  if (netif->mtu && (p->tot_len > netif->mtu)) {
+    return ip_frag(p,netif,dest);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("netif->output()"));
+  return netif->output(netif, p, dest);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Simple interface to ip_output_if. It finds the outgoing network
+ * interface and calls upon ip_output_if to do the actual work.
+ *
+ * @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
+            protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
+            header and p->payload points to that IP header)
+ * @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
+ *         IP  address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
+ * @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
+ * @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
+ * @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
+ * @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
+ *
+ * @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
+ *         see ip_output_if() for more return values
+ */
+err_t
+ip_output(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+          u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto)
+{
+  struct netif *netif;
+
+  if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
+    return ERR_RTE;
+  }
+
+  return ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
+}
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+/** Like ip_output, but takes and addr_hint pointer that is passed on to netif->addr_hint
+ *  before calling ip_output_if.
+ *
+ * @param p the packet to send (p->payload points to the data, e.g. next
+            protocol header; if dest == IP_HDRINCL, p already includes an IP
+            header and p->payload points to that IP header)
+ * @param src the source IP address to send from (if src == IP_ADDR_ANY, the
+ *         IP  address of the netif used to send is used as source address)
+ * @param dest the destination IP address to send the packet to
+ * @param ttl the TTL value to be set in the IP header
+ * @param tos the TOS value to be set in the IP header
+ * @param proto the PROTOCOL to be set in the IP header
+ * @param addr_hint address hint pointer set to netif->addr_hint before
+ *        calling ip_output_if()
+ *
+ * @return ERR_RTE if no route is found
+ *         see ip_output_if() for more return values
+ */
+err_t
+ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+          u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint)
+{
+  struct netif *netif;
+  err_t err;
+
+  if ((netif = ip_route(dest)) == NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("ip_output: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dest->addr));
+    IP_STATS_INC(ip.rterr);
+    return ERR_RTE;
+  }
+
+  netif->addr_hint = addr_hint;
+  err = ip_output_if(p, src, dest, ttl, tos, proto, netif);
+  netif->addr_hint = NULL;
+
+  return err;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
+
+#if IP_DEBUG
+/* Print an IP header by using LWIP_DEBUGF
+ * @param p an IP packet, p->payload pointing to the IP header
+ */
+void
+ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  struct ip_hdr *iphdr = p->payload;
+  u8_t *payload;
+
+  payload = (u8_t *)iphdr + IP_HLEN;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("IP header:\n"));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|%2"S16_F" |%2"S16_F" |  0x%02"X16_F" |     %5"U16_F"     | (v, hl, tos, len)\n",
+                    IPH_V(iphdr),
+                    IPH_HL(iphdr),
+                    IPH_TOS(iphdr),
+                    ntohs(IPH_LEN(iphdr))));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|    %5"U16_F"      |%"U16_F"%"U16_F"%"U16_F"|    %4"U16_F"   | (id, flags, offset)\n",
+                    ntohs(IPH_ID(iphdr)),
+                    ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 15 & 1,
+                    ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 14 & 1,
+                    ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) >> 13 & 1,
+                    ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|  %3"U16_F"  |  %3"U16_F"  |    0x%04"X16_F"     | (ttl, proto, chksum)\n",
+                    IPH_TTL(iphdr),
+                    IPH_PROTO(iphdr),
+                    ntohs(IPH_CHKSUM(iphdr))));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|  %3"U16_F"  |  %3"U16_F"  |  %3"U16_F"  |  %3"U16_F"  | (src)\n",
+                    ip4_addr1(&iphdr->src),
+                    ip4_addr2(&iphdr->src),
+                    ip4_addr3(&iphdr->src),
+                    ip4_addr4(&iphdr->src)));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("|  %3"U16_F"  |  %3"U16_F"  |  %3"U16_F"  |  %3"U16_F"  | (dest)\n",
+                    ip4_addr1(&iphdr->dest),
+                    ip4_addr2(&iphdr->dest),
+                    ip4_addr3(&iphdr->dest),
+                    ip4_addr4(&iphdr->dest)));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
+}
+#endif /* IP_DEBUG */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/ipv4/ip_addr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * This is the IPv4 address tools implementation.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#define IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE 0x00000000UL
+#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST_VALUE 0xffffffffUL
+
+/* used by IP_ADDR_ANY and IP_ADDR_BROADCAST in ip_addr.h */
+const struct ip_addr ip_addr_any = { IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE };
+const struct ip_addr ip_addr_broadcast = { IP_ADDR_BROADCAST_VALUE };
+
+/**
+ * Determine if an address is a broadcast address on a network interface 
+ * 
+ * @param addr address to be checked
+ * @param netif the network interface against which the address is checked
+ * @return returns non-zero if the address is a broadcast address
+ */
+u8_t ip_addr_isbroadcast(struct ip_addr *addr, struct netif *netif)
+{
+  u32_t addr2test;
+
+  addr2test = addr->addr;
+  /* all ones (broadcast) or all zeroes (old skool broadcast) */
+  if ((~addr2test == IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE) ||
+      (addr2test == IP_ADDR_ANY_VALUE))
+    return 1;
+  /* no broadcast support on this network interface? */
+  else if ((netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST) == 0)
+    /* the given address cannot be a broadcast address
+     * nor can we check against any broadcast addresses */
+    return 0;
+  /* address matches network interface address exactly? => no broadcast */
+  else if (addr2test == netif->ip_addr.addr)
+    return 0;
+  /*  on the same (sub) network... */
+  else if (ip_addr_netcmp(addr, &(netif->ip_addr), &(netif->netmask))
+         /* ...and host identifier bits are all ones? =>... */
+          && ((addr2test & ~netif->netmask.addr) ==
+           (IP_ADDR_BROADCAST_VALUE & ~netif->netmask.addr)))
+    /* => network broadcast address */
+    return 1;
+  else
+    return 0;
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/ipv4/ip_frag.c

@@ -0,0 +1,794 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * This is the IPv4 packet segmentation and reassembly implementation.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro> 
+ *         Simon Goldschmidt
+ * original reassembly code by Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ * 
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "lwip/icmp.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if IP_REASSEMBLY
+/**
+ * The IP reassembly code currently has the following limitations:
+ * - IP header options are not supported
+ * - fragments must not overlap (e.g. due to different routes),
+ *   currently, overlapping or duplicate fragments are thrown away
+ *   if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP=1 (the default)!
+ *
+ * @todo: work with IP header options
+ */
+
+/** Setting this to 0, you can turn off checking the fragments for overlapping
+ * regions. The code gets a little smaller. Only use this if you know that
+ * overlapping won't occur on your network! */
+#ifndef IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
+#define IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP 1
+#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
+
+/** Set to 0 to prevent freeing the oldest datagram when the reassembly buffer is
+ * full (IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS pbufs are enqueued). The code gets a little smaller.
+ * Datagrams will be freed by timeout only. Especially useful when MEMP_NUM_REASSDATA
+ * is set to 1, so one datagram can be reassembled at a time, only. */
+#ifndef IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
+#define IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST 1
+#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
+
+#define IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG 0x01
+
+/** This is a helper struct which holds the starting
+ * offset and the ending offset of this fragment to
+ * easily chain the fragments.
+ * It has to be packed since it has to fit inside the IP header.
+ */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_reass_helper {
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct pbuf *next_pbuf);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t start);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t end);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(iphdrA, iphdrB)  \
+  (ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->src, &(iphdrB)->src) && \
+   ip_addr_cmp(&(iphdrA)->dest, &(iphdrB)->dest) && \
+   IPH_ID(iphdrA) == IPH_ID(iphdrB)) ? 1 : 0
+
+/* global variables */
+static struct ip_reassdata *reassdatagrams;
+static u16_t ip_reass_pbufcount;
+
+/* function prototypes */
+static void ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
+static int ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Reassembly timer base function
+ * for both NO_SYS == 0 and 1 (!).
+ *
+ * Should be called every 1000 msec (defined by IP_TMR_INTERVAL).
+ */
+void
+ip_reass_tmr(void)
+{
+  struct ip_reassdata *r, *prev = NULL;
+
+  r = reassdatagrams;
+  while (r != NULL) {
+    /* Decrement the timer. Once it reaches 0,
+     * clean up the incomplete fragment assembly */
+    if (r->timer > 0) {
+      r->timer--;
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer dec %"U16_F"\n",(u16_t)r->timer));
+      prev = r;
+      r = r->next;
+    } else {
+      /* reassembly timed out */
+      struct ip_reassdata *tmp;
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass_tmr: timer timed out\n"));
+      tmp = r;
+      /* get the next pointer before freeing */
+      r = r->next;
+      /* free the helper struct and all enqueued pbufs */
+      ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(tmp, prev);
+     }
+   }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free a datagram (struct ip_reassdata) and all its pbufs.
+ * Updates the total count of enqueued pbufs (ip_reass_pbufcount),
+ * SNMP counters and sends an ICMP time exceeded packet.
+ *
+ * @param ipr datagram to free
+ * @param prev the previous datagram in the linked list
+ * @return the number of pbufs freed
+ */
+static int
+ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
+{
+  int pbufs_freed = 0;
+  struct pbuf *p;
+  struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("prev != ipr", prev != ipr);
+  if (prev != NULL) {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("prev->next == ipr", prev->next == ipr);
+  }
+
+  snmp_inc_ipreasmfails();
+#if LWIP_ICMP
+  iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)ipr->p->payload;
+  if (iprh->start == 0) {
+    /* The first fragment was received, send ICMP time exceeded. */
+    /* First, de-queue the first pbuf from r->p. */
+    p = ipr->p;
+    ipr->p = iprh->next_pbuf;
+    /* Then, copy the original header into it. */
+    SMEMCPY(p->payload, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
+    icmp_time_exceeded(p, ICMP_TE_FRAG);
+    pbufs_freed += pbuf_clen(p);
+    pbuf_free(p);
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
+
+  /* First, free all received pbufs.  The individual pbufs need to be released 
+     separately as they have not yet been chained */
+  p = ipr->p;
+  while (p != NULL) {
+    struct pbuf *pcur;
+    iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper *)p->payload;
+    pcur = p;
+    /* get the next pointer before freeing */
+    p = iprh->next_pbuf;
+    pbufs_freed += pbuf_clen(pcur);
+    pbuf_free(pcur);    
+  }
+  /* Then, unchain the struct ip_reassdata from the list and free it. */
+  ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, prev);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("ip_reass_pbufcount >= clen", ip_reass_pbufcount >= pbufs_freed);
+  ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbufs_freed;
+
+  return pbufs_freed;
+}
+
+#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
+/**
+ * Free the oldest datagram to make room for enqueueing new fragments.
+ * The datagram 'fraghdr' belongs to is not freed!
+ *
+ * @param fraghdr IP header of the current fragment
+ * @param pbufs_needed number of pbufs needed to enqueue
+ *        (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
+ * @return the number of pbufs freed
+ */
+static int
+ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int pbufs_needed)
+{
+  /* @todo Can't we simply remove the last datagram in the
+   *       linked list behind reassdatagrams?
+   */
+  struct ip_reassdata *r, *oldest, *prev;
+  int pbufs_freed = 0, pbufs_freed_current;
+  int other_datagrams;
+
+  /* Free datagrams until being allowed to enqueue 'pbufs_needed' pbufs,
+   * but don't free the datagram that 'fraghdr' belongs to! */
+  do {
+    oldest = NULL;
+    prev = NULL;
+    other_datagrams = 0;
+    r = reassdatagrams;
+    while (r != NULL) {
+      if (!IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&r->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
+        /* Not the same datagram as fraghdr */
+        other_datagrams++;
+        if (oldest == NULL) {
+          oldest = r;
+        } else if (r->timer <= oldest->timer) {
+          /* older than the previous oldest */
+          oldest = r;
+        }
+      }
+      if (r->next != NULL) {
+        prev = r;
+      }
+      r = r->next;
+    }
+    if (oldest != NULL) {
+      pbufs_freed_current = ip_reass_free_complete_datagram(oldest, prev);
+      pbufs_freed += pbufs_freed_current;
+    }
+  } while ((pbufs_freed < pbufs_needed) && (other_datagrams > 1));
+  return pbufs_freed;
+}
+#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
+
+/**
+ * Enqueues a new fragment into the fragment queue
+ * @param fraghdr points to the new fragments IP hdr
+ * @param clen number of pbufs needed to enqueue (used for freeing other datagrams if not enough space)
+ * @return A pointer to the queue location into which the fragment was enqueued
+ */
+static struct ip_reassdata*
+ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(struct ip_hdr *fraghdr, int clen)
+{
+  struct ip_reassdata* ipr;
+  /* No matching previous fragment found, allocate a new reassdata struct */
+  ipr = memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
+  if (ipr == NULL) {
+#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
+    if (ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) >= clen) {
+      ipr = memp_malloc(MEMP_REASSDATA);
+    }
+    if (ipr == NULL)
+#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
+    {
+      IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("Failed to alloc reassdata struct\n"));
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(ipr, 0, sizeof(struct ip_reassdata));
+  ipr->timer = IP_REASS_MAXAGE;
+
+  /* enqueue the new structure to the front of the list */
+  ipr->next = reassdatagrams;
+  reassdatagrams = ipr;
+  /* copy the ip header for later tests and input */
+  /* @todo: no ip options supported? */
+  SMEMCPY(&(ipr->iphdr), fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
+  return ipr;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Dequeues a datagram from the datagram queue. Doesn't deallocate the pbufs.
+ * @param ipr points to the queue entry to dequeue
+ */
+static void
+ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct ip_reassdata *prev)
+{
+  
+  /* dequeue the reass struct  */
+  if (reassdatagrams == ipr) {
+    /* it was the first in the list */
+    reassdatagrams = ipr->next;
+  } else {
+    /* it wasn't the first, so it must have a valid 'prev' */
+    LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check linked list", prev != NULL);
+    prev->next = ipr->next;
+  }
+
+  /* now we can free the ip_reass struct */
+  memp_free(MEMP_REASSDATA, ipr);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Chain a new pbuf into the pbuf list that composes the datagram.  The pbuf list
+ * will grow over time as  new pbufs are rx.
+ * Also checks that the datagram passes basic continuity checks (if the last
+ * fragment was received at least once).
+ * @param root_p points to the 'root' pbuf for the current datagram being assembled.
+ * @param new_p points to the pbuf for the current fragment
+ * @return 0 if invalid, >0 otherwise
+ */
+static int
+ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(struct ip_reassdata *ipr, struct pbuf *new_p)
+{
+  struct ip_reass_helper *iprh, *iprh_tmp, *iprh_prev=NULL;
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  u16_t offset,len;
+  struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
+  int valid = 1;
+
+  /* Extract length and fragment offset from current fragment */
+  fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)new_p->payload; 
+  len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
+  offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
+
+  /* overwrite the fragment's ip header from the pbuf with our helper struct,
+   * and setup the embedded helper structure. */
+  /* make sure the struct ip_reass_helper fits into the IP header */
+  LWIP_ASSERT("sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN",
+              sizeof(struct ip_reass_helper) <= IP_HLEN);
+  iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)new_p->payload;
+  iprh->next_pbuf = NULL;
+  iprh->start = offset;
+  iprh->end = offset + len;
+
+  /* Iterate through until we either get to the end of the list (append),
+   * or we find on with a larger offset (insert). */
+  for (q = ipr->p; q != NULL;) {
+    iprh_tmp = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
+    if (iprh->start < iprh_tmp->start) {
+      /* the new pbuf should be inserted before this */
+      iprh->next_pbuf = q;
+      if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
+        /* not the fragment with the lowest offset */
+#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
+        if ((iprh->start < iprh_prev->end) || (iprh->end > iprh_tmp->start)) {
+          /* fragment overlaps with previous or following, throw away */
+          goto freepbuf;
+        }
+#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
+        iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
+      } else {
+        /* fragment with the lowest offset */
+        ipr->p = new_p;
+      }
+      break;
+    } else if(iprh->start == iprh_tmp->start) {
+      /* received the same datagram twice: no need to keep the datagram */
+      goto freepbuf;
+#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
+    } else if(iprh->start < iprh_tmp->end) {
+      /* overlap: no need to keep the new datagram */
+      goto freepbuf;
+#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
+    } else {
+      /* Check if the fragments received so far have no wholes. */
+      if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
+        if (iprh_prev->end != iprh_tmp->start) {
+          /* There is a fragment missing between the current
+           * and the previous fragment */
+          valid = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    q = iprh_tmp->next_pbuf;
+    iprh_prev = iprh_tmp;
+  }
+
+  /* If q is NULL, then we made it to the end of the list. Determine what to do now */
+  if (q == NULL) {
+    if (iprh_prev != NULL) {
+      /* this is (for now), the fragment with the highest offset:
+       * chain it to the last fragment */
+#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
+      LWIP_ASSERT("check fragments don't overlap", iprh_prev->end <= iprh->start);
+#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
+      iprh_prev->next_pbuf = new_p;
+      if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
+        valid = 0;
+      }
+    } else {
+#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
+      LWIP_ASSERT("no previous fragment, this must be the first fragment!",
+        ipr->p == NULL);
+#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
+      /* this is the first fragment we ever received for this ip datagram */
+      ipr->p = new_p;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* At this point, the validation part begins: */
+  /* If we already received the last fragment */
+  if ((ipr->flags & IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG) != 0) {
+    /* and had no wholes so far */
+    if (valid) {
+      /* then check if the rest of the fragments is here */
+      /* Check if the queue starts with the first datagram */
+      if (((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->start != 0) {
+        valid = 0;
+      } else {
+        /* and check that there are no wholes after this datagram */
+        iprh_prev = iprh;
+        q = iprh->next_pbuf;
+        while (q != NULL) {
+          iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)q->payload;
+          if (iprh_prev->end != iprh->start) {
+            valid = 0;
+            break;
+          }
+          iprh_prev = iprh;
+          q = iprh->next_pbuf;
+        }
+        /* if still valid, all fragments are received
+         * (because to the MF==0 already arrived */
+        if (valid) {
+          LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check", ipr->p != NULL);
+          LWIP_ASSERT("sanity check",
+            ((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload) != iprh);
+          LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:next_pbuf!=NULL",
+            iprh->next_pbuf == NULL);
+          LWIP_ASSERT("validate_datagram:datagram end!=datagram len",
+            iprh->end == ipr->datagram_len);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* If valid is 0 here, there are some fragments missing in the middle
+     * (since MF == 0 has already arrived). Such datagrams simply time out if
+     * no more fragments are received... */
+    return valid;
+  }
+  /* If we come here, not all fragments were received, yet! */
+  return 0; /* not yet valid! */
+#if IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP
+freepbuf:
+  ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(new_p);
+  pbuf_free(new_p);
+  return 0;
+#endif /* IP_REASS_CHECK_OVERLAP */
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reassembles incoming IP fragments into an IP datagram.
+ *
+ * @param p points to a pbuf chain of the fragment
+ * @return NULL if reassembly is incomplete, ? otherwise
+ */
+struct pbuf *
+ip_reass(struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  struct pbuf *r;
+  struct ip_hdr *fraghdr;
+  struct ip_reassdata *ipr;
+  struct ip_reass_helper *iprh;
+  u16_t offset, len;
+  u8_t clen;
+  struct ip_reassdata *ipr_prev = NULL;
+
+  IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.recv);
+  snmp_inc_ipreasmreqds();
+
+  fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)p->payload;
+
+  if ((IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4) != IP_HLEN) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: IP options currently not supported!\n"));
+    IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.err);
+    goto nullreturn;
+  }
+
+  offset = (ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) * 8;
+  len = ntohs(IPH_LEN(fraghdr)) - IPH_HL(fraghdr) * 4;
+
+  /* Check if we are allowed to enqueue more datagrams. */
+  clen = pbuf_clen(p);
+  if ((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS) {
+#if IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST
+    if (!ip_reass_remove_oldest_datagram(fraghdr, clen) ||
+        ((ip_reass_pbufcount + clen) > IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS))
+#endif /* IP_REASS_FREE_OLDEST */
+    {
+      /* No datagram could be freed and still too many pbufs enqueued */
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: Overflow condition: pbufct=%d, clen=%d, MAX=%d\n",
+        ip_reass_pbufcount, clen, IP_REASS_MAX_PBUFS));
+      IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.memerr);
+      /* @todo: send ICMP time exceeded here? */
+      /* drop this pbuf */
+      goto nullreturn;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Look for the datagram the fragment belongs to in the current datagram queue,
+   * remembering the previous in the queue for later dequeueing. */
+  for (ipr = reassdatagrams; ipr != NULL; ipr = ipr->next) {
+    /* Check if the incoming fragment matches the one currently present
+       in the reassembly buffer. If so, we proceed with copying the
+       fragment into the buffer. */
+    if (IP_ADDRESSES_AND_ID_MATCH(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr)) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_reass: matching previous fragment ID=%"X16_F"\n",
+        ntohs(IPH_ID(fraghdr))));
+      IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.cachehit);
+      break;
+    }
+    ipr_prev = ipr;
+  }
+
+  if (ipr == NULL) {
+  /* Enqueue a new datagram into the datagram queue */
+    ipr = ip_reass_enqueue_new_datagram(fraghdr, clen);
+    /* Bail if unable to enqueue */
+    if(ipr == NULL) {
+      goto nullreturn;
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) == 0) && 
+      ((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(&ipr->iphdr)) & IP_OFFMASK) != 0)) {
+      /* ipr->iphdr is not the header from the first fragment, but fraghdr is
+       * -> copy fraghdr into ipr->iphdr since we want to have the header
+       * of the first fragment (for ICMP time exceeded and later, for copying
+       * all options, if supported)*/
+      SMEMCPY(&ipr->iphdr, fraghdr, IP_HLEN);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Track the current number of pbufs current 'in-flight', in order to limit 
+  the number of fragments that may be enqueued at any one time */
+  ip_reass_pbufcount += clen;
+
+  /* At this point, we have either created a new entry or pointing 
+   * to an existing one */
+
+  /* check for 'no more fragments', and update queue entry*/
+  if ((ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(fraghdr)) & IP_MF) == 0) {
+    ipr->flags |= IP_REASS_FLAG_LASTFRAG;
+    ipr->datagram_len = offset + len;
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,
+     ("ip_reass: last fragment seen, total len %"S16_F"\n",
+      ipr->datagram_len));
+  }
+  /* find the right place to insert this pbuf */
+  /* @todo: trim pbufs if fragments are overlapping */
+  if (ip_reass_chain_frag_into_datagram_and_validate(ipr, p)) {
+    /* the totally last fragment (flag more fragments = 0) was received at least
+     * once AND all fragments are received */
+    ipr->datagram_len += IP_HLEN;
+
+    /* save the second pbuf before copying the header over the pointer */
+    r = ((struct ip_reass_helper*)ipr->p->payload)->next_pbuf;
+
+    /* copy the original ip header back to the first pbuf */
+    fraghdr = (struct ip_hdr*)(ipr->p->payload);
+    SMEMCPY(fraghdr, &ipr->iphdr, IP_HLEN);
+    IPH_LEN_SET(fraghdr, htons(ipr->datagram_len));
+    IPH_OFFSET_SET(fraghdr, 0);
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, 0);
+    /* @todo: do we need to set calculate the correct checksum? */
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(fraghdr, inet_chksum(fraghdr, IP_HLEN));
+
+    p = ipr->p;
+
+    /* chain together the pbufs contained within the reass_data list. */
+    while(r != NULL) {
+      iprh = (struct ip_reass_helper*)r->payload;
+
+      /* hide the ip header for every succeding fragment */
+      pbuf_header(r, -IP_HLEN);
+      pbuf_cat(p, r);
+      r = iprh->next_pbuf;
+    }
+    /* release the sources allocate for the fragment queue entry */
+    ip_reass_dequeue_datagram(ipr, ipr_prev);
+
+    /* and adjust the number of pbufs currently queued for reassembly. */
+    ip_reass_pbufcount -= pbuf_clen(p);
+
+    /* Return the pbuf chain */
+    return p;
+  }
+  /* the datagram is not (yet?) reassembled completely */
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass_pbufcount: %d out\n", ip_reass_pbufcount));
+  return NULL;
+
+nullreturn:
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG,("ip_reass: nullreturn\n"));
+  IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.drop);
+  pbuf_free(p);
+  return NULL;
+}
+#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
+
+#if IP_FRAG
+#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+static u8_t buf[LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(IP_FRAG_MAX_MTU + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1)];
+#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
+
+/**
+ * Fragment an IP datagram if too large for the netif.
+ *
+ * Chop the datagram in MTU sized chunks and send them in order
+ * by using a fixed size static memory buffer (PBUF_REF) or
+ * point PBUF_REFs into p (depending on IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF).
+ *
+ * @param p ip packet to send
+ * @param netif the netif on which to send
+ * @param dest destination ip address to which to send
+ *
+ * @return ERR_OK if sent successfully, err_t otherwise
+ */
+err_t 
+ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *dest)
+{
+  struct pbuf *rambuf;
+#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+  struct pbuf *header;
+#else
+  struct pbuf *newpbuf;
+  struct ip_hdr *original_iphdr;
+#endif
+  struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
+  u16_t nfb;
+  u16_t left, cop;
+  u16_t mtu = netif->mtu;
+  u16_t ofo, omf;
+  u16_t last;
+  u16_t poff = IP_HLEN;
+  u16_t tmp;
+#if !IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+  u16_t newpbuflen = 0;
+  u16_t left_to_copy;
+#endif
+
+  /* Get a RAM based MTU sized pbuf */
+#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+  /* When using a static buffer, we use a PBUF_REF, which we will
+   * use to reference the packet (without link header).
+   * Layer and length is irrelevant.
+   */
+  rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF);
+  if (rambuf == NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_REF) failed\n"));
+    return ERR_MEM;
+  }
+  rambuf->tot_len = rambuf->len = mtu;
+  rambuf->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)buf);
+
+  /* Copy the IP header in it */
+  iphdr = rambuf->payload;
+  SMEMCPY(iphdr, p->payload, IP_HLEN);
+#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
+  original_iphdr = p->payload;
+  iphdr = original_iphdr;
+#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
+
+  /* Save original offset */
+  tmp = ntohs(IPH_OFFSET(iphdr));
+  ofo = tmp & IP_OFFMASK;
+  omf = tmp & IP_MF;
+
+  left = p->tot_len - IP_HLEN;
+
+  nfb = (mtu - IP_HLEN) / 8;
+
+  while (left) {
+    last = (left <= mtu - IP_HLEN);
+
+    /* Set new offset and MF flag */
+    tmp = omf | (IP_OFFMASK & (ofo));
+    if (!last)
+      tmp = tmp | IP_MF;
+
+    /* Fill this fragment */
+    cop = last ? left : nfb * 8;
+
+#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+    poff += pbuf_copy_partial(p, (u8_t*)iphdr + IP_HLEN, cop, poff);
+#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
+    /* When not using a static buffer, create a chain of pbufs.
+     * The first will be a PBUF_RAM holding the link and IP header.
+     * The rest will be PBUF_REFs mirroring the pbuf chain to be fragged,
+     * but limited to the size of an mtu.
+     */
+    rambuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, IP_HLEN, PBUF_RAM);
+    if (rambuf == NULL) {
+      return ERR_MEM;
+    }
+    LWIP_ASSERT("this needs a pbuf in one piece!",
+                (p->len >= (IP_HLEN)));
+    SMEMCPY(rambuf->payload, original_iphdr, IP_HLEN);
+    iphdr = rambuf->payload;
+
+    /* Can just adjust p directly for needed offset. */
+    p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload + poff;
+    p->len -= poff;
+
+    left_to_copy = cop;
+    while (left_to_copy) {
+      newpbuflen = (left_to_copy < p->len) ? left_to_copy : p->len;
+      /* Is this pbuf already empty? */
+      if (!newpbuflen) {
+        p = p->next;
+        continue;
+      }
+      newpbuf = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_RAW, 0, PBUF_REF);
+      if (newpbuf == NULL) {
+        pbuf_free(rambuf);
+        return ERR_MEM;
+      }
+      /* Mirror this pbuf, although we might not need all of it. */
+      newpbuf->payload = p->payload;
+      newpbuf->len = newpbuf->tot_len = newpbuflen;
+      /* Add it to end of rambuf's chain, but using pbuf_cat, not pbuf_chain
+       * so that it is removed when pbuf_dechain is later called on rambuf.
+       */
+      pbuf_cat(rambuf, newpbuf);
+      left_to_copy -= newpbuflen;
+      if (left_to_copy)
+        p = p->next;
+    }
+    poff = newpbuflen;
+#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
+
+    /* Correct header */
+    IPH_OFFSET_SET(iphdr, htons(tmp));
+    IPH_LEN_SET(iphdr, htons(cop + IP_HLEN));
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, 0);
+    IPH_CHKSUM_SET(iphdr, inet_chksum(iphdr, IP_HLEN));
+
+#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+    if (last)
+      pbuf_realloc(rambuf, left + IP_HLEN);
+
+    /* This part is ugly: we alloc a RAM based pbuf for 
+     * the link level header for each chunk and then 
+     * free it.A PBUF_ROM style pbuf for which pbuf_header
+     * worked would make things simpler.
+     */
+    header = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, 0, PBUF_RAM);
+    if (header != NULL) {
+      pbuf_chain(header, rambuf);
+      netif->output(netif, header, dest);
+      IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
+      snmp_inc_ipfragcreates();
+      pbuf_free(header);
+    } else {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(IP_REASS_DEBUG, ("ip_frag: pbuf_alloc() for header failed\n"));
+      pbuf_free(rambuf);
+      return ERR_MEM;
+    }
+#else /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
+    /* No need for separate header pbuf - we allowed room for it in rambuf
+     * when allocated.
+     */
+    netif->output(netif, rambuf, dest);
+    IPFRAG_STATS_INC(ip_frag.xmit);
+
+    /* Unfortunately we can't reuse rambuf - the hardware may still be
+     * using the buffer. Instead we free it (and the ensuing chain) and
+     * recreate it next time round the loop. If we're lucky the hardware
+     * will have already sent the packet, the free will really free, and
+     * there will be zero memory penalty.
+     */
+    
+    pbuf_free(rambuf);
+#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
+    left -= cop;
+    ofo += nfb;
+  }
+#if IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF
+  pbuf_free(rambuf);
+#endif /* IP_FRAG_USES_STATIC_BUF */
+  snmp_inc_ipfragoks();
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+#endif /* IP_FRAG */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/mem.c

@@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Dynamic memory manager
+ *
+ * This is a lightweight replacement for the standard C library malloc().
+ *
+ * If you want to use the standard C library malloc() instead, define
+ * MEM_LIBC_MALLOC to 1 in your lwipopts.h
+ *
+ * To let mem_malloc() use pools (prevents fragmentation and is much faster than
+ * a heap but might waste some memory), define MEM_USE_POOLS to 1, define
+ * MEM_USE_CUSTOM_POOLS to 1 and create a file "lwippools.h" that includes a list
+ * of pools like this (more pools can be added between _START and _END):
+ *
+ * Define three pools with sizes 256, 512, and 1512 bytes
+ * LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_START
+ * LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(20, 256)
+ * LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(10, 512)
+ * LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL(5, 1512)
+ * LWIP_MALLOC_MEMPOOL_END
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *         Simon Goldschmidt
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if MEM_USE_POOLS
+/* lwIP head implemented with different sized pools */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate memory: determine the smallest pool that is big enough
+ * to contain an element of 'size' and get an element from that pool.
+ *
+ * @param size the size in bytes of the memory needed
+ * @return a pointer to the allocated memory or NULL if the pool is empty
+ */
+void *
+mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
+{
+  struct memp_malloc_helper *element;
+  memp_t poolnr;
+  mem_size_t required_size = size + sizeof(struct memp_malloc_helper);
+
+  for (poolnr = MEMP_POOL_FIRST; poolnr <= MEMP_POOL_LAST; poolnr++) {
+#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
+again:
+#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
+    /* is this pool big enough to hold an element of the required size
+       plus a struct memp_malloc_helper that saves the pool this element came from? */
+    if (required_size <= memp_sizes[poolnr]) {
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+  if (poolnr > MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc(): no pool is that big!", 0);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  element = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)memp_malloc(poolnr);
+  if (element == NULL) {
+    /* No need to DEBUGF or ASSERT: This error is already
+       taken care of in memp.c */
+#if MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL
+    /** Try a bigger pool if this one is empty! */
+    if (poolnr < MEMP_POOL_LAST) {
+      poolnr++;
+      goto again;
+    }
+#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS_TRY_BIGGER_POOL */
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* save the pool number this element came from */
+  element->poolnr = poolnr;
+  /* and return a pointer to the memory directly after the struct memp_malloc_helper */
+  element++;
+
+  return element;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Free memory previously allocated by mem_malloc. Loads the pool number
+ * and calls memp_free with that pool number to put the element back into
+ * its pool
+ *
+ * @param rmem the memory element to free
+ */
+void
+mem_free(void *rmem)
+{
+  struct memp_malloc_helper *hmem = (struct memp_malloc_helper*)rmem;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("rmem != NULL", (rmem != NULL));
+  LWIP_ASSERT("rmem == MEM_ALIGN(rmem)", (rmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(rmem)));
+
+  /* get the original struct memp_malloc_helper */
+  hmem--;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("hmem != NULL", (hmem != NULL));
+  LWIP_ASSERT("hmem == MEM_ALIGN(hmem)", (hmem == LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(hmem)));
+  LWIP_ASSERT("hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX", (hmem->poolnr < MEMP_MAX));
+
+  /* and put it in the pool we saved earlier */
+  memp_free(hmem->poolnr, hmem);
+}
+
+#else /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+/* lwIP replacement for your libc malloc() */
+
+/**
+ * The heap is made up as a list of structs of this type.
+ * This does not have to be aligned since for getting its size,
+ * we only use the macro SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM, which automatically alignes.
+ */
+struct mem {
+  /** index (-> ram[next]) of the next struct */
+  mem_size_t next;
+  /** index (-> ram[next]) of the next struct */
+  mem_size_t prev;
+  /** 1: this area is used; 0: this area is unused */
+  u8_t used;
+};
+
+/** All allocated blocks will be MIN_SIZE bytes big, at least!
+ * MIN_SIZE can be overridden to suit your needs. Smaller values save space,
+ * larger values could prevent too small blocks to fragment the RAM too much. */
+#ifndef MIN_SIZE
+#define MIN_SIZE             12
+#endif /* MIN_SIZE */
+/* some alignment macros: we define them here for better source code layout */
+#define MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED     LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MIN_SIZE)
+#define SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM    LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct mem))
+#define MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED     LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEM_SIZE)
+
+/** the heap. we need one struct mem at the end and some room for alignment */
+static u8_t ram_heap[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) + MEM_ALIGNMENT];
+/** pointer to the heap (ram_heap): for alignment, ram is now a pointer instead of an array */
+static u8_t *ram;
+/** the last entry, always unused! */
+static struct mem *ram_end;
+/** pointer to the lowest free block, this is used for faster search */
+static struct mem *lfree;
+
+/** concurrent access protection */
+static sys_sem_t mem_sem;
+
+#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
+
+static volatile u8_t mem_free_count;
+
+/* Allow mem_free from other (e.g. interrupt) context */
+#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT()  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_free)
+#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT()       SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_free)
+#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT()     SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_free)
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT() SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT()      SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev_alloc)
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT()    SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev_alloc)
+
+#else /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
+
+/* Protect the heap only by using a semaphore */
+#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT()
+#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT()    sys_arch_sem_wait(mem_sem, 0)
+#define LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT()  sys_sem_signal(mem_sem)
+/* mem_malloc is protected using semaphore AND LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT */
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT()
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT()
+#define LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT()
+
+#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
+
+
+/**
+ * "Plug holes" by combining adjacent empty struct mems.
+ * After this function is through, there should not exist
+ * one empty struct mem pointing to another empty struct mem.
+ *
+ * @param mem this points to a struct mem which just has been freed
+ * @internal this function is only called by mem_free() and mem_realloc()
+ *
+ * This assumes access to the heap is protected by the calling function
+ * already.
+ */
+static void
+plug_holes(struct mem *mem)
+{
+  struct mem *nmem;
+  struct mem *pmem;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem >= ram", (u8_t *)mem >= ram);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem < ram_end", (u8_t *)mem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->used == 0", mem->used == 0);
+
+  /* plug hole forward */
+  LWIP_ASSERT("plug_holes: mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED", mem->next <= MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
+
+  nmem = (struct mem *)&ram[mem->next];
+  if (mem != nmem && nmem->used == 0 && (u8_t *)nmem != (u8_t *)ram_end) {
+    /* if mem->next is unused and not end of ram, combine mem and mem->next */
+    if (lfree == nmem) {
+      lfree = mem;
+    }
+    mem->next = nmem->next;
+    ((struct mem *)&ram[nmem->next])->prev = (u8_t *)mem - ram;
+  }
+
+  /* plug hole backward */
+  pmem = (struct mem *)&ram[mem->prev];
+  if (pmem != mem && pmem->used == 0) {
+    /* if mem->prev is unused, combine mem and mem->prev */
+    if (lfree == mem) {
+      lfree = pmem;
+    }
+    pmem->next = mem->next;
+    ((struct mem *)&ram[mem->next])->prev = (u8_t *)pmem - ram;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Zero the heap and initialize start, end and lowest-free
+ */
+void
+mem_init(void)
+{
+  struct mem *mem;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("Sanity check alignment",
+    (SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
+
+  /* align the heap */
+  ram = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(ram_heap);
+  /* initialize the start of the heap */
+  mem = (struct mem *)ram;
+  mem->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
+  mem->prev = 0;
+  mem->used = 0;
+  /* initialize the end of the heap */
+  ram_end = (struct mem *)&ram[MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED];
+  ram_end->used = 1;
+  ram_end->next = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
+  ram_end->prev = MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED;
+
+  mem_sem = sys_sem_new(1);
+
+  /* initialize the lowest-free pointer to the start of the heap */
+  lfree = (struct mem *)ram;
+
+  MEM_STATS_AVAIL(avail, MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Put a struct mem back on the heap
+ *
+ * @param rmem is the data portion of a struct mem as returned by a previous
+ *             call to mem_malloc()
+ */
+void
+mem_free(void *rmem)
+{
+  struct mem *mem;
+  LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
+
+  if (rmem == NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_free(p == NULL) was called.\n"));
+    return;
+  }
+  LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: sanity check alignment", (((mem_ptr_t)rmem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
+    (u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
+
+  if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
+    SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_free: illegal memory\n"));
+    /* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
+    SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
+    MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
+    SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
+    return;
+  }
+  /* protect the heap from concurrent access */
+  LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
+  /* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
+  mem = (struct mem *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
+  /* ... which has to be in a used state ... */
+  LWIP_ASSERT("mem_free: mem->used", mem->used);
+  /* ... and is now unused. */
+  mem->used = 0;
+
+  if (mem < lfree) {
+    /* the newly freed struct is now the lowest */
+    lfree = mem;
+  }
+
+  MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, mem->next - ((u8_t *)mem - ram));
+
+  /* finally, see if prev or next are free also */
+  plug_holes(mem);
+#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
+  mem_free_count = 1;
+#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
+  LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
+}
+
+/**
+ * In contrast to its name, mem_realloc can only shrink memory, not expand it.
+ * Since the only use (for now) is in pbuf_realloc (which also can only shrink),
+ * this shouldn't be a problem!
+ *
+ * @param rmem pointer to memory allocated by mem_malloc the is to be shrinked
+ * @param newsize required size after shrinking (needs to be smaller than or
+ *                equal to the previous size)
+ * @return for compatibility reasons: is always == rmem, at the moment
+ *         or NULL if newsize is > old size, in which case rmem is NOT touched
+ *         or freed!
+ */
+void *
+mem_realloc(void *rmem, mem_size_t newsize)
+{
+  mem_size_t size;
+  mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
+  struct mem *mem, *mem2;
+  /* use the FREE_PROTECT here: it protects with sem OR SYS_ARCH_PROTECT */
+  LWIP_MEM_FREE_DECL_PROTECT();
+
+  /* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
+     adjust for alignment. */
+  newsize = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(newsize);
+
+  if(newsize < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
+    /* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
+    newsize = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
+  }
+
+  if (newsize > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("mem_realloc: legal memory", (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram &&
+   (u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram_end);
+
+  if ((u8_t *)rmem < (u8_t *)ram || (u8_t *)rmem >= (u8_t *)ram_end) {
+    SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SEVERE, ("mem_realloc: illegal memory\n"));
+    /* protect mem stats from concurrent access */
+    SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
+    MEM_STATS_INC(illegal);
+    SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
+    return rmem;
+  }
+  /* Get the corresponding struct mem ... */
+  mem = (struct mem *)((u8_t *)rmem - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM);
+  /* ... and its offset pointer */
+  ptr = (u8_t *)mem - ram;
+
+  size = mem->next - ptr - SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
+  LWIP_ASSERT("mem_realloc can only shrink memory", newsize <= size);
+  if (newsize > size) {
+    /* not supported */
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  if (newsize == size) {
+    /* No change in size, simply return */
+    return rmem;
+  }
+
+  /* protect the heap from concurrent access */
+  LWIP_MEM_FREE_PROTECT();
+
+  MEM_STATS_DEC_USED(used, (size - newsize));
+
+  mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[mem->next];
+  if(mem2->used == 0) {
+    /* The next struct is unused, we can simply move it at little */
+    mem_size_t next;
+    /* remember the old next pointer */
+    next = mem2->next;
+    /* create new struct mem which is moved directly after the shrinked mem */
+    ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
+    if (lfree == mem2) {
+      lfree = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
+    }
+    mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
+    mem2->used = 0;
+    /* restore the next pointer */
+    mem2->next = next;
+    /* link it back to mem */
+    mem2->prev = ptr;
+    /* link mem to it */
+    mem->next = ptr2;
+    /* last thing to restore linked list: as we have moved mem2,
+     * let 'mem2->next->prev' point to mem2 again. but only if mem2->next is not
+     * the end of the heap */
+    if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
+      ((struct mem *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
+    }
+    /* no need to plug holes, we've already done that */
+  } else if (newsize + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED <= size) {
+    /* Next struct is used but there's room for another struct mem with
+     * at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data.
+     * Old size ('size') must be big enough to contain at least 'newsize' plus a struct mem
+     * ('SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM') with some data ('MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED').
+     * @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
+     *       region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
+     *       the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory */
+    ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + newsize;
+    mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
+    if (mem2 < lfree) {
+      lfree = mem2;
+    }
+    mem2->used = 0;
+    mem2->next = mem->next;
+    mem2->prev = ptr;
+    mem->next = ptr2;
+    if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
+      ((struct mem *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
+    }
+    /* the original mem->next is used, so no need to plug holes! */
+  }
+  /* else {
+    next struct mem is used but size between mem and mem2 is not big enough
+    to create another struct mem
+    -> don't do anyhting. 
+    -> the remaining space stays unused since it is too small
+  } */
+#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
+  mem_free_count = 1;
+#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
+  LWIP_MEM_FREE_UNPROTECT();
+  return rmem;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adam's mem_malloc() plus solution for bug #17922
+ * Allocate a block of memory with a minimum of 'size' bytes.
+ *
+ * @param size is the minimum size of the requested block in bytes.
+ * @return pointer to allocated memory or NULL if no free memory was found.
+ *
+ * Note that the returned value will always be aligned (as defined by MEM_ALIGNMENT).
+ */
+void *
+mem_malloc(mem_size_t size)
+{
+  mem_size_t ptr, ptr2;
+  struct mem *mem, *mem2;
+#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
+  u8_t local_mem_free_count = 0;
+#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
+  LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_DECL_PROTECT();
+
+  if (size == 0) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* Expand the size of the allocated memory region so that we can
+     adjust for alignment. */
+  size = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size);
+
+  if(size < MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
+    /* every data block must be at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED long */
+    size = MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED;
+  }
+
+  if (size > MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* protect the heap from concurrent access */
+  sys_arch_sem_wait(mem_sem, 0);
+  LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
+#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
+  /* run as long as a mem_free disturbed mem_malloc */
+  do {
+    local_mem_free_count = 0;
+#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
+
+    /* Scan through the heap searching for a free block that is big enough,
+     * beginning with the lowest free block.
+     */
+    for (ptr = (u8_t *)lfree - ram; ptr < MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED - size;
+         ptr = ((struct mem *)&ram[ptr])->next) {
+      mem = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr];
+#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
+      mem_free_count = 0;
+      LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
+      /* allow mem_free to run */
+      LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
+      if (mem_free_count != 0) {
+        local_mem_free_count = mem_free_count;
+      }
+      mem_free_count = 0;
+#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
+
+      if ((!mem->used) &&
+          (mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) >= size) {
+        /* mem is not used and at least perfect fit is possible:
+         * mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) gives us the 'user data size' of mem */
+
+        if (mem->next - (ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) >= (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED)) {
+          /* (in addition to the above, we test if another struct mem (SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) containing
+           * at least MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED of data also fits in the 'user data space' of 'mem')
+           * -> split large block, create empty remainder,
+           * remainder must be large enough to contain MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED data: if
+           * mem->next - (ptr + (2*SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM)) == size,
+           * struct mem would fit in but no data between mem2 and mem2->next
+           * @todo we could leave out MIN_SIZE_ALIGNED. We would create an empty
+           *       region that couldn't hold data, but when mem->next gets freed,
+           *       the 2 regions would be combined, resulting in more free memory
+           */
+          ptr2 = ptr + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size;
+          /* create mem2 struct */
+          mem2 = (struct mem *)&ram[ptr2];
+          mem2->used = 0;
+          mem2->next = mem->next;
+          mem2->prev = ptr;
+          /* and insert it between mem and mem->next */
+          mem->next = ptr2;
+          mem->used = 1;
+
+          if (mem2->next != MEM_SIZE_ALIGNED) {
+            ((struct mem *)&ram[mem2->next])->prev = ptr2;
+          }
+          MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, (size + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM));
+        } else {
+          /* (a mem2 struct does no fit into the user data space of mem and mem->next will always
+           * be used at this point: if not we have 2 unused structs in a row, plug_holes should have
+           * take care of this).
+           * -> near fit or excact fit: do not split, no mem2 creation
+           * also can't move mem->next directly behind mem, since mem->next
+           * will always be used at this point!
+           */
+          mem->used = 1;
+          MEM_STATS_INC_USED(used, mem->next - ((u8_t *)mem - ram));
+        }
+
+        if (mem == lfree) {
+          /* Find next free block after mem and update lowest free pointer */
+          while (lfree->used && lfree != ram_end) {
+            LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
+            /* prevent high interrupt latency... */
+            LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_PROTECT();
+            lfree = (struct mem *)&ram[lfree->next];
+          }
+          LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: !lfree->used", ((lfree == ram_end) || (!lfree->used)));
+        }
+        LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
+        sys_sem_signal(mem_sem);
+        LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory not above ram_end.",
+         (mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM + size <= (mem_ptr_t)ram_end);
+        LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: allocated memory properly aligned.",
+         ((mem_ptr_t)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM) % MEM_ALIGNMENT == 0);
+        LWIP_ASSERT("mem_malloc: sanity check alignment",
+          (((mem_ptr_t)mem) & (MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)) == 0);
+
+        return (u8_t *)mem + SIZEOF_STRUCT_MEM;
+      }
+    }
+#if LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT
+    /* if we got interrupted by a mem_free, try again */
+  } while(local_mem_free_count != 0);
+#endif /* LWIP_ALLOW_MEM_FREE_FROM_OTHER_CONTEXT */
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(MEM_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("mem_malloc: could not allocate %"S16_F" bytes\n", (s16_t)size));
+  MEM_STATS_INC(err);
+  LWIP_MEM_ALLOC_UNPROTECT();
+  sys_sem_signal(mem_sem);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#endif /* MEM_USE_POOLS */
+/**
+ * Contiguously allocates enough space for count objects that are size bytes
+ * of memory each and returns a pointer to the allocated memory.
+ *
+ * The allocated memory is filled with bytes of value zero.
+ *
+ * @param count number of objects to allocate
+ * @param size size of the objects to allocate
+ * @return pointer to allocated memory / NULL pointer if there is an error
+ */
+void *mem_calloc(mem_size_t count, mem_size_t size)
+{
+  void *p;
+
+  /* allocate 'count' objects of size 'size' */
+  p = mem_malloc(count * size);
+  if (p) {
+    /* zero the memory */
+    memset(p, 0, count * size);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+#endif /* !MEM_LIBC_MALLOC */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/memp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Dynamic pool memory manager
+ *
+ * lwIP has dedicated pools for many structures (netconn, protocol control blocks,
+ * packet buffers, ...). All these pools are managed here.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/raw.h"
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#include "lwip/igmp.h"
+#include "lwip/api.h"
+#include "lwip/api_msg.h"
+#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "netif/etharp.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_frag.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+struct memp {
+  struct memp *next;
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+  const char *file;
+  int line;
+#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
+};
+
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+/* if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is turned on, we reserve some bytes at the beginning
+ * and at the end of each element, initialize them as 0xcd and check
+ * them later. */
+/* If MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK is >= 2, on every call to memp_malloc or memp_free,
+ * every single element in each pool is checked!
+ * This is VERY SLOW but also very helpful. */
+/* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE and MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER can be overridden in
+ * lwipopts.h to change the amount reserved for checking. */
+#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE
+#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE  16
+#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
+#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE > 0
+#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED    LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE)
+#else
+#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED    0
+#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE*/
+#ifndef MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER
+#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER   16
+#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
+#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER > 0
+#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED     LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER)
+#else
+#define MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED     0
+#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER*/
+
+/* MEMP_SIZE: save space for struct memp and for sanity check */
+#define MEMP_SIZE          (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct memp)) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED)
+#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x) + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED)
+
+#else /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
+
+/* No sanity checks
+ * We don't need to preserve the struct memp while not allocated, so we
+ * can save a little space and set MEMP_SIZE to 0.
+ */
+#define MEMP_SIZE           0
+#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
+
+#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
+
+/** This array holds the first free element of each pool.
+ *  Elements form a linked list. */
+static struct memp *memp_tab[MEMP_MAX];
+
+#else /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
+
+#define MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(x) (LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(x))
+
+#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */
+
+/** This array holds the element sizes of each pool. */
+#if !MEM_USE_POOLS && !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC
+static
+#endif
+const u16_t memp_sizes[MEMP_MAX] = {
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc)  LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size),
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+};
+
+#if !MEMP_MEM_MALLOC /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+/** This array holds the number of elements in each pool. */
+static const u16_t memp_num[MEMP_MAX] = {
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc)  (num),
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+};
+
+/** This array holds a textual description of each pool. */
+#ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
+static const char *memp_desc[MEMP_MAX] = {
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc)  (desc),
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
+
+/** This is the actual memory used by the pools. */
+static u8_t memp_memory[MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1 
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) + ( (num) * (MEMP_SIZE + MEMP_ALIGN_SIZE(size) ) )
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+];
+
+#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
+/**
+ * Check that memp-lists don't form a circle
+ */
+static int
+memp_sanity(void)
+{
+  s16_t i, c;
+  struct memp *m, *n;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
+    for (m = memp_tab[i]; m != NULL; m = m->next) {
+      c = 1;
+      for (n = memp_tab[i]; n != NULL; n = n->next) {
+        if (n == m && --c < 0) {
+          return 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK*/
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+/**
+ * Check if a memp element was victim of an overflow
+ * (e.g. the restricted area after it has been altered)
+ *
+ * @param p the memp element to check
+ * @param memp_size the element size of the pool p comes from
+ */
+static void
+memp_overflow_check_element(struct memp *p, u16_t memp_size)
+{
+  u16_t k;
+  u8_t *m;
+#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
+  m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
+  for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED; k++) {
+    if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
+      LWIP_ASSERT("detected memp underflow!", 0);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
+  m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_size;
+  for (k = 0; k < MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED; k++) {
+    if (m[k] != 0xcd) {
+      LWIP_ASSERT("detected memp overflow!", 0);
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Do an overflow check for all elements in every pool.
+ *
+ * @see memp_overflow_check_element for a description of the check
+ */
+static void
+memp_overflow_check_all(void)
+{
+  u16_t i, j;
+  struct memp *p;
+
+  p = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
+  for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
+    p = p;
+    for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
+      memp_overflow_check_element(p, memp_sizes[i]);
+      p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the restricted areas of all memp elements in every pool.
+ */
+static void
+memp_overflow_init(void)
+{
+  u16_t i, j;
+  struct memp *p;
+  u8_t *m;
+
+  p = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
+  for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
+    p = p;
+    for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
+#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED > 0
+      m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE - MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED;
+      memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_BEFORE_ALIGNED);
+#endif
+#if MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED > 0
+      m = (u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i];
+      memset(m, 0xcd, MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
+#endif
+      p = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)p + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i] + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
+
+/**
+ * Initialize this module.
+ * 
+ * Carves out memp_memory into linked lists for each pool-type.
+ */
+void
+memp_init(void)
+{
+  struct memp *memp;
+  u16_t i, j;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
+    MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(used, i, 0);
+    MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(max, i, 0);
+    MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(err, i, 0);
+    MEMP_STATS_AVAIL(avail, i, memp_num[i]);
+  }
+
+  memp = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN(memp_memory);
+  /* for every pool: */
+  for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; ++i) {
+    memp_tab[i] = NULL;
+    /* create a linked list of memp elements */
+    for (j = 0; j < memp_num[i]; ++j) {
+      memp->next = memp_tab[i];
+      memp_tab[i] = memp;
+      memp = (struct memp *)((u8_t *)memp + MEMP_SIZE + memp_sizes[i]
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+        + MEMP_SANITY_REGION_AFTER_ALIGNED
+#endif
+      );
+    }
+  }
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+  memp_overflow_init();
+  /* check everything a first time to see if it worked */
+  memp_overflow_check_all();
+#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get an element from a specific pool.
+ *
+ * @param type the pool to get an element from
+ *
+ * the debug version has two more parameters:
+ * @param file file name calling this function
+ * @param line number of line where this function is called
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the allocated memory or a NULL pointer on error
+ */
+void *
+#if !MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+memp_malloc(memp_t type)
+#else
+memp_malloc_fn(memp_t type, const char* file, const int line)
+#endif
+{
+  struct memp *memp;
+  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
+ 
+  LWIP_ERROR("memp_malloc: type < MEMP_MAX", (type < MEMP_MAX), return NULL;);
+
+  SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
+  memp_overflow_check_all();
+#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
+
+  memp = memp_tab[type];
+  
+  if (memp != NULL) {
+    memp_tab[type] = memp->next;
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+    memp->next = NULL;
+    memp->file = file;
+    memp->line = line;
+#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
+    MEMP_STATS_INC_USED(used, type);
+    LWIP_ASSERT("memp_malloc: memp properly aligned",
+                ((mem_ptr_t)memp % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
+    memp = (struct memp*)((u8_t*)memp + MEMP_SIZE);
+  } else {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(MEMP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("memp_malloc: out of memory in pool %s\n", memp_desc[type]));
+    MEMP_STATS_INC(err, type);
+  }
+
+  SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
+
+  return memp;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Put an element back into its pool.
+ *
+ * @param type the pool where to put mem
+ * @param mem the memp element to free
+ */
+void
+memp_free(memp_t type, void *mem)
+{
+  struct memp *memp;
+  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
+
+  if (mem == NULL) {
+    return;
+  }
+  LWIP_ASSERT("memp_free: mem properly aligned",
+                ((mem_ptr_t)mem % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
+
+  memp = (struct memp *)((u8_t*)mem - MEMP_SIZE);
+
+  SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK
+#if MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2
+  memp_overflow_check_all();
+#else
+  memp_overflow_check_element(memp, memp_sizes[type]);
+#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK >= 2 */
+#endif /* MEMP_OVERFLOW_CHECK */
+
+  MEMP_STATS_DEC(used, type); 
+  
+  memp->next = memp_tab[type]; 
+  memp_tab[type] = memp;
+
+#if MEMP_SANITY_CHECK
+  LWIP_ASSERT("memp sanity", memp_sanity());
+#endif /* MEMP_SANITY_CHECK */
+
+  SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
+}
+
+#endif /* MEMP_MEM_MALLOC */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/netif.c

@@ -0,0 +1,683 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * lwIP network interface abstraction
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+#include "lwip/igmp.h"
+#include "netif/etharp.h"
+#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
+#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
+#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
+
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+#include "lwip/autoip.h"
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n) { if (n->status_callback) (n->status_callback)(n); }
+#else
+#define NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(n) { /* NOP */ }
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */ 
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n) { if (n->link_callback) (n->link_callback)(n); }
+#else
+#define NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(n) { /* NOP */ }
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */ 
+
+struct netif *netif_list;
+struct netif *netif_default;
+
+/**
+ * Add a network interface to the list of lwIP netifs.
+ *
+ * @param netif a pre-allocated netif structure
+ * @param ipaddr IP address for the new netif
+ * @param netmask network mask for the new netif
+ * @param gw default gateway IP address for the new netif
+ * @param state opaque data passed to the new netif
+ * @param init callback function that initializes the interface
+ * @param input callback function that is called to pass
+ * ingress packets up in the protocol layer stack.
+ *
+ * @return netif, or NULL if failed.
+ */
+struct netif *
+netif_add(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, struct ip_addr *netmask,
+  struct ip_addr *gw,
+  void *state,
+  err_t (* init)(struct netif *netif),
+  err_t (* input)(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif))
+{
+  static u8_t netifnum = 0;
+
+  /* reset new interface configuration state */
+  netif->ip_addr.addr = 0;
+  netif->netmask.addr = 0;
+  netif->gw.addr = 0;
+  netif->flags = 0;
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+  /* netif not under DHCP control by default */
+  netif->dhcp = NULL;
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+  /* netif not under AutoIP control by default */
+  netif->autoip = NULL;
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+  netif->status_callback = NULL;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+  netif->link_callback = NULL;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+  netif->igmp_mac_filter = NULL;
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
+  netif->loop_first = NULL;
+  netif->loop_last = NULL;
+#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */
+
+  /* remember netif specific state information data */
+  netif->state = state;
+  netif->num = netifnum++;
+  netif->input = input;
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+  netif->addr_hint = NULL;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
+#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
+  netif->loop_cnt_current = 0;
+#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK && LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
+
+  netif_set_addr(netif, ipaddr, netmask, gw);
+
+  /* call user specified initialization function for netif */
+  if (init(netif) != ERR_OK) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* add this netif to the list */
+  netif->next = netif_list;
+  netif_list = netif;
+  snmp_inc_iflist();
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+  /* start IGMP processing */
+  if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
+    igmp_start( netif);
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: added interface %c%c IP addr ",
+    netif->name[0], netif->name[1]));
+  ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, ipaddr);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" netmask "));
+  ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, netmask);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, (" gw "));
+  ip_addr_debug_print(NETIF_DEBUG, gw);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("\n"));
+  return netif;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Change IP address configuration for a network interface (including netmask
+ * and default gateway).
+ *
+ * @param netif the network interface to change
+ * @param ipaddr the new IP address
+ * @param netmask the new netmask
+ * @param gw the new default gateway
+ */
+void
+netif_set_addr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, struct ip_addr *netmask,
+    struct ip_addr *gw)
+{
+  netif_set_ipaddr(netif, ipaddr);
+  netif_set_netmask(netif, netmask);
+  netif_set_gw(netif, gw);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove a network interface from the list of lwIP netifs.
+ *
+ * @param netif the network interface to remove
+ */
+void netif_remove(struct netif * netif)
+{
+  if ( netif == NULL ) return;
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+  /* stop IGMP processing */
+  if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
+    igmp_stop( netif);
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+  snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
+
+  /*  is it the first netif? */
+  if (netif_list == netif) {
+    netif_list = netif->next;
+    snmp_dec_iflist();
+  }
+  else {
+    /*  look for netif further down the list */
+    struct netif * tmpNetif;
+    for (tmpNetif = netif_list; tmpNetif != NULL; tmpNetif = tmpNetif->next) {
+      if (tmpNetif->next == netif) {
+        tmpNetif->next = netif->next;
+        snmp_dec_iflist();
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    if (tmpNetif == NULL)
+      return; /*  we didn't find any netif today */
+  }
+  /* this netif is default? */
+  if (netif_default == netif)
+    /* reset default netif */
+    netif_set_default(NULL);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF( NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_remove: removed netif\n") );
+}
+
+/**
+ * Find a network interface by searching for its name
+ *
+ * @param name the name of the netif (like netif->name) plus concatenated number
+ * in ascii representation (e.g. 'en0')
+ */
+struct netif *
+netif_find(char *name)
+{
+  struct netif *netif;
+  u8_t num;
+
+  if (name == NULL) {
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  num = name[2] - '0';
+
+  for(netif = netif_list; netif != NULL; netif = netif->next) {
+    if (num == netif->num &&
+       name[0] == netif->name[0] &&
+       name[1] == netif->name[1]) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: found %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
+      return netif;
+    }
+  }
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif_find: didn't find %c%c\n", name[0], name[1]));
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Change the IP address of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param netif the network interface to change
+ * @param ipaddr the new IP address
+ *
+ * @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change netmask and
+ * default gateway
+ */
+void
+netif_set_ipaddr(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
+{
+  /* TODO: Handling of obsolete pcbs */
+  /* See:  http://mail.gnu.org/archive/html/lwip-users/2003-03/msg00118.html */
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  struct tcp_pcb *pcb;
+  struct tcp_pcb_listen *lpcb;
+
+  /* address is actually being changed? */
+  if ((ip_addr_cmp(ipaddr, &(netif->ip_addr))) == 0)
+  {
+    /* extern struct tcp_pcb *tcp_active_pcbs; defined by tcp.h */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: netif address being changed\n"));
+    pcb = tcp_active_pcbs;
+    while (pcb != NULL) {
+      /* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
+      if (ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr))) {
+        /* this connection must be aborted */
+        struct tcp_pcb *next = pcb->next;
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif_set_ipaddr: aborting TCP pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
+        tcp_abort(pcb);
+        pcb = next;
+      } else {
+        pcb = pcb->next;
+      }
+    }
+    for (lpcb = tcp_listen_pcbs.listen_pcbs; lpcb != NULL; lpcb = lpcb->next) {
+      /* PCB bound to current local interface address? */
+      if ((!(ip_addr_isany(&(lpcb->local_ip)))) &&
+          (ip_addr_cmp(&(lpcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr)))) {
+        /* The PCB is listening to the old ipaddr and
+         * is set to listen to the new one instead */
+        ip_addr_set(&(lpcb->local_ip), ipaddr);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+  snmp_delete_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
+  snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
+  /* set new IP address to netif */
+  ip_addr_set(&(netif->ip_addr), ipaddr);
+  snmp_insert_ipaddridx_tree(netif);
+  snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0,netif);
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: IP address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
+    netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
+    ip4_addr1(&netif->ip_addr),
+    ip4_addr2(&netif->ip_addr),
+    ip4_addr3(&netif->ip_addr),
+    ip4_addr4(&netif->ip_addr)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Change the default gateway for a network interface
+ *
+ * @param netif the network interface to change
+ * @param gw the new default gateway
+ *
+ * @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and netmask
+ */
+void
+netif_set_gw(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *gw)
+{
+  ip_addr_set(&(netif->gw), gw);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: GW address of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
+    netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
+    ip4_addr1(&netif->gw),
+    ip4_addr2(&netif->gw),
+    ip4_addr3(&netif->gw),
+    ip4_addr4(&netif->gw)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Change the netmask of a network interface
+ *
+ * @param netif the network interface to change
+ * @param netmask the new netmask
+ *
+ * @note call netif_set_addr() if you also want to change ip address and
+ * default gateway
+ */
+void
+netif_set_netmask(struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *netmask)
+{
+  snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
+  /* set new netmask to netif */
+  ip_addr_set(&(netif->netmask), netmask);
+  snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(0, netif);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE, ("netif: netmask of interface %c%c set to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F"\n",
+    netif->name[0], netif->name[1],
+    ip4_addr1(&netif->netmask),
+    ip4_addr2(&netif->netmask),
+    ip4_addr3(&netif->netmask),
+    ip4_addr4(&netif->netmask)));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set a network interface as the default network interface
+ * (used to output all packets for which no specific route is found)
+ *
+ * @param netif the default network interface
+ */
+void
+netif_set_default(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  if (netif == NULL)
+  {
+    /* remove default route */
+    snmp_delete_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* install default route */
+    snmp_insert_iprteidx_tree(1, netif);
+  }
+  netif_default = netif;
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(NETIF_DEBUG, ("netif: setting default interface %c%c\n",
+           netif ? netif->name[0] : '\'', netif ? netif->name[1] : '\''));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Bring an interface up, available for processing
+ * traffic.
+ * 
+ * @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
+ * up once configured.
+ * 
+ * @see dhcp_start()
+ */ 
+void netif_set_up(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  if ( !(netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP )) {
+    netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_UP;
+    
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+    snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
+#endif /* LWIP_SNMP */
+
+    NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
+    NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
+
+#if LWIP_ARP
+    /* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */ 
+    if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
+      etharp_gratuitous(netif);
+    }
+#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+    /* resend IGMP memberships */
+    if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
+      igmp_report_groups( netif);
+    }
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Bring an interface down, disabling any traffic processing.
+ *
+ * @note: Enabling DHCP on a down interface will make it come
+ * up once configured.
+ * 
+ * @see dhcp_start()
+ */ 
+void netif_set_down(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  if ( netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP )
+    {
+      netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_UP;
+#if LWIP_SNMP
+      snmp_get_sysuptime(&netif->ts);
+#endif
+      
+      NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
+      NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK(netif);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ask if an interface is up
+ */ 
+u8_t netif_is_up(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  return (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP)?1:0;
+}
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK
+/**
+ * Set callback to be called when interface is brought up/down
+ */
+void netif_set_status_callback(struct netif *netif, void (* status_callback)(struct netif *netif ))
+{
+    if ( netif )
+        netif->status_callback = status_callback;
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_STATUS_CALLBACK */
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK
+/**
+ * Called by a driver when its link goes up
+ */
+void netif_set_link_up(struct netif *netif )
+{
+  netif->flags |= NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
+
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+  if (netif->dhcp) {
+    dhcp_network_changed(netif);
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP
+  if (netif->autoip) {
+    autoip_network_changed(netif);
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
+
+  if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_UP) {
+#if LWIP_ARP
+  /* For Ethernet network interfaces, we would like to send a "gratuitous ARP" */ 
+  if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_ETHARP) {
+    etharp_gratuitous(netif);
+  }
+#endif /* LWIP_ARP */
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+    /* resend IGMP memberships */
+    if (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_IGMP) {
+      igmp_report_groups( netif);
+    }
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+  }
+  NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called by a driver when its link goes down
+ */
+void netif_set_link_down(struct netif *netif )
+{
+  netif->flags &= ~NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP;
+  NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK(netif);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ask if a link is up
+ */ 
+u8_t netif_is_link_up(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  return (netif->flags & NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP) ? 1 : 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set callback to be called when link is brought up/down
+ */
+void netif_set_link_callback(struct netif *netif, void (* link_callback)(struct netif *netif ))
+{
+  if (netif) {
+    netif->link_callback = link_callback;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LINK_CALLBACK */
+
+#if ENABLE_LOOPBACK
+/**
+ * Send an IP packet to be received on the same netif (loopif-like).
+ * The pbuf is simply copied and handed back to netif->input.
+ * In multithreaded mode, this is done directly since netif->input must put
+ * the packet on a queue.
+ * In callback mode, the packet is put on an internal queue and is fed to
+ * netif->input by netif_poll().
+ *
+ * @param netif the lwip network interface structure
+ * @param p the (IP) packet to 'send'
+ * @param ipaddr the ip address to send the packet to (not used)
+ * @return ERR_OK if the packet has been sent
+ *         ERR_MEM if the pbuf used to copy the packet couldn't be allocated
+ */
+err_t
+netif_loop_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p,
+       struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
+{
+  struct pbuf *r;
+  err_t err;
+  struct pbuf *last;
+#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
+  u8_t clen = 0;
+#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
+  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(ipaddr);
+
+  /* Allocate a new pbuf */
+  r = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_LINK, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
+  if (r == NULL) {
+    return ERR_MEM;
+  }
+#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
+  clen = pbuf_clen(r);
+  /* check for overflow or too many pbuf on queue */
+  if(((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current) ||
+    ((netif->loop_cnt_current + clen) > LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS)) {
+      pbuf_free(r);
+      r = NULL;
+      return ERR_MEM;
+  }
+  netif->loop_cnt_current += clen;
+#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
+
+  /* Copy the whole pbuf queue p into the single pbuf r */
+  if ((err = pbuf_copy(r, p)) != ERR_OK) {
+    pbuf_free(r);
+    r = NULL;
+    return err;
+  }
+
+  /* Put the packet on a linked list which gets emptied through calling
+     netif_poll(). */
+
+  /* let last point to the last pbuf in chain r */
+  for (last = r; last->next != NULL; last = last->next);
+
+  SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
+  if(netif->loop_first != NULL) {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("if first != NULL, last must also be != NULL", netif->loop_last != NULL);
+    netif->loop_last->next = r;
+    netif->loop_last = last;
+  } else {
+    netif->loop_first = r;
+    netif->loop_last = last;
+  }
+  SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
+  /* For multithreading environment, schedule a call to netif_poll */
+  tcpip_callback((void (*)(void *))(netif_poll), netif);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
+
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Call netif_poll() in the main loop of your application. This is to prevent
+ * reentering non-reentrant functions like tcp_input(). Packets passed to
+ * netif_loop_output() are put on a list that is passed to netif->input() by
+ * netif_poll().
+ */
+void
+netif_poll(struct netif *netif)
+{
+  struct pbuf *in;
+  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev);
+
+  do {
+    /* Get a packet from the list. With SYS_LIGHTWEIGHT_PROT=1, this is protected */
+    SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev);
+    in = netif->loop_first;
+    if(in != NULL) {
+      struct pbuf *in_end = in;
+#if LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS
+      u8_t clen = pbuf_clen(in);
+      /* adjust the number of pbufs on queue */
+      LWIP_ASSERT("netif->loop_cnt_current underflow",
+        ((netif->loop_cnt_current - clen) < netif->loop_cnt_current));
+      netif->loop_cnt_current -= clen;
+#endif /* LWIP_LOOPBACK_MAX_PBUFS */
+      while(in_end->len != in_end->tot_len) {
+        LWIP_ASSERT("bogus pbuf: len != tot_len but next == NULL!", in_end->next != NULL);
+        in_end = in_end->next;
+      }
+      /* 'in_end' now points to the last pbuf from 'in' */
+      if(in_end == netif->loop_last) {
+        /* this was the last pbuf in the list */
+        netif->loop_first = netif->loop_last = NULL;
+      } else {
+        /* pop the pbuf off the list */
+        netif->loop_first = in_end->next;
+        LWIP_ASSERT("should not be null since first != last!", netif->loop_first != NULL);
+      }
+      /* De-queue the pbuf from its successors on the 'loop_' list. */
+      in_end->next = NULL;
+    }
+    SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev);
+
+    if(in != NULL) {
+      /* loopback packets are always IP packets! */
+      if(ip_input(in, netif) != ERR_OK) {
+        pbuf_free(in);
+      }
+      /* Don't reference the packet any more! */
+      in = NULL;
+    }
+  /* go on while there is a packet on the list */
+  } while(netif->loop_first != NULL);
+}
+
+#if !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING
+/**
+ * Calls netif_poll() for every netif on the netif_list.
+ */
+void
+netif_poll_all(void)
+{
+  struct netif *netif = netif_list;
+  /* loop through netifs */
+  while (netif != NULL) {
+    netif_poll(netif);
+    /* proceed to next network interface */
+    netif = netif->next;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* !LWIP_NETIF_LOOPBACK_MULTITHREADING */
+#endif /* ENABLE_LOOPBACK */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/pbuf.c

@@ -0,0 +1,931 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Packet buffer management
+ *
+ * Packets are built from the pbuf data structure. It supports dynamic
+ * memory allocation for packet contents or can reference externally
+ * managed packet contents both in RAM and ROM. Quick allocation for
+ * incoming packets is provided through pools with fixed sized pbufs.
+ *
+ * A packet may span over multiple pbufs, chained as a singly linked
+ * list. This is called a "pbuf chain".
+ *
+ * Multiple packets may be queued, also using this singly linked list.
+ * This is called a "packet queue".
+ * 
+ * So, a packet queue consists of one or more pbuf chains, each of
+ * which consist of one or more pbufs. CURRENTLY, PACKET QUEUES ARE
+ * NOT SUPPORTED!!! Use helper structs to queue multiple packets.
+ * 
+ * The differences between a pbuf chain and a packet queue are very
+ * precise but subtle. 
+ *
+ * The last pbuf of a packet has a ->tot_len field that equals the
+ * ->len field. It can be found by traversing the list. If the last
+ * pbuf of a packet has a ->next field other than NULL, more packets
+ * are on the queue.
+ *
+ * Therefore, looping through a pbuf of a single packet, has an
+ * loop end condition (tot_len == p->len), NOT (next == NULL).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "arch/perf.h"
+#if TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ
+#include "lwip/tcp.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF        LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(sizeof(struct pbuf))
+/* Since the pool is created in memp, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE will be automatically
+   aligned there. Therefore, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED can be used here. */
+#define PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE)
+
+#if !TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ || NO_SYS
+#define PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY()
+#else /* !TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ || NO_SYS */
+/** Define this to 0 to prevent freeing ooseq pbufs when the PBUF_POOL is empty */
+#ifndef PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ
+#define PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ 1
+#endif /* PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ */
+
+#if PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ
+#include "lwip/tcpip.h"
+#define PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY() pbuf_pool_is_empty()
+static u8_t pbuf_free_ooseq_queued;
+/**
+ * Attempt to reclaim some memory from queued out-of-sequence TCP segments
+ * if we run out of pool pbufs. It's better to give priority to new packets
+ * if we're running out.
+ *
+ * This must be done in the correct thread context therefore this function
+ * can only be used with NO_SYS=0 and through tcpip_callback.
+ */
+static void
+pbuf_free_ooseq(void* arg)
+{
+  struct tcp_pcb* pcb;
+  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(arg);
+
+  SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
+  pbuf_free_ooseq_queued = 0;
+  SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
+
+  for (pcb = tcp_active_pcbs; NULL != pcb; pcb = pcb->next) {
+    if (NULL != pcb->ooseq) {
+      /** Free the ooseq pbufs of one PCB only */
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free_ooseq: freeing out-of-sequence pbufs\n"));
+      tcp_segs_free(pcb->ooseq);
+      pcb->ooseq = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/** Queue a call to pbuf_free_ooseq if not already queued. */
+static void
+pbuf_pool_is_empty(void)
+{
+  u8_t queued;
+  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
+
+  SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
+  queued = pbuf_free_ooseq_queued;
+  pbuf_free_ooseq_queued = 1;
+  SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
+
+  if(!queued) {
+    /* queue a call to pbuf_free_ooseq if not already queued */
+    if(tcpip_callback_with_block(pbuf_free_ooseq, NULL, 0) != ERR_OK) {
+      SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
+      pbuf_free_ooseq_queued = 0;
+      SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
+    }
+  }
+}
+#endif /* PBUF_POOL_FREE_OOSEQ */
+#endif /* !TCP_QUEUE_OOSEQ || NO_SYS */
+
+/**
+ * Allocates a pbuf of the given type (possibly a chain for PBUF_POOL type).
+ *
+ * The actual memory allocated for the pbuf is determined by the
+ * layer at which the pbuf is allocated and the requested size
+ * (from the size parameter).
+ *
+ * @param layer flag to define header size
+ * @param length size of the pbuf's payload
+ * @param type this parameter decides how and where the pbuf
+ * should be allocated as follows:
+ *
+ * - PBUF_RAM: buffer memory for pbuf is allocated as one large
+ *             chunk. This includes protocol headers as well.
+ * - PBUF_ROM: no buffer memory is allocated for the pbuf, even for
+ *             protocol headers. Additional headers must be prepended
+ *             by allocating another pbuf and chain in to the front of
+ *             the ROM pbuf. It is assumed that the memory used is really
+ *             similar to ROM in that it is immutable and will not be
+ *             changed. Memory which is dynamic should generally not
+ *             be attached to PBUF_ROM pbufs. Use PBUF_REF instead.
+ * - PBUF_REF: no buffer memory is allocated for the pbuf, even for
+ *             protocol headers. It is assumed that the pbuf is only
+ *             being used in a single thread. If the pbuf gets queued,
+ *             then pbuf_take should be called to copy the buffer.
+ * - PBUF_POOL: the pbuf is allocated as a pbuf chain, with pbufs from
+ *              the pbuf pool that is allocated during pbuf_init().
+ *
+ * @return the allocated pbuf. If multiple pbufs where allocated, this
+ * is the first pbuf of a pbuf chain.
+ */
+struct pbuf *
+pbuf_alloc(pbuf_layer layer, u16_t length, pbuf_type type)
+{
+  struct pbuf *p, *q, *r;
+  u16_t offset;
+  s32_t rem_len; /* remaining length */
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_alloc(length=%"U16_F")\n", length));
+
+  /* determine header offset */
+  offset = 0;
+  switch (layer) {
+  case PBUF_TRANSPORT:
+    /* add room for transport (often TCP) layer header */
+    offset += PBUF_TRANSPORT_HLEN;
+    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+  case PBUF_IP:
+    /* add room for IP layer header */
+    offset += PBUF_IP_HLEN;
+    /* FALLTHROUGH */
+  case PBUF_LINK:
+    /* add room for link layer header */
+    offset += PBUF_LINK_HLEN;
+    break;
+  case PBUF_RAW:
+    break;
+  default:
+    LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: bad pbuf layer", 0);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  switch (type) {
+  case PBUF_POOL:
+    /* allocate head of pbuf chain into p */
+    p = memp_malloc(MEMP_PBUF_POOL);
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_alloc: allocated pbuf %p\n", (void *)p));
+    if (p == NULL) {
+      PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY();
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    p->type = type;
+    p->next = NULL;
+
+    /* make the payload pointer point 'offset' bytes into pbuf data memory */
+    p->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)((u8_t *)p + (SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + offset)));
+    LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: pbuf p->payload properly aligned",
+            ((mem_ptr_t)p->payload % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
+    /* the total length of the pbuf chain is the requested size */
+    p->tot_len = length;
+    /* set the length of the first pbuf in the chain */
+    p->len = LWIP_MIN(length, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED - LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(offset));
+    LWIP_ASSERT("check p->payload + p->len does not overflow pbuf",
+                ((u8_t*)p->payload + p->len <=
+                 (u8_t*)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED));
+    LWIP_ASSERT("PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE must be bigger than MEM_ALIGNMENT",
+      (PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED - LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(offset)) > 0 );
+    /* set reference count (needed here in case we fail) */
+    p->ref = 1;
+
+    /* now allocate the tail of the pbuf chain */
+
+    /* remember first pbuf for linkage in next iteration */
+    r = p;
+    /* remaining length to be allocated */
+    rem_len = length - p->len;
+    /* any remaining pbufs to be allocated? */
+    while (rem_len > 0) {
+      q = memp_malloc(MEMP_PBUF_POOL);
+      if (q == NULL) {
+        PBUF_POOL_IS_EMPTY();
+        /* free chain so far allocated */
+        pbuf_free(p);
+        /* bail out unsuccesfully */
+        return NULL;
+      }
+      q->type = type;
+      q->flags = 0;
+      q->next = NULL;
+      /* make previous pbuf point to this pbuf */
+      r->next = q;
+      /* set total length of this pbuf and next in chain */
+      LWIP_ASSERT("rem_len < max_u16_t", rem_len < 0xffff);
+      q->tot_len = (u16_t)rem_len;
+      /* this pbuf length is pool size, unless smaller sized tail */
+      q->len = LWIP_MIN((u16_t)rem_len, PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED);
+      q->payload = (void *)((u8_t *)q + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF);
+      LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: pbuf q->payload properly aligned",
+              ((mem_ptr_t)q->payload % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
+      LWIP_ASSERT("check p->payload + p->len does not overflow pbuf",
+                  ((u8_t*)p->payload + p->len <=
+                   (u8_t*)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + PBUF_POOL_BUFSIZE_ALIGNED));
+      q->ref = 1;
+      /* calculate remaining length to be allocated */
+      rem_len -= q->len;
+      /* remember this pbuf for linkage in next iteration */
+      r = q;
+    }
+    /* end of chain */
+    /*r->next = NULL;*/
+
+    break;
+  case PBUF_RAM:
+    /* If pbuf is to be allocated in RAM, allocate memory for it. */
+    p = (struct pbuf*)mem_malloc(LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + offset) + LWIP_MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(length));
+    if (p == NULL) {
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    /* Set up internal structure of the pbuf. */
+    p->payload = LWIP_MEM_ALIGN((void *)((u8_t *)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF + offset));
+    p->len = p->tot_len = length;
+    p->next = NULL;
+    p->type = type;
+
+    LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: pbuf->payload properly aligned",
+           ((mem_ptr_t)p->payload % MEM_ALIGNMENT) == 0);
+    break;
+  /* pbuf references existing (non-volatile static constant) ROM payload? */
+  case PBUF_ROM:
+  /* pbuf references existing (externally allocated) RAM payload? */
+  case PBUF_REF:
+    /* only allocate memory for the pbuf structure */
+    p = memp_malloc(MEMP_PBUF);
+    if (p == NULL) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
+                  ("pbuf_alloc: Could not allocate MEMP_PBUF for PBUF_%s.\n",
+                  (type == PBUF_ROM) ? "ROM" : "REF"));
+      return NULL;
+    }
+    /* caller must set this field properly, afterwards */
+    p->payload = NULL;
+    p->len = p->tot_len = length;
+    p->next = NULL;
+    p->type = type;
+    break;
+  default:
+    LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_alloc: erroneous type", 0);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+  /* set reference count */
+  p->ref = 1;
+  /* set flags */
+  p->flags = 0;
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_alloc(length=%"U16_F") == %p\n", length, (void *)p));
+  return p;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Shrink a pbuf chain to a desired length.
+ *
+ * @param p pbuf to shrink.
+ * @param new_len desired new length of pbuf chain
+ *
+ * Depending on the desired length, the first few pbufs in a chain might
+ * be skipped and left unchanged. The new last pbuf in the chain will be
+ * resized, and any remaining pbufs will be freed.
+ *
+ * @note If the pbuf is ROM/REF, only the ->tot_len and ->len fields are adjusted.
+ * @note May not be called on a packet queue.
+ *
+ * @note Despite its name, pbuf_realloc cannot grow the size of a pbuf (chain).
+ */
+void
+pbuf_realloc(struct pbuf *p, u16_t new_len)
+{
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  u16_t rem_len; /* remaining length */
+  s32_t grow;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_realloc: p != NULL", p != NULL);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_realloc: sane p->type", p->type == PBUF_POOL ||
+              p->type == PBUF_ROM ||
+              p->type == PBUF_RAM ||
+              p->type == PBUF_REF);
+
+  /* desired length larger than current length? */
+  if (new_len >= p->tot_len) {
+    /* enlarging not yet supported */
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* the pbuf chain grows by (new_len - p->tot_len) bytes
+   * (which may be negative in case of shrinking) */
+  grow = new_len - p->tot_len;
+
+  /* first, step over any pbufs that should remain in the chain */
+  rem_len = new_len;
+  q = p;
+  /* should this pbuf be kept? */
+  while (rem_len > q->len) {
+    /* decrease remaining length by pbuf length */
+    rem_len -= q->len;
+    /* decrease total length indicator */
+    LWIP_ASSERT("grow < max_u16_t", grow < 0xffff);
+    q->tot_len += (u16_t)grow;
+    /* proceed to next pbuf in chain */
+    q = q->next;
+    LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_realloc: q != NULL", q != NULL);
+  }
+  /* we have now reached the new last pbuf (in q) */
+  /* rem_len == desired length for pbuf q */
+
+  /* shrink allocated memory for PBUF_RAM */
+  /* (other types merely adjust their length fields */
+  if ((q->type == PBUF_RAM) && (rem_len != q->len)) {
+    /* reallocate and adjust the length of the pbuf that will be split */
+    q = mem_realloc(q, (u8_t *)q->payload - (u8_t *)q + rem_len);
+    LWIP_ASSERT("mem_realloc give q == NULL", q != NULL);
+  }
+  /* adjust length fields for new last pbuf */
+  q->len = rem_len;
+  q->tot_len = q->len;
+
+  /* any remaining pbufs in chain? */
+  if (q->next != NULL) {
+    /* free remaining pbufs in chain */
+    pbuf_free(q->next);
+  }
+  /* q is last packet in chain */
+  q->next = NULL;
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjusts the payload pointer to hide or reveal headers in the payload.
+ *
+ * Adjusts the ->payload pointer so that space for a header
+ * (dis)appears in the pbuf payload.
+ *
+ * The ->payload, ->tot_len and ->len fields are adjusted.
+ *
+ * @param p pbuf to change the header size.
+ * @param header_size_increment Number of bytes to increment header size which
+ * increases the size of the pbuf. New space is on the front.
+ * (Using a negative value decreases the header size.)
+ * If hdr_size_inc is 0, this function does nothing and returns succesful.
+ *
+ * PBUF_ROM and PBUF_REF type buffers cannot have their sizes increased, so
+ * the call will fail. A check is made that the increase in header size does
+ * not move the payload pointer in front of the start of the buffer.
+ * @return non-zero on failure, zero on success.
+ *
+ */
+u8_t
+pbuf_header(struct pbuf *p, s16_t header_size_increment)
+{
+  u16_t type;
+  void *payload;
+  u16_t increment_magnitude;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
+  if ((header_size_increment == 0) || (p == NULL))
+    return 0;
+ 
+  if (header_size_increment < 0){
+    increment_magnitude = -header_size_increment;
+    /* Check that we aren't going to move off the end of the pbuf */
+    LWIP_ERROR("increment_magnitude <= p->len", (increment_magnitude <= p->len), return 1;);
+  } else {
+    increment_magnitude = header_size_increment;
+#if 0
+    /* Can't assert these as some callers speculatively call
+         pbuf_header() to see if it's OK.  Will return 1 below instead. */
+    /* Check that we've got the correct type of pbuf to work with */
+    LWIP_ASSERT("p->type == PBUF_RAM || p->type == PBUF_POOL", 
+                p->type == PBUF_RAM || p->type == PBUF_POOL);
+    /* Check that we aren't going to move off the beginning of the pbuf */
+    LWIP_ASSERT("p->payload - increment_magnitude >= p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF",
+                (u8_t *)p->payload - increment_magnitude >= (u8_t *)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF);
+#endif
+  }
+
+  type = p->type;
+  /* remember current payload pointer */
+  payload = p->payload;
+
+  /* pbuf types containing payloads? */
+  if (type == PBUF_RAM || type == PBUF_POOL) {
+    /* set new payload pointer */
+    p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload - header_size_increment;
+    /* boundary check fails? */
+    if ((u8_t *)p->payload < (u8_t *)p + SIZEOF_STRUCT_PBUF) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF( PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
+        ("pbuf_header: failed as %p < %p (not enough space for new header size)\n",
+        (void *)p->payload, (void *)(p + 1)));
+      /* restore old payload pointer */
+      p->payload = payload;
+      /* bail out unsuccesfully */
+      return 1;
+    }
+  /* pbuf types refering to external payloads? */
+  } else if (type == PBUF_REF || type == PBUF_ROM) {
+    /* hide a header in the payload? */
+    if ((header_size_increment < 0) && (increment_magnitude <= p->len)) {
+      /* increase payload pointer */
+      p->payload = (u8_t *)p->payload - header_size_increment;
+    } else {
+      /* cannot expand payload to front (yet!)
+       * bail out unsuccesfully */
+      return 1;
+    }
+  }
+  else {
+    /* Unknown type */
+    LWIP_ASSERT("bad pbuf type", 0);
+    return 1;
+  }
+  /* modify pbuf length fields */
+  p->len += header_size_increment;
+  p->tot_len += header_size_increment;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_header: old %p new %p (%"S16_F")\n",
+    (void *)payload, (void *)p->payload, header_size_increment));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Dereference a pbuf chain or queue and deallocate any no-longer-used
+ * pbufs at the head of this chain or queue.
+ *
+ * Decrements the pbuf reference count. If it reaches zero, the pbuf is
+ * deallocated.
+ *
+ * For a pbuf chain, this is repeated for each pbuf in the chain,
+ * up to the first pbuf which has a non-zero reference count after
+ * decrementing. So, when all reference counts are one, the whole
+ * chain is free'd.
+ *
+ * @param p The pbuf (chain) to be dereferenced.
+ *
+ * @return the number of pbufs that were de-allocated
+ * from the head of the chain.
+ *
+ * @note MUST NOT be called on a packet queue (Not verified to work yet).
+ * @note the reference counter of a pbuf equals the number of pointers
+ * that refer to the pbuf (or into the pbuf).
+ *
+ * @internal examples:
+ *
+ * Assuming existing chains a->b->c with the following reference
+ * counts, calling pbuf_free(a) results in:
+ * 
+ * 1->2->3 becomes ...1->3
+ * 3->3->3 becomes 2->3->3
+ * 1->1->2 becomes ......1
+ * 2->1->1 becomes 1->1->1
+ * 1->1->1 becomes .......
+ *
+ */
+u8_t
+pbuf_free(struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  u16_t type;
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  u8_t count;
+
+  if (p == NULL) {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("p != NULL", p != NULL);
+    /* if assertions are disabled, proceed with debug output */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
+      ("pbuf_free(p == NULL) was called.\n"));
+    return 0;
+  }
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free(%p)\n", (void *)p));
+
+  PERF_START;
+
+  LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_free: sane type",
+    p->type == PBUF_RAM || p->type == PBUF_ROM ||
+    p->type == PBUF_REF || p->type == PBUF_POOL);
+
+  count = 0;
+  /* de-allocate all consecutive pbufs from the head of the chain that
+   * obtain a zero reference count after decrementing*/
+  while (p != NULL) {
+    u16_t ref;
+    SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
+    /* Since decrementing ref cannot be guaranteed to be a single machine operation
+     * we must protect it. We put the new ref into a local variable to prevent
+     * further protection. */
+    SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
+    /* all pbufs in a chain are referenced at least once */
+    LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_free: p->ref > 0", p->ref > 0);
+    /* decrease reference count (number of pointers to pbuf) */
+    ref = --(p->ref);
+    SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
+    /* this pbuf is no longer referenced to? */
+    if (ref == 0) {
+      /* remember next pbuf in chain for next iteration */
+      q = p->next;
+      LWIP_DEBUGF( PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free: deallocating %p\n", (void *)p));
+      type = p->type;
+      /* is this a pbuf from the pool? */
+      if (type == PBUF_POOL) {
+        memp_free(MEMP_PBUF_POOL, p);
+      /* is this a ROM or RAM referencing pbuf? */
+      } else if (type == PBUF_ROM || type == PBUF_REF) {
+        memp_free(MEMP_PBUF, p);
+      /* type == PBUF_RAM */
+      } else {
+        mem_free(p);
+      }
+      count++;
+      /* proceed to next pbuf */
+      p = q;
+    /* p->ref > 0, this pbuf is still referenced to */
+    /* (and so the remaining pbufs in chain as well) */
+    } else {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF( PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_free: %p has ref %"U16_F", ending here.\n", (void *)p, ref));
+      /* stop walking through the chain */
+      p = NULL;
+    }
+  }
+  PERF_STOP("pbuf_free");
+  /* return number of de-allocated pbufs */
+  return count;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of pbufs in a chain
+ *
+ * @param p first pbuf of chain
+ * @return the number of pbufs in a chain
+ */
+
+u8_t
+pbuf_clen(struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  u8_t len;
+
+  len = 0;
+  while (p != NULL) {
+    ++len;
+    p = p->next;
+  }
+  return len;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Increment the reference count of the pbuf.
+ *
+ * @param p pbuf to increase reference counter of
+ *
+ */
+void
+pbuf_ref(struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(old_level);
+  /* pbuf given? */
+  if (p != NULL) {
+    SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(old_level);
+    ++(p->ref);
+    SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(old_level);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Concatenate two pbufs (each may be a pbuf chain) and take over
+ * the caller's reference of the tail pbuf.
+ * 
+ * @note The caller MAY NOT reference the tail pbuf afterwards.
+ * Use pbuf_chain() for that purpose.
+ * 
+ * @see pbuf_chain()
+ */
+
+void
+pbuf_cat(struct pbuf *h, struct pbuf *t)
+{
+  struct pbuf *p;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("(h != NULL) && (t != NULL) (programmer violates API)",
+             ((h != NULL) && (t != NULL)), return;);
+
+  /* proceed to last pbuf of chain */
+  for (p = h; p->next != NULL; p = p->next) {
+    /* add total length of second chain to all totals of first chain */
+    p->tot_len += t->tot_len;
+  }
+  /* { p is last pbuf of first h chain, p->next == NULL } */
+  LWIP_ASSERT("p->tot_len == p->len (of last pbuf in chain)", p->tot_len == p->len);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("p->next == NULL", p->next == NULL);
+  /* add total length of second chain to last pbuf total of first chain */
+  p->tot_len += t->tot_len;
+  /* chain last pbuf of head (p) with first of tail (t) */
+  p->next = t;
+  /* p->next now references t, but the caller will drop its reference to t,
+   * so netto there is no change to the reference count of t.
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+ * Chain two pbufs (or pbuf chains) together.
+ * 
+ * The caller MUST call pbuf_free(t) once it has stopped
+ * using it. Use pbuf_cat() instead if you no longer use t.
+ * 
+ * @param h head pbuf (chain)
+ * @param t tail pbuf (chain)
+ * @note The pbufs MUST belong to the same packet.
+ * @note MAY NOT be called on a packet queue.
+ *
+ * The ->tot_len fields of all pbufs of the head chain are adjusted.
+ * The ->next field of the last pbuf of the head chain is adjusted.
+ * The ->ref field of the first pbuf of the tail chain is adjusted.
+ *
+ */
+void
+pbuf_chain(struct pbuf *h, struct pbuf *t)
+{
+  pbuf_cat(h, t);
+  /* t is now referenced by h */
+  pbuf_ref(t);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_chain: %p references %p\n", (void *)h, (void *)t));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Dechains the first pbuf from its succeeding pbufs in the chain.
+ *
+ * Makes p->tot_len field equal to p->len.
+ * @param p pbuf to dechain
+ * @return remainder of the pbuf chain, or NULL if it was de-allocated.
+ * @note May not be called on a packet queue.
+ */
+struct pbuf *
+pbuf_dechain(struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  u8_t tail_gone = 1;
+  /* tail */
+  q = p->next;
+  /* pbuf has successor in chain? */
+  if (q != NULL) {
+    /* assert tot_len invariant: (p->tot_len == p->len + (p->next? p->next->tot_len: 0) */
+    LWIP_ASSERT("p->tot_len == p->len + q->tot_len", q->tot_len == p->tot_len - p->len);
+    /* enforce invariant if assertion is disabled */
+    q->tot_len = p->tot_len - p->len;
+    /* decouple pbuf from remainder */
+    p->next = NULL;
+    /* total length of pbuf p is its own length only */
+    p->tot_len = p->len;
+    /* q is no longer referenced by p, free it */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_dechain: unreferencing %p\n", (void *)q));
+    tail_gone = pbuf_free(q);
+    if (tail_gone > 0) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE,
+                  ("pbuf_dechain: deallocated %p (as it is no longer referenced)\n", (void *)q));
+    }
+    /* return remaining tail or NULL if deallocated */
+  }
+  /* assert tot_len invariant: (p->tot_len == p->len + (p->next? p->next->tot_len: 0) */
+  LWIP_ASSERT("p->tot_len == p->len", p->tot_len == p->len);
+  return ((tail_gone > 0) ? NULL : q);
+}
+
+/**
+ *
+ * Create PBUF_RAM copies of pbufs.
+ *
+ * Used to queue packets on behalf of the lwIP stack, such as
+ * ARP based queueing.
+ *
+ * @note You MUST explicitly use p = pbuf_take(p);
+ *
+ * @note Only one packet is copied, no packet queue!
+ *
+ * @param p_to pbuf destination of the copy
+ * @param p_from pbuf source of the copy
+ *
+ * @return ERR_OK if pbuf was copied
+ *         ERR_ARG if one of the pbufs is NULL or p_to is not big
+ *                 enough to hold p_from
+ */
+err_t
+pbuf_copy(struct pbuf *p_to, struct pbuf *p_from)
+{
+  u16_t offset_to=0, offset_from=0, len;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_copy(%p, %p)\n",
+    (void*)p_to, (void*)p_from));
+
+  /* is the target big enough to hold the source? */
+  LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy: target not big enough to hold source", ((p_to != NULL) &&
+             (p_from != NULL) && (p_to->tot_len >= p_from->tot_len)), return ERR_ARG;);
+
+  /* iterate through pbuf chain */
+  do
+  {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("p_to != NULL", p_to != NULL);
+    /* copy one part of the original chain */
+    if ((p_to->len - offset_to) >= (p_from->len - offset_from)) {
+      /* complete current p_from fits into current p_to */
+      len = p_from->len - offset_from;
+    } else {
+      /* current p_from does not fit into current p_to */
+      len = p_to->len - offset_to;
+    }
+    MEMCPY((u8_t*)p_to->payload + offset_to, (u8_t*)p_from->payload + offset_from, len);
+    offset_to += len;
+    offset_from += len;
+    LWIP_ASSERT("offset_to <= p_to->len", offset_to <= p_to->len);
+    if (offset_to == p_to->len) {
+      /* on to next p_to (if any) */
+      offset_to = 0;
+      p_to = p_to->next;
+    }
+    LWIP_ASSERT("offset_from <= p_from->len", offset_from <= p_from->len);
+    if (offset_from >= p_from->len) {
+      /* on to next p_from (if any) */
+      offset_from = 0;
+      p_from = p_from->next;
+    }
+
+    if((p_from != NULL) && (p_from->len == p_from->tot_len)) {
+      /* don't copy more than one packet! */
+      LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy() does not allow packet queues!\n",
+                 (p_from->next == NULL), return ERR_VAL;);
+    }
+    if((p_to != NULL) && (p_to->len == p_to->tot_len)) {
+      /* don't copy more than one packet! */
+      LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy() does not allow packet queues!\n",
+                  (p_to->next == NULL), return ERR_VAL;);
+    }
+  } while (p_from);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(PBUF_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("pbuf_copy: end of chain reached.\n"));
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Copy (part of) the contents of a packet buffer
+ * to an application supplied buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf the pbuf from which to copy data
+ * @param dataptr the application supplied buffer
+ * @param len length of data to copy (dataptr must be big enough). No more 
+ * than buf->tot_len will be copied, irrespective of len
+ * @param offset offset into the packet buffer from where to begin copying len bytes
+ * @return the number of bytes copied, or 0 on failure
+ */
+u16_t
+pbuf_copy_partial(struct pbuf *buf, void *dataptr, u16_t len, u16_t offset)
+{
+  struct pbuf *p;
+  u16_t left;
+  u16_t buf_copy_len;
+  u16_t copied_total = 0;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy_partial: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return 0;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_copy_partial: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return 0;);
+
+  left = 0;
+
+  if((buf == NULL) || (dataptr == NULL)) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  /* Note some systems use byte copy if dataptr or one of the pbuf payload pointers are unaligned. */
+  for(p = buf; len != 0 && p != NULL; p = p->next) {
+    if ((offset != 0) && (offset >= p->len)) {
+      /* don't copy from this buffer -> on to the next */
+      offset -= p->len;
+    } else {
+      /* copy from this buffer. maybe only partially. */
+      buf_copy_len = p->len - offset;
+      if (buf_copy_len > len)
+          buf_copy_len = len;
+      /* copy the necessary parts of the buffer */
+      MEMCPY(&((char*)dataptr)[left], &((char*)p->payload)[offset], buf_copy_len);
+      copied_total += buf_copy_len;
+      left += buf_copy_len;
+      len -= buf_copy_len;
+      offset = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  return copied_total;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Copy application supplied data into a pbuf.
+ * This function can only be used to copy the equivalent of buf->tot_len data.
+ *
+ * @param buf pbuf to fill with data
+ * @param dataptr application supplied data buffer
+ * @param len length of the application supplied data buffer
+ *
+ * @return ERR_OK if successful, ERR_MEM if the pbuf is not big enough
+ */
+err_t
+pbuf_take(struct pbuf *buf, const void *dataptr, u16_t len)
+{
+  struct pbuf *p;
+  u16_t buf_copy_len;
+  u16_t total_copy_len = len;
+  u16_t copied_total = 0;
+
+  LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_take: invalid buf", (buf != NULL), return 0;);
+  LWIP_ERROR("pbuf_take: invalid dataptr", (dataptr != NULL), return 0;);
+
+  if ((buf == NULL) || (dataptr == NULL) || (buf->tot_len < len)) {
+    return ERR_ARG;
+  }
+
+  /* Note some systems use byte copy if dataptr or one of the pbuf payload pointers are unaligned. */
+  for(p = buf; total_copy_len != 0; p = p->next) {
+    LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_take: invalid pbuf", p != NULL);
+    buf_copy_len = total_copy_len;
+    if (buf_copy_len > p->len) {
+      /* this pbuf cannot hold all remaining data */
+      buf_copy_len = p->len;
+    }
+    /* copy the necessary parts of the buffer */
+    MEMCPY(p->payload, &((char*)dataptr)[copied_total], buf_copy_len);
+    total_copy_len -= buf_copy_len;
+    copied_total += buf_copy_len;
+  }
+  LWIP_ASSERT("did not copy all data", total_copy_len == 0 && copied_total == len);
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Creates a single pbuf out of a queue of pbufs.
+ *
+ * @remark: The source pbuf 'p' is not freed by this function because that can
+ *          be illegal in some places!
+ *
+ * @param p the source pbuf
+ * @param layer pbuf_layer of the new pbuf
+ *
+ * @return a new, single pbuf (p->next is NULL)
+ *         or the old pbuf if allocation fails
+ */
+struct pbuf*
+pbuf_coalesce(struct pbuf *p, pbuf_layer layer)
+{
+  struct pbuf *q;
+  err_t err;
+  if (p->next == NULL) {
+    return p;
+  }
+  q = pbuf_alloc(layer, p->tot_len, PBUF_RAM);
+  if (q == NULL) {
+    /* @todo: what do we do now? */
+    return p;
+  }
+  err = pbuf_copy(q, p);
+  LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_copy failed", err == ERR_OK);
+  pbuf_free(p);
+  return q;
+}

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/raw.c

@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Implementation of raw protocol PCBs for low-level handling of
+ * different types of protocols besides (or overriding) those
+ * already available in lwIP.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_RAW /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/raw.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+#include "arch/perf.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/** The list of RAW PCBs */
+static struct raw_pcb *raw_pcbs;
+
+/**
+ * Determine if in incoming IP packet is covered by a RAW PCB
+ * and if so, pass it to a user-provided receive callback function.
+ *
+ * Given an incoming IP datagram (as a chain of pbufs) this function
+ * finds a corresponding RAW PCB and calls the corresponding receive
+ * callback function.
+ *
+ * @param p pbuf to be demultiplexed to a RAW PCB.
+ * @param inp network interface on which the datagram was received.
+ * @return - 1 if the packet has been eaten by a RAW PCB receive
+ *           callback function. The caller MAY NOT not reference the
+ *           packet any longer, and MAY NOT call pbuf_free().
+ * @return - 0 if packet is not eaten (pbuf is still referenced by the
+ *           caller).
+ *
+ */
+u8_t
+raw_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
+{
+  struct raw_pcb *pcb, *prev;
+  struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
+  s16_t proto;
+  u8_t eaten = 0;
+
+  LWIP_UNUSED_ARG(inp);
+
+  iphdr = p->payload;
+  proto = IPH_PROTO(iphdr);
+
+  prev = NULL;
+  pcb = raw_pcbs;
+  /* loop through all raw pcbs until the packet is eaten by one */
+  /* this allows multiple pcbs to match against the packet by design */
+  while ((eaten == 0) && (pcb != NULL)) {
+    if (pcb->protocol == proto) {
+#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
+      /* broadcast filter? */
+      if ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) || !ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp))
+#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
+      {
+        /* receive callback function available? */
+        if (pcb->recv != NULL) {
+          /* the receive callback function did not eat the packet? */
+          if (pcb->recv(pcb->recv_arg, pcb, p, &(iphdr->src)) != 0) {
+            /* receive function ate the packet */
+            p = NULL;
+            eaten = 1;
+            if (prev != NULL) {
+            /* move the pcb to the front of raw_pcbs so that is
+               found faster next time */
+              prev->next = pcb->next;
+              pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
+              raw_pcbs = pcb;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* no receive callback function was set for this raw PCB */
+      }
+      /* drop the packet */
+    }
+    prev = pcb;
+    pcb = pcb->next;
+  }
+  return eaten;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Bind a RAW PCB.
+ *
+ * @param pcb RAW PCB to be bound with a local address ipaddr.
+ * @param ipaddr local IP address to bind with. Use IP_ADDR_ANY to
+ * bind to all local interfaces.
+ *
+ * @return lwIP error code.
+ * - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
+ * - ERR_USE. The specified IP address is already bound to by
+ * another RAW PCB.
+ *
+ * @see raw_disconnect()
+ */
+err_t
+raw_bind(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
+{
+  ip_addr_set(&pcb->local_ip, ipaddr);
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Connect an RAW PCB. This function is required by upper layers
+ * of lwip. Using the raw api you could use raw_sendto() instead
+ *
+ * This will associate the RAW PCB with the remote address.
+ *
+ * @param pcb RAW PCB to be connected with remote address ipaddr and port.
+ * @param ipaddr remote IP address to connect with.
+ *
+ * @return lwIP error code
+ *
+ * @see raw_disconnect() and raw_sendto()
+ */
+err_t
+raw_connect(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
+{
+  ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, ipaddr);
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Set the callback function for received packets that match the
+ * raw PCB's protocol and binding. 
+ * 
+ * The callback function MUST either
+ * - eat the packet by calling pbuf_free() and returning non-zero. The
+ *   packet will not be passed to other raw PCBs or other protocol layers.
+ * - not free the packet, and return zero. The packet will be matched
+ *   against further PCBs and/or forwarded to another protocol layers.
+ * 
+ * @return non-zero if the packet was free()d, zero if the packet remains
+ * available for others.
+ */
+void
+raw_recv(struct raw_pcb *pcb,
+         u8_t (* recv)(void *arg, struct raw_pcb *upcb, struct pbuf *p,
+                      struct ip_addr *addr),
+         void *recv_arg)
+{
+  /* remember recv() callback and user data */
+  pcb->recv = recv;
+  pcb->recv_arg = recv_arg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send the raw IP packet to the given address. Note that actually you cannot
+ * modify the IP headers (this is inconsistent with the receive callback where
+ * you actually get the IP headers), you can only specify the IP payload here.
+ * It requires some more changes in lwIP. (there will be a raw_send() function
+ * then.)
+ *
+ * @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
+ * @param p the IP payload to send
+ * @param ipaddr the destination address of the IP packet
+ *
+ */
+err_t
+raw_sendto(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *ipaddr)
+{
+  err_t err;
+  struct netif *netif;
+  struct ip_addr *src_ip;
+  struct pbuf *q; /* q will be sent down the stack */
+  
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_sendto\n"));
+  
+  /* not enough space to add an IP header to first pbuf in given p chain? */
+  if (pbuf_header(p, IP_HLEN)) {
+    /* allocate header in new pbuf */
+    q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, 0, PBUF_RAM);
+    /* new header pbuf could not be allocated? */
+    if (q == NULL) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("raw_sendto: could not allocate header\n"));
+      return ERR_MEM;
+    }
+    /* chain header q in front of given pbuf p */
+    pbuf_chain(q, p);
+    /* { first pbuf q points to header pbuf } */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG, ("raw_sendto: added header pbuf %p before given pbuf %p\n", (void *)q, (void *)p));
+  }  else {
+    /* first pbuf q equals given pbuf */
+    q = p;
+    if(pbuf_header(q, -IP_HLEN)) {
+      LWIP_ASSERT("Can't restore header we just removed!", 0);
+      return ERR_MEM;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if ((netif = ip_route(ipaddr)) == NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", ipaddr->addr));
+    /* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
+    if (q != p) {
+      pbuf_free(q);
+    }
+    return ERR_RTE;
+  }
+
+#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST
+  /* broadcast filter? */
+  if ( ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) == 0) && ip_addr_isbroadcast(ipaddr, netif) ) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_WARNING, ("raw_sendto: SOF_BROADCAST not enabled on pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
+    /* free any temporary header pbuf allocated by pbuf_header() */
+    if (q != p) {
+      pbuf_free(q);
+    }
+    return ERR_VAL;
+  }
+#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST */
+
+  if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) {
+    /* use outgoing network interface IP address as source address */
+    src_ip = &(netif->ip_addr);
+  } else {
+    /* use RAW PCB local IP address as source address */
+    src_ip = &(pcb->local_ip);
+  }
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+  netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
+  err = ip_output_if (q, src_ip, ipaddr, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, pcb->protocol, netif);
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+  netif->addr_hint = NULL;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
+
+  /* did we chain a header earlier? */
+  if (q != p) {
+    /* free the header */
+    pbuf_free(q);
+  }
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send the raw IP packet to the address given by raw_connect()
+ *
+ * @param pcb the raw pcb which to send
+ * @param p the IP payload to send
+ *
+ */
+err_t
+raw_send(struct raw_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  return raw_sendto(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove an RAW PCB.
+ *
+ * @param pcb RAW PCB to be removed. The PCB is removed from the list of
+ * RAW PCB's and the data structure is freed from memory.
+ *
+ * @see raw_new()
+ */
+void
+raw_remove(struct raw_pcb *pcb)
+{
+  struct raw_pcb *pcb2;
+  /* pcb to be removed is first in list? */
+  if (raw_pcbs == pcb) {
+    /* make list start at 2nd pcb */
+    raw_pcbs = raw_pcbs->next;
+    /* pcb not 1st in list */
+  } else {
+    for(pcb2 = raw_pcbs; pcb2 != NULL; pcb2 = pcb2->next) {
+      /* find pcb in raw_pcbs list */
+      if (pcb2->next != NULL && pcb2->next == pcb) {
+        /* remove pcb from list */
+        pcb2->next = pcb->next;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  memp_free(MEMP_RAW_PCB, pcb);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a RAW PCB.
+ *
+ * @return The RAW PCB which was created. NULL if the PCB data structure
+ * could not be allocated.
+ *
+ * @param proto the protocol number of the IPs payload (e.g. IP_PROTO_ICMP)
+ *
+ * @see raw_remove()
+ */
+struct raw_pcb *
+raw_new(u8_t proto) {
+  struct raw_pcb *pcb;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(RAW_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("raw_new\n"));
+
+  pcb = memp_malloc(MEMP_RAW_PCB);
+  /* could allocate RAW PCB? */
+  if (pcb != NULL) {
+    /* initialize PCB to all zeroes */
+    memset(pcb, 0, sizeof(struct raw_pcb));
+    pcb->protocol = proto;
+    pcb->ttl = RAW_TTL;
+    pcb->next = raw_pcbs;
+    raw_pcbs = pcb;
+  }
+  return pcb;
+}
+
+#endif /* LWIP_RAW */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/stats.c

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Statistics module
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_STATS /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "lwip/mem.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+struct stats_ lwip_stats;
+
+#if LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY
+void
+stats_display_proto(struct stats_proto *proto, char *name)
+{
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\n%s\n\t", name));
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("xmit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->xmit)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("recv: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->recv)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("fw: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->fw)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("drop: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->drop)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->chkerr)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->lenerr)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("memerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->memerr)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("rterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->rterr)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("proterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->proterr)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("opterr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->opterr)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("err: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", proto->err)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("cachehit: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", proto->cachehit)); 
+}
+
+#if IGMP_STATS
+void
+stats_display_igmp(struct stats_igmp *igmp)
+{
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nIGMP\n\t"));
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("lenerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->lenerr)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("chkerr: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->chkerr)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("v1_rxed: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->v1_rxed)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("join_sent: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->join_sent)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("leave_sent: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->leave_sent)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("unicast_query: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->unicast_query)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("report_sent: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->report_sent)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("report_rxed: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n\t", igmp->report_rxed)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("group_query_rxed: %"STAT_COUNTER_F"\n", igmp->group_query_rxed));
+}
+#endif /* IGMP_STATS */
+
+#if MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS
+void
+stats_display_mem(struct stats_mem *mem, char *name)
+{
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nMEM %s\n\t", name));
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("avail: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->avail)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->used)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("max: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)mem->max)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("err: %"U32_F"\n", (u32_t)mem->err));
+}
+
+#if MEMP_STATS
+void
+stats_display_memp(struct stats_mem *mem, int index)
+{
+  char * memp_names[] = {
+#define LWIP_MEMPOOL(name,num,size,desc) desc,
+#include "lwip/memp_std.h"
+  };
+  if(index < MEMP_MAX) {
+    stats_display_mem(mem, memp_names[index]);
+  }
+}
+#endif /* MEMP_STATS */
+#endif /* MEM_STATS || MEMP_STATS */
+
+#if SYS_STATS
+void
+stats_display_sys(struct stats_sys *sys)
+{
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("\nSYS\n\t"));
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.used)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.max:  %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.max)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("sem.err:  %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->sem.err)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.used: %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.used)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.max:  %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.max)); 
+  LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(("mbox.err:  %"U32_F"\n\t", (u32_t)sys->mbox.err)); 
+}
+#endif /* SYS_STATS */
+
+void
+stats_display(void)
+{
+  s16_t i;
+
+  LINK_STATS_DISPLAY();
+  ETHARP_STATS_DISPLAY();
+  IPFRAG_STATS_DISPLAY();
+  IP_STATS_DISPLAY();
+  IGMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
+  ICMP_STATS_DISPLAY();
+  UDP_STATS_DISPLAY();
+  TCP_STATS_DISPLAY();
+  MEM_STATS_DISPLAY();
+  for (i = 0; i < MEMP_MAX; i++) {
+    MEMP_STATS_DISPLAY(i);
+  }
+  SYS_STATS_DISPLAY();
+}
+#endif /* LWIP_STATS_DISPLAY */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_STATS */
+

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/core/udp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,843 @@
+/* This source file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * User Datagram Protocol module
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+
+
+/* udp.c
+ *
+ * The code for the User Datagram Protocol UDP & UDPLite (RFC 3828).
+ *
+ */
+
+/* @todo Check the use of '(struct udp_pcb).chksum_len_rx'!
+ */
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_UDP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/memp.h"
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+#include "lwip/inet_chksum.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/icmp.h"
+#include "lwip/stats.h"
+#include "lwip/snmp.h"
+#include "arch/perf.h"
+#include "lwip/dhcp.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* The list of UDP PCBs */
+/* exported in udp.h (was static) */
+struct udp_pcb *udp_pcbs;
+
+/**
+ * Process an incoming UDP datagram.
+ *
+ * Given an incoming UDP datagram (as a chain of pbufs) this function
+ * finds a corresponding UDP PCB and hands over the pbuf to the pcbs
+ * recv function. If no pcb is found or the datagram is incorrect, the
+ * pbuf is freed.
+ *
+ * @param p pbuf to be demultiplexed to a UDP PCB.
+ * @param inp network interface on which the datagram was received.
+ *
+ */
+void
+udp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp)
+{
+  struct udp_hdr *udphdr;
+  struct udp_pcb *pcb, *prev;
+  struct udp_pcb *uncon_pcb;
+  struct ip_hdr *iphdr;
+  u16_t src, dest;
+  u8_t local_match;
+  u8_t broadcast;
+
+  PERF_START;
+
+  UDP_STATS_INC(udp.recv);
+
+  iphdr = p->payload;
+
+  /* Check minimum length (IP header + UDP header)
+   * and move payload pointer to UDP header */
+  if (p->tot_len < (IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4 + UDP_HLEN) || pbuf_header(p, -(s16_t)(IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4))) {
+    /* drop short packets */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
+                ("udp_input: short UDP datagram (%"U16_F" bytes) discarded\n", p->tot_len));
+    UDP_STATS_INC(udp.lenerr);
+    UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
+    snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
+    pbuf_free(p);
+    goto end;
+  }
+
+  udphdr = (struct udp_hdr *)p->payload;
+
+  /* is broadcast packet ? */
+  broadcast = ip_addr_isbroadcast(&(iphdr->dest), inp);
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_input: received datagram of length %"U16_F"\n", p->tot_len));
+
+  /* convert src and dest ports to host byte order */
+  src = ntohs(udphdr->src);
+  dest = ntohs(udphdr->dest);
+
+  udp_debug_print(udphdr);
+
+  /* print the UDP source and destination */
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
+              ("udp (%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F") <-- "
+               "(%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F")\n",
+               ip4_addr1(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr2(&iphdr->dest),
+               ip4_addr3(&iphdr->dest), ip4_addr4(&iphdr->dest), ntohs(udphdr->dest),
+               ip4_addr1(&iphdr->src), ip4_addr2(&iphdr->src),
+               ip4_addr3(&iphdr->src), ip4_addr4(&iphdr->src), ntohs(udphdr->src)));
+
+#if LWIP_DHCP
+  pcb = NULL;
+  /* when LWIP_DHCP is active, packets to DHCP_CLIENT_PORT may only be processed by
+     the dhcp module, no other UDP pcb may use the local UDP port DHCP_CLIENT_PORT */
+  if (dest == DHCP_CLIENT_PORT) {
+    /* all packets for DHCP_CLIENT_PORT not coming from DHCP_SERVER_PORT are dropped! */
+    if (src == DHCP_SERVER_PORT) {
+      if ((inp->dhcp != NULL) && (inp->dhcp->pcb != NULL)) {
+        /* accept the packe if 
+           (- broadcast or directed to us) -> DHCP is link-layer-addressed, local ip is always ANY!
+           - inp->dhcp->pcb->remote == ANY or iphdr->src */
+        if ((ip_addr_isany(&inp->dhcp->pcb->remote_ip) ||
+           ip_addr_cmp(&(inp->dhcp->pcb->remote_ip), &(iphdr->src)))) {
+          pcb = inp->dhcp->pcb;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } else
+#endif /* LWIP_DHCP */
+  {
+    prev = NULL;
+    local_match = 0;
+    uncon_pcb = NULL;
+    /* Iterate through the UDP pcb list for a matching pcb.
+     * 'Perfect match' pcbs (connected to the remote port & ip address) are
+     * preferred. If no perfect match is found, the first unconnected pcb that
+     * matches the local port and ip address gets the datagram. */
+    for (pcb = udp_pcbs; pcb != NULL; pcb = pcb->next) {
+      local_match = 0;
+      /* print the PCB local and remote address */
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
+                  ("pcb (%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F") --- "
+                   "(%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", %"U16_F")\n",
+                   ip4_addr1(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr2(&pcb->local_ip),
+                   ip4_addr3(&pcb->local_ip), ip4_addr4(&pcb->local_ip), pcb->local_port,
+                   ip4_addr1(&pcb->remote_ip), ip4_addr2(&pcb->remote_ip),
+                   ip4_addr3(&pcb->remote_ip), ip4_addr4(&pcb->remote_ip), pcb->remote_port));
+
+      /* compare PCB local addr+port to UDP destination addr+port */
+      if ((pcb->local_port == dest) &&
+          ((!broadcast && ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) ||
+           ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(iphdr->dest)) ||
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+           ip_addr_ismulticast(&(iphdr->dest)) ||
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV
+           (broadcast && (pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST)))) {
+#else  /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
+           (broadcast))) {
+#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST_RECV */
+        local_match = 1;
+        if ((uncon_pcb == NULL) && 
+            ((pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED) == 0)) {
+          /* the first unconnected matching PCB */
+          uncon_pcb = pcb;
+        }
+      }
+      /* compare PCB remote addr+port to UDP source addr+port */
+      if ((local_match != 0) &&
+          (pcb->remote_port == src) &&
+          (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip) ||
+           ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->remote_ip), &(iphdr->src)))) {
+        /* the first fully matching PCB */
+        if (prev != NULL) {
+          /* move the pcb to the front of udp_pcbs so that is
+             found faster next time */
+          prev->next = pcb->next;
+          pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
+          udp_pcbs = pcb;
+        } else {
+          UDP_STATS_INC(udp.cachehit);
+        }
+        break;
+      }
+      prev = pcb;
+    }
+    /* no fully matching pcb found? then look for an unconnected pcb */
+    if (pcb == NULL) {
+      pcb = uncon_pcb;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check checksum if this is a match or if it was directed at us. */
+  if (pcb != NULL || ip_addr_cmp(&inp->ip_addr, &iphdr->dest)) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_input: calculating checksum\n"));
+#if LWIP_UDPLITE
+    if (IPH_PROTO(iphdr) == IP_PROTO_UDPLITE) {
+      /* Do the UDP Lite checksum */
+#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
+      u16_t chklen = ntohs(udphdr->len);
+      if (chklen < sizeof(struct udp_hdr)) {
+        if (chklen == 0) {
+          /* For UDP-Lite, checksum length of 0 means checksum
+             over the complete packet (See RFC 3828 chap. 3.1) */
+          chklen = p->tot_len;
+        } else {
+          /* At least the UDP-Lite header must be covered by the
+             checksum! (Again, see RFC 3828 chap. 3.1) */
+          UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
+          UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
+          snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
+          pbuf_free(p);
+          goto end;
+        }
+      }
+      if (inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->src),
+                             (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest),
+                             IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, p->tot_len, chklen) != 0) {
+       LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
+                   ("udp_input: UDP Lite datagram discarded due to failing checksum\n"));
+        UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
+        UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
+        snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
+        pbuf_free(p);
+        goto end;
+      }
+#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
+    } else
+#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
+    {
+#if CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP
+      if (udphdr->chksum != 0) {
+        if (inet_chksum_pseudo(p, (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->src),
+                               (struct ip_addr *)&(iphdr->dest),
+                               IP_PROTO_UDP, p->tot_len) != 0) {
+          LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
+                      ("udp_input: UDP datagram discarded due to failing checksum\n"));
+          UDP_STATS_INC(udp.chkerr);
+          UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
+          snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
+          pbuf_free(p);
+          goto end;
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
+    }
+    if(pbuf_header(p, -UDP_HLEN)) {
+      /* Can we cope with this failing? Just assert for now */
+      LWIP_ASSERT("pbuf_header failed\n", 0);
+      UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
+      snmp_inc_udpinerrors();
+      pbuf_free(p);
+      goto end;
+    }
+    if (pcb != NULL) {
+      snmp_inc_udpindatagrams();
+      /* callback */
+      if (pcb->recv != NULL) {
+        /* now the recv function is responsible for freeing p */
+        pcb->recv(pcb->recv_arg, pcb, p, &iphdr->src, src);
+      } else {
+        /* no recv function registered? then we have to free the pbuf! */
+        pbuf_free(p);
+        goto end;
+      }
+    } else {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_input: not for us.\n"));
+
+#if LWIP_ICMP
+      /* No match was found, send ICMP destination port unreachable unless
+         destination address was broadcast/multicast. */
+      if (!broadcast &&
+          !ip_addr_ismulticast(&iphdr->dest)) {
+        /* move payload pointer back to ip header */
+        pbuf_header(p, (IPH_HL(iphdr) * 4) + UDP_HLEN);
+        LWIP_ASSERT("p->payload == iphdr", (p->payload == iphdr));
+        icmp_dest_unreach(p, ICMP_DUR_PORT);
+      }
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
+      UDP_STATS_INC(udp.proterr);
+      UDP_STATS_INC(udp.drop);
+      snmp_inc_udpnoports();
+      pbuf_free(p);
+    }
+  } else {
+    pbuf_free(p);
+  }
+end:
+  PERF_STOP("udp_input");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send data using UDP.
+ *
+ * @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
+ * @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
+ *
+ * The datagram will be sent to the current remote_ip & remote_port
+ * stored in pcb. If the pcb is not bound to a port, it will
+ * automatically be bound to a random port.
+ *
+ * @return lwIP error code.
+ * - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
+ * - ERR_MEM. Out of memory.
+ * - ERR_RTE. Could not find route to destination address.
+ * - More errors could be returned by lower protocol layers.
+ *
+ * @see udp_disconnect() udp_sendto()
+ */
+err_t
+udp_send(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p)
+{
+  /* send to the packet using remote ip and port stored in the pcb */
+  return udp_sendto(pcb, p, &pcb->remote_ip, pcb->remote_port);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send data to a specified address using UDP.
+ *
+ * @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
+ * @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
+ * @param dst_ip Destination IP address.
+ * @param dst_port Destination UDP port.
+ *
+ * dst_ip & dst_port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
+ *
+ * If the PCB already has a remote address association, it will
+ * be restored after the data is sent.
+ * 
+ * @return lwIP error code (@see udp_send for possible error codes)
+ *
+ * @see udp_disconnect() udp_send()
+ */
+err_t
+udp_sendto(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+  struct ip_addr *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port)
+{
+  struct netif *netif;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_send\n"));
+
+  /* find the outgoing network interface for this packet */
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+  netif = ip_route((ip_addr_ismulticast(dst_ip))?(&(pcb->multicast_ip)):(dst_ip));
+#else
+  netif = ip_route(dst_ip);
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+  /* no outgoing network interface could be found? */
+  if (netif == NULL) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: No route to 0x%"X32_F"\n", dst_ip->addr));
+    UDP_STATS_INC(udp.rterr);
+    return ERR_RTE;
+  }
+  return udp_sendto_if(pcb, p, dst_ip, dst_port, netif);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Send data to a specified address using UDP.
+ * The netif used for sending can be specified.
+ *
+ * This function exists mainly for DHCP, to be able to send UDP packets
+ * on a netif that is still down.
+ *
+ * @param pcb UDP PCB used to send the data.
+ * @param p chain of pbuf's to be sent.
+ * @param dst_ip Destination IP address.
+ * @param dst_port Destination UDP port.
+ * @param netif the netif used for sending.
+ *
+ * dst_ip & dst_port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
+ *
+ * @return lwIP error code (@see udp_send for possible error codes)
+ *
+ * @see udp_disconnect() udp_send()
+ */
+err_t
+udp_sendto_if(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct pbuf *p,
+  struct ip_addr *dst_ip, u16_t dst_port, struct netif *netif)
+{
+  struct udp_hdr *udphdr;
+  struct ip_addr *src_ip;
+  err_t err;
+  struct pbuf *q; /* q will be sent down the stack */
+
+#if IP_SOF_BROADCAST
+  /* broadcast filter? */
+  if ( ((pcb->so_options & SOF_BROADCAST) == 0) && ip_addr_isbroadcast(dst_ip, netif) ) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS,
+      ("udp_sendto_if: SOF_BROADCAST not enabled on pcb %p\n", (void *)pcb));
+    return ERR_VAL;
+  }
+#endif /* IP_SOF_BROADCAST */
+
+  /* if the PCB is not yet bound to a port, bind it here */
+  if (pcb->local_port == 0) {
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_send: not yet bound to a port, binding now\n"));
+    err = udp_bind(pcb, &pcb->local_ip, pcb->local_port);
+    if (err != ERR_OK) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: forced port bind failed\n"));
+      return err;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* not enough space to add an UDP header to first pbuf in given p chain? */
+  if (pbuf_header(p, UDP_HLEN)) {
+    /* allocate header in a separate new pbuf */
+    q = pbuf_alloc(PBUF_IP, UDP_HLEN, PBUF_RAM);
+    /* new header pbuf could not be allocated? */
+    if (q == NULL) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_LEVEL_SERIOUS, ("udp_send: could not allocate header\n"));
+      return ERR_MEM;
+    }
+    /* chain header q in front of given pbuf p */
+    pbuf_chain(q, p);
+    /* first pbuf q points to header pbuf */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
+                ("udp_send: added header pbuf %p before given pbuf %p\n", (void *)q, (void *)p));
+  } else {
+    /* adding space for header within p succeeded */
+    /* first pbuf q equals given pbuf */
+    q = p;
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: added header in given pbuf %p\n", (void *)p));
+  }
+  LWIP_ASSERT("check that first pbuf can hold struct udp_hdr",
+              (q->len >= sizeof(struct udp_hdr)));
+  /* q now represents the packet to be sent */
+  udphdr = q->payload;
+  udphdr->src = htons(pcb->local_port);
+  udphdr->dest = htons(dst_port);
+  /* in UDP, 0 checksum means 'no checksum' */
+  udphdr->chksum = 0x0000; 
+
+  /* PCB local address is IP_ANY_ADDR? */
+  if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip)) {
+    /* use outgoing network interface IP address as source address */
+    src_ip = &(netif->ip_addr);
+  } else {
+    /* check if UDP PCB local IP address is correct
+     * this could be an old address if netif->ip_addr has changed */
+    if (!ip_addr_cmp(&(pcb->local_ip), &(netif->ip_addr))) {
+      /* local_ip doesn't match, drop the packet */
+      if (q != p) {
+        /* free the header pbuf */
+        pbuf_free(q);
+        q = NULL;
+        /* p is still referenced by the caller, and will live on */
+      }
+      return ERR_VAL;
+    }
+    /* use UDP PCB local IP address as source address */
+    src_ip = &(pcb->local_ip);
+  }
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: sending datagram of length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
+
+#if LWIP_UDPLITE
+  /* UDP Lite protocol? */
+  if (pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_UDPLITE) {
+    u16_t chklen, chklen_hdr;
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP LITE packet length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
+    /* set UDP message length in UDP header */
+    chklen_hdr = chklen = pcb->chksum_len_tx;
+    if ((chklen < sizeof(struct udp_hdr)) || (chklen > q->tot_len)) {
+      if (chklen != 0) {
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP LITE pcb->chksum_len is illegal: %"U16_F"\n", chklen));
+      }
+      /* For UDP-Lite, checksum length of 0 means checksum
+         over the complete packet. (See RFC 3828 chap. 3.1)
+         At least the UDP-Lite header must be covered by the
+         checksum, therefore, if chksum_len has an illegal
+         value, we generate the checksum over the complete
+         packet to be safe. */
+      chklen_hdr = 0;
+      chklen = q->tot_len;
+    }
+    udphdr->len = htons(chklen_hdr);
+    /* calculate checksum */
+#if CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
+    udphdr->chksum = inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(q, src_ip, dst_ip,
+                                        IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, q->tot_len, chklen);
+    /* chksum zero must become 0xffff, as zero means 'no checksum' */
+    if (udphdr->chksum == 0x0000)
+      udphdr->chksum = 0xffff;
+#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
+    /* output to IP */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: ip_output_if (,,,,IP_PROTO_UDPLITE,)\n"));
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+    netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
+    err = ip_output_if(q, src_ip, dst_ip, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, IP_PROTO_UDPLITE, netif);
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+    netif->addr_hint = NULL;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
+  } else
+#endif /* LWIP_UDPLITE */
+  {      /* UDP */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP packet length %"U16_F"\n", q->tot_len));
+    udphdr->len = htons(q->tot_len);
+    /* calculate checksum */
+#if CHECKSUM_GEN_UDP
+    if ((pcb->flags & UDP_FLAGS_NOCHKSUM) == 0) {
+      udphdr->chksum = inet_chksum_pseudo(q, src_ip, dst_ip, IP_PROTO_UDP, q->tot_len);
+      /* chksum zero must become 0xffff, as zero means 'no checksum' */
+      if (udphdr->chksum == 0x0000) udphdr->chksum = 0xffff;
+    }
+#endif /* CHECKSUM_CHECK_UDP */
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: UDP checksum 0x%04"X16_F"\n", udphdr->chksum));
+    LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_send: ip_output_if (,,,,IP_PROTO_UDP,)\n"));
+    /* output to IP */
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+    netif->addr_hint = &(pcb->addr_hint);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
+    err = ip_output_if(q, src_ip, dst_ip, pcb->ttl, pcb->tos, IP_PROTO_UDP, netif);
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+    netif->addr_hint = NULL;
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT*/
+  }
+  /* TODO: must this be increased even if error occured? */
+  snmp_inc_udpoutdatagrams();
+
+  /* did we chain a separate header pbuf earlier? */
+  if (q != p) {
+    /* free the header pbuf */
+    pbuf_free(q);
+    q = NULL;
+    /* p is still referenced by the caller, and will live on */
+  }
+
+  UDP_STATS_INC(udp.xmit);
+  return err;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Bind an UDP PCB.
+ *
+ * @param pcb UDP PCB to be bound with a local address ipaddr and port.
+ * @param ipaddr local IP address to bind with. Use IP_ADDR_ANY to
+ * bind to all local interfaces.
+ * @param port local UDP port to bind with. Use 0 to automatically bind
+ * to a random port between UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START and
+ * UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END.
+ *
+ * ipaddr & port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
+ *
+ * @return lwIP error code.
+ * - ERR_OK. Successful. No error occured.
+ * - ERR_USE. The specified ipaddr and port are already bound to by
+ * another UDP PCB.
+ *
+ * @see udp_disconnect()
+ */
+err_t
+udp_bind(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, u16_t port)
+{
+  struct udp_pcb *ipcb;
+  u8_t rebind;
+
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, ("udp_bind(ipaddr = "));
+  ip_addr_debug_print(UDP_DEBUG, ipaddr);
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE, (", port = %"U16_F")\n", port));
+
+  rebind = 0;
+  /* Check for double bind and rebind of the same pcb */
+  for (ipcb = udp_pcbs; ipcb != NULL; ipcb = ipcb->next) {
+    /* is this UDP PCB already on active list? */
+    if (pcb == ipcb) {
+      /* pcb may occur at most once in active list */
+      LWIP_ASSERT("rebind == 0", rebind == 0);
+      /* pcb already in list, just rebind */
+      rebind = 1;
+    }
+
+    /* this code does not allow upper layer to share a UDP port for
+       listening to broadcast or multicast traffic (See SO_REUSE_ADDR and
+       SO_REUSE_PORT under *BSD). TODO: See where it fits instead, OR
+       combine with implementation of UDP PCB flags. Leon Woestenberg. */
+#ifdef LWIP_UDP_TODO
+    /* port matches that of PCB in list? */
+    else
+      if ((ipcb->local_port == port) &&
+          /* IP address matches, or one is IP_ADDR_ANY? */
+          (ip_addr_isany(&(ipcb->local_ip)) ||
+           ip_addr_isany(ipaddr) ||
+           ip_addr_cmp(&(ipcb->local_ip), ipaddr))) {
+        /* other PCB already binds to this local IP and port */
+        LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG,
+                    ("udp_bind: local port %"U16_F" already bound by another pcb\n", port));
+        return ERR_USE;
+      }
+#endif
+  }
+
+  ip_addr_set(&pcb->local_ip, ipaddr);
+
+  /* no port specified? */
+  if (port == 0) {
+#ifndef UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START
+#define UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START 4096
+#define UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END   0x7fff
+#endif
+    port = UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_START;
+    ipcb = udp_pcbs;
+    while ((ipcb != NULL) && (port != UDP_LOCAL_PORT_RANGE_END)) {
+      if (ipcb->local_port == port) {
+        /* port is already used by another udp_pcb */
+        port++;
+        /* restart scanning all udp pcbs */
+        ipcb = udp_pcbs;
+      } else
+        /* go on with next udp pcb */
+        ipcb = ipcb->next;
+    }
+    if (ipcb != NULL) {
+      /* no more ports available in local range */
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_bind: out of free UDP ports\n"));
+      return ERR_USE;
+    }
+  }
+  pcb->local_port = port;
+  snmp_insert_udpidx_tree(pcb);
+  /* pcb not active yet? */
+  if (rebind == 0) {
+    /* place the PCB on the active list if not already there */
+    pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
+    udp_pcbs = pcb;
+  }
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
+              ("udp_bind: bound to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F", port %"U16_F"\n",
+               (u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) >> 24) & 0xff),
+               (u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) >> 16) & 0xff),
+               (u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) >> 8) & 0xff),
+               (u16_t)(ntohl(pcb->local_ip.addr) & 0xff), pcb->local_port));
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+/**
+ * Connect an UDP PCB.
+ *
+ * This will associate the UDP PCB with the remote address.
+ *
+ * @param pcb UDP PCB to be connected with remote address ipaddr and port.
+ * @param ipaddr remote IP address to connect with.
+ * @param port remote UDP port to connect with.
+ *
+ * @return lwIP error code
+ *
+ * ipaddr & port are expected to be in the same byte order as in the pcb.
+ *
+ * The udp pcb is bound to a random local port if not already bound.
+ *
+ * @see udp_disconnect()
+ */
+err_t
+udp_connect(struct udp_pcb *pcb, struct ip_addr *ipaddr, u16_t port)
+{
+  struct udp_pcb *ipcb;
+
+  if (pcb->local_port == 0) {
+    err_t err = udp_bind(pcb, &pcb->local_ip, pcb->local_port);
+    if (err != ERR_OK)
+      return err;
+  }
+
+  ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, ipaddr);
+  pcb->remote_port = port;
+  pcb->flags |= UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED;
+/** TODO: this functionality belongs in upper layers */
+#ifdef LWIP_UDP_TODO
+  /* Nail down local IP for netconn_addr()/getsockname() */
+  if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->local_ip) && !ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip)) {
+    struct netif *netif;
+
+    if ((netif = ip_route(&(pcb->remote_ip))) == NULL) {
+      LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("udp_connect: No route to 0x%lx\n", pcb->remote_ip.addr));
+      UDP_STATS_INC(udp.rterr);
+      return ERR_RTE;
+    }
+    /** TODO: this will bind the udp pcb locally, to the interface which
+        is used to route output packets to the remote address. However, we
+        might want to accept incoming packets on any interface! */
+    pcb->local_ip = netif->ip_addr;
+  } else if (ip_addr_isany(&pcb->remote_ip)) {
+    pcb->local_ip.addr = 0;
+  }
+#endif
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG | LWIP_DBG_TRACE | LWIP_DBG_STATE,
+              ("udp_connect: connected to %"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F",port %"U16_F"\n",
+               (u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) >> 24) & 0xff),
+               (u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) >> 16) & 0xff),
+               (u16_t)((ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) >> 8) & 0xff),
+               (u16_t)(ntohl(pcb->remote_ip.addr) & 0xff), pcb->remote_port));
+
+  /* Insert UDP PCB into the list of active UDP PCBs. */
+  for (ipcb = udp_pcbs; ipcb != NULL; ipcb = ipcb->next) {
+    if (pcb == ipcb) {
+      /* already on the list, just return */
+      return ERR_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  /* PCB not yet on the list, add PCB now */
+  pcb->next = udp_pcbs;
+  udp_pcbs = pcb;
+  return ERR_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Disconnect a UDP PCB
+ *
+ * @param pcb the udp pcb to disconnect.
+ */
+void
+udp_disconnect(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
+{
+  /* reset remote address association */
+  ip_addr_set(&pcb->remote_ip, IP_ADDR_ANY);
+  pcb->remote_port = 0;
+  /* mark PCB as unconnected */
+  pcb->flags &= ~UDP_FLAGS_CONNECTED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Set a receive callback for a UDP PCB
+ *
+ * This callback will be called when receiving a datagram for the pcb.
+ *
+ * @param pcb the pcb for wich to set the recv callback
+ * @param recv function pointer of the callback function
+ * @param recv_arg additional argument to pass to the callback function
+ */
+void
+udp_recv(struct udp_pcb *pcb,
+         void (* recv)(void *arg, struct udp_pcb *upcb, struct pbuf *p,
+                       struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port),
+         void *recv_arg)
+{
+  /* remember recv() callback and user data */
+  pcb->recv = recv;
+  pcb->recv_arg = recv_arg;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Remove an UDP PCB.
+ *
+ * @param pcb UDP PCB to be removed. The PCB is removed from the list of
+ * UDP PCB's and the data structure is freed from memory.
+ *
+ * @see udp_new()
+ */
+void
+udp_remove(struct udp_pcb *pcb)
+{
+  struct udp_pcb *pcb2;
+
+  snmp_delete_udpidx_tree(pcb);
+  /* pcb to be removed is first in list? */
+  if (udp_pcbs == pcb) {
+    /* make list start at 2nd pcb */
+    udp_pcbs = udp_pcbs->next;
+    /* pcb not 1st in list */
+  } else
+    for (pcb2 = udp_pcbs; pcb2 != NULL; pcb2 = pcb2->next) {
+      /* find pcb in udp_pcbs list */
+      if (pcb2->next != NULL && pcb2->next == pcb) {
+        /* remove pcb from list */
+        pcb2->next = pcb->next;
+      }
+    }
+  memp_free(MEMP_UDP_PCB, pcb);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a UDP PCB.
+ *
+ * @return The UDP PCB which was created. NULL if the PCB data structure
+ * could not be allocated.
+ *
+ * @see udp_remove()
+ */
+struct udp_pcb *
+udp_new(void)
+{
+  struct udp_pcb *pcb;
+  pcb = memp_malloc(MEMP_UDP_PCB);
+  /* could allocate UDP PCB? */
+  if (pcb != NULL) {
+    /* UDP Lite: by initializing to all zeroes, chksum_len is set to 0
+     * which means checksum is generated over the whole datagram per default
+     * (recommended as default by RFC 3828). */
+    /* initialize PCB to all zeroes */
+    memset(pcb, 0, sizeof(struct udp_pcb));
+    pcb->ttl = UDP_TTL;
+  }
+  return pcb;
+}
+
+#if UDP_DEBUG
+/**
+ * Print UDP header information for debug purposes.
+ *
+ * @param udphdr pointer to the udp header in memory.
+ */
+void
+udp_debug_print(struct udp_hdr *udphdr)
+{
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("UDP header:\n"));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("|     %5"U16_F"     |     %5"U16_F"     | (src port, dest port)\n",
+                          ntohs(udphdr->src), ntohs(udphdr->dest)));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("|     %5"U16_F"     |     0x%04"X16_F"    | (len, chksum)\n",
+                          ntohs(udphdr->len), ntohs(udphdr->chksum)));
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(UDP_DEBUG, ("+-------------------------------+\n"));
+}
+#endif /* UDP_DEBUG */
+
+#endif /* LWIP_UDP */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/include/ipv4/lwip/autoip.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * AutoIP Automatic LinkLocal IP Configuration
+ */
+
+/*
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Author: Dominik Spies <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ *
+ * This is a AutoIP implementation for the lwIP TCP/IP stack. It aims to conform
+ * with RFC 3927.
+ *
+ *
+ * Please coordinate changes and requests with Dominik Spies
+ * <kontakt@dspies.de>
+ */
+ 
+#ifndef __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
+#define __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_AUTOIP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/udp.h"
+#include "netif/etharp.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* AutoIP Timing */
+#define AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL      100
+#define AUTOIP_TICKS_PER_SECOND (1000 / AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL)
+
+/* RFC 3927 Constants */
+#define PROBE_WAIT               1   /* second   (initial random delay)                 */
+#define PROBE_MIN                1   /* second   (minimum delay till repeated probe)    */
+#define PROBE_MAX                2   /* seconds  (maximum delay till repeated probe)    */
+#define PROBE_NUM                3   /*          (number of probe packets)              */
+#define ANNOUNCE_NUM             2   /*          (number of announcement packets)       */
+#define ANNOUNCE_INTERVAL        2   /* seconds  (time between announcement packets)    */
+#define ANNOUNCE_WAIT            2   /* seconds  (delay before announcing)              */
+#define MAX_CONFLICTS            10  /*          (max conflicts before rate limiting)   */
+#define RATE_LIMIT_INTERVAL      60  /* seconds  (delay between successive attempts)    */
+#define DEFEND_INTERVAL          10  /* seconds  (min. wait between defensive ARPs)     */
+
+/* AutoIP client states */
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_OFF         0
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_PROBING     1
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_ANNOUNCING  2
+#define AUTOIP_STATE_BOUND       3
+
+struct autoip
+{
+  struct ip_addr llipaddr;  /* the currently selected, probed, announced or used LL IP-Address */
+  u8_t state;               /* current AutoIP state machine state */
+  u8_t sent_num;            /* sent number of probes or announces, dependent on state */
+  u16_t ttw;                /* ticks to wait, tick is AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL long */
+  u8_t lastconflict;        /* ticks until a conflict can be solved by defending */
+  u8_t tried_llipaddr;      /* total number of probed/used Link Local IP-Addresses */
+};
+
+
+/** Init srand, has to be called before entering mainloop */
+void autoip_init(void);
+
+/** Start AutoIP client */
+err_t autoip_start(struct netif *netif);
+
+/** Stop AutoIP client */
+err_t autoip_stop(struct netif *netif);
+
+/** Handles every incoming ARP Packet, called by etharp_arp_input */
+void autoip_arp_reply(struct netif *netif, struct etharp_hdr *hdr);
+
+/** Has to be called in loop every AUTOIP_TMR_INTERVAL milliseconds */
+void autoip_tmr(void);
+
+/** Handle a possible change in the network configuration */
+void autoip_network_changed(struct netif *netif);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_AUTOIP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_AUTOIP_H__ */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/include/ipv4/lwip/icmp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_ICMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_ICMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define ICMP_ER 0      /* echo reply */
+#define ICMP_DUR 3     /* destination unreachable */
+#define ICMP_SQ 4      /* source quench */
+#define ICMP_RD 5      /* redirect */
+#define ICMP_ECHO 8    /* echo */
+#define ICMP_TE 11     /* time exceeded */
+#define ICMP_PP 12     /* parameter problem */
+#define ICMP_TS 13     /* timestamp */
+#define ICMP_TSR 14    /* timestamp reply */
+#define ICMP_IRQ 15    /* information request */
+#define ICMP_IR 16     /* information reply */
+
+enum icmp_dur_type {
+  ICMP_DUR_NET = 0,    /* net unreachable */
+  ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1,   /* host unreachable */
+  ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2,  /* protocol unreachable */
+  ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3,   /* port unreachable */
+  ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4,   /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
+  ICMP_DUR_SR = 5      /* source route failed */
+};
+
+enum icmp_te_type {
+  ICMP_TE_TTL = 0,     /* time to live exceeded in transit */
+  ICMP_TE_FRAG = 1     /* fragment reassembly time exceeded */
+};
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+/** This is the standard ICMP header only that the u32_t data
+ *  is splitted to two u16_t like ICMP echo needs it.
+ *  This header is also used for other ICMP types that do not
+ *  use the data part.
+ */
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct icmp_echo_hdr {
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t type);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t code);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t seqno);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define ICMPH_TYPE(hdr) ((hdr)->type)
+#define ICMPH_CODE(hdr) ((hdr)->code)
+
+/** Combines type and code to an u16_t */
+#define ICMPH_TYPE_SET(hdr, t) ((hdr)->type = (t))
+#define ICMPH_CODE_SET(hdr, c) ((hdr)->code = (c))
+
+
+#if LWIP_ICMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+void icmp_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+void icmp_dest_unreach(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_dur_type t);
+void icmp_time_exceeded(struct pbuf *p, enum icmp_te_type t);
+
+#endif /* LWIP_ICMP */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_ICMP_H__ */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/include/ipv4/lwip/igmp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 CITEL Technologies Ltd.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
+ * are met: 
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
+ * 3. Neither the name of CITEL Technologies Ltd nor the names of its contributors 
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
+ *    without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY CITEL TECHNOLOGIES AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS''
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL CITEL TECHNOLOGIES OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
+ * SUCH DAMAGE. 
+ *
+ * This file is a contribution to the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * The Swedish Institute of Computer Science and Adam Dunkels
+ * are specifically granted permission to redistribute this
+ * source code.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_IGMP_H__
+#define __LWIP_IGMP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* 
+ * IGMP constants
+ */
+#define IP_PROTO_IGMP                  2
+#define IGMP_TTL                       1
+#define IGMP_MINLEN                    8
+#define ROUTER_ALERT                   0x9404
+#define ROUTER_ALERTLEN                4
+
+/*
+ * IGMP message types, including version number.
+ */
+#define IGMP_MEMB_QUERY                0x11 /* Membership query         */
+#define IGMP_V1_MEMB_REPORT            0x12 /* Ver. 1 membership report */
+#define IGMP_V2_MEMB_REPORT            0x16 /* Ver. 2 membership report */
+#define IGMP_LEAVE_GROUP               0x17 /* Leave-group message      */
+
+/* IGMP timer */
+#define IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL              100 /* Milliseconds */
+#define IGMP_V1_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR   (1000/IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
+#define IGMP_JOIN_DELAYING_MEMBER_TMR (500 /IGMP_TMR_INTERVAL)
+
+/* MAC Filter Actions */
+#define IGMP_DEL_MAC_FILTER            0
+#define IGMP_ADD_MAC_FILTER            1
+
+/* Group  membership states */
+#define IGMP_GROUP_NON_MEMBER          0
+#define IGMP_GROUP_DELAYING_MEMBER     1
+#define IGMP_GROUP_IDLE_MEMBER         2
+
+/*
+ * IGMP packet format.
+ */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct igmp_msg {
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t           igmp_msgtype);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u8_t           igmp_maxresp);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t          igmp_checksum);
+ PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr igmp_group_address);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+/* 
+ * now a group structure - there is
+ * a list of groups for each interface
+ * these should really be linked from the interface, but
+ * if we keep them separate we will not affect the lwip original code
+ * too much
+ * 
+ * There will be a group for the all systems group address but this 
+ * will not run the state machine as it is used to kick off reports
+ * from all the other groups
+ */
+
+struct igmp_group {
+  struct igmp_group *next;
+  struct netif      *interface;
+  struct ip_addr     group_address;
+  u8_t               last_reporter_flag; /* signifies we were the last person to report */
+  u8_t               group_state;
+  u16_t              timer;
+  u8_t               use; /* counter of simultaneous uses */
+};
+
+
+/*  Prototypes */
+void   igmp_init(void);
+
+err_t  igmp_start( struct netif *netif);
+
+err_t  igmp_stop( struct netif *netif);
+
+void   igmp_report_groups( struct netif *netif);
+
+struct igmp_group *igmp_lookfor_group( struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr);
+
+struct igmp_group *igmp_lookup_group( struct netif *ifp, struct ip_addr *addr);
+
+err_t  igmp_remove_group( struct igmp_group *group);
+
+void   igmp_input( struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp, struct ip_addr *dest);
+
+err_t  igmp_joingroup( struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr);
+
+err_t  igmp_leavegroup( struct ip_addr *ifaddr, struct ip_addr *groupaddr);
+
+void   igmp_tmr(void);
+
+void   igmp_timeout( struct igmp_group *group);
+
+void   igmp_start_timer( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t max_time);
+
+void   igmp_stop_timer( struct igmp_group *group);
+
+void   igmp_delaying_member( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t maxresp);
+
+err_t  igmp_ip_output_if( struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest, u8_t ttl, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif);
+
+void   igmp_send( struct igmp_group *group, u8_t type);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IGMP_H__ */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/include/ipv4/lwip/inet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_INET_H__
+#define __LWIP_INET_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For compatibility with BSD code */
+struct in_addr {
+  u32_t s_addr;
+};
+
+#define INADDR_NONE         ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)  /* 255.255.255.255 */
+#define INADDR_LOOPBACK     ((u32_t)0x7f000001UL)  /* 127.0.0.1 */
+#define INADDR_ANY          ((u32_t)0x00000000UL)  /* 0.0.0.0 */
+#define INADDR_BROADCAST    ((u32_t)0xffffffffUL)  /* 255.255.255.255 */
+
+u32_t inet_addr(const char *cp);
+int inet_aton(const char *cp, struct in_addr *addr);
+char *inet_ntoa(struct in_addr addr); /* returns ptr to static buffer; not reentrant! */
+
+#ifdef htons
+#undef htons
+#endif /* htons */
+#ifdef htonl
+#undef htonl
+#endif /* htonl */
+#ifdef ntohs
+#undef ntohs
+#endif /* ntohs */
+#ifdef ntohl
+#undef ntohl
+#endif /* ntohl */
+
+#ifndef LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
+#define LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP 0
+#endif
+
+#if BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN
+#define htons(x) (x)
+#define ntohs(x) (x)
+#define htonl(x) (x)
+#define ntohl(x) (x)
+#else /* BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN */
+#ifdef LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS
+/* workaround for naming collisions on some platforms */
+#define htons lwip_htons
+#define ntohs lwip_ntohs
+#define htonl lwip_htonl
+#define ntohl lwip_ntohl
+#endif /* LWIP_PREFIX_BYTEORDER_FUNCS */
+#if LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP
+#define htons(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
+#define ntohs(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONS(x)
+#define htonl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
+#define ntohl(x) LWIP_PLATFORM_HTONL(x)
+#else /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
+u16_t htons(u16_t x);
+u16_t ntohs(u16_t x);
+u32_t htonl(u32_t x);
+u32_t ntohl(u32_t x);
+#endif /* LWIP_PLATFORM_BYTESWAP */
+
+#endif /* BYTE_ORDER == BIG_ENDIAN */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/include/ipv4/lwip/inet_chksum.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
+#define __LWIP_INET_CHKSUM_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+u16_t inet_chksum(void *dataptr, u16_t len);
+u16_t inet_chksum_pbuf(struct pbuf *p);
+u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo(struct pbuf *p,
+       struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+       u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len);
+#if LWIP_UDPLITE
+u16_t inet_chksum_pseudo_partial(struct pbuf *p,
+       struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+       u8_t proto, u16_t proto_len, u16_t chksum_len);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_INET_H__ */
+

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/include/ipv4/lwip/ip.h

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_IP_H__
+#define __LWIP_IP_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/def.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/** Currently, the function ip_output_if_opt() is only used with IGMP */
+#define IP_OPTIONS_SEND   LWIP_IGMP
+
+#define IP_HLEN 20
+
+#define IP_PROTO_ICMP    1
+#define IP_PROTO_UDP     17
+#define IP_PROTO_UDPLITE 136
+#define IP_PROTO_TCP     6
+
+/* This is passed as the destination address to ip_output_if (not
+   to ip_output), meaning that an IP header already is constructed
+   in the pbuf. This is used when TCP retransmits. */
+#ifdef IP_HDRINCL
+#undef IP_HDRINCL
+#endif /* IP_HDRINCL */
+#define IP_HDRINCL  NULL
+
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT ;u8_t addr_hint
+#else
+#define IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
+
+/* This is the common part of all PCB types. It needs to be at the
+   beginning of a PCB type definition. It is located here so that
+   changes to this common part are made in one location instead of
+   having to change all PCB structs. */
+#define IP_PCB \
+  /* ip addresses in network byte order */ \
+  struct ip_addr local_ip; \
+  struct ip_addr remote_ip; \
+   /* Socket options */  \
+  u16_t so_options;      \
+   /* Type Of Service */ \
+  u8_t tos;              \
+  /* Time To Live */     \
+  u8_t ttl               \
+  /* link layer address resolution hint */ \
+  IP_PCB_ADDRHINT
+
+struct ip_pcb {
+/* Common members of all PCB types */
+  IP_PCB;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Option flags per-socket. These are the same like SO_XXX.
+ */
+#define SOF_DEBUG       (u16_t)0x0001U    /* turn on debugging info recording */
+#define SOF_ACCEPTCONN  (u16_t)0x0002U    /* socket has had listen() */
+#define SOF_REUSEADDR   (u16_t)0x0004U    /* allow local address reuse */
+#define SOF_KEEPALIVE   (u16_t)0x0008U    /* keep connections alive */
+#define SOF_DONTROUTE   (u16_t)0x0010U    /* just use interface addresses */
+#define SOF_BROADCAST   (u16_t)0x0020U    /* permit to send and to receive broadcast messages (see IP_SOF_BROADCAST option) */
+#define SOF_USELOOPBACK (u16_t)0x0040U    /* bypass hardware when possible */
+#define SOF_LINGER      (u16_t)0x0080U    /* linger on close if data present */
+#define SOF_OOBINLINE   (u16_t)0x0100U    /* leave received OOB data in line */
+#define SOF_REUSEPORT   (u16_t)0x0200U    /* allow local address & port reuse */
+
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_hdr {
+  /* version / header length / type of service */
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _v_hl_tos);
+  /* total length */
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _len);
+  /* identification */
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _id);
+  /* fragment offset field */
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _offset);
+#define IP_RF 0x8000        /* reserved fragment flag */
+#define IP_DF 0x4000        /* dont fragment flag */
+#define IP_MF 0x2000        /* more fragments flag */
+#define IP_OFFMASK 0x1fff   /* mask for fragmenting bits */
+  /* time to live / protocol*/
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _ttl_proto);
+  /* checksum */
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _chksum);
+  /* source and destination IP addresses */
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr src);
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(struct ip_addr dest); 
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+#define IPH_V(hdr)  (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 12)
+#define IPH_HL(hdr) ((ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) >> 8) & 0x0f)
+#define IPH_TOS(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_v_hl_tos) & 0xff)
+#define IPH_LEN(hdr) ((hdr)->_len)
+#define IPH_ID(hdr) ((hdr)->_id)
+#define IPH_OFFSET(hdr) ((hdr)->_offset)
+#define IPH_TTL(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_ttl_proto) >> 8)
+#define IPH_PROTO(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_ttl_proto) & 0xff)
+#define IPH_CHKSUM(hdr) ((hdr)->_chksum)
+
+#define IPH_VHLTOS_SET(hdr, v, hl, tos) (hdr)->_v_hl_tos = (htons(((v) << 12) | ((hl) << 8) | (tos)))
+#define IPH_LEN_SET(hdr, len) (hdr)->_len = (len)
+#define IPH_ID_SET(hdr, id) (hdr)->_id = (id)
+#define IPH_OFFSET_SET(hdr, off) (hdr)->_offset = (off)
+#define IPH_TTL_SET(hdr, ttl) (hdr)->_ttl_proto = (htons(IPH_PROTO(hdr) | ((u16_t)(ttl) << 8)))
+#define IPH_PROTO_SET(hdr, proto) (hdr)->_ttl_proto = (htons((proto) | (IPH_TTL(hdr) << 8)))
+#define IPH_CHKSUM_SET(hdr, chksum) (hdr)->_chksum = (chksum)
+
+/** The interface that provided the packet for the current callback invocation. */
+extern struct netif *current_netif;
+/** Header of the input packet currently being processed. */
+extern const struct ip_hdr *current_header;
+
+#define ip_init() /* Compatibility define, not init needed. */
+struct netif *ip_route(struct ip_addr *dest);
+err_t ip_input(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *inp);
+err_t ip_output(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+       u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto);
+err_t ip_output_if(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+       u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto,
+       struct netif *netif);
+#if LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT
+err_t ip_output_hinted(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+       u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, u8_t *addr_hint);
+#endif /* LWIP_NETIF_HWADDRHINT */
+#if IP_OPTIONS_SEND
+err_t ip_output_if_opt(struct pbuf *p, struct ip_addr *src, struct ip_addr *dest,
+       u8_t ttl, u8_t tos, u8_t proto, struct netif *netif, void *ip_options,
+       u16_t optlen);
+#endif /* IP_OPTIONS_SEND */
+/** Get the interface that received the current packet.
+ * This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
+ * raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
+#define ip_current_netif()  (current_netif)
+/** Get the IP header of the current packet.
+ * This function must only be called from a receive callback (udp_recv,
+ * raw_recv, tcp_accept). It will return NULL otherwise. */
+#define ip_current_header() (current_header)
+#if IP_DEBUG
+void ip_debug_print(struct pbuf *p);
+#else
+#define ip_debug_print(p)
+#endif /* IP_DEBUG */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IP_H__ */
+
+

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_addr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ *
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
+#define __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#include "lwip/inet.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_addr {
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t addr);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * struct ipaddr2 is used in the definition of the ARP packet format in
+ * order to support compilers that don't have structure packing.
+ */
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/bpstruct.h"
+#endif
+PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
+struct ip_addr2 {
+  PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t addrw[2]);
+} PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
+PACK_STRUCT_END
+#ifdef PACK_STRUCT_USE_INCLUDES
+#  include "arch/epstruct.h"
+#endif
+
+struct netif;
+
+extern const struct ip_addr ip_addr_any;
+extern const struct ip_addr ip_addr_broadcast;
+
+/** IP_ADDR_ can be used as a fixed IP address
+ *  for the wildcard and the broadcast address
+ */
+#define IP_ADDR_ANY         ((struct ip_addr *)&ip_addr_any)
+#define IP_ADDR_BROADCAST   ((struct ip_addr *)&ip_addr_broadcast)
+
+/* Definitions of the bits in an Internet address integer.
+
+   On subnets, host and network parts are found according to
+   the subnet mask, not these masks.  */
+
+#define IN_CLASSA(a)        ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0x80000000UL) == 0)
+#define IN_CLASSA_NET       0xff000000
+#define IN_CLASSA_NSHIFT    24
+#define IN_CLASSA_HOST      (0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSA_NET)
+#define IN_CLASSA_MAX       128
+
+#define IN_CLASSB(a)        ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xc0000000UL) == 0x80000000UL)
+#define IN_CLASSB_NET       0xffff0000
+#define IN_CLASSB_NSHIFT    16
+#define IN_CLASSB_HOST      (0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSB_NET)
+#define IN_CLASSB_MAX       65536
+
+#define IN_CLASSC(a)        ((((u32_t)(a)) & 0xe0000000UL) == 0xc0000000UL)
+#define IN_CLASSC_NET       0xffffff00
+#define IN_CLASSC_NSHIFT    8
+#define IN_CLASSC_HOST      (0xffffffff & ~IN_CLASSC_NET)
+
+#define IN_CLASSD(a)        (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xe0000000UL)
+#define IN_CLASSD_NET       0xf0000000          /* These ones aren't really */
+#define IN_CLASSD_NSHIFT    28                  /*   net and host fields, but */
+#define IN_CLASSD_HOST      0x0fffffff          /*   routing needn't know. */
+#define IN_MULTICAST(a)     IN_CLASSD(a)
+
+#define IN_EXPERIMENTAL(a)  (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
+#define IN_BADCLASS(a)      (((u32_t)(a) & 0xf0000000UL) == 0xf0000000UL)
+
+#define IN_LOOPBACKNET      127                 /* official! */
+
+#define IP4_ADDR(ipaddr, a,b,c,d) \
+        (ipaddr)->addr = htonl(((u32_t)((a) & 0xff) << 24) | \
+                               ((u32_t)((b) & 0xff) << 16) | \
+                               ((u32_t)((c) & 0xff) << 8) | \
+                                (u32_t)((d) & 0xff))
+
+#define ip_addr_set(dest, src) (dest)->addr = \
+                               ((src) == NULL? 0:\
+                               (src)->addr)
+/**
+ * Determine if two address are on the same network.
+ *
+ * @arg addr1 IP address 1
+ * @arg addr2 IP address 2
+ * @arg mask network identifier mask
+ * @return !0 if the network identifiers of both address match
+ */
+#define ip_addr_netcmp(addr1, addr2, mask) (((addr1)->addr & \
+                                              (mask)->addr) == \
+                                             ((addr2)->addr & \
+                                              (mask)->addr))
+#define ip_addr_cmp(addr1, addr2) ((addr1)->addr == (addr2)->addr)
+
+#define ip_addr_isany(addr1) ((addr1) == NULL || (addr1)->addr == 0)
+
+u8_t ip_addr_isbroadcast(struct ip_addr *, struct netif *);
+
+#define ip_addr_ismulticast(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & ntohl(0xf0000000UL)) == ntohl(0xe0000000UL))
+
+#define ip_addr_islinklocal(addr1) (((addr1)->addr & ntohl(0xffff0000UL)) == ntohl(0xa9fe0000UL))
+
+#define ip_addr_debug_print(debug, ipaddr) \
+  LWIP_DEBUGF(debug, ("%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F".%"U16_F,              \
+                      ipaddr != NULL ?                                  \
+                      (u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 24) & 0xff : 0,  \
+                      ipaddr != NULL ?                                  \
+                      (u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 16) & 0xff : 0,  \
+                      ipaddr != NULL ?                                  \
+                      (u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 8) & 0xff : 0,   \
+                      ipaddr != NULL ?                                  \
+                      (u16_t)ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) & 0xff : 0))
+
+/* These are cast to u16_t, with the intent that they are often arguments
+ * to printf using the U16_F format from cc.h. */
+#define ip4_addr1(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 24) & 0xff)
+#define ip4_addr2(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 16) & 0xff)
+#define ip4_addr3(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr) >> 8) & 0xff)
+#define ip4_addr4(ipaddr) ((u16_t)(ntohl((ipaddr)->addr)) & 0xff)
+
+/**
+ * Same as inet_ntoa() but takes a struct ip_addr*
+ */
+#define ip_ntoa(addr)  ((addr != NULL) ? inet_ntoa(*((struct in_addr*)(addr))) : "NULL")
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IP_ADDR_H__ */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_frag.h

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
+#define __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/pbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/ip.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if IP_REASSEMBLY
+/* The IP reassembly timer interval in milliseconds. */
+#define IP_TMR_INTERVAL 1000
+
+/* IP reassembly helper struct.
+ * This is exported because memp needs to know the size.
+ */
+struct ip_reassdata {
+  struct ip_reassdata *next;
+  struct pbuf *p;
+  struct ip_hdr iphdr;
+  u16_t datagram_len;
+  u8_t flags;
+  u8_t timer;
+};
+
+void ip_reass_init(void);
+void ip_reass_tmr(void);
+struct pbuf * ip_reass(struct pbuf *p);
+#endif /* IP_REASSEMBLY */
+
+#if IP_FRAG
+err_t ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *dest);
+#endif /* IP_FRAG */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__ */

hardware/arduino/firmwares/wifishield/wifiHD/src/SOFTWARE_FRAMEWORK/SERVICES/LWIP/lwip-1.3.2/src/include/lwip/api.h

@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/* This header file is part of the ATMEL AVR-UC3-SoftwareFramework-1.7.0 Release */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
+ * All rights reserved. 
+ * 
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
+ * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
+ * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
+ * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
+ * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
+ * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
+ * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
+ * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
+ * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
+ * 
+ * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef __LWIP_API_H__
+#define __LWIP_API_H__
+
+#include "lwip/opt.h"
+
+#if LWIP_NETCONN /* don't build if not configured for use in lwipopts.h */
+
+#include <stddef.h> /* for size_t */
+
+#include "lwip/netbuf.h"
+#include "lwip/sys.h"
+#include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Throughout this file, IP addresses and port numbers are expected to be in
+ * the same byte order as in the corresponding pcb.
+ */
+
+/* Flags for netconn_write */
+#define NETCONN_NOFLAG 0x00
+#define NETCONN_NOCOPY 0x00 /* Only for source code compatibility */
+#define NETCONN_COPY   0x01
+#define NETCONN_MORE   0x02
+
+/* Helpers to process several netconn_types by the same code */
+#define NETCONNTYPE_GROUP(t)    (t&0xF0)
+#define NETCONNTYPE_DATAGRAM(t) (t&0xE0)
+
+enum netconn_type {
+  NETCONN_INVALID    = 0,
+  /* NETCONN_TCP Group */
+  NETCONN_TCP        = 0x10,
+  /* NETCONN_UDP Group */
+  NETCONN_UDP        = 0x20,
+  NETCONN_UDPLITE    = 0x21,
+  NETCONN_UDPNOCHKSUM= 0x22,
+  /* NETCONN_RAW Group */
+  NETCONN_RAW        = 0x40
+};
+
+enum netconn_state {
+  NETCONN_NONE,
+  NETCONN_WRITE,
+  NETCONN_LISTEN,
+  NETCONN_CONNECT,
+  NETCONN_CLOSE
+};
+
+enum netconn_evt {
+  NETCONN_EVT_RCVPLUS,
+  NETCONN_EVT_RCVMINUS,
+  NETCONN_EVT_SENDPLUS,
+  NETCONN_EVT_SENDMINUS
+};
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+enum netconn_igmp {
+  NETCONN_JOIN,
+  NETCONN_LEAVE
+};
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+
+/* forward-declare some structs to avoid to include their headers */
+struct ip_pcb;
+struct tcp_pcb;
+struct udp_pcb;
+struct raw_pcb;
+struct netconn;
+
+/** A callback prototype to inform about events for a netconn */
+typedef void (* netconn_callback)(struct netconn *, enum netconn_evt, u16_t len);
+
+/** A netconn descriptor */
+struct netconn {
+  /** type of the netconn (TCP, UDP or RAW) */
+  enum netconn_type type;
+  /** current state of the netconn */
+  enum netconn_state state;
+  /** the lwIP internal protocol control block */
+  union {
+    struct ip_pcb  *ip;
+    struct tcp_pcb *tcp;
+    struct udp_pcb *udp;
+    struct raw_pcb *raw;
+  } pcb;
+  /** the last error this netconn had */
+  err_t err;
+  /** sem that is used to synchroneously execute functions in the core context */
+  sys_sem_t op_completed;
+  /** mbox where received packets are stored until they are fetched
+      by the netconn application thread (can grow quite big) */
+  sys_mbox_t recvmbox;
+  /** mbox where new connections are stored until processed
+      by the application thread */
+  sys_mbox_t acceptmbox;
+  /** only used for socket layer */
+  int socket;
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO
+  /** timeout to wait for new data to be received
+      (or connections to arrive for listening netconns) */
+  int recv_timeout;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVTIMEO */
+#if LWIP_SO_RCVBUF
+  /** maximum amount of bytes queued in recvmbox */
+  int recv_bufsize;
+#endif /* LWIP_SO_RCVBUF */
+  s16_t recv_avail;
+#if LWIP_TCP
+  /** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
+      this temporarily stores the message. */
+  struct api_msg_msg *write_msg;
+  /** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
+      this temporarily stores how much is already sent. */
+  size_t write_offset;
+#if LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING
+  /** TCP: when data passed to netconn_write doesn't fit into the send buffer,
+      this temporarily stores whether to wake up the original application task
+      if data couldn't be sent in the first try. */
+  u8_t write_delayed;
+#endif /* LWIP_TCPIP_CORE_LOCKING */
+#endif /* LWIP_TCP */
+  /** A callback function that is informed about events for this netconn */
+  netconn_callback callback;
+};
+
+/* Register an Network connection event */
+#define API_EVENT(c,e,l) if (c->callback) {         \
+                           (*c->callback)(c, e, l); \
+                         }
+
+/* Network connection functions: */
+#define netconn_new(t)                  netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, NULL)
+#define netconn_new_with_callback(t, c) netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(t, 0, c)
+struct
+netconn *netconn_new_with_proto_and_callback(enum netconn_type t, u8_t proto,
+                                   netconn_callback callback);
+err_t             netconn_delete  (struct netconn *conn);
+/** Get the type of a netconn (as enum netconn_type). */
+#define netconn_type(conn) (conn->type)
+
+err_t             netconn_getaddr (struct netconn *conn,
+                                   struct ip_addr *addr,
+                                   u16_t *port,
+                                   u8_t local);
+#define netconn_peer(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,0)
+#define netconn_addr(c,i,p) netconn_getaddr(c,i,p,1)
+
+err_t             netconn_bind    (struct netconn *conn,
+                                   struct ip_addr *addr,
+                                   u16_t port);
+err_t             netconn_connect (struct netconn *conn,
+                                   struct ip_addr *addr,
+                                   u16_t port);
+err_t             netconn_disconnect (struct netconn *conn);
+err_t             netconn_listen_with_backlog(struct netconn *conn, u8_t backlog);
+#define netconn_listen(conn) netconn_listen_with_backlog(conn, TCP_DEFAULT_LISTEN_BACKLOG)
+struct netconn *  netconn_accept  (struct netconn *conn);
+struct netbuf *   netconn_recv    (struct netconn *conn);
+err_t             netconn_sendto  (struct netconn *conn,
+                                   struct netbuf *buf, struct ip_addr *addr, u16_t port);
+err_t             netconn_send    (struct netconn *conn,
+                                   struct netbuf *buf);
+err_t             netconn_write   (struct netconn *conn,
+                                   const void *dataptr, size_t size,
+                                   u8_t apiflags);
+err_t             netconn_close   (struct netconn *conn);
+
+#if LWIP_IGMP
+err_t             netconn_join_leave_group (struct netconn *conn,
+                                            struct ip_addr *multiaddr,
+                                            struct ip_addr *interface,
+                                            enum netconn_igmp join_or_leave);
+#endif /* LWIP_IGMP */
+#if LWIP_DNS
+err_t             netconn_gethostbyname(const char *name, struct ip_addr *addr);
+#endif /* LWIP_DNS */
+
+#define netconn_err(conn)          ((conn)->err)
+#define netconn_recv_bufsize(conn) ((conn)->recv_bufsize)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* LWIP_NETCONN */
+
+#endif /* __LWIP_API_H__ */